事業／計画（する） Gutenberg Australia a treasure-trove of literature treasure 設立する hidden with no 証拠 of 所有権

BROWSE the 場所／位置 for other 作品 by this author (and our other authors) or get HELP Reading, Downloading and 変えるing とじ込み／提出するs) or SEARCH the entire 場所／位置 with Google 場所／位置 Search

A Voyage に向かって the South 政治家 and 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the World,
容積／容量 2

by

James Cook

A VOYAGE TOWARDS THE SOUTH POLE, AND ROUND THE WORLD; PERFORMED IN
HIS MAJESTY'S SHIPS THE RESOLUTION AND ADVENTURE, IN THE YEARS
1772, 3, 4, AND 5. WRITTEN BY JAMES COOK, COMMANDER OF THE RESOLUTION.
IN WHICH IS INCLUDED CAPTAIN FURNEAUX'S NARRATIVE OF HIS PROCEEDINGS
IN THE ADVENTURE DURING THE SEPARATION OF THE SHIPS. IN TWO VOLUMES.
ILLUSTRATED WITH MAPS AND CHARTS, AND A VARIETY OF PORTRAITS OF
PERSONS AND VIEWS AND PLACES, DRAWN DURING THE VOYAGE BY MR. HODGES,
AND ENGRAVED BY THE MOST EMINENT MASTERS.

VOLUME II

* * *

LONDON:
PRINTED FOR W STRAHAN AND T CADELL IN THE STRAND.
MDCCLXXVII
(1777)

* * *

CONTENTS OF THE SECOND VOLUME.


BOOK III.
From Ulietea to New Zealand.

CHAPTER I. Passage from Ulietea to the Friendly 小島s, with a Description
of several Islands that were discovered, and the 出来事/事件s which happened
in that 跡をつける.

CHAPTER II. 歓迎会 at Anamocka; a 強盗 and its Consequences, with a
Variety of other 出来事/事件s. 出発 from the Island. A sailing Canoe
述べるd. Some 観察s on the 航海 of these Islanders. A
Description of the Island, and of those in the Neighbourhood, with
some Account of the Inhabitants, and 航海の 発言／述べるs.

CHAPTER III. The Passage from the Friendly 小島s to the New Hebrides, with
an Account of the 発見 of 海がめ Island, and a Variety of 出来事/事件s
which happened, both before and after the Ship arrived in Port
挟む, in the Island of Mallicollo. A Description of the Port, the
隣接する Country, its Inhabitants, and many other Particulars.

CHAPTER IV. An Account of the 発見 of several Islands, and an
Interview and 小競り合い with the Inhabitants upon one of them. The Arrival
of the Ship at Tanna, and the 歓迎会 we met with there.

CHAPTER V. An Intercourse 設立するd with the Natives; some Account of
the Island, and a Variety of 出来事/事件s that happened during our Stay at it.

CHAPTER VI. 出発 from Tanna; with some Account of its Inhabitants,
their Manners and Arts.

CHAPTER VII. The 調査する of the Islands continued, and a more particular
Description of them.

CHAPTER VIII. An Account of the 発見 of New Caledonia, and the
出来事/事件s that happened while the Ship lay in Balade.

CHAPTER IX. A Description of the Country and its Inhabitants; their
Manners, Customs, and Arts.

CHAPTER X. 訴訟／進行s on the Coast of New Caledonia, with Geographical
and 航海の 観察s.

CHAPTER XI. Sequel of the Passage from New Caledonia to New Zealand,
with an Account of the 発見 of Norfolk Island; and the 出来事/事件s that
happened while the Ship lay in Queen Charlotte's Sound.

BOOK IV.
From leaving New Zealand to our Return to England.

CHAPTER I. The Run from New Zealand to Terra del Fuego, with the 範囲
from Cape Deseada to Christmas Sound, and Description of that Part of the
Coast.

CHAPTER II. 処理／取引s in Christmas Sound, with an Account of the
Country and its Inhabitants.

CHAPTER III. 範囲 from Christmas Sound, 一連の会議、交渉／完成する Cape Horn, through 海峡
Le Maire, and 一連の会議、交渉／完成する Staten Land; with an Account of the 発見 of a
Harbour in that Island, and a Description of the Coasts,

CHAPTER IV. 観察s, geographical and 航海の, with an Account of
the Islands 近づく Staten Land, and the Animals 設立する in them,

CHAPTER V. 訴訟／進行s after leaving Staten Island, with an Account of
the 発見 of the 小島 of Georgia, and a Description of it,

CHAPTER VI. 訴訟／進行s after leaving the 小島 of Georgia, with an Account
of the 発見 of 挟む Land; with some 推論する／理由s for there 存在 Land
about the South 政治家,

CHAPTER VII. 長，率いるs of what has been done in the Voyage; with some
Conjectures 関心ing the 形式 of Ice-Islands; and an Account of
our 訴訟／進行s till our Arrival at the Cape of Good Hope,

CHAPTER VIII. Captain Furneaux's Narrative of his 訴訟／進行s, in the
Adventure, from the Time he was separated from the 決意／決議, to his
Arrival in England; 含むing 中尉／大尉／警部補 Burney's 報告（する）／憶測 関心ing the
Boat's 乗組員 who were 殺人d by the Inhabitants of Queen Charlotte's
Sound,

CHAPTER IX. 処理／取引s at the Cape of Good Hope; with an Account of
some 発見s made by the French; and the Arrival of the Ship at St
Helena,

CHAPTER X. Passage from St Helena to the Western Islands, with a
Description of the Island of Ascension and Fernando Noronha,

CHAPTER XI. Arrival of the Ship at the Island of Fayal, a Description
of the Place, and the Return of the 決意／決議 to England.

（米）棚上げする／（英）提議するs of the 大勝する of the 決意／決議 and the Adventure, the variation
of the compass and 気象の 観察s during the voyage.

A Vocabulary of the Language of the Society 小島s.

A （米）棚上げする／（英）提議する, 展示（する）ing at one 見解（をとる）, 見本／標本s of different languages spoken
in the South Sea, from 復活祭 Island, 西方の to New Caledonia, as
観察するd in the voyage.

Letter from John Ibbetson Esq., 長官 to the Commissioners of
Longitude, to Sir John Pringle, Baronet, P.R.S.

A discourse upon some late improvementsof the means for 保存するing
the health of 水夫s, 配達するd at the 周年記念日 会合 of the
王室の Society, Nov. 30, 1776. By Sir John Pringle, Bart. 大統領.

* * * * *

A VOYAGE TOWARDS THE SOUTH POLE, AND ROUND THE WORLD.

BOOK III.

FROM ULIETEA TO NEW ZEALAND.

CHAPTER I.

_Passage from Ulietea to the Friendly 小島s, with a Description of
several Islands that were discovered, and the 出来事/事件s which happened in
that 跡をつける._

1774 June

On the 6th, 存在 the day after leaving Ulietea, at eleven o'clock a.m., we
saw land 耐えるing N.W., which, upon a nearer approach, we 設立する to be a low
暗礁 island about four leagues in compass, and of a circular form. It is
composed of several small patches connected together by breakers, the
largest lying on the N.E. part. This is Howe Island, discovered by Captain
Wallis, who, I think, sent his boat to 診察する it; and, if I have not been
misinformed, 設立する a channel through, within the 暗礁, 近づく the N.W. part.
The inhabitants of Ulietea speak of an uninhabited island about this
状況／情勢, called by them Mopeha, to which they go at 確かな  seasons for
海がめ. Perhaps, this may be the same; as we saw no 調印するs of inhabitants
upon it. Its latitude is 16ｰ 46' S. longitude 154ｰ 8' W.

From this day to the 16th, we met nothing remarkable, and our course was
west southerly; the 勝利，勝つd variable from north 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the east to S.W.,
…に出席するd with cloudy, 雨の, unsettled 天候, and a southerly swell. We
一般に brought-to, or stood upon a 勝利，勝つd during night; and in the day
made all the sail we could. About half an hour after sun-rise this morning,
land was seen from the 最高の，を越す-mast 長，率いる, 耐えるing N.N.E. We すぐに altered
the course, and steering for it, 設立する it to be another 暗礁 island,
composed of five or six woody islets, connected together by sand-banks and
breakers inclosing a lake, into which we could see no 入り口. We 範囲d
the west and N.W. coasts, from its southern to its northern-extremity,
which is about two leagues, and so 近づく the shore, that at one time we
could see the 激しく揺するs under us; yet we 設立する no 船の停泊地, nor saw we any
調印するs of inhabitants. There were plenty of さまざまな 肉親，親類d of birds, and the
coast seemed to abound with fish. The 状況／情勢 of this 小島 is not very
distant from that 割り当てるd by Mr Dalrymple for La Sagitaria, discovered by
Quiros; but, by the description the discoverer has given of it, it cannot
be the same. For this 推論する／理由, I looked upon it as a new 発見, and
指名するd it Palmerston Island, in honour of Lord Palmerston, one of the lords
of the Admiralty. It is 据えるd in latitude 18ｰ 4' S. longitude 163ｰ 10'
W.

At four o'clock in the afternoon, we left this 小島, and 再開するd our course
to the W. by S. with a 罰金 安定した 強風 easterly, till noon on the 20th, at
which time, 存在 in latitude 18ｰ 50', longitude 168ｰ 52, we thought we saw
land to S.S.W. and 運ぶ／漁獲高d up for it accordingly. But two hours after, we
discovered our mistake, and 再開するd our course W. by S. Soon after, we saw
land from the mast-長，率いる in the same direction; and, as we drew nearer,
設立する it to be an island, which, at five o'clock, bore west, distant five
leagues. Here we spent the night plying under the topsails; and at day-break
next morning, bore away, steering to the northern point, and 範囲ing
the west coast at the distance of one mile, till 近づく noon. Then perceiving
some people on the shore, and 上陸 seeming to be 平易な, we brought-to,
and hoisted out two boats, with which I put off to the land, …を伴ってd by
some of the officers and gentlemen. As we drew 近づく the shore, some of the
inhabitants, who were on the 激しく揺するs, retired to the 支持を得ようと努めるd, to 会合，会う us, as we
supposed; and we afterwards 設立する our conjectures 権利. We landed with
緩和する in a small creek, and took 地位，任命する on a high 激しく揺する to 妨げる a surprise.
Here we 陳列する，発揮するd our colours, and Mr Forster and his party began to
collect 工場／植物s, etc. The coast was so over-run with 支持を得ようと努めるd, bushes, 工場／植物s,
石／投石するs, etc. that we could not see forty yards 一連の会議、交渉／完成する us. I took two men, and
with them entered a 肉親，親類d of chasm, which opened a way into the 支持を得ようと努めるd. We
had not gone far before we heard the natives approaching; upon which I
called to Mr Forster to retire to the party, as I did likewise. We had no
sooner joined than the islanders appeared at the 入り口 of a chasm not a
石／投石する's throw from us. We began to speak, and make all the friendly 調印するs
we could think of, to them, which they answered by menaces; and one of two
men, who were 前進するd before the 残り／休憩（する）, threw a 石／投石する, which struck Mr
Sparrman on the arm. Upon this two muskets were 解雇する／砲火／射撃d, without order, which
made them all retire under cover of the 支持を得ようと努めるd; and we saw them no more.

After waiting for some little time, and till we were 満足させるd nothing was
to be done here, the country 存在 so 侵略（する）／超過（する） with bushes, that it was
hardly possible to come to 交渉，会談 with them, we 乗る，着手するd and proceeded 負かす／撃墜する
along shore, in hopes of 会合 with better success in another place.
After 範囲ing the coast for some miles, without seeing a living soul, or
any convenient 上陸-place, we at length （機の）カム before a small beach, on
which lay four canoes. Here we landed by means of a little creek, formed by
the flat 激しく揺するs before it, with a 見解（をとる） of just looking at the canoes, and to
leave some メダルs, nails, etc. in them; for not a soul was to be seen. The
状況／情勢 of this place was to us worse than the former. A flat 激しく揺する lay
next the sea; behind it a 狭くする 石／投石する beach; this was bounded by a
perpendicular rocky cliff of unequal 高さ, whose 最高の，を越す was covered with
shrubs; two 深い and 狭くする chasms in the cliff seemed to open a
communication into the country. In or before one of these lay the four
canoes which we were going to look at; but in the doing of this, I saw we
should be exposed to an attack from the natives, if there were any, without
存在 in a 状況／情勢 proper for defence. To 妨げる this, as much as could
be, and to 安全な・保証する a 退却／保養地 in 事例／患者 of an attack, I ordered the men to be
drawn up upon the 激しく揺する, from whence they had a 見解（をとる） of the 高さs; and
only myself, and four of the gentlemen, went up to the canoes. We had been
there but a few minutes, before the natives, I cannot say how many, 急ぐd
負かす／撃墜する the chasm out of the 支持を得ようと努めるd upon us. The endeavours we used to bring
them to a 交渉，会談, were to no 目的; for they （機の）カム with the ferocity of
wild boars, and threw their darts. Two or three muskets, 発射する／解雇するd in the
空気／公表する did not 妨げる one of them from 前進するing still さらに先に, and throwing
another dart, or rather a spear, which passed の近くに over my shoulder. His
courage would have cost him his life, had not my musket 行方不明になるd 解雇する／砲火／射撃; for I
was not five paces from him when he threw his spear, and had 解決するd to
shoot him to save myself. I was glad afterwards that it happened as it did.
At this instant, our men on the 激しく揺する began to 解雇する／砲火／射撃 at others who appeared
on the 高さs, which abated the ardour of the party we were engaged with,
and gave us time to join our people, when I 原因（となる）d the 解雇する／砲火／射撃ing to 中止する. The
last 発射する／解雇する sent all the islanders to the 支持を得ようと努めるd, from whence they did
not return so long as we remained. We did not know that any were 傷つける. It
was remarkable, that when I joined our party, I tried my musket in the 空気／公表する,
and it went off 同様に as a piece could do. Seeing no good was to be got
with these people, or at the 小島, as having no port, we returned on board,
and having hoisted in the boats, made sail to the W.S.W. I had forgot to
について言及する in its proper order, that having put 岸に a little before we （機の）カム
to this last place, three or four of us went upon the cliffs, where we
設立する the country, as before, nothing but 珊瑚 激しく揺するs, all over-run with
bushes, so that it was hardly possible to 侵入する into it; and we
乗る，着手するd again with 意図 to return 直接／まっすぐに on board, till we saw the
canoes; 存在 directed to the place by the opinion of some of us, who
thought they heard some people.

The 行為／行う and 面 of these islanders occasioned my 指名するing it Savage
Island. It is 据えるd in the latitude 19ｰ 1' S. longitude 169ｰ 37' W. It
is about eleven leagues in 回路・連盟; of a 一連の会議、交渉／完成する form, and good 高さ; and
hath 深い waters の近くに to its shores. All the sea-coast, and as far inland
as we could see, is wholly covered with trees, shrubs, etc.; amongst which
were some cocoa-nut trees; but what the 内部の parts may produce we know
not. To 裁判官 of the whole 衣料品 by the skirts, it cannot produce much;
for so much as we saw of it consisted wholly of 珊瑚 激しく揺するs, all over-run
with 支持を得ようと努めるd and bushes. Not a bit of 国／地域 was to be seen; the 激しく揺するs alone
供給（する）ing the trees with 湿度. If these 珊瑚 激しく揺するs were first formed
in the sea by animals, how （機の）カム they thrown up to such an 高さ? Has this
island been raised by an 地震? Or has the sea receded from it? Some
philosophers have 試みる／企てるd to account for the 形式 of low 小島s, such
as are in the sea; but I do not know that any thing has been said of high
islands, or such as I have been speaking of. In this island, not only the
loose 激しく揺するs which cover the surface, but the cliffs which bound the shores,
are of 珊瑚 石／投石する, which the continual （警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域ing of the sea has formed into
a variety of curious caverns, some of them very large: The roof or 激しく揺する
over them 存在 supported by 中心存在s, which the 泡，激怒することing waves have formed
into a multitude of 形態／調整s, and made more curious than the caverns
themselves. In one we saw light was 認める through a 穴を開ける at the 最高の，を越す; in
another place, we 観察するd that the whole roof of one of these caverns had
sunk in, and formed a 肉親，親類d of valley above, which lay かなり below
the circumjacent 激しく揺するs.

I can say but little of the inhabitants, who, I believe, are not 非常に／多数の.
They seemed to be stout 井戸／弁護士席-made men, were naked except 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the waists,
and some of them had their 直面するs, breasts, and thighs painted 黒人／ボイコット. The
canoes were 正確に like those of Amsterdam; with the 新規加入 of a
little rising like a gunwale on each 味方する of the open part; and had some
carving about them, which shewed that these people are 十分な as ingenious.
Both these islanders and their canoes agree very 井戸／弁護士席 with the description
M. de Bougainville has given of those he saw off the 小島 of 航海士s,
which lies nearly under the same meridian.

After leaving Savage Island, we continued to steer W.S.W. with a 罰金
easterly 貿易（する）-勝利，勝つd, till the 24th in the evening, when, 裁判官ing ourselves
not far from Rotterdam, we brought-to, and spent the night plying under the
最高の，を越す-sails. At daybreak next morning, we bore away west; and soon after, saw
a string of islands 延長するing from S.S.W. by the west to N.N.W. The 勝利，勝つd
存在 at N.E., we 運ぶ／漁獲高d to N.W., with a 見解（をとる） of discovering more
distinctly the 小島s in that ４半期/4分の1; but, presently after, we discovered a
暗礁 of 激しく揺するs a-長，率いる, 延長するing on each 屈服する さらに先に than we could see. As
we could not 天候 them, it became necessary to tack and 耐える up to the
south, to look for a passage that way. At noon the 最南端の island bore
S.W., distant four miles. North of this 小島 were three others, all
connected by breakers, which we were not sure did not join to those we had
seen in the morning, as some were 観察するd in the 中間の space. Some
islands were also seen to the west of those four; but Rotterdam was not yet
in sight. Latitude 20ｰ 23' S. longitude 174ｰ 6' W. During the whole
afternoon, we had little 勝利，勝つd; so that at sunset, the 最南端の 小島
bore W.N.W., distant five miles; and some breakers, we had seen to the
south, bore now S.S.W. 1/2 W. Soon after it fell 静める, and we were left to
the mercy of a 広大な／多数の／重要な easterly swell; which, however, happened to have no
広大な／多数の／重要な 影響 upon the ship. The 静める continued till four o'clock the next
morning, when it was 後継するd by a 微風 from the south. At day-light,
perceiving a 見込み of a passage between the islands to the north and
the breakers to the south, we stretched in west, and soon after saw more
islands, both to the S.W. and N.W., but the passage seemed open and （疑いを）晴らす.
Upon 製図／抽選 近づく the islands, we sounded, and 設立する forty-five and forty
fathoms, a （疑いを）晴らす sandy 底（に届く）. I was now やめる 平易な, since it was in our
力／強力にする to 錨，総合司会者, in 事例／患者 of a 静める; or to spend the night, if we 設立する no
passage. に向かって noon some canoes （機の）カム off to us from one of the 小島s,
having two or three people in each; who 前進するd boldly と一緒に, and
交流d some cocoa-nuts, and shaddocks, for small nails. They pointed out
to us Anamocka, or Rotterdam; an advantage we derived from knowing the
proper 指名するs. They likewise gave us the 指名するs of some of the other 小島s,
and 招待するd us much to go to theirs, which they called Cornango. The 微風
freshening, we left them astern, and steered for Anamocka; 会合 with a
（疑いを）晴らす passage, in which we 設立する unequal sounding, from forty to nine
fathoms, depending, I believe, in a 広大な／多数の／重要な 手段, on our distance from the
islands which form it.

As we drew 近づく the south end of Rotterdam, or Anamocka, we were met by a
number of canoes, laden with fruit and roots; but as I did not 縮める
sail, we had but little traffic with them. The people in one canoe enquired
for me by 指名する; a proof that these people have an intercourse with those of
Amsterdam. They importuned us much to go に向かって their coast, letting us
know, as we understood them, that we might 錨，総合司会者 there. This was on the
S.W. 味方する of the island, where the coast seemed to be 避難所d from the S.
and S.E. 勝利，勝つd; but as the day was far spent, I could not 試みる／企てる to go in
there, as it would have been necessary to have sent first a boat to 診察する
it. I therefore stood for the north 味方する of the island, where we 錨，総合司会者d
about three-fourths of a mile from shore; the extremes of it 耐えるing south,
88ｰ E. to S.W.; a cove with a sandy beach at the 底（に届く） of it S. 50ｰ E.

CHAPTER II.

_Reception at Anamocka; a 強盗 and its Consequences, with a Variety of
other 出来事/事件s. 出発 from the Island. A sailing Canoe 述べるd. Some
観察s on the 航海 of these Islanders. A Description of the
Island, and of those in the Neighbourhood, with some Account of the
Inhabitants, and 航海の 発言／述べるs._

1774 June

Before we had 井戸／弁護士席 got to an 錨，総合司会者, the natives （機の）カム off from all parts in
canoes, bringing with them yams and shaddocks, which they 交流d for
small nails and old rags. One man taking a 広大な liking to our lead and
line, got 持つ／拘留する of it, and, in spite of all the 脅しs I could make use of,
削減（する） the line with a 石／投石する; but a 発射する／解雇する of small 発射 made him return
it. 早期に in the morning, I went 岸に with Mr Gilbert to look for fresh
water. We landed in the cove above-について言及するd, and were received with 広大な／多数の／重要な
儀礼 by the natives. After I had 分配するd some 現在のs amongst
them, I asked for water, and was 行為／行うd to a pond of it that was
brackish, about three-fourths of a mile from the 上陸-place, which I
supposed to be the same that Tasman watered at. In the mean time, the
people in the boat had laden her with fruit and roots, which the natives
had brought 負かす／撃墜する, and 交流d for nails and beads. On our return to the
ship, I 設立する the same sort of traffic carrying on there. After breakfast,
I went 岸に with two boats to 貿易（する） with the people, …を伴ってd by
several of the gentlemen, and ordered the 開始する，打ち上げる to follow with 樽s to be
filled with water. The natives 補助装置d us to roll them to and from the
pond; and a nail or a bead was the expence of their 労働. Fruits and
roots, 特に shaddocks and yams, were brought 負かす／撃墜する in such plenty,
that the two boats were laden, sent off, （疑いを）晴らすd, and laden a second time,
before noon; by which time also the 開始する，打ち上げる had got a 十分な 供給（する） of water,
and the botanical and 狙撃 parties had all come in, except the 外科医,
for whom we could not wait, as the tide was ebbing 急速な／放蕩な out of the cove;
その結果 he was left behind. As there is no getting into the cove with
a boat, from between half-ebb to half-flood, we could get off no water in
the afternoon. However, there is a very good 上陸-place, without it,
近づく the southern point, where boats can get 岸に at all times of the
tide. Here some of the officers landed after dinner, where they 設立する the
外科医, who had been robbed of his gun. Having come 負かす／撃墜する to the shore some
time after the boats had put off, he got a canoe to bring him on board;
but, as he was getting into her, a fellow snatched 持つ／拘留する of the gun, and ran
off with it. After that no one would carry him to the ship, and they would
have stripped him, as he imagined, had he not 現在のd a tooth-選ぶ 事例／患者,
which they, no 疑問, thought was a little gun. As soon as I heard of this,
I landed at the place above-について言及するd, and the few natives who were there
fled at my approach. After 上陸 I went in search of the officers, whom I
設立する in the cove, where we had been in the morning, with a good many of
the natives about them. No step had been taken to 回復する the gun, nor did
I think proper to take any; but in this I was wrong. The 平易な manner of
得るing this gun, which they now, no 疑問, thought 安全な・保証する in their
所有／入手, encouraged them to proceed in these tricks, as will soon
appear. The alarm the natives had caught 存在 soon over, they carried
fruit, etc. to the boats, which got pretty 井戸／弁護士席 laden before night, when we
all returned on board.

早期に in the morning of the 28th, 中尉／大尉／警部補 Clerke, with the master and
fourteen or fifteen men, went on shore in the 開始する，打ち上げる for water. I did
ーするつもりである to have followed in another boat myself, but rather unluckily
deferred it till after breakfast. The 開始する，打ち上げる was no sooner landed than the
natives gathered about her, behaving in so rude a manner, that the officers
were in some 疑問 if they should land their 樽s; but, as they 推定する／予想するd
me on shore soon, they 投機・賭けるd, and with difficulty got them filled, and
into the boat again. In the doing of this Mr Clerke's gun was snatched from
him, and carried off; as were also some of the cooper's 道具s; and several
of the people were stripped of one thing or another. All this was done, as
it were, by stealth; for they laid 持つ／拘留する of nothing by main 軍隊. I landed
just as the 開始する，打ち上げる was ready to put off; and the natives, who were pretty
非常に／多数の on the beach, as soon as they saw me, fled; so that I 嫌疑者，容疑者／疑うd
something had happened. However, I 勝つ／広く一帯に広がるd on many to stay, and Mr Clerke
（機の）カム, and 知らせるd me of all the 先行する circumstances. I quickly （機の）カム to
a 決意／決議 to 強いる them to make restitution; and, for this 目的,
ordered all the 海洋s to be 武装した and sent on shore. Mr Forster and his
party 存在 gone into the country, I ordered two or three guns to be 解雇する／砲火／射撃d
from the ship, ーするために alarm him; not knowing how the natives might 行為／法令／行動する
on this occasion. These orders 存在 given, I sent all the boats off but
one, with which I staid, having a good many of the natives about me, who
behaved with their usual 儀礼. I made them so sensible of my 意向,
that long before the 海洋s （機の）カム, Mr Clerke's musket was brought; but they
used many excuses to コースを変える me from 主張するing on the other. At length Mr
Edgcumbe arriving with the 海洋s, this alarmed them so much, that some
fled. The first step I took was to 掴む on two large 二塁打 sailing
canoes, which were in the cove. One fellow making 抵抗, I 解雇する／砲火／射撃d some
small 発射 at him, and sent him limping off. The natives 存在 now
納得させるd that I was in earnest, all fled; but on my calling to them, many
returned; and, presently after, the other musket was brought, and laid 負かす／撃墜する
at my feet. That moment, I ordered the canoes to be 回復するd, to shew them
on what account they were 拘留するd. The other things we had lost 存在 of
いっそう少なく value, I was the more indifferent about them. By this time the 開始する，打ち上げる
was 岸に for another turn of water, and we were permitted to fill the
樽s without any one daring to come 近づく us; except one man, who had
befriended us during the whole 事件／事情／状勢, and seemed to disapprove of the
行為／行う of his countrymen.

On my returning from the pond to the cove, I 設立する a good many people
collected together, from whom we understood that the man I had 解雇する／砲火／射撃d at was
dead. This story I 扱う／治療するd as improbable, and 演説（する）／住所d a man, who seemed
of some consequence, for the restitution of a cooper's adze we had lost in
the morning. He すぐに sent away two men, as I thought, for it; but I
soon 設立する that we had 大いに mistaken each other; for instead of the
adze, they brought the 負傷させるd man, stretched out on a board, and laid him
負かす／撃墜する by me, to all 外見 dead. I was much moved at the sight; but soon
saw my mistake, and that he was only 負傷させるd in the 手渡す and thigh. I,
therefore, 願望（する）d he might be carried out of the sun, and sent for the
外科医 to dress his 負傷させるs. In the mean time, I 演説（する）／住所d several people
for the adze; for as I had now nothing else to do, I 決定するd to have it.
The one I 適用するd the most to, was an 年輩の woman, who had always a 広大な／多数の／重要な
取引，協定 to say to me, from my first 上陸; but, on this occasion, she gave
her tongue 十分な 範囲. I understood but little of her eloquence; and all I
could gather from her arguments was, that it was mean in me to 主張する on
the return of so trifling a thing. But when she 設立する I was 決定するd, she
and three or four more women went away; and soon after the adze was brought
me, but I saw her no more. This I was sorry for, as I 手配中の，お尋ね者 to make her a
現在の, in return for the part she had taken in all our 処理／取引s,
私的な 同様に as public. For I was no sooner returned from the pond, the
first time I landed, than this old lady 現在のd to me a girl, giving me
to understand she was at my service. 行方不明になる, who probably had received her
指示／教授／教育s, 手配中の，お尋ね者, as a 予選 article, a spike-nail or a shirt,
neither of which I had to give her, and soon made them sensible of my
poverty. I thought, by that means, to have come off with 飛行機で行くing colours;
but I was mistaken; for they gave me to understand I might retire with her
on credit. On my 拒絶する／低下するing this 提案, the old lady began to argue with
me; and then 乱用 me. Though I comprehended little of what she said, her
活動／戦闘s were expressive enough, and shewed that her words were to this
影響, sneering in my 直面する, 説, What sort of a man are you, thus to
辞退する the embraces of so 罰金 a young woman? For the girl certainly did
not want beauty; which, however, I could better withstand, than the 乱用s
of this worthy matron, and therefore 急いでd into the boat. They 手配中の，お尋ね者 me
to take the young lady 船内に; but this could not be done, as I had given
strict orders, before I went 岸に, to 苦しむ no woman, on any pretence
whatever, to come into the ship, for 推論する／理由s which I shall について言及する in
another place.

As soon as the 外科医 got 岸に, he dressed the man's 負傷させるs, and bled
him; and was of opinion that he was in no sort of danger, as the 発射 had
done little more than 侵入する the 肌. In the 操作／手術, some poultice
存在 wanting, the 外科医 asked for 熟した plantains; but they brought
sugar-茎, and having chewed it to a 低俗雑誌, gave it him to 適用する to the
負傷させる. This 存在 of a more balsamic nature than the other; 証明するs that
these people have some knowledge of simples. As soon as the man's 負傷させるs
were dressed, I made him a 現在の, which his master, or at least the man
who owned the canoe, took, most probably to himself. 事柄s 存在 thus
settled 明らかに to the satisfaction of all parties, we 修理d on board
to dinner, where I 設立する a good 供給（する） of fruit and roots, and, therefore,
gave orders to get every thing in 準備完了 to sail.

I now was 知らせるd of a circumstance which was 観察するd on board; several
canoes 存在 at the ship, when the 広大な／多数の／重要な guns were 解雇する／砲火／射撃d in the morning,
they all retired, but one man, who was 保釈（金）ing the water out of his canoe,
which lay と一緒に 直接／まっすぐに under the guns. When the first was 解雇する／砲火／射撃d, he
just looked up, and then, やめる unconcerned, continued his work. Nor had
the second gun any other 影響 upon him. He did not 動かす till the water
was all out of his canoe, when he paddled leisurely off. This man had,
several times, been 観察するd to take fruit and roots out of other canoes,
and sell them to us. If the owners did not willingly part with them, he
took them by 軍隊; by which he 得るd the 呼称 of custom-house
officer. One time, after he had been collecting 尊敬の印, he happened to be
lying と一緒に of a sailing canoe which was on board. One of her people
seeing him look another way, and his attention さもなければ engaged, took the
適切な時期 of stealing somewhat out of his canoe; they then put off, and
始める，決める their sail. But the man, perceiving the trick they had played him,
darted after them, and having soon got on board their canoe, （警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域 him who
had taken his things, and not only brought 支援する his own, but many other
articles which he took from them. This man had likewise been 観察するd
making collections on shore at the 貿易（する）ing-place. I remembered to have seen
him there; and, on account of his 集会 尊敬の印, took him to be a man
of consequence, and was going to make him a 現在の; but some of their
people would not let me, 説 he was no _Areeke_ (that is, 長，指導者).
He had his hair always 砕くd with some 肉親，親類d of white dust.

As we had no 勝利，勝つd to sail this afternoon, a party of us went 岸に in the
evening. We 設立する the natives everywhere courteous and 強いるing; so that,
had we made a longer stay, it is probable we should have had no more 推論する／理由
to complain of their 行為／行う. While I was now on shore, I got the 指名するs of
twenty islands, which 嘘（をつく） between the N.W. and N.E., some of them in sight.
Two of them, which 嘘（をつく） most to the west, viz. Amattafoa and Oghao, are
remarkable on account of their 広大な／多数の／重要な 高さ. In Amattafoa, which is the
westernmost, we 裁判官d there was a 火山, by the continual column of
smoke we saw daily 上がるing from the middle of it.

Both Mr Cooper and myself 存在 on shore at noon, Mr むちの跡s could not 勝利，勝つd
up the watch at the usual time; and, as we did not come on board till late
in the afternoon, it was forgotten till it was 負かす／撃墜する. This circumstance was
of no consequence, as Mr むちの跡s had had several 高度s of the sun at this
place, before it went 負かす／撃墜する; and also had 適切な時期s of taking some
after.

At day-break on the 29th, having got under sail with a light 微風 at
west, we stood to the north for the two high islands; but the 勝利，勝つd,
scanting upon us, carried us in amongst the low 小島s and shoals; so that,
we had to ply, to （疑いを）晴らす them. This gave time for a 広大な／多数の／重要な many canoes to get
up with us. The people in them brought for traffic さまざまな articles; some
roots, fruits, and fowls, but of the latter not many. They took in 交流
small nails, and pieces of any 肉親，親類d of cloth. I believe, before they went
away, they stripped the most of our people of the few 着せる／賦与するs the ladies at
Otaheite had left them; for the passion for curiosities was as 広大な／多数の／重要な as
ever. Having got （疑いを）晴らす of the low 小島s, we made a stretch to the south,
and did but fetch a little to windward of the south end of Anamocka; so
that we got little by this day's plying. Here we spent the night, making
short boards over that space with which we had made ourselves 熟知させるd
the 先行する day.

On the 30th at day-break, stretched out for Amattafoa, with a gentle 微風
at W.S.W. Day no sooner 夜明けd than we saw canoes coming from all parts.
Their traffic was much the same as it had been the day before, or rather
better; for out of one canoe I got two pigs, which were 不十分な articles
here. At four in the afternoon, we drew 近づく the island of Amattafoa, and
passed between it and Oghao, the channel 存在 two miles 幅の広い, 安全な, and
without soundings. While we were in the passage, we had little 勝利，勝つd and
静めるs. This gave time for a large sailing 二塁打 canoe, which had been
に引き続いて us all the day, 同様に as some others with paddles, to come up
with us. I had now an 適切な時期 to 立証する a thing I was before in 疑問
about, which was, whether or no some of these canoes did not, in changing
tacks, only 転換 the sail, and so proceed with that end 真っ先の, which
before was the 厳しい. The one we now saw wrought in this manner. The sail
is latteen, 延長するing to a latteen yard above, and to a にわか景気 at the foot;
in one word, it is like a whole mizzen, supposing the whole foot to be
延長するd to a にわか景気. The yard is slung nearly in the middle, or upon an
equipoise. When they change tacks they throw the 大型船 up in the 勝利，勝つd,
緩和する off the sheet, and bring the heel or tack-end of the yard to the other
end of the boat, and the sheet in like manner; there are notches, or
sockets, at each end of the 大型船 in which the end of the yard 直す／買収する，八百長をするs. In
short, they work just as those do at the Ladrone Islands, によれば Mr
Walter's description*. When they want to sail large, or before the 勝利，勝つd,
the yard is taken out of the socket and squared. It most be 観察するd, that
all their sailing 大型船s are not rigged to sail in the same manner. Some,
and those of the largest size, are rigged, so as to tack about. These have
a short but pretty stout mast, which steps on a 肉親，親類d of roller that is
直す／買収する，八百長をするd to the deck 近づく the fore-part. It is made to lean or incline very
much 今後; the 長，率いる is forked; on the two points of which the yard
残り／休憩（する）s, as on two pivots, by means of two strong cleats of 支持を得ようと努めるd 安全な・保証するd to
each 味方する of the yard, at about one-third its length from the tack or heel,
which, when under sail, is 限定するd 負かす／撃墜する between the two canoes, by means
of two strong ropes, one to and passing through a 穴を開ける at the 長，率いる of each
canoe; for it must be 観察するd, that all the sailing 大型船s of this sort
are 二塁打. The tack 存在 thus 直す／買収する，八百長をするd, it is plain that, in changing tacks,
the 大型船s must be put about; the sail and にわか景気 on the one tack will be
（疑いを）晴らす of the mast, and on the other it will 嘘（をつく） against it, just as a whole
mizzen. However, I am not sure if they do not いつかs unlace that part of
the sail from the yard which is between the tack and mast-長，率いる, and so
転換 both sail and にわか景気 leeward of the mast. The 製図／抽選s which Mr Hodges
made of these 大型船s seem to favour this supposition. The outriggers and
ropes used for shrowds, etc. are all stout and strong. Indeed, the sail,
yard, and にわか景気, are all together of such an enormous 負わせる, that strength
is 要求するd.

[* See Lord Anson's Voyage.]

The 首脳会議 of Amattafoa was hid in the clouds the whole day, so that we
were not able to 決定する with certainty whether there was a 火山 or
no; but every thing we could see concurred to make us believe there was.
This island is about five leagues in 回路・連盟. Oghao is not so much; but
more 一連の会議、交渉／完成する and 頂点（に達する）d. They 嘘（をつく） in the direction of N.N.W. 1/2 W. from
Anamocka, eleven or twelve leagues distant; they are both 住むd, but
neither of them seemed fertile.

We were hardly through the passage before we got a fresh 微風 at south.
That moment all the natives made haste to be gone, and we steered to the
west; all sails 始める，決める. I had some thoughts of touching at Amsterdam, as it
lay not much out of the way; but as the 勝利，勝つd was now, we could not fetch
it; and this was the occasion of my laying my design aside altogether.

Let us now return to Anamocka, as it is called by the natives. It is
据えるd in the latitude of 20ｰ 15' S.; longitude 174ｰ 31' W., and was
first discovered by Tasman, and by him 指名するd Rotterdam. It is of a
triangular form, each 味方する whereof is about three and a half or four miles.
A salt-water lake in the middle of it 占領するs not a little of its surface,
and in a manner 削減（する）s off the S.E. angle. 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the island, that is, from
the N.W. to the S., 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the N. and E., 嘘（をつく） scattered a number of small
小島s, sand-banks, and breakers. We could see no end to their extent to the
N.; and it is not impossible that they reach as far S. as Amsterdam or
Tongatabu. These, together with Middleburg or Eaoowee, and Pylstart, make a
group, 含む／封じ込めるing about three degrees of latitude and two of longitude,
which I have 指名するd the Friendly 小島s or 群島, as a 会社／堅い 同盟
and friendship seems to subsist の中で their inhabitants, and their
courteous behaviour to strangers する権利を与えるs them to that 呼称; under
which we might, perhaps, 延長する their group much さらに先に, even 負かす／撃墜する to
Boscawen and Keppell's 小島s discovered by Captain Wallis, and lying nearly
under the same meridian, and in the latitude of 15ｰ 53'; for, from the
little account I have had of the people of these two 小島s they seem to
have the same sort of friendly disposition we 観察するd in our 群島.

The inhabitants, 生産／産物s, etc. of Rotterdam, and the 隣人ing 小島s,
are the same as at Amsterdam. Hogs and fowls are, indeed, much scarcer; of
the former having got but six, and not many of the latter. Yams and
shaddocks were what we got the most of; other fruits were not so plenty.
Not half of the 小島 is laid out in inclosed 農園s as at Amsterdam;
but the parts which are not inclosed, are not いっそう少なく fertile or uncultivated.
There is, however, far more waste land on this 小島, in 割合 to its
size, than upon the other; and the people seem to be much poorer; that is,
in cloth, matting, ornaments, etc. which 構成する a 広大な／多数の／重要な part of the
riches of the South-Sea islanders.

The people of this 小島 seem to be more 影響する／感情d with the leprosy, or some
scrophulous disorder, than any I have seen どこかよそで. It breaks out in the
直面する more than any other part of the 団体／死体. I have seen several whose 直面するs
were 廃虚d by it, and their noses やめる gone. In one of my excursions,
happening to peep into a house where one or more of them were, one man only
appeared at the door, or 穴を開ける, by which I must have entered, and which he
began to stop up, by 製図／抽選 several parts of a cord across it. But the
intolerable stench which （機の）カム from his putrid 直面する was alone 十分な to
keep me out, had the 入り口 been ever so wide. His nose was やめる gone,
and his whole 直面する in one continued ulcer; so that the very sight of him
was shocking. As our people had not all got （疑いを）晴らす of a 確かな  病気 they
had 契約d at the Society 小島s, I took all possible care to 妨げる
its 存在 communicated to the natives here; and I have 推論する／理由 to believe my
endeavours 後継するd.

Having について言及するd a house, it may not be amiss to 観察する, that some here
異なる from those I saw at the other 小島s: 存在 inclosed or 塀で囲むd on
every 味方する, with reeds neatly put together, but not の近くに. The 入り口 is
by a square 穴を開ける, about two feet and a half each way. The form of these
houses is an oblong square; the 床に打ち倒す or 創立／基礎 every way shorter than
the eve, which is about four feet from the ground. By this construction,
the rain that 落ちるs on the roof, is carried off from the 塀で囲む, which
さもなければ would decay and rot.

We did not distinguish any king or 主要な 長，指導者, or any person who took
upon him the 外見 of 最高の 当局. The man and woman before
について言及するd, whom I believed to be man and wife, 利益／興味d themselves on
several occasions in our 事件／事情／状勢s; but it was 平易な to see they had no 広大な／多数の／重要な
当局. Amongst other things which I gave them as a reward for their
service, was a young dog and bitch, animals which they have not, but are
very fond of, and know very 井戸／弁護士席 by 指名する. They have some of the same sort
of earthen マリファナs we saw at Amsterdam; and I am of opinion they are of their
own 製造（する）, or that of some 隣人ing 小島.

The road, as I have already について言及するd, is on the north 味方する of the 小島,
just to the southward of the 最南端の cove; for there are two on this
味方する. The bank is of some extent, and the 底（に届く） 解放する／自由な from 激しく揺するs, with
twenty-five and twenty fathoms water, one or two miles from the shore.

解雇する／砲火／射撃-支持を得ようと努めるd is very convenient to be got at, and 平易な to be shipped off; but
the water is so brackish that it is not 価値（がある） the trouble of carrying it on
board; unless one is in 広大な／多数の／重要な 苦しめる for want of that article, and can
get no better. There is, however, better, not only on this 小島, but on
others in the neighbourhood; for the people brought us some in cocoa-nut
爆撃するs which was as good as need be; but probably the springs are too
trifling to water a ship.

I have already 観察するd, that the S.W. 味方する of the island is covered by a
暗礁 or 暗礁s of 激しく揺するs, and small 小島s. If there be a 十分な depth of
water between them and the island, as there appeared to be, and a good
底（に届く）, this would be a much securer place for a ship to 錨，総合司会者 in, than
that where we had our 駅／配置する.

CHAPTER III.

_The Passage from the Friendly 小島s to the New Hebrides, with an Account
of the 発見 of 海がめ Island, and a Variety of 出来事/事件s which
happened, both before and after the Ship arrived in Port 挟む, in the
Island of Mallicollo. A Description of the Port, the 隣接する Country, its
Inhabitants, and many other Particulars._

1774 July

On the first of July, at sun-rise, Amattafoa was still in sight, 耐えるing
N.E., distant twenty leagues. Continuing our course to the west, we, the
next day at noon, discovered land 耐えるing N.W. by W., for which we steered;
and, upon a nearer approach, 設立する it to be a small island. At four o'clock
it bore from N.W. half W. to N.W. by N., and, at the same time, breakers
were seen from the masthead, 延長するing from W. to S.W. The day 存在 too
far spent to make さらに先に 発見s, we soon after 縮めるd sail, 運ぶ／漁獲高d
the 勝利，勝つd, and spent the night, making short boards, which, at day-break, we
設立する had been so advantageous that we were さらに先に from the island than we
推定する／予想するd, and it was eleven o'clock before we reached the N.W. or 物陰／風下-味方する,
where 船の停泊地 and 上陸 seemed practicable. ーするために 得る a
knowledge of the former, I sent the master with a boat to sound, and, in
the mean time, we stood on and off with the ship. At this time four or five
people were seen on the 暗礁, which lies 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the 小島, and about three
times that number on the shore. As the boat 前進するd, those on the 暗礁
retired and joined the others; and when the boat landed they all fled to
the 支持を得ようと努めるd. It was not long before the boat returned, when the master
知らせるd me that there were no soundings without the 暗礁, over which, in
one place only, he 設立する a boat channel of six feet water. Entering by it,
he 列／漕ぐ／騒動d in for the shore, thinking to speak with the people, not more than
twenty in number, who were 武装した with clubs and spears; but the moment he
始める，決める his foot on shore, they retired to the 支持を得ようと努めるd. He left on the 激しく揺するs some
メダルs, nails, and a knife, which they no 疑問 設立する, as some were seen
近づく the place afterwards. This island is not やめる a league in length, in
the direction of N.E. and S.W., and not half that in breadth. It is covered
with 支持を得ようと努めるd, and surrounded by a 暗礁 of 珊瑚 激しく揺するs, which in some places
延長する two miles from the shore. It seems to be too small to 含む／封じ込める many
inhabitants; and probably the few whom we saw, may have come from some 小島
in the neighbourhood to fish for 海がめ; as many were seen 近づく this 暗礁,
and occasioned that 指名する to be given to the island, which is 据えるd in
latitude 19ｰ 48' south, longitude 178ｰ 21' west.

Seeing breakers to the S.S.W., which I was desirous of knowing the extent
of before night, I left 海がめ 小島, and stood for them. At two o'clock we
設立する they were occasioned by a 珊瑚 bank, of about four or five leagues
in 回路・連盟. By the 耐えるing we had taken, we knew these to be the same
breakers we had seen the 先行する evening. Hardly any part of this bank or
暗礁 is above water at the reflux of the waves. The 長，率いるs of some of the
激しく揺するs are to be seen 近づく the 辛勝する／優位 of the 暗礁, where it is the shoalest;
for in the middle is 深い water. In short, this bank wants only a few
little islets to make it 正確に／まさに like one of the half-溺死するd 小島s so
often について言及するd. It lies S.W. from 海がめ Island, about five or six miles,
and the channel between it and the 暗礁 of that 小島 is three miles over.
Seeing no more shoals or islands, and thinking there might be 海がめ on
this bank, two boats were 適切に equipped and sent thither; but returned
without having seen one.

The boats were now hoisted in, and we made sail to the west, with a きびきびした
強風 at east, which continued till the 9th, when we had for a few hours, a
微風 at N.W., …に出席するd with squalls of rain. This was 後継するd by a
安定した fresh 強風 at S.E., with which we steered N.W., 存在 at this time
in the latitude of 20ｰ 20' S. longitude 176ｰ 8' E.

On the 15th at noon, 存在 in the latitude of 15ｰ 9' south, longitude 171ｰ
16' east, I steered west. The next day the 天候 was 霧がかかった, and the 勝利，勝つd
blew in 激しい squalls, …に出席するd with rain, which in this ocean, within the
tropics, 一般に 示すs the 周辺 of some high land. This was
立証するd at three in the afternoon, when high land was seen 耐えるing S.W.
Upon this we took in the small sails, 暗礁d the 最高の，を越す-sails, and 運ぶ／漁獲高ing up
for it, at half-past five we could see it 延長する from S.S.W. to N.N.W. half
W. Soon after we tacked and spent the night, which was very 嵐の, in
plying. Our boards were disadvantageous; for, in the morning, we 設立する we
had lost ground. This, indeed, was no wonder, for having an old 控訴 of
sails bent, the most of them were 分裂（する） to pieces; 特に a
fore-最高の，を越す-sail, which was （判決などを）下すd やめる useless. We got others to the yards,
and continued to ply, 存在 desirous of getting 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the south ends of the
lands, or at least so far to the south as to be able to 裁判官 of their
extent in that direction. For no one 疑問d that this was the Australia
del Espiritu Santo of Quiros, which M. de Bougainville calls the 広大な／多数の／重要な
Cyclades, and that the coast we were now upon was the east 味方する of Aurora
Island, whose longitude is 168ｰ 30' E.

The 強風 kept 増加するing till we were 減ずるd to our low sails; so that, on
the 18th, at seven in the morning, I gave over plying, 始める，決める the 最高の，を越す-sails
二塁打-暗礁d, bore up for, and 運ぶ／漁獲高d 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the north end of Aurora
Island, and then stretched over for the 小島 of Lepers, under の近くに-暗礁d
topsails and courses, with a very hard 強風 at N.E.; but we had now the
advantage of a smooth sea, having the 小島 of Aurora to windward. At noon
the north end of it bore N.E. 1/2 N., distant four leagues; our latitude,
設立する by 二塁打 高度s, and 減ずるd to this time, was 15ｰ 1' 30" south,
longitude 168ｰ 14' east. At two o'clock p.m. we drew 近づく the middle of the
小島 of Lepers, and tacked about two miles from land; in which 状況／情勢 we
had no soundings with a line of seventy fathoms. We now saw people on the
shore, and many beautiful cascades of water 注ぐing 負かす／撃墜する the 隣人ing
hills. The next time we stood for this 小島, we （機の）カム to within half a mile
of it, where we 設立する thirty fathoms a sandy 底（に届く）; but a mile off we
設立する no soundings at seventy fathoms. Here two canoes （機の）カム off to us, in
one of which were three men, and in the other but one. Though we made all
the 調印するs of friendship, we could not bring them nearer than a 石／投石する's
throw; and they made but a short stay before they retired 岸に, where we
saw a 広大な／多数の／重要な number of people 組み立てる／集結するd in parties, and 武装した with 屈服するs and
arrows. They were of a very dark colour; and, excepting some ornaments at
their breast and 武器, seemed to be 完全に naked.

As I ーするつもりであるd to get to the south, ーするために 調査する the land which might
嘘（をつく） there, we continued to ply between the 小島 of Lepers and Aurora; and
on the 19th, at noon, the south end of the last-について言及するd 小島 bore south
24ｰ east, and the north end north, distant twenty miles. Latitude 観察するd
15ｰ 11'. The 勝利，勝つd continued to blow strong at S.E., so that what we got by
plying in the day, we lost in the night. On the 20th, at sun-rise, we 設立する
ourselves off the south end of Aurora, on the N.W. 味方する of which, the coast
forms a small bay. In this we made some trips to try for 船の停泊地; but
設立する no いっそう少なく than eighty fathoms water, the 底（に届く） a 罰金 dark sand, at
half a mile from shore. にもかかわらず, I am of opinion that, nearer, there
is much いっそう少なく depth, and 安全な・保証する riding; and in the neighbourhood is plenty
of fresh water and 支持を得ようと努めるd for 燃料. The whole 小島, from the sea-shore to the
首脳会議s of the hills, seemed to be covered with the latter; and every
valley produced a 罰金 stream of the former. We saw people on the shore,
and some canoes on the coast, but 非，不，無 （機の）カム off to us. Leaving the bay just
について言及するd, we stretched across the channel which divides Aurora from
Whitsuntide Island. At noon we were abreast the north end of this latter,
which bore E.N.E., and 観察するd in 15ｰ 28' 1/2. The 小島 of Aurora bore
from N. to N.E. 1/2 east, and the 小島 of Lepers from N. by W. 1/2 W. to
west. Whitsuntide 小島 appeared joined to the land to the S. and S.W. of
it; but in stretching to S.W. we discovered the 分離. This was about
four o'clock p.m., and then we tacked and stretched in for the island till
近づく sun-始める，決める, when the 勝利，勝つd veering more to the east, made it necessary to
再開する our course to the south. We saw people on the shore, smokes in many
parts of the island, and several places which seemed to be cultivated.
About midnight, 製図／抽選 近づく the south land, we tacked and stretched to the
north, ーするために spend the 残りの人，物 of the night.

At day-break on the 21st, we 設立する ourselves before the channel that
divides Whitsuntide Island from the south land, which is about two leagues
over. At this time, the land to the southward 延長するd from S. by E. 一連の会議、交渉／完成する
to the west, さらに先に than the 注目する，もくろむ could reach, and on the part nearest to
us, which is of かなりの 高さ, we 観察するd two very large columns of
smoke, which, I 裁判官d, 上がるd from 火山s. We now stood S.S.W., with
a 罰金 微風 at S.E.; and, at ten o'clock, discovered this part of the
land to be an island, which is called by the natives Ambrym. Soon after an
elevated land appeared open off the south end of Ambrym; and after that,
another still higher, on which is a high 頂点（に達する）d hill. We 裁判官d these lands
to belong to two separate islands. The first （機の）カム in sight at S.E.; the
second at E. by S., and they appeared to be ten leagues distant. 持つ／拘留するing on
our course for the land ahead, at noon it was five miles distant from us,
延長するing from S.S.E. to N.W. by W., and appeared to be continued. The
islands to the east bore from N.E. by E. to S.E. by E., latitude 観察するd
16ｰ 17' south. As we drew nearer the shore we discovered a creek, which had
the 外見 of 存在 a good harbour, formed by a low point or 半島,
事業／計画（する）ing out to the north. On this a number of people were 組み立てる／集結するd, who
seemed to 招待する us 岸に; probably with no good 意図, as the most of
them were 武装した with 屈服するs and arrows. ーするために 伸び（る） room and time to
hoist out and arm our boats, to reconnoitre this place, we tacked and made
a trip off, which occasioned the 発見 of another port about a league
more to the south. Having sent two 武装した boats to sound and look for
船の停泊地, on their making the signal for the latter, we sailed in S.S.W.,
and 錨，総合司会者d in eleven fathoms water, not two cables' length from the S.E.
shore, and a mile within the 入り口.

We had no sooner 錨，総合司会者d than several of the natives （機の）カム off in canoes.
They were very 用心深い at first; but, at last, 信用d themselves
と一緒に, and 交流d, for pieces of cloth, arrows; some of which were
pointed with bone, and dipped in some green gummy 実体, which we
自然に supposed was poisonous. Two men having 投機・賭けるd on board, after a
short stay, I sent them away with 現在のs. Others, probably induced by
this, （機の）カム off by moon-light; but I gave orders to 許す 非，不，無 to come
と一緒に, by which means we got （疑いを）晴らす of them for the night.

Next morning 早期に, a good many （機の）カム 一連の会議、交渉／完成する us, some in canoes, and others
swimming. I soon 勝つ／広く一帯に広がるd on one to come on board, which be no sooner did,
than he was followed by more than I 願望（する）d; so that not only our deck, but
船の索具, was presently filled with them. I took four into the cabin, and
gave them さまざまな articles, which they shewed to those in the canoes, and
seemed much pleased with their 歓迎会. While I was thus making friends
with those in the cabin, an 事故 happened that threw all into
混乱, but in the end, I believe, 証明するd advantageous to us. A fellow
in a canoe having been 辞退するd admittance into one of our boats that lay
と一緒に, bent his 屈服する to shoot a 毒（薬）d arrow at the boat-keeper. Some
of his countrymen 妨げるd his doing it that instant, and gave time to
熟知させる me with it. I ran 即時に on deck, and saw another man
struggling with him; one of those who had been in the cabin, and had leaped
out of the window for this 目的. The other seemed 解決するd, shook him
off, and directed his 屈服する again to the boat-keeper; but, on my calling to
him, pointed it at me. Having a musquet in my 手渡す 負担d with small 発射,
I gave him the contents. This staggered him for a moment, but did not
妨げる him from 持つ／拘留するing his 屈服する still in the 態度 of 狙撃. Another
発射する／解雇する of the same nature made him 減少（する） it, and the others, who were in
the canoe, to paddle off with all 速度(を上げる）. At this time, some began to shoot
arrows on the other 味方する. A musquet 発射する／解雇するd in the 空気／公表する had no 影響;
but a four-続けざまに猛撃する 発射 over their 長，率いるs sent them off in the 最大の
混乱. Many quitted their canoes and swam on shore; those in the 広大な／多数の／重要な
cabin leaped out of the windows; and those who were on the deck, and on
different parts of the 船の索具, all leaped overboard. After this we took no
さらに先に notice of them, but 苦しむd them to come off and 選ぶ up their
canoes; and some of them even 投機・賭けるd と一緒に of the ship. すぐに
after the 広大な／多数の／重要な gun was 解雇する／砲火／射撃d, we heard the （警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域ing of 派手に宣伝するs on shore;
which was, probably, the signal for the country to 組み立てる／集結する in 武器. We now
got every thing in 準備完了 to land, to 削減（する） some 支持を得ようと努めるd, which we were in
want of, and to try to get some refreshments, nothing of this 肉親，親類d having
been seen in any of the canoes.

About nine o'clock, we put off in two boats, and landed in the 直面する of four
or five hundred people, who were 組み立てる／集結するd on the shore. Though they were
all 武装した with 屈服するs and arrows, clubs and spears, they made not the least
対立. On the contrary, seeing me 前進する alone, with nothing but a
green 支店 in my 手渡す, one of them, who seemed to be a 長，指導者, giving his
屈服する and arrows to another, met me in the water, 耐えるing also a green
支店, which having 交流d for the one I held, he then took me by the
手渡す, and led me up to the （人が）群がる. I すぐに 分配するd 現在のs to
them, and, in the mean time, the 海洋s were drawn up upon the beach. I
then made 調印するs (for we understood not a word of their language) that we
手配中の，お尋ね者 支持を得ようと努めるd; and they made 調印するs to us to 削減（する） 負かす／撃墜する the trees. By this time,
a small pig 存在 brought 負かす／撃墜する and 現在のd to me, I gave the 持参人払いの a
piece of cloth, with which he seemed 井戸／弁護士席 pleased. This made us hope that
we should soon have some more; but we were mistaken. The pig was not
brought to be 交流d for what we had, but on some other account,
probably as a peace-申し込む／申し出ing. For, all we could say or do, did not 勝つ／広く一帯に広がる
on them to bring 負かす／撃墜する, after this, above half a dozen cocoa-nuts, and a
small 量 of fresh water. They 始める，決める no value on nails, or any sort of
アイロンをかける 道具s; nor indeed on any thing we had. They would, now and then,
交流 an arrow for a piece of cloth; but very seldom would part with a
屈服する. They were unwilling we should go off the beach, and very desirous we
should return on board. At length, about noon, after sending what 支持を得ようと努めるd we
had 削減（する） on board, we 乗る，着手するd ourselves; and they all retired, some one way
and some another. Before we had dined, the afternoon was too far spent to
do any thing on shore; and all 手渡すs were 雇うd, setting up the 船の索具,
and 修理ing some defects in it. But seeing a man bring along the 立ち往生させる a
ブイ，浮標, which they had taken in the night from the kedge-錨，総合司会者, I went on
shore for it, …を伴ってd by some of the gentlemen. The moment we landed,
it was put into the boat, by a man who walked off again without speaking
one word. It せねばならない be 観察するd, that this was the only thing they took,
or even 試みる／企てるd to take from us, by any means whatever. 存在 landed 近づく
one of their 農園s and houses, which were just within the skirts of
the 支持を得ようと努めるd, I 勝つ／広く一帯に広がるd on the man to 行為／行う me to them; but, though they
苦しむd Mr Forster to go with me, they were unwilling any more should
follow. These houses were something like those of the other 小島s; rather
low, and covered with palm thatch. Some were enclosed, or 塀で囲むd 一連の会議、交渉／完成する with
boards; and the 入り口 to those was by a square 穴を開ける at one end, which at
this time was shut up, and they were unwilling to open it for us to look
in. There were here about six houses, and some small 農園s of roots,
etc., 盗品故買者d 一連の会議、交渉／完成する with reeds as at the Friendly 小島s. There were,
likewise, some bread-fruit, cocoa-nut, and plaintain trees; but very little
fruit on any of them. A good many 罰金 yams were piled up upon sticks, or a
肉親，親類d of raised 壇・綱領・公約; and about twenty pigs, and a few fowls, were
running about loose. After making these 観察s, having 乗る，着手するd, we
proceeded to the S.E. point of the harbour, where we again landed and
walked along the （法廷の）裁判 till we could see the islands to the S.E. already
について言及するd. The 指名するs of these we now 得るd, 同様に as the 指名する of that
on which we were. This they called Mallicollo;* the island that first
appeared over the south end of Ambrym is called Apee; and the other with
the hill upon it Paoom. We 設立する on the beach a fruit like an orange,
called by them Abbimora; but whether it be fit for eating, I cannot say, as
this was decayed.

[* Or Mallicolla. Some of our people pronounced it Manicolo or
Manicola, and thus it is also 令状 in Quiros' 記念の, as printed by
Dalrymple, vol. ii. p. 146.]

訴訟／進行 next to the other 味方する of the harbour, we there landed, 近づく a
few houses, at the 招待 of some people who （機の）カム 負かす／撃墜する to the shore;
but we had not been there five minutes before they 手配中の，お尋ね者 us to be gone. We
従うd, and proceeded up the harbour ーするために sound it, and look for
fresh water, of which, as yet, we had seen 非，不，無, but the very little that
the natives brought, which we knew not where they got. Nor was our search
now …に出席するd with success; but this is no proof that there is not any. The
day was too far spent to 診察する the place 井戸／弁護士席 enough to 決定する this
point. Night having brought us on board, I was 知らせるd that no soul had
been off to the ship; so soon was the curiosity of these people 満足させるd.
As we were coming on board, we heard the sound of a 派手に宣伝する, and, I think, of
some other 器具s, and saw people dancing; but us soon as they heard
the noise of the oars, or saw us, all was silent.

存在 unwilling to lose the 利益 of the moon-light nights, which now
happened, at seven a.m. on the 23d, we 重さを計るd; and, with a light 空気／公表する of
勝利，勝つd, and the 援助 of our boats, proceeded out of the harbour, the
south end of which, at noon, bore W.S.W., distant about two miles.

When the natives saw us under sail, they （機の）カム off in canoes, making
交流s with more 信用／信任 than before, and giving such 驚くべき／特命の／臨時の
proofs of their honesty as surprised us. As the ship, at first, had fresh
way through the water, several of them dropped astern after they had
received our goods, and before they had time to 配達する theirs in return.
Instead of taking advantage of this, as our friends at the Society 小島s
would have done, they used their 最大の 成果／努力s to get up with us, and to
配達する what they had already been paid for. One man, in particular,
followed us a かなりの time, and did not reach us till it was 静める, and
the thing was forgotten. As soon as he （機の）カム と一緒に he held up the thing
which several were ready to buy; but he 辞退するd to part with it, till he
saw the person to whom he had before sold it, and to him he gave it. The
person, not knowing him again, 申し込む／申し出d him something in return, which he
辞退するd, and shewed him what he had given him before. Pieces of cloth, and
marble paper, were in most esteem with them; but 辛勝する／優位-道具s, nails, and
beads, they seemed to 無視（する）. The greatest number of canoes we had
と一緒に at once did not 越える eight, and not more than four or five
people in each, who would frequently retire to the shore all on a sudden,
before they had 性質の／したい気がして of half their things, and then others would come
off.

At the time we （機の）カム out of the harbour, it was about low water, and 広大な／多数の／重要な
numbers of people were then on the shoals or 暗礁s which 嘘（をつく） along the
shore, looking, as we supposed., for 爆撃する and other fish. Thus our 存在
on their coast, and in one of their ports, did not 妨げる them from
に引き続いて the necessary 雇用s. By this time they might be 満足させるd
we meant them no 害（を与える）; so that, had we made a longer stay, we might soon
have been upon good 条件 with this ape-like nation. For, in general, they
are the most ugly, ill-割合d people I ever saw, and in every 尊敬（する）・点
different from any we had met with in this sea. They are a very
dark-coloured and rather diminutive race; with long 長，率いるs, flat 直面するs, and
monkey countenances. Their hair mostly 黒人／ボイコット or brown, is short and curly;
but not やめる so soft and woolly as that of a negroe. Their 耐えるd are very
strong, crisp, and bushy, and 一般に 黒人／ボイコット and short. But what most 追加するs
to their deformity, is a belt or cord which they wear 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the waist, and
tie so tight over the belly, that the 形態／調整 of their 団体／死体s is not unlike
that of an overgrown pismire. The men go やめる naked, except a piece of
cloth or leaf used as a wrapper*.

[* The particular manner of 適用するing the wrapper may be seen in Wafer's
voyage, who について言及するs this singular custom as 存在するing, though with some
little variation, amongst the Indians of the Isthmus of Darien.
See Wafer's Voyage, p. 140.]

We saw but few women, and they were not いっそう少なく ugly than the men; their
長，率いるs, 直面するs, and shoulders, are painted red; they wear a 肉親，親類d of
petticoat; and some of them had something over their shoulders like a 捕らえる、獲得する,
in which they carry their children. 非，不，無 of them （機の）カム off to the ship, and
they 一般に kept at a distance when we were on shore. Their ornaments
are ear-（犯罪の）一味s, made of tortoise-爆撃する and bracelets. A curious one of the
latter, four or five インチs 幅の広い, wrought with thread or cord, and studded
with 爆撃するs, is worn by them just above the 肘. 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the 権利 wrist
they wear hogs' tusks, bent circular, and （犯罪の）一味s made of 爆撃するs; and 一連の会議、交渉／完成する
their left, a 一連の会議、交渉／完成する piece of 支持を得ようと努めるd, which we 裁判官d was to 区 off the
屈服する-string. The 橋（渡しをする） of the nose is pierced, in which they wear a piece of
white 石／投石する, about an インチ and a half long. As 調印するs of friendship they
現在の a green 支店, and ぱらぱら雨 water with the を引き渡す the 長，率いる.

Their 武器s are clubs, spears, and 屈服するs and arrows. The two former are
made of hard or アイロンをかける-支持を得ようと努めるd. Their 屈服するs are about four feet long, made of a
stick 分裂（する） 負かす／撃墜する the middle, and are not circular. The arrows, which are a
sort of reeds, are いつかs 武装した with a long and sharp point, made of the
hard 支持を得ようと努めるd, and いつかs with a very hard point made of bone; and these
points are all covered with a 実体 which we took for 毒（薬）. Indeed
the people themselves 確認するd our 疑惑s, by making 調印するs to us not
to touch the point, and giving us to understand that if we were prickled by
them we should die. They are very careful of them themselves, and keep
them, always wrapped up in a quiver. Some of these arrows are formed with
two or three points, each with small prickles on the 辛勝する／優位s, to 妨げる the
arrow 存在 drawn out of the 負傷させる.

The people of Mallicollo seemed to be a やめる different nation from any we
had yet met with, and speak a different language. Of about eighty words,
which Mr Forster collected, hardly one 耐えるs any affinity to the language
spoken at any other island or place I had ever been at. The letter R is
used in many of their words; and frequently two or three 存在 joined
together, such words we 設立する difficult to pronounce. I 観察するd that they
could pronounce most of our words with 広大な／多数の／重要な 緩和する. They 表明する their
賞賛 by hissing like a goose.

To 裁判官 of the country by the little water we saw of it, it must be
fertile; but I believe their fruits are not so good as those of the Society
or Friendly 小島s. Their cocoa-nut trees, I am 確かな , are not; and their
bread-fruit and plantains did not seem much better. But their yams appeared
to be very good. We saw no other animals than those I have already
について言及するd. They have not so much as a 指名する for a dog, and その結果 have
非，不，無, for which 推論する／理由 we left them a dog and a bitch; and there is no
疑問 they will be taken care of, as they were very fond of them.

After we had got to sea, we tried what 影響 one of the 毒（薬）d arrows
would have on a dog. Indeed we had tried it in the harbour the very first
night, but we thought the 操作／手術 was too slight, as it had no 影響.
The 外科医 now made a 深い incision in the dog's thigh, into which he laid
a large 部分 of the 毒（薬）, just as it was 捨てるd from the arrows, and
then bound up the 負傷させる with a 包帯. For several days after we thought
the dog was not so 井戸／弁護士席 as it had been before, but whether this was really
so, or only 示唆するd by imagination, I know not. He was afterwards as if
nothing had been done to him, and lived to be brought home to England.
However, I have no 疑問 of this stuff 存在 of a poisonous 質, as it
could answer no other 目的. The people seemed not unacquainted with the
nature of 毒（薬）, for when they brought us water on shore, they first
tasted it, and then gave us to understand we might with safety drink it.

This harbour, which is 据えるd on the N.E. 味方する of Mallicollo, not far
from the S.E. end, in latitude 16ｰ 25' 20" S., longitude 167ｰ 57' 23" E., I
指名するd Port 挟む. It lies in S.W. by S. about one league, and is one-third
of a league 幅の広い. A 暗礁 of 激しく揺するs 延長するs out a little way from each
point, but the channel is of a good breadth, and hath in it from forty to
twenty-four fathoms water. In the port, the depth of water is from twenty
to four fathoms; and it is so 避難所d that no 勝利，勝つd can 乱す a ship at
錨，総合司会者 there. Another 広大な／多数の／重要な advantage is, you can 嘘（をつく） so 近づく the shore, as
to cover your people, who may be at work upon it.

CHAPTER IV.

_An Account of the 発見 of several Islands, and an Interview and
小競り合い with the Inhabitants upon one of them. The Arrival of the Ship at
Tanna, and the 歓迎会 we met with there._

1774 July

Soon after we got to sea, we had a 微風 at E.S.E. with which we stood
over for Ambrym till three o'clock in the afternoon, when the 勝利，勝つd veering
to the E.N.E. we tacked and stretched to the S.E. and 天候d the S.E.
end of Mallicolo, off which we discovered three or four small islands, that
before appeared to be connected. At sun-始める，決める the point bore S. 77ｰ W.,
distant three leagues, from which the coast seemed to 傾向 away west. At
this time, the 小島 of Ambrym 延長するd from N. 3ｰ E. to N. 65ｰ E. The 小島
of Paoon from N. 76ｰ E. to S. 88ｰ E.; and the 小島 of Apee from S. 83ｰ E.
to S. 43ｰ E. We stood for this last 小島, which we reached by midnight, and
then brought-to till day-break on the 24th, when we made sail to the S.E.,
with a 見解（をとる） of plying up to the eastward on the south 味方する of Apee. At
sun-rise we discovered several more islands, 延長するing from the S.E. point of
Apee to the south as far as S.E. by S. The nearest to us we reached by ten
o'clock, and not 存在 able to 天候 it, we tacked a mile from its shore
in fourteen fathoms water. This island is about four leagues in 回路・連盟, is
remarkable by having three high 頂点（に達する）d hills upon it, by which it has
得るd that 指名する. In the p.m. the 勝利，勝つd veering more to the north, we
再開するd our course to the east; and having 天候d Threehills, stood for
the group of small 小島s which 嘘（をつく） off the S.E. point of Apee. These I
called Shepherd's 小島s, in honour of my worthy friend Dr Shepherd, Plumian
professor of astronomy at Cambridge. Having a 罰金 微風, I had thoughts
of going through between them; but the channels 存在 狭くする, and seeing
broken water in the one we were steering for, I gave up the design, and
bore up, ーするために go without, or to the south of them. Before this could
be 遂行するd, it fell 静める, and we were left to the mercy of the
現在の, の近くに to the 小島s, where we could find no soundings with a line
of an hundred and eighty fathoms. We had now land or islands in every
direction, and were not able to count the number which lay 一連の会議、交渉／完成する us. The
mountain on Paoon was seen over the east end of Apee, 耐えるing N.N.W. at
eight o'clock. A 微風 at S.E. relieved us from the 苦悩 the 静める had
occasioned; and we spent the night in making short boards.

The night before we （機の）カム out of Port 挟む, two 赤みを帯びた fish, about the
size of large bream, and not unlike them, were caught with hook and line.
On these fish most of the officers, and some of the petty officers, dined
the next day. The night に引き続いて, every one who had eaten of them was
掴むd with violent 苦痛s in the 長，率いる and bones, …に出席するd with a scorching
heat all over the 肌, and numbness in the 共同のs. There remained no 疑問
that this was occasioned by the fish 存在 of a poisonous nature, and
having communicated its bad 影響s to all who partook of them, even to the
hogs and dogs. One of the former died about sixteen hours after; it was not
long before one of the latter 株d the same 運命／宿命; and it was a week or
ten days before all the gentlemen 回復するd. These must have been the same
sort of fish について言及するd by Quiros,* under the 指名する of pargos, which
毒（薬）d the 乗組員s of his ships, so that it was some time before they
回復するd; and we should, doubtless, have been in the same 状況／情勢, had
more of them been eaten.

[* Dalrymple's Collection of Voyages, vol. I. p. 140, 141.]

At day break on the 25th, we made a short stretch to the east of Shepherd's
小島s till after sun-rise, when seeing no more land in that direction, we
tacked and stood for the island we had seen in the south, having a gentle
微風 at S.E. We passed to the east of Threehills, and likewise of a low
小島, which lies on the S.E. 味方する of it, between a remarkable 頂点（に達する）d 激しく揺する
which 得るd the 指名する of Monument, and a small island 指名するd Twohills, on
account of two 頂点（に達する）d hills upon it, disjoined by a low and 狭くする isthmus.
The channel between this island and the Monument is 近づく a mile 幅の広い, and
twenty-four fathoms 深い. Except this 激しく揺する, which is only accessible to
birds, we did not find an island on which people were not seen. At noon, we
観察するd, in latitude 17ｰ 18' 30"; longitude, made from Port 挟む, 45'
E. In this 状況／情勢, the Monument bore N. 16ｰ E. distant two miles;
Twohills bore N. 25ｰ W. distant two miles, and in a line with the S.W. part
of Threehills; and the islands to the south 延長するd from S. 16ｰ 30' E. to
S. 42ｰ W.

Continuing our course to the south, at five p.m. we drew 近づく the southern
lands, which we 設立する to consist of one large island, whose southern and
western extremities 延長するd beyond our sight, and three or four smaller
ones lying off its north 味方する. The two 最北の are much the largest,
have a good 高さ, and 嘘（をつく） in the direction of E. by S. and W. by N. from
each other, distant two leagues; I 指名するd the one Montagu and the other
Hinchinbrook, and the large island 挟む, in honour of my noble patron
the Earl of 挟む. Seeing broken water ahead, between Montagu and
Hinchinbrook 小島s, we tacked; and soon after it fell 静める. The 静める
continued till seven o'-clock the next morning, when it was 後継するd by a
微風 from the 西方の. During the 静める, having been carried by the
現在のs and a S.E. swell, four leagues to the W.N.W., we passed
Hinchinbrook 小島, saw the western extremity of 挟む Island, 耐えるing
S.S.W., about five leagues distant, and at the same time discovered a small
island to the west of this direction. After getting the westerly 微風, I
steered S.E. ーするために pass between Montagu 小島 and the north end of
挟む Island. At noon we were in the middle of the channel, and 観察するd
in latitude 17ｰ 31' S. The distance from one island to the other is about
four or five miles; but the channel is not much above half that breadth,
存在 契約d by breakers. We had no soundings in it with a line of
forty fathoms.

As we passed Montagu 小島 several people （機の）カム 負かす／撃墜する to the sea-味方する, and, by
調印するs, seemed to 招待する us 岸に. Some were also seen on 挟む Island,
which 展示（する）d a most delightful prospect, 存在 spotted with 支持を得ようと努めるd and
lawns, agreeably diversified over the whole surface. It hath a gentle slope
from the hills, which are of a 穏健な 高さ, 負かす／撃墜する to the sea coast. This
is low, and guarded by a chain of breakers, so that there is no approaching
it at this part. But more to the west, beyond Hinchinbrook Island, there
seemed to run in a bay 避難所d from the 統治するing 勝利，勝つd. The 診察するing it
not 存在 so much an 反対する, with me as the getting to the south, in order
to find the southern extremity of the 群島, with this 見解（をとる） I steered
S.S.E., 存在 the direction of the coast of 挟む Island. We had but
just got through the passage, before the west 勝利，勝つd left us to variable
light 空気／公表するs and 静めるs; so that we were apprehensive of 存在 carried 支援する
again by the 現在のs, or rather of 存在 強いるd to return, ーするために
避ける 存在 driven on the shoals, as there was no 船の停泊地, a line of an
hundred and sixty fathoms not reaching to the 底（に届く）. At length a 微風
springing up at S.W. we stood to S.E., and at sun-始める，決める the Monument bore N.
14ｰ 30' W., and Montagu Island N. 28ｰ W. distant three leagues. We 裁判官d
we saw the S.E. extremity of 挟む Island, 耐えるing about S. by E.

We continued to stand S.E. till four a.m. on the 27th, when we tacked to
the west. At sun-rise, having discovered a new land 耐えるing south, and
making in three hills, this occasioned us to tack and stand に向かって it. At
this time Montagu 小島 bore N. 52ｰ W., distant thirteen leagues; at noon it
was nearly in the same direction, and the new land 延長するd from S. 1/2 E.
to S. by W., and the three hills seemed to be connected. Our latitude by
観察, was 18ｰ 1' S., and the longitude, made from Port 挟む, 1ｰ
23' E. We continued to stand to the S.E., with a gentle 微風 at S.W. and
S.S.W. till the 28th at sun-rise, when, the 勝利，勝つd veering to the south, we
tacked and stood to the west. The three hills について言及するd above, we now saw,
belonging to one island, which 延長するd from S. 35ｰ to 71ｰ W. distant about
ten or twelve leagues.

1774 August

Retarded by contrary 勝利，勝つd, 静めるs, and the 現在のs, that 始める，決める to N.W., we
were three days in 伸び（る）ing this space; in which time we discovered an
elevated land to the south of this; It first appeared in detached hummocks,
but we 裁判官d it to be connected. At length, on the 1st of August, about
ten a.m. we got a 罰金 微風 at E.S.E., which soon after veered to N.E.,
and we steered for the N.W. 味方する of the island. Reaching it about two p.m.,
we 範囲d the west coast at one mile from shore, on which the inhabitants
appeared in several parts, and by 調印するs 招待するd us to land. We continued to
sound without finding 底（に届く）, till we （機の）カム before a small bay, or bending
of the coast, where, 近づく a mile from shore, we 設立する thirty and twenty-two
fathoms water, a sandy 底（に届く）. I had thoughts of 錨，総合司会者ing here, but the
勝利，勝つd almost 即時に veered to N.W.; which 存在 nearly on shore, I laid
this design aside. Besides, I was unwilling to lose the 適切な時期 that
now 申し込む／申し出d of getting to the south-east, in order first to 調査する the
lands which lay there. I therefore continued to 範囲 the coast to the
south, at about the same distance from shore; but we soon got out of
soundings. About a league to the south of this bay, which hath about two
miles extent, is another more 広範囲にわたる. に向かって the evening, the 微風
began to abate, so that it was sun-始める，決める before we got the length of it. I
ーするつもりであるd not to stop here, and to stand to the south under an 平易な sail all
night; but at eight o'clock, as we were steering S.S.E. we saw a light
ahead. Not knowing but it might be on some low detached 小島, dangerous to
approach while dark, we 運ぶ／漁獲高d the 勝利，勝つd, and spent the night standing off
and on, or rather 運動ing to and fro; for we had but very little 勝利，勝つd.

At sun-rise on the 2d, we saw no more land than the coast we were upon; but
設立する that the 現在のs had carried us some miles to the north, and we
試みる／企てるd, to little 目的, to 回復する what we had lost. At noon we were
about a league from the coast, which 延長するd from S.S.E. to N.E. Latitude
観察するd 18ｰ 45' S. In the afternoon, finding the ship to drift not only to
the north, but in shore also, and 存在 yet to the south of the bay we
passed the day before, I had thoughts of getting to an 錨，総合司会者 before night,
while we had it in our 力／強力にする to make choice of a place. With this 見解（をとる）,
having hoisted out two boats, one of them was sent ahead to 牽引する the ship;
in the other Mr Gilbert went to sound for 船の停泊地. Soon after, the 牽引するing
boat was sent to 補助装置 him. So much time was spent in sounding this bay,
that the ship drove past, which made it necessary to call the boats on
board to 牽引する her off from the northern point. But this service was
成し遂げるd by a 微風 of 勝利，勝つd, which, that moment, sprung up at S.W.; so
that as the boats got on board, we hoisted them in, and then bore up for
the north 味方する of the island, ーするつもりであるing once more to try to get 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by
the east; Mr Gilbert 知らせるd me, that at the south part of the bay, he
設立する no soundings till の近くに to a 法外な 石／投石する beach, where he landed to
taste a stream of water he saw there, which 証明するd to be salt. Some people
were seen there, but they kept at a distance. さらに先に 負かす／撃墜する the coast, that
is to the north, he 設立する twenty, twenty-four, and thirty fathoms,
three-fourths of a mile, or a mile, from shore, the 底（に届く） a 罰金 dark sand.

On the 3d, at sun-rise, we 設立する ourselves abreast a lofty promontory on
the S.E. 味方する of the island, and about three leagues from it. Having but
little 勝利，勝つd, and that from the south, 権利 in our teeth, and 存在 in want
of 解雇する／砲火／射撃-支持を得ようと努めるd, I sent 中尉／大尉／警部補 Clerke with two boats to a small islet
which lies off the promontory, to endeavour to get some. In the mean time
we continued to ply up with the ship; but what we 伸び（る）d by our sails, we
lost by the 現在の. At length に向かって noon, we got a 微風 at E.S.E., and
E., with which we could 嘘（をつく） up for the 長，率いる; and soon after Mr Clerke
returned, having not been able to land, on account of a high surf on the
shore. They met with no people on the 小島; but saw a large bat, and some
birds, and caught a water-snake. At six o'clock p.m. we got in with the
land, under the N.W. 味方する of the 長，率いる, where we 錨，総合司会者d in seventeen
fathoms water, the 底（に届く） a 罰金 dark sand, half a mile from shore; the
point of the 長，率いる 耐えるing N. 18ｰ E., distant half a league; the little
islet before-について言及するd N.E. by E. 1/2 E., and the N.W. point of the bay N.
32ｰ W. Many people appeared on the shore, and some 試みる／企てるd to swim off to
us; but having occasion to send the boat ahead to sound, they retired as
she drew 近づく them. This, however, gave us a favourable idea of them.

On the 4th, at day-break, I went with two boats to 診察する the coast, to
look for a proper 上陸-place, 支持を得ようと努めるd, and water. At this time, the natives
began to 組み立てる／集結する on the shore, and by 調印するs 招待するd us to land. I went
first to a small beach, which is に向かって the 長，率いる, where I 設立する no good
上陸, on account of some 激しく揺するs which every where lined the coast. I,
however, put the boat's 屈服する to the shore, and gave cloth, メダルs, etc. to
some people who were there. For this 治療 they 申し込む／申し出d to 運ぶ／漁獲高 the
boats over the breakers to the sandy beach, which I thought a friendly
申し込む／申し出, but had 推論する／理由 afterwards to alter my opinion. When they 設立する I
would not do as they 願望（する）d, they made 調印するs for us to go 負かす／撃墜する into the
bay, which we accordingly did, and they ran along shore abreast of us,
their number 増加するing prodigiously. I put in to the shore in two or three
places, but, not liking the 状況／情勢, did not land. By this time, I
believe, the natives conceived what I 手配中の，お尋ね者, as they directed me 一連の会議、交渉／完成する a
rocky point, where, on a 罰金 sandy beach, I stepped out of the boat
without wetting a foot, in the 直面する of a 広大な multitude, with only a green
支店 in my 手渡す, which I had before got from one of them. I took but one
man out of the boat with me, and ordered the other boat to 嘘（をつく）-to at a
little distance off. They received me with 広大な／多数の／重要な 儀礼 and politeness;
and would retire 支援する from the boat on my making the least 動議 with my
手渡す. A man, whom I took to be a 長，指導者, seeing this, made them form a
semicircle 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the boat's 屈服する, and （警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域 such as 試みる／企てるd to break
through this order. This man I 負担d with 現在のs, giving likewise to
others, and asked by 調印するs for fresh water, in hopes of seeing where they
got it. The 長，指導者 すぐに sent a man for some, who ran to a house, and
presently returned with a little in a bamboo; so that I 伸び（る）d but little
（警察などへの）密告，告訴（状） by this. I next asked, by the same means, for something to eat,
and they as readily brought me a yam, and some cocoa-nuts. In short, I was
charmed with their behaviour; and the only thing which could give the least
疑惑 was, that most of them were 武装した with clubs, spears, darts, and
屈服するs and arrows. For this 推論する／理由 I kept my 注目する，もくろむ continually upon the 長，指導者,
and watched his looks 同様に as his 活動／戦闘s. He made many 調印するs to me to
運ぶ／漁獲高 the boat up upon the shore, and at last slipped into the （人が）群がる, where
I 観察するd him speak to several people, and then return to me, repeating
調印するs to 運ぶ／漁獲高 the boat up, and hesitating a good 取引，協定 before he would
receive some spike-nails, which I then 申し込む／申し出d him. This made me 嫌疑者，容疑者／疑う
something was ーするつもりであるd, and すぐに I stepped into the boat, telling
them by 調印するs that I should soon return. But they were not for parting so
soon, and now 試みる／企てるd by 軍隊, what they could not 得る by gentler
means. The ギャング（団）-board happened unluckily to be laid out for me to come into
the boat, I say unluckily, for if it had not been out, and if the 乗組員 had
been a little quicker in getting the boat off, the natives might not have
had time to put their design in 死刑執行, nor would the に引き続いて
disagreeable scene have happened. As we were putting off the boat, they
laid 持つ／拘留する of the ギャング（団）-board, and unhooked it off the boat's 厳しい. But as
they did not take it away, I thought this had been done by 事故, and
ordered the boat in again to take it up. Then they themselves 麻薬中毒の it
over the boat's 厳しい, and 試みる／企てるd to 運ぶ／漁獲高 her 岸に; others, at the
same time, snatched the oars out of the people's 手渡すs. On my pointing a
musket at them, they in some 手段 desisted, but returned in an instant,
seemingly 決定するd to 運ぶ／漁獲高 the boat 岸に. At the 長，率いる of this party was
the 長，指導者; the others, who could not come at the boat, stood behind with
darts, 石／投石するs, and 屈服するs and arrows in 手渡す, ready to support them. 調印するs
and 脅しs having no 影響, our own safety became the only consideration;
and yet I was unwilling to 解雇する／砲火／射撃 on the multitude, and 解決するd to make the
長，指導者 alone 落ちる a 犠牲者 to his own treachery; but my musket at this
批判的な moment 行方不明になるd 解雇する／砲火／射撃. Whatever idea they might have formed of the
武器 we held in our 手渡すs, they must now have looked upon them as childish
武器s, and began to let us see how much better theirs were, by throwing
石／投石するs and darts, and by 狙撃 arrows. This made it 絶対 necessary
for me to give orders to 解雇する／砲火／射撃. The first 発射する／解雇する threw them into
混乱; but a second was hardly 十分な to 運動 them off the beach;
and after all, they continued to throw 石／投石するs from behind the trees and
bushes, and, every now and then, to pop out and throw a dart. Four lay, to
all 外見, dead on the shore; but two of them afterwards はうd into
the bushes. Happy it was for these people, that not half our muskets would
go off, さもなければ many more must have fallen. We had one man 負傷させるd in the
cheek with a dart, the point of which was as 厚い as my finger, and yet it
entered above two インチs, which shews that it must have come with 広大な／多数の／重要な
軍隊, though indeed we were very 近づく them. An arrow struck Mr Gilbert's
naked breast, who was about thirty yards off; but probably it had struck
something before; for it hardly 侵入するd the 肌. The arrows were
pointed with hard 支持を得ようと努めるd.

As soon as we got on board, I ordered the 錨，総合司会者 to be 重さを計るd, with a 見解（をとる）
of 錨，総合司会者ing 近づく the 上陸-place. While this was doing, several people
appeared on the low 激しく揺する point, 陳列する，発揮するing two oars we had lost in the
scuffle. I looked on this as a 調印する of submission, and of their wanting to
give us the oars. I was, にもかかわらず, 勝つ／広く一帯に広がるd on to 解雇する／砲火／射撃 a four-続けざまに猛撃する
発射 at them, to let them see the 影響 of our 広大な／多数の／重要な guns. The ball fell
short, but 脅すd them so much, that 非，不，無 were seen afterwards; and
they left the oars standing up against the bushes.

It was now 静める; but the 錨，総合司会者 was hardly at the 屈服する before a 微風
sprung up at north, of which we took the advantage, 始める，決める our sails, and
plyed out of the bay, as it did not seem 有能な of 供給（する）ing our wants
with that conveniency I wished to have. Besides, I always had it in my
力／強力にする to return to this place, in 事例／患者 I should find 非，不，無 more convenient
さらに先に south.

These islanders seemed to be a different race from those of Mallicollo; and
spoke a different language. They are of the middle size, have a good 形態／調整,
and tolerable features. Their colour is very dark, and they paint their
直面するs, some with 黒人／ボイコット, and others with red pigment. Their hair is very
curly and crisp, and somewhat woolly. I saw a few women, and I thought them
ugly; they wore a 肉親，親類d of petticoat made of palm-leaves, or some 工場／植物 like
it. But the men, like those of Mallicollo, were in a manner naked; having
only the belt about the waist, and the piece of cloth, or leaf, used as a
wrapper*. I saw no canoes with these people, nor were any seen in any part
of this island. They live in houses covered with thatch, and their
農園s are laid out by a line, and 盗品故買者d 一連の会議、交渉／完成する.

[* The particular manner of 適用するing the wrapper may be seen in Wafer's
voyage, who について言及するs this singular custom as 存在するing, though with some
little variation, amongst the Indians of the Isthmus of Darien.
See Wafer's Voyage, p. 140.]

At two o'clock in the afternoon, we were （疑いを）晴らす of the bay, bore up 一連の会議、交渉／完成する
the 長，率いる, and steered S.S.E. for the south end of the island, having a 罰金
微風 at N.W. On the S.W. 味方する of the 長，率いる is a pretty 深い bay, which
seemed to run in behind the one on the N.W. 味方する. Its shores are low, and
the 隣接する lands appeared very fertile. It is exposed to the S.E. 勝利，勝つd;
for which 推論する／理由, until it be better known, the N.W. bay is より望ましい,
because it is 避難所d from the 統治するing 勝利，勝つd; and the 勝利，勝つd to which it
is open, viz. from N.W. by N. to E. by N., seldom blow strong. The
promontory, or 半島, which disjoins these two bays, I 指名するd 反逆者's
長，率いる, from the 背信の behaviour of its inhabitants. It is the N.E.
point of the island, 据えるd in the latitude 18ｰ 43' S. longitude 169ｰ
'28' E., and 終結させるs in a saddle-hill which is of 高さ 十分な to
be seen sixteen or eighteen leagues. As we 前進するd to S.S.E., the new
island, we had before discovered, began to appear over the S.E. point of
the one 近づく us, 耐えるing S. 1/2 E., distant ten or twelve leagues. After
leaving this one, we steered for the east end of the other, 存在 directed
by a 広大な／多数の／重要な light we saw upon it.

At one o'clock the next morning, 製図／抽選 近づく the shore, we tacked and
spent the 残りの人，物 of the night making short boards. At sun-rise we
discovered a high （米）棚上げする／（英）提議する land (an island) 耐えるing E. by S., and a small low
小島 in the direction of N.N.E., which we had passed in the night without
seeing it. 反逆者's 長，率いる was still in sight, 耐えるing N. 20ｰ W. distant
fifteen leagues, and the island to the south 延長するd from S. 7ｰ W. to S.
87ｰ W. distant three or four miles. We then 設立する that the light we had
seen in the night was occasioned by a 火山, which we 観察するd to throw
up 広大な 量s of 解雇する／砲火／射撃 and smoke, with a rumbling noise heard at a
広大な／多数の／重要な distance. We now made sail for the island; and, presently after,
discovered a small inlet which had the 外見 of 存在 a good harbour.
ーするために be better 知らせるd, I sent away two 武装した boats, under the
命令（する） of 中尉／大尉／警部補 Cooper, to sound it; and, in the 一方／合間, we stood
on and off with the ship, to be ready to follow, or give them any
援助 they might want. On the east point of the 入り口, we 観察するd
a number of people, and several houses and canoes; and when our boats
entered the harbour, they 開始する，打ち上げるd some, and followed them, but （機の）カム not
近づく. It was not long before Mr Cooper made the signal for 船の停泊地; and
we stood in with the ship. The 勝利，勝つd 存在 at west, and our course S.S.W.,
we borrowed の近くに to the west point, and passed over some sunken 激しく揺するs,
which might have been 避けるd, by keeping a little more to the east, or
about one-third channel over. The 勝利，勝つd left us as soon as we were within
the 入り口, and 強いるd us to 減少（する） an 錨，総合司会者 in four fathoms water. After
this, the boats were sent again to sound; and, in the 合間, the 開始する，打ち上げる
was hoisted out, ーするために carry out 錨，総合司会者s to warp in by, as soon as we
should be 熟知させるd with the channel.

While we were thus 雇うd, many of the natives got together in parties,
on several parts of the shore, all 武装した with 屈服するs, spears, etc. Some swam
off to us, others （機の）カム in canoes. At first they were shy, and kept at the
distance of a 石／投石する's throw; they grew insensibly bolder; and, at last,
（機の）カム under our 厳しい, and made some 交流s. The people in one of the
first canoes, after coming as 近づく as they durst, threw に向かって us some
cocoa-nuts. I went into a boat and 選ぶd them up, giving them in return
some cloth and other articles. This induced others to come under the 厳しい,
and と一緒に, where their behaviour was insolent and daring. They 手配中の，お尋ね者
to carry off every thing within their reach; they got 持つ／拘留する of the 飛行機で行く of
the ensign, and would have torn it from the staff; others 試みる／企てるd to
knock the （犯罪の）一味s off the rudder; but the greatest trouble they gave us was
to look after the ブイ，浮標s of our 錨，総合司会者s, which were no sooner thrown out of
our boats, or let go from the ship, than they got 持つ／拘留する of them. A few
muskets 解雇する／砲火／射撃d in the 空気／公表する had no 影響; but a four-pounder 脅すd them
so much, that they quitted their canoes that instant, and took to the
water. But as soon as they 設立する themselves 損なわれない, they got again into
their canoes, gave us some halloos, 繁栄するd their 武器s, and returned
once more to the ブイ，浮標s. This put us to the expence of a few musquetoon
発射, which had the 願望（する）d 影響. Although 非，不，無 were 傷つける, they were
afterwards afraid to come 近づく the ブイ，浮標s; very soon all retired on shore,
and we were permitted to sit 負かす／撃墜する to dinner undisturbed.

During these 処理／取引s, a friendly old man in a small canoe made several
trips between us and the shore, bringing off each time a few cocoa-nuts, or
a yam, and taking in 交流 whatever we gave him. Another was on the
gangway when the 広大な／多数の／重要な gun was 解雇する／砲火／射撃d, but I could not 勝つ／広く一帯に広がる on him to
stay there long. に向かって the evening, after the ship was moored, I landed
at the 長，率いる of the harbour, in the S.E. corner, with a strong party of men,
without any 対立 存在 made by a 広大な／多数の／重要な number of the natives who were
組み立てる／集結するd in two parties, the one on our 権利 and the other on the left,
武装した with clubs, darts, spears, slings, and 石／投石するs, 屈服するs, and arrows, etc.
After 分配するing to the old people (for we could distinguish no 長，指導者),
and some others, 現在のs of cloth, メダルs, etc. I ordered two 樽s to be
filled with water out of a pond about twenty paces behind the 上陸-place;
giving the natives to understand, that this was one of the articles
we 手配中の，お尋ね者. Besides water, we got from them a few cocoa-nuts, which seemed
to be in plenty on the trees; but they could not be 勝つ／広く一帯に広がるd upon to part
with any of their 武器s. These they held in constant 準備完了, and in
the proper 態度s of offence and defence; so that little was wanting to
make them attack us; at least we thought so, by their 圧力（をかける）ing so much upon
us, and in spite of our endeavours to keep them off. Our 早期に re-乗る，着手するing
probably disconcerted their 計画／陰謀; and after that, they all retired. The
friendly old man before について言及するd, was in one of these parties; and we
裁判官d, from his 行為／行う, that his temper was pacific.

CHAPTER V.

_An Intercourse 設立するd with the Natives; some Account of the Island,
and a Variety of 出来事/事件s that happened during our Stay at it._

August 1774

As we 手配中の，お尋ね者 to take in a large 量 both of 支持を得ようと努めるd and water, and as,
when I was on shore, I had 設立する it practicable to lay the ship much nearer
the 上陸-place than she now was, which would 大いに 容易にする that
work, 同様に as overawe the natives, and enable us better to cover and
保護する the working party on shore; with this 見解（をとる）, on the 6th, we went to
work to 輸送（する） the ship to the place I designed to moor her in. While we
were about this, we 観察するd the natives 組み立てる／集結するing from all parts, and
forming themselves into two parties, as they did the 先行する evening, one
on each 味方する the 上陸-place, to the 量 of some thousands, 武装した as
before. A canoe, いつかs 行為／行うd by one, and at other times by two or
three men, now and then （機の）カム off, bringing a few cocoa-nuts or plantains.
These they gave us without asking for any return; but I took care they
should always have something. Their 長，指導者 design seemed to 招待する us on
shore. One of those who （機の）カム off was the old man, who had already
ingratiated himself into our favour. I made him understand, by 調印するs, that
they were to lay aside their 武器s, took those which were in the canoe,
and threw them overboard, and made him a 現在の of a large piece of cloth.
There was no 疑問 but he understood me, and made my request known to his
countrymen. For as soon as he landed, we 観察するd him to go first to the
one party, and then to the other; nor was he, ever after, seen by us with
any thing like a 武器 in his 手渡す. After this, three fellows （機の）カム in a
canoe under the 厳しい, one of them brandishing a club, with which he struck
the ship's 味方する, and committed other 行為／法令／行動するs of 反抗, but at last 申し込む／申し出d
to 交流 it for a string of beads, and some other trifles. These were
sent 負かす／撃墜する to him by a line; but the moment they were in his 所有／入手, he
and his companions paddled off in all haste, without giving the club or any
thing else in return. This was what I 推定する／予想するd, and indeed what I was not
sorry for, as I 手配中の，お尋ね者 an 適切な時期 to shew the multitude on shore, the
影響 of our 解雇する／砲火／射撃 武器, without materially 傷つけるing any of them. Having a
fowling-piece 負担d with small 発射 (No. 3) I gave the fellow the
contents; and, when they were above musquet-発射 off, I ordered some of the
musquetoons, or 塀で囲む-pieces, to be 解雇する／砲火／射撃d, which made them leap out of the
canoe, keep under her offside, and swim with her 岸に. This 処理／取引
seemed to make little or no impression on the people there. On the
contrary, they began to halloo, and to make sport of it.

After mooring the ship, by four 錨，総合司会者s, with her broadside to the
上陸-place, hardly musquet-発射 off, and placing our 大砲 in such a
manner as to 命令（する） the whole harbour, I 乗る，着手するd with the 海洋s, and a
party of seamen, in three boats, and 列／漕ぐ／騒動d in for the shore. It hath been
already について言及するd, that the two 分割s of the natives were drawn up on each
味方する the 上陸-place. They had left a space between them of about thirty or
forty yards, in which were laid, to the most advantage, a few small bunches
of plantains, a yam, and two or three roots. Between these and the water
were stuck upright in the sand, for what 目的 I never could learn, four
small reeds, about two feet from each other, in a line at 権利 angles to
the shore, where they remained for two or three days after. The old man
before-について言及するd, and two more, stood by these things, 招待するing us, by
調印するs, to land; but I had not forgot the 罠（にかける） I was so 近づく 存在 caught in
at the last island; and this looked something like it. We answered, by
making 調印するs for the two 分割s to retire さらに先に 支援する, and give us more
room. The old man seemed to 願望（する） them so to do, but no more regard was
paid to him than to us. More were continually joining them, and, except two
or three old men, not one 非武装の. In short, every thing conspired to make
us believe they meant to attack us as soon as we should be on shore; the
consequence of which was easily supposed; many of them must have been
killed and 負傷させるd, and we should hardly have escaped 損なわれない; two things I
平等に wished to 妨げる. Since, therefore, they would not give us the
room 要求するd, I thought it was better to 脅す them into it, than to
強いる them by the deadly 影響 of our 解雇する／砲火／射撃-武器. I accordingly ordered a
musquet to be 解雇する／砲火／射撃d over the party on our 権利, which was by far the
strongest 団体／死体; but the alarm it gave them was momentary. In an instant
they 回復するd themselves and began to 陳列する，発揮する their 武器s. One fellow
shewed us his backside, in a manner which plainly 伝えるd his meaning.

After this I ordered three or four more musquets to be 解雇する／砲火／射撃d. This was the
signal for the ship to 解雇する／砲火／射撃 a few 広大な／多数の／重要な guns, which presently 分散させるd
them; and then we landed, and 示すd out the 限界s, on the 権利 and left,
by a line. Our old friend stood his ground, though 砂漠d by his two
companions, and I rewarded his 信用／信任 with a 現在の. The natives （機の）カム
徐々に to us, seemingly in a more friendly manner; some even without
their 武器s, but by far the greatest part brought them; and when we made
調印するs to lay them 負かす／撃墜する, they gave us to understand that we must lay 負かす／撃墜する
ours first. Thus all parties stood 武装した. The 現在のs I made to the old
people, and to such as seemed to be of consequence, had little 影響 on
their 行為／行う. They indeed climbed the cocoa-nut trees, and threw us 負かす／撃墜する
the nuts, without 要求するing any thing for them; but I took care that they
should always have somewhat in return. I 観察するd that many were afraid to
touch what belonged to us; and they seemed to have no notion of 交流ing
one thing for another. I took the old man (whose 指名する we now 設立する to be
Paowang) to the 支持を得ようと努めるd, and made him understand, I 手配中の，お尋ね者 to 削減（する） 負かす／撃墜する some
trees to take on board the ship; cutting some 負かす／撃墜する at the same time, which
we put into one of our boats, together with a few small 樽s of water,
with a 見解（をとる） of letting the people see what it was we 主として 手配中の，お尋ね者.
Paowang very readily gave his 同意 to 削減（する） 支持を得ようと努めるd; nor was there any one
who made the least 反対. He only 願望（する）d the cocoa-nut trees might not
be 削減（する） 負かす／撃墜する. 事柄s 存在 thus settled, we 乗る，着手するd and returned on board
to dinner, and, すぐに after, they all 分散させるd. I never learnt that
any one was 傷つける by our 発射, either on this or the 先行する day; which
was a very happy circumstance. In the afternoon having landed again, we
負担d the 開始する，打ち上げる with water, and having made three 運ぶ／漁獲高s with the seine,
caught 上向きs of three hundred 続けざまに猛撃するs of mullet and other fish. It was
some time before any of the natives appeared, and not above twenty or
thirty at last, amongst whom was our trusty friend Paowang, who made us a
現在の of a small pig, which was the only one we got at this 小島, or that
was 申し込む／申し出d to us.

During the night the 火山, which was about four miles to the west of us,
vomited up 広大な 量s of 解雇する／砲火／射撃 and smoke, as it had also done the night
before; and the 炎上s were seen to rise above the hill which lay between
us and it. At every 爆発 it made a long rumbling noise like that of
雷鳴, or the blowing up of large 地雷s. A 激しい にわか雨 of rain, which
fell at this time, seemed to 増加する it; and the 勝利，勝つd blowing from the
same ４半期/4分の1, the 空気／公表する was 負担d with its ashes, which fell so 厚い that
every thing was covered with the dust. It was a 肉親，親類d of 罰金 sand, or
石／投石する, ground or burnt to 砕く, and was exceedingly troublesome to the
注目する，もくろむs.

早期に in the morning of the 7th, the natives began again to 組み立てる／集結する 近づく
the watering-place, 武装した as usual, but not in such numbers as at first.
After breakfast, we landed, ーするために 削減（する） 支持を得ようと努めるd and fill water. I 設立する
many of the islanders much inclined to be friends with us, 特に the
old people; on the other 手渡す, most of the younger were daring and
insolent, and 強いるd us to keep to our 武器. I staid till I saw no
騒動 was like to happen, and then returned to the ship, leaving the
party under the 命令（する） of 中尉／大尉／警部補s Clerke and Edgcumbe. When they （機の）カム
on board to dinner, they 知らせるd me that the people continued to behave in
the same inconsistent manner as in the morning; but more 特に one
man, whom Mr Edgcumbe was 強いるd to 解雇する／砲火／射撃 at, and believed he had struck
with a swan 発射. After that the others behaved with more discretion; and
as soon as our people 乗る，着手するd they all retired. While we were sitting at
dinner an old man （機の）カム on board, looked into many parts of the ship, and
then went 岸に again.

In the afternoon, only a few of those who lived in the neighbourhood, with
whom we were now upon a tolerable 地盤, made their 外見 at the
watering-place. Paowang brought us an axe which had been left by our
people, either in the 支持を得ようと努めるd or on the beach, and 設立する by some of the
natives. A few other articles were afterwards returned to us, which either
they had stolen, or we had lost by our 怠慢，過失, so careful were they now
not to 感情を害する／違反する us in this 尊敬（する）・点.

早期に the next morning, I sent the 開始する，打ち上げる, 保護するd by a party of 海洋s
in another boat, to take in ballast, which was 手配中の，お尋ね者. This work was done
before breakfast; and after it, she was sent for 支持を得ようと努めるd and water, and with
her the people 雇うd in this service, under the 保護 of a
serjeant's guard, which was now thought 十分な, as the natives seemed
to be pretty 井戸／弁護士席 reconciled to us. I was told, that they asked our people
to go home with them, on 条件 they stripped naked as they were. This
shews that they had no design to 略奪する them, whatever other they might
have.

On the 9th, I sent the 開始する，打ち上げる for more ballast, and the guard and wooders
to the usual place. With these I went myself, and 設立する a good many of the
natives collected together, whose behaviour, though 武装した, was courteous
and 強いるing; so that there was no longer any occasion to 示す out the
限界s by a line; they 観察するd them without this 警戒. As it was
necessary for Mr むちの跡s's 器具s to remain on shore all the middle of
the day, the guard did not return to dinner, as they had done before, till
relieved by others. When I （機の）カム off, I 勝つ／広く一帯に広がるd on a young man, whose 指名する
was Wha-a-gou, to …を伴って me. Before dinner I shewed him every part of
the ship; but did not 観察する that any thing 直す／買収する，八百長をするd his attention a moment,
or 原因（となる）d in him the least surprise. He had no knowledge of goats, dogs, or
cats, calling them all hogs (_Booga_ or _Boogas_). I made him a
現在の of a dog and a bitch, as he shewed a liking to that 肉親，親類d of animal.
Soon after he （機の）カム on board, some of his friends followed in a canoe, and
enquired for him, probably doubtful of his safety. He looked out of the
４半期/4分の1 gallery, and having spoken to them, they went 岸に, and quickly
returned with a cock, a little sugar-茎, and a few cocoa-nuts, as a
現在の to me. Though he sat 負かす／撃墜する with us, he did but just taste our salt
pork, but eat pretty heartily of yam, and drank a glass of ワイン. After
dinner I made him 現在のs, and then 行為／行うd him, 岸に.

As soon as we landed, the 青年 and some of his friends took me by the
手渡す, with a 見解（をとる）, as I understood, to 行為／行う me to their habitations. We
had not gone far, before some of them, for what 推論する／理由 I know not, were
unwilling I should proceed; in consequence of which the whole company
stopped; and, if I was not mistaken, a person was 派遣（する）d for something
or other to give me; for I was 願望（する）d to sit 負かす／撃墜する and wait, which I
accordingly did. During this interval, several of our gentlemen passed us,
at which they shewed 広大な／多数の／重要な uneasiness, and importuned me so much to order
them 支援する, that I was at last 強いるd to 従う. They were jealous of our
going up the country, or even along the shore of the harbour. While I was
waiting here, our friend Paowang （機の）カム with a 現在の of fruit and roots,
carried by about twenty men; in order, as I supposed, to make it appear the
greater. One had a small bunch of plantains, another a yam, a third a
cocoa-nut, etc.; but two men might have carried the whole with 緩和する. This
現在の was in return for something I had given him in the morning;
however, I thought the least I could do now, was to 支払う／賃金 the porters.

After I had 派遣（する）d Paowang, I returned to Wha-a-gou and his friends,
who were still for 拘留するing me. They seemed to wait with 広大な／多数の／重要な impatience
for something, and to be unwilling and ashamed to take away the two dogs,
without making me a return. As night was approaching, I 圧力（をかける）d to be gone;
with which they 従うd, and so we parted.

The 先行する day, Mr Forster learnt from the people the proper 指名する of the
island, which they call Tanna; and this day I learnt from them the 指名するs of
those in the neighbourhood. The one we touched at last is called Erromango;
the small 小島, which we discovered the morning we landed here, Immer; the
（米）棚上げする／（英）提議する island to the east, discovered at the same time, Erronan or Footoona;
and an island which lies to the S.E. Annattom. All these islands are to be
seen from Tanna.

They gave us to understand, in a manner which I thought 認める of no
疑問, that they eat human flesh, and that circumcision was practised の中で
them. They began the 支配する of eating human flesh, of their own （許可，名誉などを）与える, by
asking us if we did; さもなければ I should never have thought of asking them
such a question. I have heard people argue, that no nation could be
cannibals, if they had other flesh to eat, or did not want food; thus
deriving the custom from necessity. The people of this island can be under
no such necessity; they have 罰金 pork and fowls, and plenty of roots and
fruits. But since we have not 現実に seen them eat human flesh, it will
収容する／認める of 疑問 with some, whether they are cannibals.

When I got on board, I learnt that, when the 開始する，打ち上げる was on the west 味方する of
the harbour taking in ballast, one of the men 雇うd in this work, had
scalded his fingers in taking a 石／投石する up out of some water. This
circumstance produced the 発見 of several hot springs, at the foot of
the cliff, and rather below high-water 示す.

This day Mr むちの跡s, and two or three of the officers 前進するd a little, for
the first time, into the island. They met with a small straggling village,
the inhabitants of which 扱う／治療するd them with 広大な／多数の／重要な civility; and the next
morning Mr Forster and his party made another excursion inland. They met
with several 罰金 農園s of plantains, sugar-茎s, yams, etc.; and the
natives were courteous and civil. Indeed, by this time, the people,
特に those in our neighbourhood, were so 井戸／弁護士席 reconciled to us, that
they shewed not the least dislike at our rambling about in the skirts of
the 支持を得ようと努めるd, 狙撃, etc. In the afternoon some boys having got behind
thickets, and having thrown two or three 石／投石するs at our people who were
cutting 支持を得ようと努めるd, they were 解雇する／砲火／射撃d at by the petty officers 現在の on 義務.
存在 岸に at that time, I was alarmed at 審理，公聴会 the 報告（する）／憶測 of the
musquets, and seeing two or three boys run out of the 支持を得ようと努めるd. When I knew the
原因（となる） I was much displeased at so wanton an use 存在 made of our 解雇する／砲火／射撃-武器,
and took 対策 to 妨げる it for the 未来. 勝利，勝つd southerly, with
激しい にわか雨s of rain.

During the night, and also all the 11th, the 火山 was exceedingly
troublesome, and made a terrible noise, throwing up prodigious columns of
解雇する／砲火／射撃 and smoke at each 爆発, which happened every three or four
minutes; and, at one time, 広大な／多数の／重要な 石／投石するs were seen high in the 空気／公表する. Besides
the necessary work of wooding and watering, we struck the main-最高の，を越す-mast to
直す／買収する，八百長をする new trestle-trees and 支援する-stays. Mr Forster and his party went up the
hill on the west 味方する of the harbour, where he 設立する three places from
whence smoke of a sulphureous smell 問題／発行するd, through 割れ目s and fissures in
the earth. The ground about these was exceedingly hot, and parched or
burnt, and they seemed to keep pace with the 火山; for, at every
爆発 of the latter, the 量 of smoke or steam in these was
大いに 増加するd, and 軍隊d out so as to rise in small columns, which we
saw from the ship, and had taken for ありふれた 解雇する／砲火／射撃s made by the natives. At
the foot of this hill are the hot-springs before について言及するd.

In the afternoon, Mr Forster having begun his botanical 研究s on the
other 味方する of the harbour, fell in with our friend Paowang's house, where
he saw most of the articles I had given him, hanging on the 隣接するing trees
and bushes, as if they were not worthy of 存在 under his roof.

On the 12th, some of the officers …を伴ってd Mr Forster to the hot places
he had been at the 先行する day. A 温度計 placed in a little 穴を開ける
made in one of them, rose from 80, at which it stood in the open 空気／公表する, to
170. Several other parts of the hill emitted smoke or steam all the day,
and the 火山 was 異常に furious, insomuch that the 空気／公表する was 負担d
with its ashes. The rain which fell at this time was a 構内／化合物 of water,
sand, and earth; so that it 適切に might be called にわか雨s of 苦境に陥る.
Whichever way the 勝利，勝つd was, we were 疫病／悩ますd with the ashes; unless it blew
very strong indeed from the opposite direction. Notwithstanding the natives
seemed 井戸／弁護士席 enough 満足させるd with the few 探検隊／遠征隊s we had made in the
neighbourhood, they were unwilling we should 延長する them さらに先に. As a
proof of this, some undertook to guide the gentlemen when they were in the
country, to a place where they might see the mouth of the 火山. They
very readily embraced the 申し込む／申し出; and were 行為／行うd 負かす／撃墜する to the harbour,
before they perceived the cheat.

The 13th, 勝利，勝つd at N.E., 暗い／優うつな 天候. The only thing worthy of 公式文書，認める this
day was, that Paowang 存在 at dinner with us on board, I took the
適切な時期 to shew him several parts of the ship, and さまざまな articles, in
hopes of finding out something which they might value, and be induced to
take from us in 交流 for refreshments; for what we got of this 肉親，親類d was
trifling. But he looked on every thing that was shewn him with the 最大の
無関心／冷淡; nor did he take notice of any one thing, except a 木造の
sand-box, which he seemed to admire, and turned it two or three times over
in his 手渡す.

Next morning after breakfast, a party of us 始める，決める out for the country, to try
if we could not get a nearer and better 見解（をとる） of the 火山. We went by the
way of one of those hot smoking places before について言及するd, and dug a 穴を開ける in
the hottest part, into which a 温度計 of Fahrenheit's construction was
put; and the 水銀柱，温度計 presently rose to 100ｰ. It remained in the 穴を開ける two
minutes and a half without either rising or 落ちるing. The earth about this
place was a 肉親，親類d of white clay, had a sulphureous smell, and was soft and
wet, the surface only excepted, over which was spread a thin 乾燥した，日照りの crust,
that had upon it some sulphur, and a vitriolic 実体, tasting like
alum. The place 影響する／感情d by the heat was not above eight or ten yards
square; and 近づく it were some fig-trees, which spread their 支店s over
part of it, and seemed to like their 状況／情勢. We thought that this
驚くべき／特命の／臨時の heat was 原因（となる）d by the steam of boiling water, 堅固に
impregnated with sulphur. I was told that some of the other places were
larger than this; though we did not go out of the road to look at them, but
proceeded up the hill through a country so covered with trees, shrubs, and
工場／植物s, that the bread-fruit and cocoa-nut trees, which, seem to have been
工場／植物d here by nature, were, in a manner, choaked up. Here and there we
met with a house, some few people, and 農園s. These latter we 設立する
in different 明言する／公表するs, some of long standing, others lately （疑いを）晴らすd, and some
only （疑いを）晴らすing, and before any thing had been 工場／植物d. The （疑いを）晴らすing of a
piece of ground for 農園, seemed to be a work of much 労働,
considering the 道具s they had to work with, which, though much inferior to
those at the Society 小島s, are of the same 肉親，親類d. Their method is, however,
judicious, and as expeditious as it can 井戸／弁護士席 be. They lop off the small
支店s of the large trees, dig under the roots, and there 燃やす the
支店s and small shrubs and 工場／植物s which they root up. The 国／地域, in some
parts, is a rich 黒人／ボイコット mould; in other parts, it seemed to be composed of
decayed vegetables, and of the ashes the 火山 sends 前へ／外へ throughout all
its neighbourhood. Happening to turn out of the ありふれた path, we （機の）カム into a
農園 where we 設立する a man at work, who, either out of good-nature, or
to get us the sooner out of his 領土s, undertook to be our guide. We
followed him, accordingly, but had not gone far before we （機の）カム to the
junction of two roads, in one of which stood another man with a sling and a
石／投石する, which he thought proper to lay 負かす／撃墜する when a musquet was pointed at
him. The 態度 in which we 設立する him, the ferocity appearing in his
looks, and his behaviour after, 納得させるd us that he meant to defend the
path he stood in. He, in some 手段, 伸び（る）d his point, for our guide took
the other road, and we followed, but not without 嫌疑者，容疑者／疑うing he was 主要な
us out of the ありふれた way. The other man went with us likewise, counting us
several times over, and hallooing, as we 裁判官d, for 援助; for we
were presently joined by two or three more, の中で whom was a young woman
with a club in her 手渡す. By these people we were 行為／行うd to the brow of a
hill, and shewn a road 主要な 負かす／撃墜する to the harbour, which they 手配中の，お尋ね者 us to
take. Not choosing to 従う, we returned to that we had left, which we
追求するd alone, our guide 辞退するing to go with us. After 上がるing another
山の尾根, as thickly covered with 支持を得ようと努めるd as those we had come over, we saw yet
other hills between us and the 火山, which seemed as far off as at our
first setting out. This discouraged us from 訴訟／進行 さらに先に, 特に
as we could get no one to be our guide. We therefore （機の）カム to a 決意／決議
to return; and had but just put this in 死刑執行 when we met between
twenty and thirty people, whom the fellow before について言及するd had collected
together, with a design, as we 裁判官d, to …に反対する our 前進するing into the
country; but as they saw us returning they 苦しむd us to pass unmolested.
Some of them put us into the 権利 road, …を伴ってd us 負かす／撃墜する the hill, made
us stop by the way, to entertain us with cocoa-nuts, plantains, and
sugar-茎; and what we did not eat on the 位置／汚点／見つけ出す, they brought 負かす／撃墜する the hill
with us. Thus we 設立する these people hospitable, civil, and good-natured, when
not 誘発するd to a contrary 行為／行う by jealousy; a 行為／行う I cannot tell how
to 非難する them for, 特に when I considered the light in which they
must 見解（をとる） us. It was impossible for them to know our real design; we enter
their ports without their daring to …に反対する; we endeavour to land in their
country as friends, and it is 井戸／弁護士席 if this 後継するs; we land, にもかかわらず,
and 持続する the 地盤 we have got, by the 優越 of our 解雇する／砲火／射撃-武器.
Under such circumstances, what opinion are they to form of us? Is it not as
reasonable for them to think that we are come to 侵略する their country, as
to 支払う／賃金 them a friendly visit? Time, and some 知識 with us, can only
納得させる them of the latter. These people are yet in a rude 明言する／公表する; and, if
we may 裁判官 from circumstances and 外見s, are frequently at war, not
only with their 隣人s, but の中で themselves; その結果 must be
jealous of every new 直面する. I will 許す there are some exceptions to this
支配する to be 設立する in this sea; but there are few nations who would willingly
苦しむ 訪問者s like us to 前進する far into their country.

Before this excursion, some of us had been of opinion that these people
were （麻薬）常用者d to an unnatural passion, because they had endeavoured to
entice some of our men into the 支持を得ようと努めるd; and, in particular, I was told, that
one who had the care of Mr Forster's 工場／植物 捕らえる、獲得する, had been once or twice
試みる／企てるd. As the carrying of bundles, etc. is the office of the women in
this country, it had occurred to me, and I was not singular in this, that
the natives might mistake him and some others for women. My conjecture was
fully 立証するd this day. For this man, who was one of the party, and
carried the 捕らえる、獲得する as usual, に引き続いて me 負かす／撃墜する the hill, by the words which I
understood of the conversation of the natives, and by their 活動／戦闘s, I was
井戸／弁護士席 保証するd that they considered him as a 女性（の）; till, by some means,
they discovered their mistake, on which they cried out, "Erramange!
Erramange!" "It is a man! It is a man!" The thing was so palpable, that
every one was 強いるd to 認める, that they had before mistaken his
sex: and that, after they were undeceived, they seemed not to have the
least notion of what we had 嫌疑者，容疑者／疑うd. This circumstance will shew how
liable we are to form wrong conjectures of things, の中で people whose
language we are ignorant of. Had it not been for this 発見, I make no
疑問 that these people would have been 告発（する），告訴（する）／料金d with this vile custom.

In the evening I took a walk with some of the gentlemen into the country on
the other 味方する of the harbour, where we had very different 治療 from
what we had met with in the morning. The people we now visited, の中で whom
was our friend Paowang, 存在 better 熟知させるd with us, shewed a 準備完了
to 強いる us in every thing in their 力／強力にする. We （機の）カム to the village which
had been visited on the 9th. It consisted of about twenty houses, the most
of which need no other description than comparing them to the roof of a
thatched house in England, taken off the 塀で囲むs and placed on the ground.
Some were open at both ends, others partly の近くにd with reeds, and all were
covered with palm thatch. A few of them were thirty or forty feet long, and
fourteen or sixteen 幅の広い. Besides these, they have other mean hovels,
which, I conceived, were only to sleep in. Some of these stood in a
農園, and I was given to understand, that in one of them lay a dead
死体. They made 調印するs that 述べるd sleep, or death; and circumstances
pointed out the latter. Curious to see all I could, I 勝つ／広く一帯に広がるd on an
年輩の man to go with me to the hut, which was separated from the others
by a reed 盗品故買者, built やめる 一連の会議、交渉／完成する it at the distance of four or five feet.
The 入り口 was by a space in the 盗品故買者, made so low as to 収容する／認める one to
step over. The two 味方するs and one end of the hut were の近くにd or built up in
the same manner, and with the same 構成要素s, as the roof. The other end
had been open, but was now 井戸／弁護士席 の近くにd with mats, which I could not 勝つ／広く一帯に広がる
on the man to 除去する, or 苦しむ me to do it. There hung at this end of the
hut a matted 捕らえる、獲得する or basket, in which was a piece of roasted yam, and some
sort of leaves, all やめる fresh. I had a strong 願望（する） to see the inside of
the hut but the man was peremptory in 辞退するing this, and even shewed an
不本意 to 許す me to look into the basket. He wore 一連の会議、交渉／完成する his neck,
fastened to a string, two or three locks of human hair; and a woman 現在の
had several about her neck. I 申し込む／申し出d something in 交流 for them, but
they gave me to understand they could not part with them, as it was the
hair of the person who lay in the hut. Thus I was led to believe that these
people 配置する／処分する／したい気持ちにさせる of their dead in a manner 類似の to that of Otaheite. The
same custom of wearing the hair is 観察するd by the people of that island,
and also by the New Zealanders. The former make tamau of the hair of their
死んだ friends, and the latter make ear-（犯罪の）一味s and necklaces of their
teeth.

近づく most of their large houses were 直す／買収する，八百長をするd, upright in the ground, the
茎・取り除くs of four cocoa-nut trees, in a square position, about three feet from
each other. Some of our gentlemen who first saw them, were inclined to
believe they were thus placed on a 宗教的な account; but I was now
満足させるd that it was for no other 目的 but to hang cocoa-nuts on to
乾燥した，日照りの. For when I asked, 同様に as I could, the use of them, a man took me
to one, 負担d with cocoa-nuts from the 底（に届く） to the 最高の，を越す; and no words
could have 知らせるd me better. Their 状況／情勢 is 井戸／弁護士席 chosen for this use,
as most of their large houses are built in an open airy place, or where the
勝利，勝つd has a 解放する／自由な passage, from whatever direction it blows. 近づく most, if
not all of them, is a large tree or two, whose spreading 支店s afford an
agreeable 退却／保養地 from the scorching sun. This part of the island was 井戸／弁護士席
cultivated, open and airy; the 農園s were laid out by line, abounding
wilh plantains, sugar-茎s, yams and other roots, and 在庫／株d with
fruit-trees. In our walk we met with our old friend Paowang, who, with some
others, …を伴ってd us to the water 味方する, and brought with them, as a
現在の, a few yams and cocoa-nuts.

On the 15th, having finished wooding and watering, a few 手渡すs only were on
shore making brooms, the 残り／休憩（する） 存在 雇うd on board setting up the
船の索具, and putting the ship in a 条件 for sea. Mr Forster, in his
botanical excursion this day, 発射 a pigeon, in the craw of which was a
wild nutmeg. He took some 苦痛s to find the tree, but his endeavours were
without success. In the evening a party of us walked to the eastern sea-shore,
ーするために take the 耐えるing of Annattom, and Erronan or Footoona.
The horizon 証明するd so 煙霧のかかった that I could see neither; but one of the natives
gave me, as I afterwards 設立する, the true direction of them. We 観察するd
that in all, or most of their sugar 農園s, were dug 穴を開けるs or 炭坑，オーケストラ席s,
four feet 深い, and five or six in 直径; and on our enquiring their
use, we were given to understand that they caught ネズミs in them. These
animals, which are very destructive to the 茎s, are here in 広大な／多数の／重要な plenty.
The 茎s, I 観察するd, were 工場／植物d as 厚い as possible 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the 辛勝する／優位 of
these 炭坑，オーケストラ席s, so that the ネズミs in coming at them are the more liable to
宙返り／暴落する in.

Next morning we 設立する the tiller sprung in the rudder 長，率いる, and, by some
strange neglect, we had not a spare one on board, which we were ignorant of
till now it was wanting. I knew but of one tree in the neighbourhood fit
for this 目的, which I sent the carpenter on shore to look at, and an
officer, with a party of men, to 削減（する） it 負かす／撃墜する, 供給するd he could 得る
leave of the natives; if not, he was ordered to 熟知させる me. He understood
that no one had any 反対, and 始める，決める the people to work accordingly. But
as the tree was large, this 要求するd some time; and, before it was 負かす／撃墜する,
word was brought me that our friend Paowang was not pleased. Upon this I
gave orders to desist, as we 設立する that, by scarfing a piece to the inner
end of the tiller, and letting it さらに先に into the rudder-長，率いる, it would
still 成し遂げる its office. But as it was necessary to have a spare one on
board, I went on shore, sent for Paowang, made him a 現在の of a dog and a
piece of cloth, and then explained to him that our 広大な／多数の／重要な steering paddle
was broken, and that I 手配中の，お尋ね者 that tree to make a new one. It was 平易な to
see how 井戸／弁護士席 pleased every one 現在の was, with the means I took to 得る
it. With one 発言する／表明する they gave their 同意, Paowang joining his also, which
he perhaps could not have done without the others; for I do not know that
he had either more 所有物／資産／財産, or more 当局, than the 残り／休憩（する）. This point
存在 得るd, I took our friend on board to dinner, and after it was
over, went with him 岸に, to 支払う／賃金 a visit to an old 長，指導者, who was said to
be king of the island; which was a 疑問 with me. Paowang took little or no
notice of him. I made him a 現在の, after which he すぐに went away,
as if he got all he （機の）カム for. His 指名する was Geogy, and they gave him the
肩書を与える of Areeke. He was very old, but had a merry open countenance. He wore
一連の会議、交渉／完成する his waist a 幅の広い red-and-white chequered belt, the 構成要素s and
製造（する） of which seemed the same as that of Otaheite cloth; but this
was hardly a 示す of distinction. He had with him a son, not いっそう少なく than
forty-five or fifty years of age. A 広大な／多数の／重要な number of people were at this
time at the 上陸-place, most of them from distant parts. The behaviour
of many was friendly; while others were daring and insolent, which I
thought proper to put up with, as our stay was nearly at an end.

On the 17th, about ten o'clock, I went 岸に, and 設立する in the （人が）群がる old
Geogy and his son, who soon made me understand that they 手配中の，お尋ね者 to dine
with me; and accordingly I brought them and two more on board. They all
called them Areekees (or kings); but I 疑問 if any of them had the least
pretensions to that 肩書を与える over the whole island. It had been 発言／述べるd, that
one of these kings had not 当局 enough to order one of the people up
into a cocoa-nut tree, to bring him 負かす／撃墜する some nuts. Although he spoke to
several, he was at last 強いるd to go himself, and, by way of 復讐, as
it was thought, left not a nut on the tree, taking what he 手配中の，お尋ね者 himself,
and giving the 残り／休憩（する） to some of our people.

When I got them on board, I went with them all over the ship, which they
見解（をとる）d with uncommon surprise and attention. We happened to have for their
entertainment a 肉親，親類d of pie or pudding made of plantains, and some sort of
greens which we had got from one of the natives. On this and on yams they
made a hearty dinner; for, as to the salt beef and pork, they would hardly
taste them. In the afternoon, having made each of them a 現在の of a
hatchet, a spike-nail, and some メダルs, I 行為／行うd them 岸に.

Mr Forster and I then went over to the other 味方する of the harbour, and,
having tried, with Fahrenheit's 温度計, the 長，率いる of one of the hot
springs, we 設立する that the 水銀柱，温度計 rose to 191ｰ. At this time the tide was
up within two or three feet of the spring, so that we 裁判官d, it might, in
some degree, be 冷静な／正味のd by it. We were mistaken however, for on repeating
the 実験 next morning, when the tide was out, the 水銀柱，温度計 rose no
higher than 187ｰ; but, at another spring, where the water 泡d out of
the sand from under the 激しく揺する at the S.W. corner of the harbour, the 水銀柱，温度計
in the same 温度計 rose to 202ｰ-1/2, which is but little colder than
boiling water. The hot places before について言及するd are from about three to four
hundred feet perpendicular above these springs, and on the slope of the
same 山の尾根 with the 火山; that is, there are no vallies between them,
but such as are formed in the 山の尾根 itself; nor is the 火山 on the
highest part of the 山の尾根, but on the S.E. 味方する of it. This is, I have been
told, contrary to the general opinion of philosophers, who say that
火山s must be on the 首脳会議s of the highest hills. So far is this from
存在 the 事例／患者 on this island, that some of its hills are more than 二塁打
the 高さ of that on which the 火山 is, and の近くに to it. To these
発言／述べるs I must 追加する, that, in wet or moist 天候, the 火山 was most
violent. There seems to be room for some philosophical 推論する／理由ing on these
phenomena of nature; but not having any talent that way, I must content
myself with 明言する／公表するing facts as I 設立する them, and leave the 原因（となる）s to men of
more abilities.

The tiller was now finished; but, as the 勝利，勝つd was unfavourable for sailing,
the guard was sent on shore on the 19th as before, and a party of men to
削減（する） up and bring off the 残りの人，物 of the tree from which we had got the
tiller. Having nothing else to do, I went on shore with them, and finding a
good number of the natives collected about the 上陸-place as usual, I
分配するd の中で them all the articles I had with me, and then went on
board for more. In いっそう少なく than an hour I returned, just as our people were
getting some large スピードを出す／記録につけるs into the boat. At the same time four or five of the
natives stepped 今後 to see what we were about, and as we did not 許す
them to come within 確かな  限界s, unless to pass along the beach, the
centry ordered them, 支援する, which they readily 従うd with. At this time,
having my 注目する，もくろむs 直す／買収する，八百長をするd on them, I 観察するd the 歩哨 現在の his piece (as I
thought at these men,) and was just going to reprove him for it, because I
had 観察するd that, whenever this was done, some of the natives would 持つ／拘留する
up their 武器, to let us see they were 平等に ready. But I was astonished
beyond 手段 when the 歩哨 解雇する／砲火／射撃d, for I saw not the least 原因（となる）. At
this 乱暴／暴力を加える most of the people fled; it was only a few I could 勝つ／広く一帯に広がる on
to remain. As they ran off, I 観察するd one man to 落ちる; and he was
すぐに 解除するd up by two others, who took him into the water, and
washed his 負傷させる, and then led him off. Presently after, some （機の）カム and
述べるd to me the nature of his 負傷させる; and as I 設立する he was not carried
far, I sent for the 外科医. As soon as he arrived, I went with him to the
man, whom, we 設立する 満了する／死ぬing. The ball had struck his left arm, which was
much 粉々にするd, and then entered his 団体／死体 by the short ribs, one of which
was broken. The rascal who 解雇する／砲火／射撃d, pretended that a man had laid an arrow
across his 屈服する, and was going to shoot at him, so that he apprehended
himself in danger. But this was no more than they had always done, and with
no other 見解（をとる） than to shew they were 武装した 同様に as we; at least I have
推論する／理由 to think so, as they never went さらに先に. What made this 出来事/事件 the
more unfortunate was, it not appearing to be the man who bent the 屈服する, that
was 発射, but one who stood by him. This 事件／事情／状勢 threw the natives into the
最大の びっくり仰天; and a few that were 勝つ／広く一帯に広がるd on to stay, ran to the
農園s and brought cocoa-nuts, etc. which they laid 負かす／撃墜する at our feet.
So soon, were those daring people humbled! When I went on board to dinner,
they all retired, and only a few appeared in the afternoon, amongst whom
were Paowang and Wha-a-gou. I had not seen this young man since the day he
had dined on board. Both he and Paowang 約束d to bring me fruit, etc. the
next morning, but our 早期に 出発 put it out of their 力／強力にする.

CHAPTER VI.

_Departure from Tanna; with some Account of its Inhabitants, their
Manners and Arts._

1774 August

During the night the 勝利，勝つd had veered 一連の会議、交渉／完成する to S.E. As this was favourable
for getting out of the harbour, at four o'clock in the morning of the 20th,
we began to unmoor, and at eight, having 重さを計るd our last 錨，総合司会者, put to
sea. As soon as we were （疑いを）晴らす of the land, I brought-to, waiting for the
開始する，打ち上げる, which was left behind to （問題を）取り上げる a kedge-錨，総合司会者 and hawser we had
out, to cast by. About day-break a noise was heard in the 支持を得ようと努めるd, nearly
abreast of us, on the east 味方する of the harbour, not unlike singing of
psalms. I was told that the like had been heard at the same time every
morning, but it never （機の）カム to my knowledge till now, when it was too late
to learn the occasion of it. Some were of opinion, that at the east point
of the harbour (where we 観察するd, in coming in, some houses, boats, etc.)
was something sacred to 宗教, because some of our people had 試みる／企てるd
to go to this point, and were 妨げるd by the natives. I thought, and do
still think, it was 借りがあるing to a 願望（する） they shewed on every occasion, of
直す／買収する，八百長をするing bounds to our excursions. So far as we had once been, we might go
again; but not さらに先に with their 同意. But by encroaching a little
every time, our country 探検隊／遠征隊s were insensibly 延長するd without giving
the least umbrage. Besides, these morning 儀式s, whether 宗教的な or
not, were not 成し遂げるd 負かす／撃墜する at that point, but in a part where some of our
people had been daily.

I cannot say what might be the true 原因（となる） of these people shewing such
dislike to our going up into their country. It might be 借りがあるing to a
自然に jealous disposition, or perhaps to their 存在 accustomed to
敵意を持った visits from their 隣人s, or quarrels の中で themselves.
Circumstances seemed to shew that such must frequently happen; for we
観察するd them very 専門家 in 武器, and 井戸／弁護士席 accustomed to them; seldom or
never travelling without them. It is possible all this might be on our
account; but I hardly think it. We never gave them the least molestation,
nor did we touch any part of their 所有物／資産／財産, not even the 支持を得ようと努めるd and water,
without first having 得るd their 同意. The very cocoa-nuts, hanging
over the 長，率いるs of the workmen, were as 安全な as those in the middle of the
island. It happened rather fortunately, that there were so many cocoa-nut
trees, 近づく the skirts of the harbour, which seemed not to be 私的な
所有物／資産／財産; so that we could 一般に 勝つ／広く一帯に広がる on the natives to bring us
some of these nuts, when nothing would induce them to bring any out of the
country.

We were not wholly without refreshments; for besides the fish, which our
seine now and then 供給するd us with, we procured daily some fruits or roots
from the natives, though but little in 割合 to what we could 消費する.
The 推論する／理由 why we got no more might be our having nothing to give them in
交流, which they thought 価値のある. They had not the least knowledge of
アイロンをかける; その結果, nails and アイロンをかける 道具s, beads, etc. which had so 広大な／多数の／重要な a
run at the more eastern 小島s, were of no consideration here; and cloth can
be of no use to people who go naked.

The produce of this island is bread-fruit, plantains, cocoa-nuts, a fruit
like a nectarine, yams, tarra, a sort of potatoe, sugar-茎, wild figs, a
fruit like an orange, which is not eatable, and some other fruit and nuts
whose 指名するs I have not. Nor have I any 疑問 that the nutmeg before
について言及するd was the produce of this island. The bread-fruit, cocoa-nuts, and
plantains, are neither so plentiful nor so good as at Otaheite; on the
other 手渡す, sugar-茎s and yams are not only in greater plenty, but of
superior 質, and much larger. We got one of the latter which 重さを計るd
fifty-six 続けざまに猛撃するs, every ounce of which was good. Hogs did not seem to be
不十分な; but we saw not many fowls. These are the only 国内の animals they
have. Land-birds are not more 非常に／多数の than at Otaheite, and the other
islands; but we met with some small birds, with a very beautiful plumage,
which we had never seen before. There is as 広大な／多数の／重要な a variety of trees and
工場／植物s here, as at any island we touched at, where our botanists had time
to 診察する. I believe these people live 主として on the produce of the land,
and that the sea 与える／捧げるs but little to their subsistence. Whether this
arises from the coast not abounding with fish, or from their 存在 bad
fishermen, I know not; both 原因（となる）s perhaps 同意する. I never saw any sort of
fishing-取り組む amongst them, nor any one out fishing, except on the shoals,
or along the shores of the harbour, where they would watch to strike with a
dart such fish as （機の）カム within their reach; and in this they were 専門家.
They seemed much to admire our catching fish with the seine; and, I
believe, were not 井戸／弁護士席 pleased with it at last. I 疑問 not, they have
other methods of catching fish besides striking them.

We understood that the little 小島 of Immer was 主として 住むd by
fishermen, and that the canoes we frequently saw pass, to and from that
小島 and the east point of the harbour, were fishing canoes. These canoes
were of unequal sizes, some thirty feet long, two 幅の広い, and three 深い;
and they are composed of several pieces of 支持を得ようと努めるd clumsily sewed together
with 包帯s. The 共同のs are covered on the outside by a thin batten
champered off at the 辛勝する／優位s, over which the 包帯s pass. They are
navigated either by paddles or sails. The sail is lateen, 延長するd to a
yard and にわか景気, and hoisted to a short mast. Some of the large canoes have
two sails, and all of them outriggers.

At first we thought the people of this island, 同様に as those of
Erromango, were a race between the natives of the Friendly Islands and
those of Mallicollo; but a little 知識 with them 納得させるd us that
they had little or no affinity to either, except it be in their hair, which
is much like what the people of the latter island have. The general colours
of it are 黒人／ボイコット and brown, growing to a tolerable length, and very crisp
and curly. They separate it into small locks, which they woold or cue 一連の会議、交渉／完成する
with the rind of a slender 工場／植物, 負かす／撃墜する to about an インチ of the ends; and,
as the hair grows, the woolding is continued. Each of these cues or locks
is somewhat 厚い than ありふれた whipcord; and they look like a 小包 of
small strings hanging 負かす／撃墜する from the 栄冠を与える of their 長，率いるs. Their 耐えるd,
which are strong and bushy, are 一般に short. The women do not wear
their hair so, but cropped; nor do the boys, till they approach manhood.
Some few men, women, and children, were seen, who had hair like ours; but
it was obvious that these were of another nation; and, I think, we
understood they （機の）カム from Erronan. It is to this island they ascribe one of
the two languages which they speak, and which is nearly, if not 正確に／まさに,
the same as that spoken in the Friendly Islands. It is therefore more than
probable that Erronan was peopled from that nation, and that by long
intercourse with Tanna and the other 隣人ing islands, each had learnt
the other's language, which they use indiscriminately.

The other language which the people of Tanna speak, and, as we understood,
those of Erromango and Annatom, is 適切に their own. It is different from
any we had before met with, and 耐えるs no affinity to that of Mallicollo; so
that, it should seem, the people of these islands are a 際立った nation of
themselves. Mallicollo, Apee, etc. were 指名するs 完全に unknown to them; they
even knew nothing of 挟む Island, which is much nearer. I took no small
苦痛s to know how far their geographical knowledge 延長するd; and did not
find that it 越えるd the 限界s of their horizon.

These people are of the middle size, rather slender than さもなければ; many
are little, but few tall or stout; the most of them have good features, and
agreeable countenances; are, like all the 熱帯の race, active and nimble;
and seem to excel in the use of 武器, but not to be fond of 労働. They
never would put a 手渡す to 補助装置 in any work we were carrying on, which the
people of the other islands used to delight in. Bat what I 裁判官 most from,
is their making the 女性（の）s do the most laborious work, as if they were
pack-horses. I have seen a woman carrying a large bundle on her 支援する, or a
child on her 支援する and a bundle under her arm, and a fellow strutting before
her with nothing but a club or spear, or some such thing. We have
frequently 観察するd little 軍隊／機動隊s of women pass, to and fro, along the
beach, laden with fruit and roots, 護衛するd by a party of men under 武器;
though, now and then, we have seen a man carry a 重荷（を負わせる） at the same time,
but not often. I know not on what account this was done, nor that an 武装した
軍隊／機動隊 was necessary. At first, we thought they were moving out of the
neighbourhood with their 影響s, but we afterwards saw them both carry
out, and bring in, every day.

I cannot say the women are beauties, but I think them handsome enough for
the men, and too handsome for the use that is made of them. Both sexes are
of a very dark colour, but not 黒人／ボイコット; nor have they the least
characteristic of the negro about them. They make themselves blacker than
they really are, by 絵 their 直面するs with a pigment of the colour of
黒人／ボイコット-lead. They also use another sort which is red, and a third sort
brown, or a colour between red and 黒人／ボイコット. All these, but 特に the
first, they lay on with a 自由主義の 手渡す, not only on the 直面する, but on the
neck, shoulders, and breast. The men wear nothing but a belt, and the
wrapping leaf as at Mallicollo. The women have a 肉親，親類d of petticoat made of
the filaments of the plantain-tree, 旗s, or some such thing, which
reaches below the 膝. Both sexes wear ornaments, such as bracelets,
ear-（犯罪の）一味s, necklaces, and amulets. The bracelets are 主として worn by the men;
some made of sea-爆撃するs, and others of those of the cocoa-nut. The men also
wear amulets; and those of most value 存在 made of a greenish 石／投石する, the
green 石／投石する of New Zealand is valued by them for this 目的. Necklaces
are 主として used by the women, and made mostly of 爆撃するs. Ear-（犯罪の）一味s are
ありふれた to both sexes, and those valued most are made of tortoise-爆撃する.
Some of our people having got some at the Friendly Islands, brought it to a
good market here, where it was of more value than any thing we had besides;
from which I 結論する that these people catch but few 海がめ, though I saw
one in the harbour, just as we were getting under sail. I 観察するd that,
に向かって the latter end of our stay, they began to ask for hatchets, and
large nails, so that it is likely they had 設立する that アイロンをかける is more
serviceable than 石／投石する, bone, or 爆撃するs, of which all their 道具s I have
seen are made. Their 石／投石する hatchets, at least all those I saw, are not in
the 形態／調整 of adzes, as at the other islands, but more like an axe. In the
helve, which is pretty 厚い, is made a 穴を開ける into which the 石／投石する is 直す／買収する，八百長をするd.

These people, besides the cultivation of ground, have few other arts 価値（がある）
について言及するing. They know how to make a coarse 肉親，親類d of matting, and a coarse
cloth of the bark of a tree, which is used 主として for belts. The
workmanship of their canoes, I have before 観察するd, is very rude; and
their 武器, with which they take the most 苦痛s in point of neatness, come
far short of some others we have seen. Their 武器s are clubs, spears or
darts, 屈服するs and arrows, and 石／投石するs. The clubs are of three or four 肉親，親類d,
and from three to five feet long. They seem to place most dependence on the
darts, which are pointed with three bearded 辛勝する／優位s. In throwing them they
make use of a becket, that is, a piece of stiff plaited cord about six
インチs long, with an 注目する，もくろむ in one end and a knot at the other. The 注目する，もくろむ is
直す／買収する，八百長をするd on the fore-finger of the 権利 手渡す, and the other end is hitched
一連の会議、交渉／完成する the dart, where it is nearly on an equipoise. They 持つ／拘留する the dart
between the thumb and remaining fingers, which serve only to give it
direction, the velocity 存在 communicated by the becket and fore-finger.
The former 飛行機で行くs off from the dart the instant its velocity becomes greater
than that of the 手渡す. But it remains on the finger ready to be used again.
With darts they kill both birds and fish, and are sure of hitting a 示す,
within the compass of the 栄冠を与える of a hat, at the distance of eight or ten
yards; but, at 二塁打 that distance, it is chance if they 攻撃する，衝突する a 示す the
size of a man's 団体／死体, though they will throw the 武器 sixty or seventy
yards. They always throw with all their might, let the distance be what it
will. Darts, 屈服するs and arrows are to them what musquets are to us. The
arrows are made of reeds pointed with hard 支持を得ようと努めるd; some are bearded and some
not, and those for 狙撃 birds have two, three, and いつかs four
points. The 石／投石するs they use are, in general, the 支店s of 珊瑚 激しく揺するs
from eight to fourteen インチs long, and from an インチ to an インチ-and-half in
直径. I know not if they 雇う them as missive 武器s; almost every
one of them carries a club, and besides that, either darts, or a 屈服する and
arrows, but never both; those who had 石／投石するs kept them 一般に in their
belts.

I cannot 結論する this account of their 武器 without 追加するing an entire
passage out of Mr むちの跡s's 定期刊行物. As this gentleman was continually on
shore amongst them, he had a better 適切な時期 of seeing what they could
成し遂げる, than any of us. The passage is as follows: "I must 自白する I have
been often led to think the feats which ホームラン 代表するs his heroes as
成し遂げるing with their spears, a little too much of the marvellous to be
認める into an heroic poem; I mean when 限定するd within the 海峡 stays
of Aristotle. Nay, even so 広大な／多数の／重要な an 支持する for him as Mr ローマ法王,
認めるs them to be _surprising_. But since I have seen what these
people can do with their 木造の spears, and them 不正に pointed, and not of
a very hard nature, I have not the least exception to any one passage in
that 広大な／多数の／重要な poet on this account. But, if I see より小数の exceptions, I can find
infinitely more beauties in him; as he has, I think, 不十分な an 活動／戦闘,
circumstance, or description of any 肉親，親類d whatever, relating to a spear,
which I have not seen and recognised の中で these people; as their whirling
動議, and whistling noise, as they 飛行機で行く; their quivering 動議, as they
stick in the ground when they 落ちる; their meditating their 目的（とする）, when they
are going to throw, and their shaking them in their 手渡す as they go along,
etc. etc."

I know no more of their cookery, than that it consists of roasting and
baking; for they have no 大型船 in which water can be boiled. Nor do I know
that they have any other アルコール飲料 but water and the juice of the cocoa-nut.

We are utter strangers to their 宗教; and but little 熟知させるd with
their 政府. They seem to have 長，指導者s の中で them; at least some were
pointed out to us by that 肩書を与える; but, as I before 観察するd, they appeared
to have very little 当局 over the 残り／休憩（する） of the people. Old Geogy was
the only one the people were ever seen to take the least notice of; but
whether this was 借りがあるing to high 階級 or old age, I cannot say. On several
occasions I have seen the old men 尊敬（する）・点d and obeyed. Our friend Paowang
was so; and yet I never heard him called 長，指導者, and have many 推論する／理由s to
believe that he had not a 権利 to any more 当局 than many of his
隣人s, and few, if any, were bound to obey him, or any other person in
our neighbourhood; for if there had been such a one, we certainly should,
by some means, have known it. I 指名するd the harbour Port 決意／決議, after
the ship, she 存在 the first which ever entered it. It is 据えるd on the
north 味方する of the most eastern point of the island, and about E.N.E. from
the 火山; in the latitude of 19ｰ 32' 25" 1/2 S., and in the longitude of
169ｰ 44' 35" E. It is no more than a little creek running in S. by W. 1/2
W. three ４半期/4分の1s of a mile, and is about half that in breadth. A shoal of
sand and 激しく揺するs, lying on the east 味方する, makes it still narrower. The depth
of water in the harbour is from six to three fathoms, and the 底（に届く） is
sand and mud. No place can be more convenient for taking in 支持を得ようと努めるd and water;
for both are の近くに to the shore. The water stunk a little after it had been
a few days on board, but it afterwards turned 甘い; and even when it was
at the worst, the tin machine would, in a few hours, 回復する a whole 樽.
This is an excellent contrivance for sweetening water at sea, and is 井戸／弁護士席
known in the 海軍.

Mr むちの跡s, from whom I had the latitude and longitude, 設立する the variation
of the needle to be 7ｰ 14' 12" E., and the 下落する of its south end 45ｰ 2' 3/4.
He also 観察するd the time of high water, on the 十分な and change days, to be
about 5h 45m; and the tide to rise and 落ちる three feet.

CHAPTER VII.

_The 調査する of the Islands continued, and a more particular Description
of them._

1774 August

As soon as the boats were hoisted in, we made sail, and stretched to the
eastward, with a fresh 強風 at S.E., ーするために have a nearer 見解（をとる） of
Erronan, and to see if there was any land in its neighbourhood. We stood on
till midnight, when, having passed the island, we tacked, and spent the
残りの人，物 of the night making two boards. At sun-rise on the 21st, we stood
S.W., ーするために get to the south of Tanna, and nearer to Annatom, to
観察する if any more land lay in that direction; for an 驚くべき／特命の／臨時の （疑いを）晴らす
morning had produced no 発見 of any to the east. At noon, having
観察するd in latitude 20ｰ 33' 30", the 状況／情勢 of the lands around us was
as follows: Port 決意／決議 bore north 86ｰ W., distant six and a half
leagues; the island of Tanna 延長するd from S. 88ｰ W., to N. 64ｰ W.;
反逆者's 長，率いる N. 58ｰ W., distant twenty leagues; the island of Erronan N.
80ｰ E., distant five leagues; and Annatom from S. 1/2 E. to S. 1/2 W.,
distant ten leagues. We continued to stretch to the south till two o'clock
p.m. when, seeing no more land before us, we bore up 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the S.E. end of
Tanna; and, with a 罰金 強風 at E.S.E., ran along the south coast at one
league from shore. It seemed a bold one, without the guard of any 激しく揺するs;
and the country 十分な as fertile as in the neighbourhood of the harbour, and
making a 罰金 外見. At six o'clock the high land of Erromango
appeared over the west end of Tanna in the direction of 10ｰ W.; at eight
o'clock we were past the island, and steered N.N.W. for 挟む Island, in
order to finish the 調査する* of it, and of the 小島s to the N.W. On the
22d, at four o'clock p.m., we drew 近づく the S.E. end, and 範囲ing the south
coast, 設立する it to 傾向 in the direction of W. and W.N.W. for about nine
leagues. 近づく the middle of this length, and の近くに to the shore, are three
or four small 小島s, behind which seemed to be a 安全な 船の停泊地. But not
thinking I had any time to spare to visit this 罰金 island, I continued to
範囲 the coast to its western extremity, and then steered N.N.W, from the
S.E. end of Mallicollo, which, at half past six o'clock next morning, bore
N. 14ｰ E., distant seven or eight leagues, and Three-Hills Island S. 82ｰ
E. Soon after, we saw the islands Apee, Paom, and Ambrym. What we had
comprehended under the 指名する of Paom appeared now to be two 小島s, something
like a 分離 存在 seen between the hill and the land to the west of
it. We approached the S.W. 味方する of Mallicollo to within half a league, and
範囲d it at that distance. From the S.E. point, the direction of the land
is west, a little southerly, for six or seven leagues, and then N.W. by W.
three leagues, to a pretty high point or 長，率いる-land, 据えるd in latitude
16ｰ 29', and which 得るd the 指名する of South-west Cape. The coast, which
is low, seemed to be indented into creeks and 事業／計画（する）ing points; or else,
these points were small 小島s lying under the shore. We were sure of one,
which lies between two and three leagues east of the Cape. の近くに to the
west 味方する or point of the Cape, lies, connected with it by breakers, a
一連の会議、交渉／完成する 激しく揺する or islet, which helps to 避難所 a 罰金 bay, formed by an 肘
in the coast, from the 統治するing 勝利，勝つd.

[* The word 調査する is not here to be understood in its literal sense.
調査するing a place, によれば my idea, is taking a geometrical 計画（する）
of it, in which every place is to have its true 状況／情勢, which
cannot be done in a work of this nature.]

The natives appeared in 軍隊／機動隊s on many parts of the shore, and some seemed
desirous to come off to us in canoes, but they did not; and, probably, our
not 縮めるing sail, was the 推論する／理由. From the South-west Cape, the
direction of the coast is N. by W.; but the most 前進するd land bore from it
N.W. by N., at which the land seemed to 終結させる. Continuing to follow the
direction of the coast, at noon it was two miles from us; and our latitude,
by 観察, was 16ｰ 22' 30" S. This is nearly the 平行の to Port
挟む, and our never-failing guide, the watch, shewed that we were 26'
west of it; a distance which the breadth of Mallicollo cannot 越える in
this 平行の. The South-east Cape bore S. 26ｰ E., distant seven miles; and
the most 前進するd point of land, for which we steered, bore N.W. by N. At
three o'clock, we were the length of it, and 設立する the land continued, and
傾向ing more and more to the north. We coasted it to its northern
extremity, which we did not reach till after dark, at which time we were
近づく enough to the shore to hear the 発言する／表明するs of people, who were 組み立てる／集結するd
一連の会議、交渉／完成する a 解雇する／砲火／射撃 they had made on the beach. There we sounded, and 設立する twenty
fathoms and a 底（に届く） of sand; but, on 辛勝する／優位ing off from the shore, we soon
got out of sounding, and then made a trip 支援する to the south till the moon
got up. After this we stood again to the north, 運ぶ／漁獲高d 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the point, and
spent the night in Bougainville's passage; 存在 保証するd of our 状況／情勢
before sun-始める，決める, by seeing the land, on the north 味方する of the passage,
延長するing as far as N.W. 1/2 W.

The south coast of Mallicollo, from the S.E. end to the S.W. Cape, is
luxuriantly 着せる／賦与するd with 支持を得ようと努めるd, and other 生産／産物s of nature, from the
sea-shore to the very 首脳会議s of the hills. To the N.W. of the Cape the
country is いっそう少なく woody, but more agreeably interspersed with lawns, some of
which appeared to be cultivated. The 首脳会議s of the hills seemed barren;
and the highest lies between Port 挟む and the S.W. Cape. さらに先に north
the land 落ちるs insensibly lower, and is いっそう少なく covered with 支持を得ようと努めるd. I believe
it is a very fertile island, and 井戸／弁護士席 住むd; for we saw smoke by day
and 解雇する／砲火／射撃 by night, in all parts of it.

Next morning at sun-rise, we 設立する ourselves nearly in the middle of the
passage, the N.W. end of Mallicollo 延長するing from S. 30ｰ E., to S. 58ｰ W.;
the land to the north from N. 70ｰ W. to N. 4ｰ E.; and the 小島 of Lepers
耐えるing N. 30ｰ E., distant eleven or twelve leagues. We now made sail, and
steered N. by E., and afterwards north, along the east coast of the
northern land, with a 罰金 微風 at S.E. We 設立する that this coast, which
at first appeared to be continued, was composed of several low woody 小島s,
the most of them of small extent, except the 最南端の, which, on
account of the day, I 指名するd St Bartholomew. It is six or seven leagues in
回路・連盟, and makes the N.E. point of Bougainville's Passage. At noon the
微風 began to slacken. We were at this time between two and three miles
from the land, and 観察するd in latitude 15ｰ 23' the 小島 of Lepers 耐えるing
from E. by N. to S., distance seven leagues; and a high bluff-長，率いる, at
which the coast we were upon seemed to 終結させる, N.N.W. 1/2 W., distant
ten or eleven leagues; but from the mast-長，率いる we could see land to the
east. This we 裁判官d to be an island, and it bore N. by W. 1/2 W.

As we 前進するd to N.N.W., along a 罰金 coast covered with 支持を得ようと努めるd, we
perceived low land that 延長するd off from the bluff-長，率いる に向かって the island
above について言及するd, but did not seem to join it. It was my 意向 to have
gone through the channel, but the approach of night made me lay it aside,
and steer without the island. During the afternoon, we passed some small
小島s lying under the shore; and 観察するd some 事業／計画（する）ing points of unequal
高さ, but were not able to 決定する whether or no they were connected
with the main land. Behind them was a 山の尾根 of hills which 終結させるd at
the bluff-長，率いる. There were cliffs, in some places of the coast, and white
patches, which we 裁判官d to be chalk. At ten o'clock, 存在 the length of
the 小島 which lies off the 長，率いる, we 縮めるd sail, and spent the night in
making short boards.

At day-break on the 25th, we were on the north 味方する of the island (which is
of a 穏健な 高さ, and three leagues in 回路・連盟,) and steered west for
the bluff-長，率いる, along the low land under it. At sun-rise an elevated coast
（機の）カム in sight beyond the bluff-長，率いる, 延長するing to the north as far N.W. by
W. After 二塁打ing the 長，率いる we 設立する the land to 傾向 south, a little
easterly, and to form a large 深い bay, bounded on the west by the coast
just について言及するd.

Every thing conspired to make us believe this was the Bay of St Philip and
St Jago, discovered by Quiros in 1606. To 決定する this point, it was
necessary to proceed さらに先に up; for at this time we saw no end to it. The
勝利，勝つd 存在 at south, we were 強いるd to ply, and first stretched over for
the west shore, from which we were three miles at noon, when our latitude
was 14ｰ 55' 30" S., longitude 167ｰ 3' E.; the mouth of the bay 延長するing
from N. 64ｰ W., to S. 86ｰ E., which last direction was the bluff-長，率いる,
distant three leagues. In the afternoon the 勝利，勝つd veering to E.S.E., we
could look up to the 長，率いる of the bay; but as the 微風 was faint, a N.E.
swell hurtled us over to the west shore; so that, at half past four o'clock
p.m., we were no more than two miles from it, and tacked in one hundred and
twenty fathoms water, a soft muddy 底（に届く）. The bluff-長，率いる, or east point of
the bay, bore north 53ｰ east.

We had no sooner tacked than it fell 静める, and we were left to the mercy of
the swell, which continued to hurtle us に向かって the shore, where large
軍隊／機動隊s of people were 組み立てる／集結するd. Some 投機・賭けるd off in two canoes; but all
the 調印するs of friendship we could make, did not induce them to come along-味方する,
or 近づく enough to receive any 現在の from us. At last they took
sudden fright at something, and returned 岸に. They were naked, except
having some long grass, like 旗s, fastened to a belt, and hanging 負かす／撃墜する
before and behind, nearly as low as the 膝. Their colour was very dark,
and their hair woolly, or 削減（する） short, which made it seem so. The canoes
were small and had outriggers. The 静める continued till 近づく eight o'clock,
in which time we drove into eighty-five fathoms water, and so 近づく the
shore that I 推定する／予想するd we should be 強いるd to 錨，総合司会者. A 微風 of 勝利，勝つd
sprung up at E.S.E., and first took us on the wrong 味方する; but, contrary to
all our 期待s, and when we had hardly room to veer, the ship （機の）カム
about, and having filled on the starboard tack, we stood off N.E. Thus we
were relieved from the 逮捕s of 存在 軍隊d to 錨，総合司会者 in a 広大な／多数の／重要な
depth, on a 物陰／風下 shore, and in a dark and obscure night.

We continued to ply 上向きs, with variable light 微風s between E.S.E. and
S., till ten next morning, when it fell 静める. We were, at this time, about
seven or eight miles from the 長，率いる of the bay, which is 終結させるd by a low
beach; and behind that, is an 広範囲にわたる flat covered with 支持を得ようと努めるd, and bounded
on each 味方する by a 山の尾根 of mountains. At noon we 設立する the latitude to be
15ｰ 5' S., and were 拘留するd here by the 静める till one o'clock p.m., when
we got a 微風 at N. by W., with which we steered up to within two miles
of the 長，率いる of the bay; and then I sent Mr Cooper and Mr Gilbert to sound
and reconnoitre the coast, while we stood to and fro with the ship. This
gave time to three sailing canoes which had been に引き続いて us some time, to
come up. There were five or six men in each; and they approached 近づく
enough to receive such things as were thrown to them fastened to a rope,
but would not 前進する と一緒に. They were the same sort of people as those
we had seen the 先行する evening; indeed we thought they （機の）カム from the
same place. They seemed to be stouter and better 形態／調整d men than those of
Mallicollo; and several circumstances concurred to make us think they were
of another nation. They 指名するd the numerals as far as five or six in the
language of Anamocka, and understood us when we asked the 指名するs of the
隣接する lands in that language. Some, indeed, had 黒人／ボイコット short frizzled
hair like the natives of Mallicollo, but others had it long, tied up on the
栄冠を与える of the 長，率いる, and ornamented with feathers like the New Zealanders.
Their other ornaments were bracelets and necklaces; one man had something
like a white 爆撃する on his forehead, and some were painted with a blackish
pigment. I did not see that they had any other 武器 but darts and gigs,
ーするつもりであるd only for striking of fish. Their canoes were much like those of
Tanna, and navigated in the same manner, or nearly so. They readily gave us
the 指名するs of such parts as we pointed to; but we could not 得る from them
the 指名する of the island. At length, seeing our boats coming, they paddled in
for the shore, notwithstanding all we could say or do to 拘留する them.

When the boats returned, Mr Cooper 知らせるd me, that they had landed on the
beach which is at the 長，率いる of the bay, 近づく a 罰金 river, or stream of
fresh water, so large and 深い that they 裁判官d boats might enter it at
high water. They 設立する three fathoms depth の近くに to the beach, and fifty-five
and fifty, two cables' length off. さらに先に out they did not sound; and
where we were with the ship, we had no soundings with a hundred and seventy
fathoms line. Before the boats got on board, the 勝利，勝つd had 転換d to the
S.S.E. As we were in want of nothing, and had no time to spare, I took the
advantage of this 転換 of 勝利，勝つd, and steered 負かす／撃墜する the bay. During the
fore-part of the night, the country was illuminated with 解雇する／砲火／射撃s, from the
sea-shore to the 首脳会議s of the mountains; but this was only on the west 味方する
of the shore. I cannot pretend to say what was the occasion of these 解雇する／砲火／射撃s,
but have no idea of their 存在 on our account. Probably, they were 燃やすing
or （疑いを）晴らすing the ground for new 農園s. At day-break on the 27th, we
設立する ourselves two-thirds 負かす／撃墜する the bay, and, as we had but little 勝利，勝つd, it
was noon before we were the length of the N.W. point, which at this time
bore N. 82ｰ W., distant five miles. Latitude 観察するd 14ｰ 39' 30".

Some of our gentlemen were doubtful of this 存在 the bay of St Philip and
St Jago, as there was no place which they thought could mean the port of
Vera Cruz. For my part I 設立する general points to agree so 井戸／弁護士席 with
Quiros's description, that I had not the least 疑問 about it. As to what
he calls the Port of Vera Cruz, I understand that to be the 船の停泊地 at
the 長，率いる of the bay, which in some places may 延長する さらに先に off than where
our boats landed. There is nothing in his account of the port which
否定するs this supposition*. It was but natural for his people to give a
指名する to the place, 独立した・無所属 of so large a bay, where they lay so long at
錨，総合司会者. A port is a vague 称する，呼ぶ／期間／用語, like many others in 地理学, and has been
very often 適用するd to places far いっそう少なく 避難所d than this.

[See Quiros's Voyage, in Dalrymple's Collection, vol i, p.136, 137.]

Our officers 観察するd that grass and other 工場／植物s grew on the beach の近くに
to high water-示す, which is always a sure 調印する of pacific 船の停泊地, and
an 否定できない proof that there never is a 広大な／多数の／重要な surf on the shore. They
裁判官d that the tide rose about four or five feet, and that boats and such
（手先の）技術 might, at high-water, enter the river, which seemed to be pretty 深い
and 幅の広い within; so that this, probably, is one of those について言及するd by
Quiros; and if we were not deceived, we saw the other.

The bay hath twenty leagues sea-coast, six on the east 味方する, which lies in
the direction of S. half W. and N. half E., two at the 長，率いる, and twelve on
the west 味方する, the direction of which is S. by E. and N. by W., from the
長，率いる 負かす／撃墜する to two-thirds of its length, and then N.W. by N. to the N.W.
point. The two points which form the 入り口, 嘘（をつく） in the direction of S.
53ｰ E., and N. 53ｰ W., from each other, distant ten leagues. The bay is
every where 解放する／自由な from danger, and of an unfathomable depth, except 近づく the
shores, which are for the most part low. This, however, is only a very
狭くする （土地などの）細長い一片 between the sea-shore and the foot of the hills; for the bay,
同様に as the flat land at the 長，率いる of it, is bounded on each 味方する by a
山の尾根 of hills, one of which, that to the west, is very high and 二塁打,
延長するing the whole length of the island. An uncommonly luxuriant
vegetation was every where to be seen; the 味方するs of the hills were
chequered with 農園s; and every valley watered by a stream. Of all
the 生産／産物s of nature this country was adorned with, the cocoa-nut
trees were the most 目だつ. The columns of smoke we saw by day, and
解雇する／砲火／射撃s by night all over the country, led us to believe that it is 井戸／弁護士席
住むd and very fertile. The east point of this bay, which I 指名する Cape
Quiros, in memory of its first discoverer, is 据えるd in latitude 14ｰ 56'
S., longitude 167ｰ 13' E. The N.W. point, which I 指名するd Cape Cumberland, in
honour of his 王室の Highness the Duke, lies in the latitude of 14ｰ 38' 45"
S., longitude 166ｰ 49' 1/2 E., and is the N.W. extremity of this
群島; for, after 二塁打ing it, we 設立する the coast to 傾向 徐々に
一連の会議、交渉／完成する to the S. and S.S.E.

On the 28th and 29th, we had light 空気／公表するs and 静めるs, so that we 前進するd but
little. In this time, we took every 適切な時期, when the horizon was
clearer than usual, to look out for more land, but 非，不，無 was seen. By
Quiros's 跡をつける to the north, after leaving the bay above-について言及するd, it
seems probable that there is 非，不，無 nearer than Queen Charlotte's Island,
discovered by Captain Carteret, which lies about ninety leagues N.N.W. from
Cape Cumberland, and I take to be the same with Quiros's Santa Cruz.

On the 30th, the 静める was 後継するd by a fresh 微風 at S.S.E. which
enabled us to ply up the coast. At noon we 観察するd in 15ｰ 20'; afterwards
we stretched in east, to within a mile of the shore, and then tacked in
seventy-five fathoms, before a sandy flat, on which several of the natives
made their 外見. We 観察するd on the 味方するs of the hills, several
農園s that were laid out by line, and 盗品故買者d 一連の会議、交渉／完成する.

On the 31st, at noon, the S. or S.W. point of the island bore N. 62ｰ E.,
distant four leagues. This forms the N.W. point of what I call
Bougainville's Passage; the N.E. point at this time bore N. 85ｰ E., and the
N.W. end of Mallicollo from S. 54ｰ E. to S. 72ｰ E. Latitude 観察するd 15ｰ
45' S. In the afternoon, in stretching to the east, we 天候d the S.S.W.
point of the island, from which the coast 傾向s east, northerly. It is
low, and seemed to form some creeks or coves; and, as we got さらに先に into
the passage, we perceived some small low 小島s lying along it, which seemed
to 延長する behind St Bartholomew Island.

Having now finished the 調査する of the whole 群島, the season of the
year made it necessary for me to return to the south, while I had yet some
time left to 調査する any land I might 会合，会う with between this and New
Zealand; where I ーするつもりであるd to touch, that I might refresh my people, and
新採用する our 在庫／株 of 支持を得ようと努めるd and water for another southern course. With this
見解（をとる）, at five p.m. we tacked, and 運ぶ／漁獲高d to the southward with a fresh 強風
at S.E. At this time the N.W. point of the passage, or the S.W. point of
the island Tierra del Espiritu Santo, the only remains of Quiros's
continent, bore N. 82ｰ W., distant three leagues. I 指名するd it Cape Lisburne,
and its 状況／情勢 is in latitude 15ｰ 40', longitude 165ｰ 59' E.

The foregoing account of these islands, in the order in which we 調査するd
them, not 存在 particular enough either as to 状況／情勢 or description, it
may not be 妥当でない now to give a more 正確な 見解（をとる） of them, which will
伝える to the reader a better idea of the whole groupe.

The northern islands of this 群島 were first discovered by that
広大な／多数の／重要な 航海士 Quiros in 1606; and, not without 推論する／理由, were considered as
part of the southern continent, which, at that time, and until very lately,
was supposed to 存在する. They were next visited by M. de Bougainville, in
1768; who, besides 上陸 on the 小島 of Lepers, did no more than discover
that the land was not connected, but composed of islands, which he called
the 広大な／多数の／重要な Cyclades. But as, besides ascertaining the extent and 状況／情勢
of these islands, we 追加するd to them several new ones which were not known
before, and 調査するd the whole, I think we have 得るd a 権利 to 指名する
them; and shall in 未来 distinguish them by the 指名する of the New Hebrides.
They are 据えるd between the latitude of 14ｰ 29' and 20ｰ 4' S., and
between 166ｰ 41' and 170ｰ 21' E. longitude, and 延長する an hundred and
twenty-five leagues in the direction of N.N.W. 1/2 W. and S.S.E. 1/2 E.

The most northern island is that called by M. de Bougainville, 頂点（に達する） of the
Etoile; it is 据えるd, によれば his account, in latitude, 14ｰ 29',
longitude 168ｰ 9'; and N. by W., eight leagues from Aurora.

The next island, which lies farthest north, is that of Tierra del Espiritu
Santo. It is the most western and largest of all the Hebrides, 存在
twenty-two leagues long, in the direction of N.N.W. 1/2 W. and S.S.E. 1/2
E., twelve in breadth, and sixty in 回路・連盟. We have 得るd the true
人物／姿／数字 of this island very 正確に. The land of it, 特に the west
味方する, is exceedingly high and 山地の; and, in many places the hills
rise 直接／まっすぐに from the sea. Except the cliffs and beaches, every other part
is covered with 支持を得ようと努めるd, or laid out in 農園s. Besides the bay of St
Philip and St Jago, the 小島s which 嘘（をつく） along the south and east coast,
cannot, in my opinion, fail of forming some good bays or harbours.

The next かなりの island is that of Mallicollo. To the S.E. it 延長するs
N.W. and S.E., and is eighteen leagues long in that direction. Its greatest
breadth, which is at the S.E., end, is eight leagues. The N.W. end is
two-thirds this breadth, and 近づく the middle, one-third. This 収縮過程 is
occasioned by a wide and pretty 深い bay on the S.W. 味方する. To 裁判官 of this
island from what we saw of it, it must be very fertile and 井戸／弁護士席 住むd.
The land on the sea-coast is rather low, and lies with a gentle slope from
the hills which are in the middle of the island. Two-thirds of the N.E.
coast was only seen at a 広大な／多数の／重要な distance; therefore the delineations of it
can have no pretensions to 正確; but the other parts, I apprehend, are
without any 構成要素 errors.

St Bartholomew lies between the S.E. end of Tierra del Espiritu Santo, and
the north end of Mallicollo; and the distance between it and the latter is
eight miles. This is the passage through which M. de Bougainville went; and
the middle of it is in latitude 15ｰ 48'.

The 小島 of Lepers lies between Espiritu Santo and Aurora Island, eight
leagues from the former, and three from the latter, in latitude 15ｰ 22',
and nearly under the same meridian as the S.E.. end of Mallicollo. It is of
an egg-like 人物／姿／数字, very high, and eighteen or twenty leagues in 回路・連盟.
Its 限界s were 決定するd by several bearings; but the lines of the shore
were traced out by guess, except the N.E. part where there is 船の停泊地
half a mile from the land.

Aurora, Whitsuntide, Ambrym, Paoom, and its 隣人 Apee, Threehills, and
挟む Islands, 嘘（をつく） all nearly under the meridian of 167ｰ 29' or 30' E.,
延長するing from the latitude of 14ｰ 51' 30", to 17ｰ 53' 30".

The island of Aurora lies N. by W. and S. by E., and is eleven leagues long
in that direction; but I believe, it hardly any where 越えるs two or two
and a half in breadth. It hath a good 高さ, its surface hilly, and every
where covered with 支持を得ようと努めるd, except where the natives have their dwellings and
農園s.

Whitsuntide 小島, which is one league and a half to the south of Aurora, is
of the same length, and lies in the direction of north and south, but is
something broader than Aurora Island. It is かなり high, and 着せる／賦与するd
with 支持を得ようと努めるd, except such parts as seemed to be cultivated, which were pretty
非常に／多数の.

From the south end of Whitsuntide Island to the north 味方する of Ambrym is two
leagues and a half. This is about seventeen leagues in 回路・連盟; its shores
are rather low, but the land rises with an unequal ascent to a tolerably
high mountain in the middle of the island, from which 上がるd 広大な／多数の／重要な
columns of smoke; but we were not able to 決定する whether this was
occasioned by a 火山 or not. That it is fertile and 井戸／弁護士席 住むd,
seems probable from the 量s of smoke which we saw rise out of the
支持を得ようと努めるd, in such parts of the island as （機の）カム within the compass of our sight;
for it must be 観察するd, that we did not see the whole of it.

We saw still much いっそう少なく of Paoom and its neighbourhood. I can say no more of
this island than that it towers up to a 広大な／多数の／重要な 高さ in the form of a 一連の会議、交渉／完成する
hay-stack; and the extent of it, and of the 隣接するing 小島 (if there are
two), cannot 越える three or four leagues in any direction; for the
distance between Ambrym and Apee is hardly five; and they 嘘（をつく） in this
space, and east from Port 挟む, distant about seven or eight leagues.

The island of Apee is not いっそう少なく than twenty leagues in 回路・連盟; its longest
direction is about eight leagues N.W. and S.E.; it is of かなりの
高さ; and hath a hilly surface diversified with 支持を得ようと努めるd and lawns, the west
and south parts 特に; for the others we did not see.

Shepherd's 小島s are a group of small ones of unequal size, 延長するing off
from the S.E. point of Apee about five leagues in the direction of S.E.

The island Threehills lies south four leagues from the coast of Apee, and
S.E. 1/2 S., distant seventeen leagues from Port 挟む; to this, and
what hath been already said of it, I shall only 追加する, that W. by N., five
miles from the west point, is a 暗礁 of 激しく揺するs on which the sea continually
breaks.

Nine leagues, in the direction of south, from Threehills, lies 挟む
Island. Twohills, the Monument, and Montagu Islands, 嘘（をつく） to the east of
this line, and Hinchinbrook to the west, as also two or three small 小島s
which 嘘（をつく） between it and 挟む Island, to which they are connected by
breakers.

挟む Island is twenty-five leagues in 回路・連盟; its greatest extent is
ten leagues; and it lies in the direction of N.W. by W. and S.E. by E. The
N.W. coast of this island we only 見解（をとる）d at a distance; therefore our chart
of this part may be 欠陥のある so far as it regards the line of the coast, but
no さらに先に. The distance from the south end of Mallicollo to the N.W. end
of 挟む Island, is twenty-two leagues in the direction of S.S.E. 1/2 E.

In the same direction 嘘（をつく） Erromango, Tanna, and Annatom. The first is
eighteen leagues from 挟む Island, and is twenty-four or twenty-five
leagues in 回路・連盟. The middle of it lies in the latitude of 18ｰ 54',
longitude 169ｰ 19' E., and it is of a good 高さ, as may be gathered from
the distance we were off when we first saw it.

Tanna lies six leagues from the south 味方する of Erromango, 延長するing S.E. by
S. and N.W. by N., about eight leagues long in that direction, and every
where about three or four leagues 幅の広い.

The 小島 of Immer lies in the direction of N. by E. 1/2 E., four leagues
from Port 決意／決議 in Tanna; and the island of Erronan or Footoona East,
in the same direction, distant eleven leagues. This, which is the most
eastern island of all the Hebrides, did not appear to be above five leagues
in 回路・連盟, but is of a かなりの 高さ and flat at 最高の，を越す. On the N.E.
味方する is a little 頂点（に達する） seemingly disjointed from the 小島; but we thought it
was connected by low land. Annatom, which is the 最南端の island, is
据えるd in the latitude of 20ｰ 3', longitude 170ｰ 4', and S. 30ｰ E.,
eleven or twelve leagues from Port 決意／決議. It is of a good 高さ, with
an hilly surface; and more I must not say of it.

Here follow the lunar 観察s by Mr むちの跡s, for ascertaining the
longitude of these islands, 減ずるd by the watch to Port 挟む in
Mallicollo, and Port 決意／決議 in Tanna.

Port 挟む,   ( Mean of 10 始める，決めるs of ob. before 167ｰ 56' 33" 1/4 ) E.
                 (          2 ditto,          at 168   2  37  1/2 ) long
                 (         20 ditto,       after 167  52  57      )
                 (                               ----------------
                 (          Mean of those means, 167  57  22  3/4

Port 決意／決議, ( Mean of 20 始める，決めるs of ob. before 169  37  35      ) E.
                 (          5 ditto,          at 169  48  48      ) long
                 (         20 ditto,       after 169  47  22  1/2 )
                 (                               ----------------
                 (          Mean of these means, 169  44  33

It is necessary to 観察する, that each 始める，決める of 観察s, consisting of
between six and ten 観察するd distances of the sun and moon, or moon and
星／主役にするs, the whole number 量s to several hundreds; and these have been
減ずるd by means of the watch to all the islands; so that the longitude of
each is 同様に ascertained as that of the two ports above-について言及するd. As a
proof of this I shall only 観察する, that the longitude of the two ports, as
pointed out by the watch and by the 観察s, did not 異なる two miles.
This also shews what degree of 正確 these 観察s are 有能な of,
when multiplied to a かなりの number, made with different 器具s,
and with the sun and 星／主役にするs, or both 味方するs of the moon. By this last method,
the errors which may be either in the 器具s or lunar （米）棚上げする／（英）提議するs, destroy
one another, and likewise those which may arise from the 観察者／傍聴者 himself;
for some men may 観察する closer than others. If we consider the number of
観察s that may be 得るd in the course of a month (if the 天候
is favourable,) we shall perhaps find this method of finding the longitude
of places as 正確な as most others; at least it is the most 平易な, and
…に出席するd with the least expence to the 観察者／傍聴者. Every ship that goes to
foreign parts is, or maybe, 供給（する）d with a 十分な number of quadrants
at a small expence; I mean good ones, proper for making these 観察s.
For the difference of the price between a good and a bad one, I apprehend,
can never be an 反対する with an officer. The most expensive article, and
what is in some 手段 necessary ーするために arrive at the 最大の
正確, is a good watch; but for ありふれた use, and where that strict
正確 is not 要求するd, this may be dispensed with. I have 観察するd
before, in this 定期刊行物, that this method of finding the longitude is not
so difficult but that any man, with proper 使用／適用, and a little
practice, may soon learn to make these 観察s 同様に as the
天文学者s themselves. I have seldom known any 構成要素 difference between
the 観察s made by Mr むちの跡s, and those made by the officers at the
same time*.

[See Vol I. p40. "Which is nearly the same difference as the day
before..."]

In 観察するing the variation of the 磁石の needle, we 設立する, as usual, our
compasses 異なる の中で themselves, いつかs 近づく 2ｰ; the same compass too,
would いつかs make nearly this difference in the variation on different
days, and even between the morning and evening of the same day, when our
change of 状況／情勢 has been but very little. By the mean of the
観察s which I made about Erromango; and the S.E. part of these
islands, the variation of the compass was 10ｰ 5' 48" E.; and the mean of
those made about Tierra del Espiritu Santo, gave 10ｰ 5' 30" E. This is
かなり more than Mr むちの跡s 設立する it to be at Tanna. I cannot say what
might occasion this difference in the variation 観察するd at sea and on
shore, unless it be 影響（力）d by the land; for I must give the preference
to that 設立する at sea, as it is agreeable to what we 観察するd before we made
the islands, and after we left them.

CHAPTER VIII.

_An Account of the 発見 of New Caledonia, and the 出来事/事件s that
happened while the Ship lay in Balade._

1774 September

At sun-rise on the 1st of September, after having stood to S.W. all night,
no more land was to be seen. The 勝利，勝つd remaining in the S.E. ４半期/4分の1, we
continued to stand to S.W. On the 2d, at five o'clock, p.m., 存在 in the
latitude 18ｰ 22', longitude 165ｰ 26', the variation was 10ｰ 50' E.; and at
the same hour on the 3d, it was 10ｰ 51', latitude at that time 19ｰ 14',
longitude 165ｰ E. The next morning, in the latitude of 19ｰ 49' longitude
164ｰ 53", the amplitude gave 10ｰ 21', and the azimuths 10ｰ 7' E. At eight
o'clock, as we were steering to the south, land was discovered 耐えるing
S.S.W., and at noon it 延長するd from S.S.E. to W. by S., distant about six
leagues. We continued to steer for it with a light 微風 at east, till
five in the evening, when we were stopped by a 静める. At this time we were
three leagues from the land, which 延長するd from S.E. by S. to W. by N.,
一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the S.W. Some 開始s appeared in the west, so that we could not
tell whether it was one connected land or a group of islands. To the S.E.
the coast seemed to 終結させる in a high promontory, which I 指名するd Cape
Colnett, after one of my midshipmen who first discovered this land.
Breakers were seen about half-way between us and the shore; and, behind
them, two or three canoes under sail, standing out to sea, as if their
design had been to come off to us; but a little before sun-始める，決める they struck
their sails, and we saw them no more. After a few hours 静める, we got a
微風 at S.E., and spent the night standing off and on.

On the 5th, at sun-rise, the horizon 存在 （疑いを）晴らす, we could see the coast
延長する to the S.E. of Cape Colnett, and 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the S.W. to N.W. by W.
Some gaps or 開始s were yet to be seen to the west; and a 暗礁, or
breakers, seemed to 嘘（をつく） all along the coast, connected with those we
discovered the 先行する night. It was a 事柄 of 無関心／冷淡 to me,
whether we plied up the coast to the S.E., or bore 負かす／撃墜する to N.W. I chose the
latter; and after running two leagues 負かす／撃墜する the outside of the 暗礁 (for
such it 証明するd) we （機の）カム before an 開始 that had the 外見 of a good
channel, through which we might go in for the land. I 手配中の，お尋ね者 to get at it,
not only to visit it, but also to have an 適切な時期 to 観察する an （太陽，月の）食／失墜
of the sun which was soon to happen. With this 見解（をとる） we brought-to, hoisted
out two 武装した boats, and sent them to sound the channel; ten or twelve
large sailing canoes 存在 then 近づく us. We had 観察するd them coming off
from the shore, all the morning, from different parts; and some were lying
on the 暗礁, fishing, as we supposed. As soon as they all got together,
they （機の）カム 負かす／撃墜する to us in a 団体／死体, and were pretty 近づく when we were hoisting
out our boats, which probably gave them some alarm; for, without stopping,
they 運ぶ／漁獲高d in for the 暗礁, and our boats followed them. We now saw that
what we had taken for 開始s in the coast was low land, and that it was
all connected, except the western extremity, which was an island known by
the 指名する of Balabea, as we afterwards learnt.

The boats having made a signal for a channel, and one of them 存在 placed
on the point of the 暗礁 on the 天候 味方する of it, we stood in with the
ship, and took up the other boat in our way, when the officer 知らせるd me,
that where we were to pass, was sixteen and fourteen fathoms water, a 罰金
sandy 底（に届く）, and that having put と一緒に two canoes, he 設立する the people
very 強いるing and civil. They gave him some fish; and, in return, he
現在のd them with メダルs, etc. In one was a stout 強健な young man, whom,
they understood to be a 長，指導者. After getting within the 暗礁, we 運ぶ／漁獲高d up
S. 1/2 E., for a small low sandy 小島 that we 観察するd lying under the
shore, 存在 followed by all the canoes. Our sounding in standing in, was
from fifteen to twelve fathoms (a pretty even 罰金 sandy 底（に届く）,) for about
two miles; then we had six, five, and four fathoms. This was on the tail of
a shoal which lies a little without the small 小島 to the N.E. 存在 over
it, we 設立する seven and eight fathoms water, which shallowed 徐々に as we
approached the shore, to three fathoms, when we tacked and stood off a
little, and then 錨，総合司会者d in five fathoms, the 底（に届く） a 罰金 sand mixed
with mud. The little sandy 小島 bore E. by S., three-４半期/4分の1s of a mile
distant; and we were one mile from the shore of the main, which 延長するd
from S.E. by E., 一連の会議、交渉／完成する to the south, to W.N.W. The island of Balabea bore
N.W. by N., and the channel, through which we （機の）カム, north, four miles
distant. In this 状況／情勢 we were 極端に 井戸／弁護士席 避難所d from the
統治するing 勝利，勝つd, by the sandy 小島 and its shoals, and by the shoal without
them.

We had hardly got to an 錨，総合司会者, before we were surrounded by a 広大な／多数の／重要な number
of the natives, in sixteen or eighteen canoes, the most of whom were
without any sort of 武器s. At first they were shy in coming 近づく the
ship; but in a short time we 勝つ／広く一帯に広がるd on the people in one boat to get
の近くに enough to receive some 現在のs. These we lowered 負かす／撃墜する to them by a
rope, to which, in return, they tied two fish that stunk intolerably, as
did those they gave us in the morning. These 相互の 交流s bringing on a
肉親，親類d of 信用／信任, two 投機・賭けるd on board the ship; and presently after,
she was filled with them, and we had the company of several at dinner in
the cabin. Our pease-soup, salt-beef and pork, they had no curiosity to
taste; but they eat of some yams, which we happened to have yet left,
calling them _Oobee_. This 指名する is not unlike _Oofee_, as they
are called at most of the islands, except Mallicollo; にもかかわらず, we
設立する these people spoke a language new to us. Like all the nations we had
lately seen, the men were almost naked; having hardly any other covering
but such a wrapper as is used at Mallicollo*. They were curious in 診察するing
every part of the ship, which they 見解（をとる）d with uncommon attention. They had
not the least knowledge of goats, hogs, dogs, or cats, and had not even a
指名する for one of them. They seemed fond of large spike-nails, and pieces of
red cloth, or indeed of any other colour, but red was their favourite.

[* The particular manner of 適用するing the wrapper may be seen in Wafer's
voyage, who について言及するs this singular custom as 存在するing, though with some
little variation, amongst the Indians of the Isthmus of Darien.
See Wafer's Voyage, p. 140.]

After dinner, I went on shore with two 武装した boats, having with us one of
the natives who had 大（公）使館員d himself to me. We landed on a sandy beach
before a 広大な number of people, who had got together with no other 意図
than to see us; for many of them had not a stick in their 手渡すs;
その結果 we were received with 広大な／多数の／重要な 儀礼, and with the surprise
natural for people to 表明する, at seeing men and things so new to them as
we must be. I made 現在のs to all those my friend pointed out, who were
either old men, or such as seemed to be of some 公式文書，認める; but he took not the
least notice of some women who stood behind the （人が）群がる, 倍のing my 手渡す when
I was going to give them some beads and メダルs. Here we 設立する the same
長，指導者, who had been seen in one of the canoes in the morning. His 指名する, we
now learnt, was Teabooma; and we had not been on shore above ten minutes,
before he called for silence. 存在 即時に obeyed by every individual
現在の, he made a short speech; and soon after another 長，指導者 having called
for silence, made a speech also. It was pleasing to see with what attention
they were heard. Their speeches were composed of short 宣告，判決s; to each
of which two or three old men answered, by nodding their 長，率いるs, and giving
a 肉親，親類d of grunt, 重要な, as I thought, of approbation. It was
impossible for us to know the 趣旨 of these speeches; but we had 推論する／理由
to think they were favourable to us, on whose account they doubtless were
made.

I kept my 注目する，もくろむs 直す／買収する，八百長をするd on the people all the time, and saw nothing to induce
me to think さもなければ. While we were with them, having enquired, by 調印するs,
for fresh water, some pointed to the east and others to the west. My friend
undertook to 行為／行う us to it, and 乗る，着手するd with us for that 目的. We
列／漕ぐ／騒動d about two miles up the coast to the east, where the shore was mostly
covered with mangrove-trees; and entering amongst them, by a 狭くする creek
or river, which brought us to a little straggling village, above all the
mangroves, there we landed and were shewn fresh water. The ground 近づく this
village was finely cultivated, 存在 laid out in 農園s of sugar-茎s,
plantains, yams, and other roots, and watered by little rills,
行為／行うd by art from the main stream, whose source was in the hills. Here
were some cocoa-nut trees, which did not seem 重荷（を負わせる）d with fruit. We heard
the crowing of cocks, but saw 非，不，無. Some roots were baking on a 解雇する／砲火／射撃 in an
earthen jar, which would have held six or eight gallons; nor did we 疑問
its 存在 their own 製造（する）. As we proceeded up the creek, Mr Forster
having 発射 a duck 飛行機で行くing over our 長，率いるs, which was the first use these
people saw made of our 解雇する／砲火／射撃-武器, my friend begged to have it; and when he
landed, told his countrymen in what manner it was killed. The day 存在 far
spent, and the tide not permitting us to stay longer in the creek, we took
leave of the people and got on board a little after sun-始める，決める. From this
little excursion, I 設立する that we were to 推定する／予想する nothing from these people
but the 特権 of visiting their country undisturbed. For it was 平易な to
see they had little else than good-nature to bestow. In this they 越えるd
all the nations we had yet met with; and, although it did not 満足させる the
需要・要求するs of nature, it at once pleased and left our minds at 緩和する.

Next morning we were visited by some hundreds of the natives; some coming
in canoes, and others swimming off; so that, before ten o'clock, our decks,
and all other parts of the ship, were やめる 十分な with them. My friend, who
was of the number, brought me a few roots, but all the others （機の）カム empty in
尊敬（する）・点 to eatables. Some few had with them their 武器, such as clubs and
darts, which they 交流d for nails, pieces of cloth, etc. After
breakfast, I sent 中尉／大尉／警部補 Pickersgill with two 武装した boats to look for
fresh water; for what we 設立する the day before was by no means convenient
for us to get on board. At the same time Mr むちの跡s, …を伴ってd by
中尉／大尉／警部補 Clerke, went to the little 小島 to make 準備s for
観察するing the （太陽，月の）食／失墜 of the sun, which was to be in the afternoon. Mr
Pickersgill soon returning, 知らせるd me that he had 設立する a stream of fresh
water, pretty convenient to come at. I therefore ordered the 開始する，打ち上げる to be
hoisted out to 完全にする our water, and then went to the 小島 to 補助装置 in
the 観察.

About one p.m., the （太陽，月の）食／失墜 （機の）カム on. Clouds interposed, and we lost the
first 接触する, but were more fortunate in the end, which was 観察するd as
follows:

By Mr むちの跡s with Dollond's 3 1/2 foot
  achromatic refractor, at                     3h   28' 39" 1/4  \
By Mr Clerke with Bird's 2 feet                                   |Appa-
   reflector, at                               3    28  52  1/4   |rent
And by me with an 18 インチ reflector                               |time.
   made by Watkins,                            3    28  53  1/4  /
Latitude of the 小島 or place of 観察, 20ｰ   17' 39"   S.
Longitude per distance of the sun and moon,
  and moon and 星／主役にするs, 48 始める，決めるs,               164ｰ   41' 21"   East.
Ditto per watch                              163    58   0

Mr むちの跡s 手段d the 量 （太陽，月の）食／失墜d by a Hadley's quadrant, a method
never before thought of. I am of opinion it answers the 目的 of a
micrometer to a 広大な／多数の／重要な degree of certainty, and is a 広大な／多数の／重要な 新規加入 to the
use of this most 価値のある 器具. After all was over, we returned on
board, where I 設立する Teabooma the 長，指導者, who soon after slipped out of the
ship without my knowledge, and by that means lost the 現在の I had made up
for him.

In the evening I went 岸に to the watering-place, which was at the 長，率いる
of a little creek, at a 罰金 stream that （機の）カム from the hills. It was
necessary to have a small boat in the creek to 伝える the 樽s from and to
the beach over which they were rolled, and then put into the 開始する，打ち上げる; as
only a small boat could enter the creek, and that only at high water.
Excellent 支持を得ようと努めるd for 燃料 was here far more convenient than water, but this
was an article we did not want. About seven o'clock this evening, died
Simon 修道士, our butcher, a man much esteemed in the ship; his death 存在
occasioned by a 落ちる 負かす／撃墜する the fore-hatch-way the 先行する night.

早期に in the morning of the 7th, the watering-party, and a guard, under the
命令（する） of an officer, were sent 岸に; and soon after a party of us went
to take a 見解（をとる） of the country. As soon as we landed we made known our
design to the natives, and two of them 請け負うing to be our guides,
行為／行うd us up the hills by a tolerably good path. In our 大勝する, we met
several people, most or whom turned 支援する with us; so that at last our train
was 非常に／多数の. Some we met who 手配中の，お尋ね者 us to return; but we paid no regard to
their 調印するs, nor did they seem uneasy when we proceeded. At length we
reached the 首脳会議 of one of the hills, from which we saw the sea in two
places, between some 前進するd hills, on the opposite or S.W. 味方する of the
land. This was an useful 発見, as it enabled us to 裁判官 of the
breadth of the land, which, in this part, did not 越える ten leagues.

Between those 前進するd hills, and the 山の尾根 we were upon, was a large
valley, through which ran a serpentine river. On the banks of this were
several 農園s, and some villages, whose inhabitants we had met on the
road, and 設立する more on the 最高の，を越す of the hill gazing at the ship, as might be
supposed. The plain, or flat of land, which lies along the shore we were
upon, appeared from the hills to 広大な／多数の／重要な advantage; the winding streams which
ran through out, the 農園s, the little straggling villages, the
variety in the 支持を得ようと努めるd, and the shoals on the coast, so variegating the
scene, that the whole might afford a picture for romance. Indeed, if it
were not for those fertile 位置／汚点／見つけ出すs on the plains, and some few on the 味方するs
of the mountains, the whole country might be called a dreary waste. The
mountains, and other high places, are, for the most part, incapable of
cultivation, consisting 主として of 激しく揺するs, many of which are 十分な of
mundicks. The little 国／地域 that is upon them is scorched and burnt up with
the sun; it is, にもかかわらず, coated with coarse grass and other 工場／植物s,
and here and there trees and shrubs. The country, in general, bore 広大な／多数の／重要な
resemblance to some parts of New Holland under the same 平行の of
latitude, several of its natural 生産／産物s seeming to be the same, and
the 支持を得ようと努めるd 存在 without underwood, as in that country. The 暗礁s on the
coast and several other similarities, were obvious to every one who had
seen both countries. We 観察するd all the N.E. coast to be covered with
shoals and breakers, 延長するing to the northward, beyond the 小島 of
Balabea, till they were lost in the horizon. Having made these
観察s, and our guides not chusing to go さらに先に, we descended the
mountains by a road different from that by which we 上がるd. This brought
us 負かす／撃墜する through some of their 農園s in the plains, which I 観察するd
were laid out with 広大な／多数の／重要な judgment, and cultivated with much 労働. Some of
them were lying in fallow, some seemingly lately laid 負かす／撃墜する, and others of
longer date, pieces of which they were again beginning to dig up. The first
thing I 観察するd they did, was to 始める，決める 解雇する／砲火／射撃 to the grass, etc. which had
over-run the surface. 新採用するing the land by letting it 嘘（をつく） some years
untouched, is 観察するd by all the nations in this sea; but they seem to
have no notion of manuring it, at least I have no where seen it done. Our
excursion was finished by noon, when we returned on board to dinner; and
one of our guides having left us, we brought the other with us, whose
fidelity was rewarded at a small expence.

In the afternoon I made a little excursion along-shore to the 西方の, in
company with Mr むちの跡s. Besides making 観察s on such things as we
met, we got the 指名するs of several places, which I then thought were islands;
but upon さらに先に enquiry, I 設立する they were 地区s upon the same land.
This afternoon a fish 存在 struck by one of the natives 近づく the
watering-place, my clerk 購入（する）d it, and sent it to me after my return
on board.

It was of a new 種類, something like a sun-fish, with a large long ugly
長，率いる. Having no 疑惑 of its 存在 of a poisonous nature, we ordered it
to be dressed for supper; but, very luckily, the 操作／手術 of 製図／抽選 and
述べるing took up so much time, that it was too late, so that only the
肝臓 and 列／漕ぐ／騒動 were dressed, of which the two Mr Forsters and myself did but
taste. About three o'clock in the morning, we 設立する ourselves 掴むd with
an 驚くべき／特命の／臨時の 証拠不十分 and numbness all over our 四肢s. I had almost
lost the sense of feeling; nor could I distinguish between light and 激しい
団体／死体s, of such as I had strength to move; a quart-マリファナ, 十分な of water, and
a feather, 存在 the same in my 手渡す. We each of us took an emetic, and
after that a sweat, which gave us much 救済. In the morning, one of the
pigs, which had eaten the entrails, was 設立する dead. When the natives （機の）カム
on board and saw the fish hanging up, they すぐに gave us to
understand it was not wholesome food, and 表明するd the 最大の abhorrence
of it; though no one was 観察するd to do this when the fish was to be sold,
or even after it was 購入（する）d.

On the 8th, the guard and a party of men were on shore as usual. In the
afternoon, I received a message from the officer, 熟知させるing me that
Teabooma the 長，指導者 was come with a 現在の consisting of a few yams and
sugar-茎s. In return, I sent him, amongst other articles, a dog and a
bitch, both young, but nearly 十分な grown. The dog was red and white, but
the bitch was all red, or the colour of an English fox. I について言及する this,
because they may 証明する the Adam and Eve of their 種類 in that country.
When the officer returned on board in the evening, he 知らせるd me that the
長，指導者 （機の）カム, …に出席するd by about twenty men, so that it looked like a visit of
儀式. It was some time before he would believe the dog and bitch were
ーするつもりであるd for him; but as soon as he was 納得させるd, he seemed lost in an
超過 of joy, and sent them away すぐに.

Next morning 早期に, I 派遣（する）d 中尉／大尉／警部補 Pickersgill and Mr Gilbert with
the 開始する，打ち上げる and 切断機，沿岸警備艇 to 調査する the coast to the west; 裁判官ing this would
be better 影響d in the boats than in the ship, as the 暗礁 would 軍隊
the latter several leagues from land. After breakfast, a party of men was
sent on shore, to make brooms; but myself and the two Mr Forsters were
限定するd on board, though much better, a good sweat having had an happy
影響. In the afternoon a man was seen, both 岸に and と一緒に the
ship, said to be as white as an European. From the account I had of him
(for I did not see him,) his whiteness did not proceed from hereditary
降下／家系, but from chance or some 病気; and such have been seen at
Otaheite and the Society 小島s. A fresh easterly 勝利，勝つd, and the ship
lying a mile from the shore, did not 妨げる those good-natured people from
swimming off to us in shoals of twenty or thirty, and returning the same
way.

[* Wafers met with Indians in the Isthmus of Darien of the colour of
a white horse. See his 'Description of the Isthmus', page 134. See also
Mr de Paw's Philosophical Enquiries 関心ing Americans, where
several other instances of this remarkable whiteness are について言及するd,
and the 原因（となる）s of it 試みる／企てるd to be explained.]

On the 10th, a party was on shore as usual; and Mr Forster so 井戸／弁護士席
回復するd as to go out botanizing.

In the evening of the 11th, the boats returned, when I was 知らせるd of the
に引き続いて circumstances. From an elevation which they reached the morning
they 始める，決める out, they had a 見解（をとる） of the coast. Mr Gilbert was of opinion that
they saw the termination of it to the west, but Mr Pickersgill thought not;
though both agreed that there was no passage for the ship that way. From
this place, …を伴ってd by two of the natives, they went to Balabea, which
they did not reach till after sun-始める，決める, and left again next morning before
sun-rise; その結果 this was a fruitless 探検隊／遠征隊, and the two
に引き続いて days were spent in getting up to the ship. As they went 負かす／撃墜する to
the 小島, they saw 豊富 of 海がめ; but the 暴力／激しさ of the 勝利，勝つd and
sea made it impossible to strike any. The 切断機，沿岸警備艇 was 近づく 存在 lost, by
suddenly filling with water, which 強いるd them to throw several things
overboard, before they could 解放する／自由な her, and stop the 漏れる she had sprung.
From a fishing canoe, which they met coming in from the 暗礁s, they got as
much fish as they could eat; and they were received by Teabi, the 長，指導者 of
the 小島 of Balabea, and the people, who （機の）カム in numbers to see them, with
広大な／多数の／重要な 儀礼. In order not to be too much （人が）群がるd, our people drew a line
on the ground, and gave the others to understand they were not to come
within it. This 制限 they 観察するd, and one of them, soon after,
turned to his own advantage. For happening to have a few cocoa-nuts, which
one of our people 手配中の，お尋ね者 to buy, and he was unwilling to part with, he
walked off, and was followed by the man who 手配中の，お尋ね者 them. On seeing this, he
sat 負かす／撃墜する on the sand, made a circle 一連の会議、交渉／完成する him, as he had seen our people
do, and 示す that the other was not to come within it; which was
accordingly 観察するd. As this story was 井戸／弁護士席 attested, I thought it not
unworthy of a place in this 定期刊行物.

早期に in the morning of the 12th, I ordered the carpenter to work, to
修理 the 切断機，沿岸警備艇, and the water to be re-placed, which we had expended the
three 先行する days. As Tea Booma the 長，指導者 had not been seen since he got
the dogs, and I 手配中の，お尋ね者 to lay a 創立／基礎 for 在庫／株ing the country with
hogs also, I took a young boar and a （種を）蒔く with me in the boat, and went up
to the mangrove creek to look for my friend, ーするために give them to him.

But when we arrived there, we were told that he lived at some distance, and
that they would send for him. Whether they did or no I cannot say; but he
not coming, I 解決するd to give them to the first man of 公式文書，認める I met with.
The guide we had to the hills happening to be there, I made him understand
that I ーするつもりであるd to leave the two pigs on shore, and ordered them out of the
boat for that 目的. I 申し込む／申し出d them to a 墓／厳粛／彫る／重大な old man, thinking he was a
proper person to ゆだねる them with; but he shook his 長，率いる, and he and all
現在の, made 調印するs to take them into the boat again. When they saw I did
not 従う, they seemed to 協議する with one another what was to be done;
and then our guide told me to carry them to the Alekee (長，指導者). Accordingly
I ordered them to be taken up, and we were 行為／行うd by him to a house,
wherein were seated, in a circle, eight or ten middle-老年の persons. To them
I and my pigs 存在 introduced, with 広大な／多数の／重要な 儀礼 they 願望（する）d me to sit
負かす／撃墜する; and then I began to expatiate on the 長所s of the two pigs,
explaining to them how many young ones the 女性（の） would have at one time,
and how soon these would multiply to some hundreds. My only 動機 was to
高める their value, that they might take the more care of them; and I had
推論する／理由 to think I in some 手段 後継するd. In the mean time, two men
having left the company, soon returned with six yams, which were 現在のd
to me; and then I took my leave and went on board.

I have already 観察するd, that here was a little village; I now 設立する it
much larger than I 推定する／予想するd; and about it, a good 取引，協定 of cultivated land,
定期的に laid out, 工場／植物d and 工場／植物ing with taro or eddy root, yams,
sugar-茎s, and plantains. The taro 農園s were prettily watered by
little rills, continually 供給（する）d from the main channel at the foot of the
mountains, from whence these streams were 行為／行うd in artful meanders.
They have two methods of 工場／植物ing these roots, some are in square or oblong
patches, which 嘘（をつく） perfectly 水平の, and 沈む below the ありふれた level of
the 隣接する land, so that they can let in on them as much water as they
think necessary. I have 一般に seen them covered two or three インチs
深い; but I do not know that this is always necessary. Others are 工場／植物d
in 山の尾根s about three or four feet 幅の広い, and two, or two and a half high.
On the middle or 最高の，を越す of the 山の尾根, is a 狭くする gutter, in and along which
is 伝えるd, as above 述べるd, a little rill that waters the roots,
工場／植物d in the 山の尾根 on each 味方する of it; and these 農園s are so
judiciously laid out, that the same stream waters several 山の尾根s. These
山の尾根s are いつかs the 分割s to the 水平の 農園s; and when
this method is used, which is for the most part 観察するd where a pathway,
or something of that sort, is requisite, not an インチ of ground is lost.
Perhaps there may be some difference in the roots, which may make these two
methods of raising them necessary. Some are better tasted than others, and
they are not all of a colour; but be this as it may, they are very
wholesome food, and the 最高の，を越すs make good greens, and are eaten as such by the
natives. On these 農園s men, women, and children were 雇うd.

In the afternoon I went on shore, and, on a large tree, which stood の近くに
to the shore, 近づく the watering-place, had an inscription 削減（する）, setting
前へ／外へ the ship's 指名する, date, etc. as a 証言 of our 存在 the first
discoverers of this country, as I had done at all others, at which we had
touched, where this 儀式 was necessary. This 存在 done, we took leave
of our friends, and returned on board; when I ordered all the boats to be
hoisted in, ーするために be ready to put to sea in the morning.

CHAPTER IX.

_A Description of the Country and its Inhabitants; their Manners,
Customs, and Arts._

1774 September

I shall 結論する our 処理／取引s at this place with some account of the
country and its inhabitants. They are a strong, 強健な, active, 井戸／弁護士席-made
people, courteous and friendly, and not in the least （麻薬）常用者d to pilfering,
which is more than can be said of any other nation in this sea. They are
nearly of the same colour as the natives of Tanna, but have better
features, more agreeable countenances, and are a much stouter race; a few
存在 seen who 手段d six feet four インチs. I 観察するd some who had 厚い
lips, flat noses, and 十分な cheeks, and, in some degree, the features and
look of a negro. Two things 与える／捧げるd to the forming of such an idea;
first, their rough mop 長，率いるs, and, secondly, their besmearing their 直面するs
with 黒人／ボイコット pigment. Their hair and 耐えるd are, in general, 黒人／ボイコット. The
former is very much frizzled, so that, at first sight, it appears like that
of a negro. It is, にもかかわらず, very different, though both coarser and
stronger than ours. Some, who wear it long, tie it up on the 栄冠を与える of the
長，率いる; others 苦しむ only a large lock to grow on each 味方する, which they tie
up in clubs; many others, 同様に as all the women, wear it cropped short.
These rough 長，率いるs, most probably, want たびたび（訪れる） scratching; for which
目的 they have a most excellent 器具. This is a 肉親，親類d of 徹底的に捜す made
of sticks of hard 支持を得ようと努めるd, from seven to nine or ten インチs long, and about
the thickness of knitting-needles. A number of these, seldom 越えるing
twenty, but 一般に より小数の, is fastened together at one end, 平行の to,
and 近づく one-tenth of an インチ from each other. The other ends, which are a
little pointed, will spread out or open like the sticks of a fan, by which
means they can （警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域 up the ４半期/4分の1s of an hundred lice at a time. These
徹底的に捜すs or scratchers, for I believe they serve both 目的s, they always
wear in their hair, on one 味方する their 長，率いる. The people of Tanna have an
器具 of this 肉親，親類d for the same use; but theirs is forked, I think,
never 越えるing three or four prongs; and いつかs only a small pointed
stick. Their 耐えるd, which are of the same crisp nature as their hair, are,
for the most part, worn short. Swelled and ulcerated 脚s and feet are
ありふれた の中で the men; as also a swelling of the scrotum. I know not whether
this is occasioned by 病気, or by the 方式 of 適用するing the wrapper
before-について言及するd, and which they use as at Tanna and Mallicollo. This is
their only covering, and is made 一般に of the bark of a tree, but
いつかs of leaves. The small pieces of cloth, paper, etc. which they got
from us, were 一般的に 適用するd to this use. We saw coarse 衣料品s amongst
them, made of a sort of matting, but they seemed never to wear them, except
when out in their canoes and 失業した. Some had a 肉親，親類d of concave,
cylindrical, stiff 黒人／ボイコット cap, which appeared to be a 広大な／多数の／重要な ornament の中で
them, and, we thought, was only worn by men of 公式文書，認める or 軍人s. A large
sheet of strong paper, when they got one from us, was 一般に 適用するd to
this use.

The women's dress is a short petticoat, made of the filaments of the
plantain-tree, laid over a cord, to which they are fastened, and tied 一連の会議、交渉／完成する
the waist. The petticoat is made at least six or eight インチs 厚い, but
not one インチ longer than necessary for the use designed. The outer
filaments are dyed 黒人／ボイコット; and, as an 付加 ornament, the most of them
have a few pearl oyster-爆撃するs 直す／買収する，八百長をするd on the 権利 味方する. The general
ornaments of both sexes are ear-（犯罪の）一味s of tortoise-爆撃する, necklaces or
amulets, made both of 爆撃するs and 石／投石するs, and bracelets, made of large
爆撃するs, which they wear above the 肘. They have 穴をあけるs, or 示すs on
the 肌, on several parts of the 団体／死体; but 非，不，無, I think, are 黒人／ボイコット, as at
the Eastern Islands. I know not if they have any other design than
ornament; and the people of Tanna are 示すd much in the same manner.

Were I to 裁判官 of the origin of this nation, I should take them to be a
race between the people of Tanna and of the Friendly 小島s, or between
those of Tanna and the New Zealanders, or all three; their language, in
some 尊敬（する）・点s, 存在 a mixture of them all. In their disposition they are
like the natives of the Friendly 小島s; but in 愛そうのよさ and honesty they
excel them.

Notwithstanding their pacific inclination they must いつかs have wars, as
they are 井戸／弁護士席 供給するd with 不快な／攻撃 武器s, such as clubs, spears,
darts, and slings for throwing 石／投石するs. The clubs are about two feet and a
half long, and variously formed; some like a scythe, others like a 選ぶ-axe;
some have a 長，率いる like an 強硬派, and others have 一連の会議、交渉／完成する 長，率いるs, but all
are neatly made. Many of their darts and spears are no いっそう少なく neat, and
ornamented with carvings. The slings are as simple as possible; but they
take some 苦痛s to form the 石／投石するs that they use into a proper 形態／調整, which
is something like an egg, supposing both ends to be like the small one.
They use a becket, in the same manner as at Tanna, in throwing the dart,
which, I believe, is much used in striking fish, etc. In this they seem very
dexterous; nor, indeed, do I know that they have any other method of
catching large fish, for I neither saw hooks nor lines の中で them.

It is needless to について言及する their working-道具s, as they are made of the same
構成要素s, and nearly in the same manner, as at the other islands. Their
axes, indeed, are a little different; some, at least, which may be 借りがあるing to
fancy as much as custom.

Their houses, or at least most of them, are circular, something like a
bee-蜂の巣, and 十分な as の近くに and warm. The 入り口 is by a small door, or long
square 穴を開ける, just big enough to 収容する／認める a man bent 二塁打. The 味方する-塀で囲むs are
about four feet and a half high, but the roof is lofty, and 頂点（に達する）d to a
point at the 最高の，を越す; above which is a 地位，任命する, or stick of 支持を得ようと努めるd, which is
一般に ornamented either with carving or 爆撃するs, or both. The でっちあげる，人を罪に陥れるing is
of small spars, reeds, etc. and both 味方するs and roof are 厚い and の近くに
covered with thatch, made of coarse long grass. In the inside of the house
are 始める，決める up 地位，任命するs, to which cross spars are fastened, and 壇・綱領・公約s made,
for the conveniency of laying any thing on. Some houses have two 床に打ち倒すs,
one above the other. The 床に打ち倒す is laid with 乾燥した，日照りの grass, and here and there
mats are spread, for the 主要な／長／主犯 people to sleep or sit on. In most of
them we 設立する two 解雇する／砲火／射撃-places, and 一般的に a 解雇する／砲火／射撃 燃やすing; and, as there
was no vent for the smoke but by the door, the whole house was both smoky
and hot, insomuch that we, who were not used to such an atmosphere, could
hardly 耐える it a moment. This may be the 推論する／理由 why we 設立する these people
so chilly when in the open 空気／公表する, and without 演習. We frequently saw
them make little 解雇する／砲火／射撃s any where, and hustle 一連の会議、交渉／完成する them, with no other 見解（をとる）
than to warm themselves. Smoke within doors may be a necessary evil, as it
妨げるs the musquitoes from coming in, which are pretty 非常に／多数の here. In
some 尊敬（する）・点s their habitations are neat; for, besides the ornaments at
最高の，を越す, I saw some with carved door-地位，任命するs. Upon the whole, their houses are
better calculated for a 冷淡な than a hot 気候; and as there are no
partitions in them, they can have little privacy.

They have no 広大な／多数の／重要な variety of 世帯 utensils; the earthen jars before
について言及するd 存在 the only article 価値（がある） notice. Each family has at least one
of them, in which they bake their roots, and perhaps their fish, etc. The
解雇する／砲火／射撃, by which they cook their victuals, is on the outside of each house,
in the open 空気／公表する. There are three or five pointed 石／投石するs 直す／買収する，八百長をするd in the
ground, their pointed ends 存在 about six インチs above the surface. Those
of three 石／投石するs are only for one jar, those of five 石／投石するs for two. The
jars do not stand on their 底（に届く）s, but 嘘（をつく） inclined on their 味方するs. The
use of these 石／投石するs is 明白に to keep the jars from 残り／休憩（する）ing on the 解雇する／砲火／射撃,
in order that it may 燃やす the better.

They subsist 主として on roots and fish, and the bark of a tree, which I am
told grows also in the West Indies. This they roast, and are almost
continually chewing. It has a sweetish, insipid taste, and was liked by
some of our people. Water is their only アルコール飲料, at least I never saw any
other made use of.

Plantains and sugar-茎s are by no means in plenty. Bread-fruit is very
不十分な, and the cocoa-nut trees are small and but thinly 工場／植物d; and
neither one nor the other seems to 産する／生じる much fruit.

To 裁判官 単に by the numbers of the natives we saw every day, one might
think the island very populous; but I believe that, at this time, the
inhabitants were collected from all parts on our account. Mr Pickersgill
観察するd, that 負かす／撃墜する the coast, to the west, there were but few people; and
we knew they （機の）カム daily from the other 味方する of the land, over the
mountains, to visit us. But although the inhabitants, upon the whole, may
not be 非常に／多数の, the island is not thinly peopled on the sea-coast, and in
the plains and valleys that are 有能な of cultivation. It seems to be a
country unable to support many inhabitants. Nature has been いっそう少なく bountiful
to it than to any other 熱帯の island we know in this sea. The greatest
part of its surface, or at least what we saw of it, consists of barren
rocky mountains; and the grass, etc. growing on them, is useless to people
who have no cattle.

The sterility of the country will apologise for the natives not
与える／捧げるing to the wants of the 航海士. The sea may, perhaps, in some
手段, 補償する for the 欠陥／不足 of the land; for a coast surrounded
by 暗礁s and shoals, as this is, cannot fail of 存在 蓄える／店d with fish.

I have before 観察するd, that the country 耐えるs 広大な／多数の／重要な resemblance to New
South むちの跡s, or New Holland, and that some of its natural 生産／産物s are
the same. In particular, we 設立する here, the tree which is covered with a
soft white ragged bark, easily peeled off, and is, as I have been told, the
same that, in the East Indies, is used for caulking of ships. The 支持を得ようと努めるd is
very hard, the leaves are long and 狭くする, of a pale dead green, and a 罰金
aromatic; so that it may 適切に be said to belong to that continent.
にもかかわらず, here are several 工場／植物s, etc. ありふれた to the eastern and
northern islands, and even a 種類 of the passionflower, which, I am
told, has never before been known to grow wild any where but in America.
Our botanists did not complain for want of 雇用 at this place; every
day bringing something new in botany or other 支店s of natural history.
Land-birds, indeed, are not 非常に／多数の, but several are new. One of these is
a 肉親，親類d of crow, at least so we called it, though it is not half so big, and
its feathers are tinged with blue. They also have some very beautiful
海がめ-doves, and other small birds, such as I never saw before.

All our endeavours to get the 指名する of the whole island 証明するd ineffectual.
Probably it is too large for them to know by one 指名する. Whenever we made
this enquiry, they always gave us the 指名する of some 地区 or place, which
we pointed to; and, as before 観察するd, I got the 指名するs of several, with
the 指名する of the king or 長，指導者 of each. Hence I 結論する, that the country
is divided into several 地区s, each 治める／統治するd by a 長，指導者; but we know
nothing of the extent of his 力／強力にする. Balade was the 指名する of the 地区 we
were at, and Tea Booma the 長，指導者. He lived on the other 味方する of the 山の尾根
of hills, so that we had but little of his company, and therefore could not
see much of his 力／強力にする. _Tea_ seems a 肩書を与える prefixed to the 指名するs of
all, or most, of their 長，指導者s or 広大な／多数の／重要な men. My friend honoured me by
calling me _Tea_ Cook.

They deposit their dead in the ground. I saw 非，不，無 of their burying-places,
but several of the gentlemen did. In one, they were 知らせるd, lay the
remains of a 長，指導者 who was 殺害された in 戦う／戦い; and his 墓／厳粛／彫る／重大な, which bore some
resemblance to a large mole-hill, was decorated with spears, darts,
paddles, etc. all stuck upright in the ground 一連の会議、交渉／完成する about it. The canoes,
which these people use, are somewhat like those of the Friendly 小島s; but
the most 激しい clumsy 大型船s I ever saw. They are what I call 二塁打
canoes, made out of two large trees, hollowed out, having a raised gunnel,
about two インチs high, and の近くにd at each end with a 肉親，親類d of 本体，大部分／ばら積みの-長，率いる of
the same 高さ; so that the whole is like a long square 気圧の谷, about
three feet shorter than the 団体／死体 of the canoe; that is, a foot and a half
at each end. Two canoes, thus fitted, are 安全な・保証するd to each other, about
three feet asunder, by means of cross spars, which 事業／計画（する） about a foot
over each 味方する. Over these spars is laid a deck, or very 激しい 壇・綱領・公約,
made of plank, and small 一連の会議、交渉／完成する spars, on which they have a 解雇する／砲火／射撃-hearth, and
一般に a 解雇する／砲火／射撃 燃やすing; and they carry a マリファナ or jar to dress their
victuals in. The space between the two canoes is laid with plank, and the
残り／休憩（する） with spars. On one 味方する of the deck, and の近くに to the 辛勝する／優位, is 直す／買収する，八百長をするd a
列／漕ぐ／騒動 of 膝s, pretty 近づく to each other, the use of which is to keep the
masts, yards, etc. from, rolling over-board. They are navigated by one or
two lateen-sails, 延長するd to a small lateen-yard, the end of which 直す／買収する，八百長をするs
in a notch or 穴を開ける in the deck. The foot of the sail is 延長するd to a small
にわか景気. The sail is composed of pieces of matting, the ropes are made of the
coarse filaments of the plantain-tree, 新たな展開d into cords of the thickness
of a finger; and three or four more such cords, marled together, serve them
for shrouds, etc. I thought they sailed very 井戸／弁護士席; but they are not at all
calculated for 列／漕ぐ／騒動ing or paddling. Their method of 訴訟／進行, when they
cannot sail, is by sculling, and for this 目的 there are 穴を開けるs in the
boarded deck or 壇・綱領・公約. Through these they put the sculls, which are of
such a length, that, when the blade is in the water, the ぼんやり現れる or 扱う is
four or five feet above the deck. The man who 作品 it stands behind, and
with both his 手渡すs sculls the 大型船 今後. This method of 訴訟／進行 is
very slow; and for this 推論する／理由, the canoes are but ill calculated for
fishing, 特に for striking of 海がめ, which, I think, can hardly ever
be done in them. Their fishing 器具／実施するs, such as I have seen, are
海がめ-逮捕するs, made, I believe, of the filaments of the plantain-tree 新たな展開d;
and small 手渡す-逮捕するs, with very minute meshes made of 罰金 twine and fish-gigs.
Their general method of fishing, I guess, is to 嘘（をつく） on the 暗礁s in shoal
water, and to strike the fish that may come in their way. They may,
however, have other methods, which we had no 適切な時期 to see, as no boat
went out while we were here; all their time and attention 存在 taken up
with us. Their canoes are about thirty feet long, and the deck or 壇・綱領・公約
about twenty-four in length, and ten in breadth. We had not, at this time,
seen any 木材／素質 in the country so large as that of which their canoes were
made. It was 観察するd that the 穴を開けるs, made in the several parts, in order
to sew them together, were burnt through, but with what 器具 we never
learnt. Most probably it was of 石／投石する, which may be the 推論する／理由 why they
were so fond of large spikes, seeing at once they would answer this
目的. I was 納得させるd they were not wholly designed for 辛勝する／優位-道具s,
because every one shewed a 願望（する） for the アイロンをかける belaying-pins which were
直す／買収する，八百長をするd in the ４半期/4分の1-deck rail, and seemed to value them far more than a
spike-nail, although it might be twice as big. These pins, which are 一連の会議、交渉／完成する,
perhaps have the very 形態／調整 of the 道具 they 手配中の，お尋ね者 to make of the nails. I
did not find that a hatchet was やめる so 価値のある as a large spike. Small
nails were of little or no value; and beads, looking-glasses, etc. they did
not admire.

The women of this country, and likewise those of Tanna, are, so far as I
could 裁判官, far more chaste than those of the more eastern islands. I
never heard that one of our people 得るd the least favour from any one
of them. I have been told that the ladies here would frequently コースを変える
themselves by going a little aside with our gentlemen, as if they meant to
be 肉親，親類d to them, and then would run away laughing at them. Whether this was
chastity or coquetry, I shall not pretend to 決定する; nor is it 構成要素,
since the consequences were the same.

CHAPTER X.

_Proceedings on the Coast of New Caledonia, with Geographical and
航海の 観察s._

1774 September

Everything 存在 in 準備完了 to put to sea, at sun-rise, on the 13th of
September, we 重さを計るd, and with a 罰金 強風 at E. by S., stood out for the
same channel we （機の）カム in by. At half past seven we were in the middle of it.
観測所 小島 bore S. 5ｰ E., distant four miles, and the 小島 of Balabea
W.N.W. As soon as we were （疑いを）晴らす of the 暗礁, we 運ぶ／漁獲高d the 勝利，勝つd to the
starboard tack, with a 見解（をとる） of plying in to the S.E.; but as Mr Gilbert was
of opinion that he had seen the end, or N.W. extremity of the land, and
that it would be easier to get 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the N.W., I gave over plying, and
bore up along the outside of the 暗礁, steering N.N.W., N.W., and N.W. by
W., as it 傾向d. At noon the island of Balabea bore S. by W., distant
thirteen miles; and what we 裁判官d to be the west end of the 広大な／多数の／重要な land,
bore S.W. 1/2 S., and the direction of the 暗礁 was N.W. by W., latitude
観察するd 19ｰ 53' 20". Longitude from 観測所 小島 14' W. We continued
to steer N.W. by W. along the outside of the 暗礁 till three o'clock, at
which time the 小島 of Balabea bore S. by E. 1/2 E. In this direction we
観察するd a partition in the 暗礁, which we 裁判官d to be a channel, by the
strong tide which 始める，決める out of it. From this place the 暗礁 inclined to the
north for three or four leagues, and then to the N.W. We followed its
direction, and as we 前進するd to N.W., raised more land, which seemed to be
connected with what we had seen before; so that Mr Gilbert was mistaken,
and did not see the extremity of the coast. At five o'clock this land bore
W. by N. 1/2 N., distant twenty miles; but what we could see of the 暗礁
傾向d in the direction of N.W. by N.

Having 運ぶ／漁獲高d the 勝利，勝つd to the starboard tack, and spent the night plying,
on the 14th, at sun-rise, the island of Balabea bore S. 6 E., and the land
seen the 先行する night W., but the 暗礁 still 傾向d N.W., along which
we steered with a light 微風 at E.S.E. At noon we 観察するd in latitude
19ｰ 28', longitude from 観測所 小島 27' W. We had now no sight of
Balabea; and the other land, that is, the N.W. part of it, bore W. by S.
1/2 S., but we were not sure if this was one continued coast, or separate
islands. For though some partitions were seen, from space to space, which
made it look like the latter, a multitude of shoals （判決などを）下すd a nearer
approach to it exceedingly dangerous, if not impracticable. In the
afternoon, with a 罰金 微風 at E.S.E., we 範囲d the outside of these
shoals, which we 設立する to 傾向 in the direction of N.W. by W., N.W. by N.,
and N.N.E. At three o'clock we passed a low sandy 小島, lying on the outer
辛勝する／優位 of the 暗礁, in latitude 19ｰ 25', and in the direction of N.E. from
the north-westernmost land, six or seven leagues distant. So much as we
could see of this space was まき散らすd with shoals, seemingly detached from
each other; and the channel 主要な in amongst them appeared to be on the
S.E. 味方する of the sandy 小島; at least, there was a space where the sea did
not break. At sun-始める，決める we could but just see the land, which bore S.W. by
S., about ten leagues distant. A （疑いを）晴らす horizon produced the 発見 of no
land to the 西方の of this direction; the 暗礁 too 傾向d away W. by N.
1/2 N., and seemed to 終結させる in a point which was seen from the mast-長，率いる.
Thus every thing conspired to make us believe that we should soon get
一連の会議、交渉／完成する these shoals; and with these flattering 期待s we 運ぶ／漁獲高d the
勝利，勝つd, which was at E.N.E., and spent the night making short boards.

Next morning at sun-rise, seeing neither land nor breakers, we bore away
N.W. by W., and two hours after saw the 暗礁 延長するing N.W. さらに先に than
the 注目する，もくろむ could reach; no land was to be seen. It was therefore probable that
we had passed its N.W. extremity; and, as we had seen from the hills of
Balade its extent to the S.W., it was necessary to know how far it 延長するd
to the east or southeast, while it was in our 力／強力にする to 回復する the coast;
for, by に引き続いて the direction of the shoals, we might have been carried
so far to leeward as not to be able to （警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域 支援する without かなりの loss
of time. We were already far out of sight of land; and there was no knowing
how much さらに先に we might be carried, before we 設立する an end to them. These
considerations, together with the 危険 we must run in 調査するing a sea
まき散らすd with shoals, and where no 船の停泊地, without them, is to be 設立する,
induced me to abandon the design of 訴訟／進行 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the N.W., and to
ply up to the S.E., in which direction I knew there was a （疑いを）晴らす sea. With
this 見解（をとる） we tacked and stood to the S.E., with the 勝利，勝つd at N.E. by E., a
gentle 微風. At this time we were in the latitude of 19ｰ 7' S., longitude
163ｰ 57' E.

In standing to the S.E. we did but just 天候 the point of the 暗礁 we
had passed the 先行する evening. To make our 状況／情勢 the more dangerous
the 勝利，勝つd began to fail us; and at three in the afternoon it fell 静める, and
left us to the mercy of a 広大な／多数の／重要な swell, setting 直接／まっすぐに on the 暗礁, which
was hardly a league from us. We sounded, but 設立する no 底（に届く） with a line of
two hundred fathoms. I ordered the pinnace and 切断機，沿岸警備艇 to be hoisted out to
牽引する the ship, but they were of little use against so 広大な／多数の／重要な a swell. We,
however, 設立する that the ship did not draw 近づく the 暗礁 so 急速な／放蕩な as might be
推定する／予想するd; and at seven o'clock a light 空気／公表する at N.N.E. kept her 長，率いる to the
sea, but it lasted no longer than midnight, when it was 後継するd by a dead
静める.

At day-break on the 16th we had no sight of the 暗礁; and at eleven, a
微風 springing up at S.S.W., we hoisted in the boats, and made sail to
S.E. At noon we 観察するd in 19ｰ 35' S., which was かなり more to the
south than we 推定する／予想するd, and shewed that a 現在の or tide had been in our
favour all night, and accounted for our getting so 突然に （疑いを）晴らす of
the shoals. At two o'clock p.m. we had again a 静める which lasted till nine,
when it was 後継するd by a light 空気／公表する from E.N.E. and E., with which we
前進するd but slowly.

On the 17th at noon, we 観察するd in latitude 19ｰ 54', when the 小島 of
Balabea bore S. 68ｰ W., ten and a half leagues distant. We continued to
ply, with variable light 勝利，勝つd, between N.E. and S.E., without 会合 with
any thing remarkable till the 20th at noon, when Cape Colnett bore
N. 78ｰ W., distant six leagues. From this cape the land 延長するd 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by
the south to E.S.E. till it was lost in the horizon, and the country
appeared with many hills and vallies. Latitude 観察するd 20ｰ 41', longitude
made from 観測所 小島 1ｰ 8' E. We stood in shore with a light 微風
at east till sun-始める，決める, when we were between two and three leagues off. The
coast 延長するd from S. 42ｰ 1/2 E. to N. 59ｰ W. Two small islets lay without
this last direction, distant from us four or five miles; some others lay
between us and the shore, and to the east, where they seemed to be
connected by 暗礁s, in which appeared some 開始s from space to space.
The country was 山地の, and had much the same 面 as about Balade.
On one of the western small 小島s was an elevation like a tower; and over a
low neck of land within the 小島 were seen many other elevations,
似ているing the masts of a (n)艦隊／(a)素早い of ships.

Next day at sun-rise, after having stood off all night with a light 微風
at S.E., we 設立する ourselves about six leagues from the coast; and in this
状況／情勢 we were kept by a 静める till ten in the evening, when we got a
faint land-微風 at S.W., with which we steered S.E. all night.,

On the 22d at sun-rise the land was clouded, but it was not long before the
clouds went off, and we 設立する, by our land-示すs, that we had made a good
前進する. At ten o'clock, the land-微風 存在 後継するd by a sea-微風 at
E. by S., this enabled us to stand in for the land, which at noon 延長するd
from N. 78ｰ W. to S. 31ｰ 1/2 E., 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the S. In this last direction the
coast seemed to 傾向 more to the south in a lofty promontory, which, on
account of the day, received the 指名する of Cape 載冠（式）／即位（式）. Latitude 22ｰ 2',
longitude 167ｰ 7' 1/2 E. Some breakers lay between us and the shore, and
probably they were connected with those we had seen before.

During the night, we had 前進するd about two leagues to the S.E.; and at
day-break on the 23d an elevated point appeared in sight beyond Cape
載冠（式）／即位（式）, 耐えるing S. 23ｰ E. It 証明するd to be the south-east extremity of
the coast, and 得るd the 指名する of Queen Charlotte's Foreland. Latitude
22ｰ 16' S., longitude 167ｰ 14' E. About noon, having got a 微風 from the
N.E., we stood to S.S.E., and as we drew に向かって Cape 載冠（式）／即位（式）, saw in a
valley to the south of it, a 広大な number of those elevated 反対するs
before-について言及するd; and some low land under the foreland was wholly covered with
them. We could not agree in our opinions of what they were. I supposed them
to be a singular sort of trees, 存在 too 非常に／多数の to 似ている any thing
else; and a 広大な／多数の／重要な 取引，協定 of smoke kept rising all the day from amongst those
近づく the cape. Our philosophers were of opinion that this was the smoke of
some 内部の and perpetual 解雇する／砲火／射撃. My 代表するing to them that there was no
smoke here in the morning would have been of no avail, had not this eternal
解雇する／砲火／射撃 gone out before night, and no more smoke been seen after. They were
still more 肯定的な that the elevations were 中心存在s of basaltes, like
those which compose the 巨大（な）'s Causeway in Ireland. At sun-始める，決める, the 勝利，勝つd
veering 一連の会議、交渉／完成する to the south, we tacked and stood off, it not 存在 安全な to
approach the shore in the dark. At day-break we stood in again, with a
faint land-微風 between E.S.E. and S.S.E. At noon 観察するd, in latitude
21ｰ 59' 30", Cape 載冠（式）／即位（式） 存在 west southerly, distant seven leagues,
and the foreland S. 38ｰ W. As we 前進するd S.S.W. the coast beyond the
foreland began to appear in sight; and at sun-始める，決める we discovered a low
island lying S.S.E, about seven miles from the foreland. It was one of
those which are 一般に surrounded with shoals and breakers. At the same
time a 一連の会議、交渉／完成する hill was seen 耐えるing S. 24ｰ E, twelve leagues distant. During
night, having had variable light 勝利，勝つd, we 前進するd but little either way.

On the 25th, about ten o'clock a.m., having got a fair 微風 at E.S.E., we
stood to the S.S.W., in hopes of getting 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the foreland; but, as we
drew 近づく, we perceived more low 小島s, beyond the one already について言及するd,
which at last appeared to be connected by breakers, 延長するing に向かって the
foreland, and seeming to join the shore. We stood on till half past three
o'clock, when we saw, from the deck, 激しく揺するs, just peeping above the surface
of the sea, on the shoal above-について言及するd. It was now time to alter the
course, as the day was too far spent to look for a passage 近づく the shore,
and we could find no 底（に届く） to 錨，総合司会者 in during the night. We therefore
stood to the south to look for a passage without the small 小島s. We had a
罰金 微風 at E.S.E., but it lasted no longer than five o'clock, when it
fell to a dead 静める. Having sounded, a line of 170 fathoms did not reach
the 底（に届く）, though we were but a little way from the shoals, which, instead
of に引き続いて the coast to S.W., took a S.E. direction に向かって the hill we
had seen the 先行する evening, and seemed to point out to us that it was
necessary to go 一連の会議、交渉／完成する that land. At this time the most 前進するd point on
the main bore S. 68ｰ W., distant nine or ten leagues. About seven o'clock
we got a light 微風 at north, which enabled us to steer out E.S.E., and
to spend the night with いっそう少なく 苦悩. On some of the low 小島s were many of
those elevations already について言及するd. Every one was now 満足させるd they were
trees, except our philosophers, who still 持続するd that they were
basaltes.

About day-break on the 26th, the 勝利，勝つd having 転換d to S.S.W., we
stretched to S.E. for the hill before について言及するd. It belonged to an island
which at noon 延長するd from S. 16ｰ E. to S. 7ｰ W., distant six leagues.
Latitude 観察するd 22ｰ 16' S. In the p.m. the 勝利，勝つd freshened, and veering to
S.S.E., we stretched to the east, till two a.m., on the 27th, when we
tacked and stood to S.W., with hopes of 天候ing the island; but we fell
about two miles short of our 期待s, and had to tack about a mile
from the east 味方する of the island, the extremes 耐えるing from N.W. by N. to
S.W., the hill W., and some low 小島s, lying off the S.E. point, S. by W.
These seemed to be connected with the large island by breakers. We sounded
when in stays, but had no ground with a line of eighty fathoms. The skirts
of this island were covered with the elevations more than once について言及するd.
They had much the 外見 of tall pines, which occasioned my giving that
指名する to the island. The 一連の会議、交渉／完成する hill, which is on the S.W. 味方する, is of such a
高さ as to be seen fourteen or sixteen leagues. The island is about a
mile in 回路・連盟, and 据えるd in latitude 22ｰ 38' S., longitude 167ｰ 40' E.
Having made two 試みる／企てるs to 天候 the 小島 of Pines before sun-始める，決める, with
no better success, than before, this 決定するd me to stretch off till
midnight. This day at noon the 温度計 was at 68ｰ 3/4 which is lower
than it had been since the 27th of February.

Having tacked at midnight, 補助装置d by the 現在のs and a fresh 強風 at E.
S.E. and S.E., next morning at day-break we 設立する ourselves several leagues
to windward of the 小島 of Pines, and bore away large, 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the S.E. and
S. 味方するs. The coast from the S.E., 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the S. to the W., was まき散らすd
with sand-banks, breakers, and small low 小島s, most of which were covered
with the same lofty trees that ornamented the 国境s of the greater one.
We continued to 範囲 the outside of these small 小島s and breakers, at
three-fourths of a league distance, and as we passed one, raised another,
so that they seemed to form a chain 延長するing to the 小島s which 嘘（をつく） off
the foreland. At noon we 観察するd, in latitude 22ｰ 44' 36" S. the 小島 of
Pines 延長するing from N by E 1/2 E. to E. by N.; and Cape 載冠（式）／即位（式） N. 32ｰ
30' W distant seventeen leagues. In the afternoon, with a 罰金 強風 at
east, we steered N.W. by W., along the outside of the shoals, with a 見解（をとる）
of 落ちるing in with the land a little to S.W. of the foreland. At two
o'clock p.m. two low islets were seen 耐えるing W. by S., and as they were
connected by breakers, which seemed to join those on our starboard, this
発見 made it necessary to 運ぶ／漁獲高 off S.W., ーするために get （疑いを）晴らす of them
all. At three, more breakers appeared, 延長するing from the low 小島s に向かって
the S.E. We now 運ぶ／漁獲高d out の近くに to the 勝利，勝つd, and, in an hour and a half,
were almost on board the breakers, and 強いるd to tack. From the mast-長，率いる
they were seen to 延長する as far as E.S.E., and the smoothness of the sea
made it probable that they 延長するd to the north of east, and that we were
in a manner surrounded by them. At this time the hill on the 小島 of Pines
bore N. 71 1/2 E., the foreland N. 1/4 W., and the most 前進するd point of
land on the S.W. coast bore N.W., distant fifteen or sixteen leagues. This
direction of the S.W. coast, which was rather within the 平行の of the
N.E., 保証するd us that this land 延長するd no さらに先に to the S.W. After
making a short trip to N.N.E., we stood again to the south, in 期待
of having a better 見解（をとる） of the shoals before sun-始める，決める. We 伸び（る）d nothing by
this but the prospect of a sea まき散らすd with shoals, which we could not
（疑いを）晴らす but by returning in the 跡をつける by which we （機の）カム. We tacked nearly in
the same place where we had tacked before, and on sounding 設立する a 底（に届く）
of 罰金 sand. But 錨，総合司会者ing in a strong 強風, with a chain of breakers to
leeward, 存在 the last 資源, I rather chose to spend the night in
making short boards over that space we had, in some 手段, made ourselves
熟知させるd with in the day: And thus it was spent, but under the terrible
逮捕, every moment, of 落ちるing on some of the many dangers which
surrounded us.

Day-light shewed that our 恐れるs were not ill-設立するd, and that we had been
in the most 切迫した danger; having had breakers continually under our 物陰／風下,
and at a very little distance from us. We 借りがあるd our safety to the
interposition of Providence, a good look-out, and the very きびきびした manner in
which the ship was managed; for, as we were standing to the north, the
people on the 物陰／風下-gangway and forecastle saw breakers under the 物陰／風下-屈服する,
which we escaped by quickly tacking the ship.

I was now almost tired of a coast which I could no longer 調査する, but at
the 危険 of losing the ship, and 廃虚ing the whole voyage. I was, however,
決定するd not to leave it, till I knew what trees those were which had
been the 支配する of our 憶測; 特に as they appeared to be of a
sort useful to shipping, and had not been seen any where but in the
southern part of this land. With this 見解（をとる）, after making a trip to the
south, to 天候 the shoals under our 物陰／風下, we stood to the north, in hopes
of finding 船の停泊地 under some of the islets on which these trees grow. We
were stopped by eight o'clock by the shoals which 嘘（をつく） 延長するd between the
小島 of Pines and Queen Charlotte's Foreland; and 設立する soundings off them
in fifty-five, forty, and thirty-six fathoms, a 罰金 sandy 底（に届く）. The
nearer we （機の）カム to these shoals, the more we saw of them, and we were not
able to say if there was any passage between the two lands.

存在 now but a few miles to windward of the low 小島s lying off the
Foreland, について言及するd on the 25th and 26th, I bore 負かす／撃墜する to the one next to
us. As we drew 近づく it, I perceived that it was unconnected with the
隣人ing shoals, and that it is probable we might get to an 錨，総合司会者
under its 物陰／風下 or west 味方する. We therefore stood on, 存在 行為／行うd by an
officer at the mast-長，率いる; and after 運ぶ／漁獲高ing 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the point of the 暗礁
which surrounds the 小島, we 試みる／企てるd to ply to windward, ーするために get
nearer the shore. Another 暗礁 to the north 限定するd us to a 狭くする
channel, through which ran a 現在の against us, that （判決などを）下すd this 試みる／企てる
fruitless; so that we were 強いるd to 錨，総合司会者 in thirty-nine fathoms water,
the 底（に届く） 罰金 珊瑚 sand; the 小島 耐えるing W. by N. one mile distant. As
soon as this was done, we hoisted out a boat, in which I went on 岸に,
…を伴ってd by the botanists. We 設立する the tall trees to be a 肉親，親類d of
spruce pine, very proper for spars, of which we were in want. After making
this 発見, I 急いでd on board ーするために have more time after
dinner, when I landed again with two boats, …を伴ってd by several of the
officers and gentlemen, having with us the carpenter and some of his 乗組員,
to 削減（する） 負かす／撃墜する such trees as were wanting. While this was doing I took the
bearings of several lands 一連の会議、交渉／完成する. The hill on the 小島 of Pines bore
S. 59 30' E; the low point of Queen Charlotte's Foreland N. 14ｰ 30' W.; the
high land over it, seen over two low 小島s, N. 20ｰ W.; and the most
前進するd point of land to the west, bore west, half a point south, distant
six or seven leagues. We had, from several bearings, ascertained the true
direction of the coast from the foreland to this point, which I shall
distinguish by the 指名する of Prince of むちの跡s's Foreland. It is 据えるd in
the latitude of 22ｰ 29' S., longitude 166ｰ 57' E., is of かなりの
高さ, and, when it first appears above the horizon, looks like an island.
From this cape, the coast 傾向d nearly N.W. This was rather too northerly
a direction to join that part which we saw from the hills of Balade. But as
it was very high land which opened off the cape in that direction, it is
very probable that lower land, which we could not see, opened sooner; or
else the coast more to the N.W. takes a more westerly direction, in the
same manner as the N.E. coast. Be this as it may, we pretty 井戸／弁護士席 know the
extent of the land, by having it 限定するd within 確かな  限界s. However, I
still entertained hopes of seeing more of it, but was disappointed.

The little 小島 upon which we landed, is a mere sandbank, not 越えるing
three-fourths of a mile in 回路・連盟, and on it, besides these pines, grew
the Etoa-tree of Otaheite, and a variety of other trees, shrubs, and
工場／植物s. These gave 十分な 雇用 to our botanists, all the time we
stayed upon it, and occasioned my calling it Botany 小島. On it were
several water-snakes, some pigeons, and doves, seemingly different from any
we had seen. One of the officers 発射 a 強硬派, which 証明するd to be of the
very same sort as our English fishing-強硬派s. Several 解雇する／砲火／射撃-places, 支店s,
and leaves very little decayed, remains of 海がめ, etc. shewed that people
had lately been on the 小島. The 船体 of a canoe, 正確に of the same
形態／調整 as those we had seen at Balade, lay 難破させるd in the sand. We were now
no longer at a loss to know of what trees they make their canoes, as they
can be no other than these pines. On this little 小島 were some which
手段d twenty インチs 直径, and between sixty and seventy feet in
length, and would have done very 井戸／弁護士席 for a foremast to the 決意／決議, had
one been wanting. Since trees of this size are to be 設立する on so small a
位置／汚点／見つけ出す, it is reasonable to 推定する／予想する to find some much larger on the main, and
larger 小島s; and, if 外見s did not deceive us, we can 主張する it.

If I except New Zealand, I, at this time, knew of no island in the South
太平洋の Ocean, where a ship could 供給（する） herself with a mast or yard, were
she ever so much 苦しめるd for want of one. Thus far the 発見 is or
may be 価値のある. My carpenter, who was a mast-製造者 同様に as a shipwright,
two 貿易（する）s he learnt in Deptford-yard, was of opinion that these
trees would make exceedingly good masts. The 支持を得ようと努めるd is white, の近くに-穀物d,
堅い, and light. Turpentine had exuded out of most of the trees, and the
sun had inspissated it into a rosin, which was 設立する sticking to the
trunks, and lying about the roots. These trees shoot out their 支店s
like all other pines; with this difference, that the 支店s of these are
much smaller and shorter; so that the knots become nothing when the tree is
wrought for use. I took notice, that the largest of them had the smallest
and shortest 支店s, and were 栄冠を与えるd, as it were, at the 最高の，を越す, by a
spreading 支店 like a bush. This was what led some on board into the
extravagant notion of their 存在 basaltes: Indeed no one could think of
finding such trees here. The seeds are produced in 反対／詐欺s; but we could find
非，不，無 that had any in them, or that were in a proper 明言する／公表する for vegetation or
botanical examination. Besides these, there was another tree or shrub of
the spruce-モミ 肉親，親類d, but it was very small. We also 設立する on the 小島 a
sort of scurvy-grass, and a 工場／植物, called by us Lamb's ４半期/4分の1s, which,
when boiled, eat like spinnage.

Having got ten or twelve small spars to make studding-sail にわか景気s, boat-masts,
etc., and night approaching, we returned with them on board.

The 目的 for which I 錨，総合司会者d under this 小島 存在 answered, I was now
to consider what was next to be done. We had from the 最高の，を越す-mast-長，率いる taken a
見解（をとる） of the sea around us, and 観察するd the whole, to the west, to be
まき散らすd with small islets, sand-banks, and breakers, to the 最大の extent
of our horizon. They seemed indeed not to be all connected, and to be
divided by winding channels. But when I considered that the extent of this
S.W. coast was already pretty 井戸／弁護士席 決定するd, the 広大な／多数の／重要な 危険 …に出席するing a
more 正確な 調査する, and the time it would 要求する to 遂行する it, on
account of the many dangers we should have to 遭遇（する）, I 決定するd not
to hazard the ship 負かす／撃墜する to leeward, where we might be so hemmed in as to
find it difficult to return, and by that means lose the proper season for
getting to the south. I now wished to have had the little 大型船 始める，決める up,
the でっちあげる，人を罪に陥れる of which we had on board. I had some thoughts of doing this, when
we were last at Otaheite, but 設立する it could not be 遂行する／発効させるd, without
neglecting the caulking and other necessary 修理s of the ship, or staying
longer there than the 大勝する I had in 見解（をとる） would 収容する／認める. It was now too late
to begin setting her up, and then to use her in 調査するing this coast; and
in our voyage to the south, she could be of no service. These 推論する／理由s
induced me to try to get without the shoals; that is, to the southward of
them.

Next morning at day-break, we got under sail with a light 微風 at E. by
N. We had to make some trips to 天候 the shoals to leeward of Botany
小島; but when this was done the 微風 began to fail; and at three p.m. it
fell 静める. The swell, 補助装置d by the 現在の, 始める，決める us 急速な／放蕩な to S.W. に向かって
the breakers, which were yet in sight in that direction. Thus we continued
till ten o'clock, at which time a 微風 springing up at N.N.W. we steered
E.S.E.; the contrary course we had come in; not daring to steer さらに先に
south till daylight.

1774 October

At three o'clock next morning, the 勝利，勝つd veered to S.W., blew hard, and in
squalls, …に出席するd with rain, which made it necessary to proceed with our
courses up and 最高の，を越す-sails on the cap, till day-break, when the hill on the
小島 of Pines bore north; and our distance from the shore in that direction
was about four leagues. We had now a very strong 勝利，勝つd at S.S.W. …に出席するd by
a 広大な／多数の／重要な sea; so that we had 推論する／理由 to rejoice at having got （疑いを）晴らす of the
shoals before this 強風 overtook us. Though every thing conspired to make
me think this was the westerly 季節風, it can hardly be comprehended under
that 指名する, for several 推論する／理由s; first, because it was 近づく a month too soon
for these 勝利，勝つd; secondly, because we know not if they reach this place at
all; and lastly, because it is very ありふれた for westerly 勝利，勝つd to blow
within the tropics. However, I never 設立する them to blow so hard before, or
so far southerly. Be these things as they may, we had now no other choice
but to stretch to S.E., which we accordingly did with our starboard tacks
船内に; and at noon we were out of sight of land.

The 強風 continued with very little alteration till noon next day; at which
time we 観察するd in latitude 23ｰ 18', longitude made from the 小島 of Pines
1ｰ 54' E. In the afternoon we had little 勝利，勝つd from the south, and a 広大な／多数の／重要な
swell from the same direction: And many ばか者s, tropic, and men-of-war
birds were seen. At eleven o'clock a fresh 微風 sprung up at W. by S.,
with which we stood to the south. At this time we were in the latitude of
23ｰ 18', longitude 169ｰ 49' E., and about forty-two leagues south of the
Hebrides.

At eight o'clock in the morning, on the third, the 勝利，勝つd veered to S.W. and
blew a strong 強風 by squalls, …に出席するd with rain. I now gave over all
thought of returning to the land we had left. Indeed, when I considered the
広大な ocean we had to 調査する to the south; the 明言する／公表する and 条件 of the
ship, already in want of some necessary 蓄える／店s; that summer was approaching
急速な／放蕩な, and that any かなりの 事故 might 拘留する us in this sea
another year; I did not think it advisable to 試みる／企てる to 回復する the land.

Thus I was 強いるd, as it were by necessity, for the first time, to leave a
coast I had discovered, before it was fully 調査するd.--I called it New
Caledonia; and, if we except New Zealand, it is perhaps the largest island
in the South 太平洋の Ocean. For it 延長するs from the latitude of 19ｰ 37', to
22ｰ 30', S., and from the longitude of 163ｰ 37' to 167ｰ 14' E. It lies
nearly N.W. 1/2 W., and S.E. 1 E., and is about eighty-seven leagues long
in that direction; but its breadth is not かなりの, not any where
越えるing ten leagues. It is a country 十分な of hills and valleys; of
さまざまな extent both for 高さ and depth. To 裁判官 of the whole by the
parts we were on, from these hills spring 広大な numbers of little rivulets,
which 大いに 与える／捧げる to fertilize the plains, and to 供給（する） all the
wants of the inhabitants. The 首脳会議s of most of the hills seem to be
barren; though some few are cloathed with 支持を得ようと努めるd; as are all the plains and
valleys. By 推論する／理由 of these hills, many parts of the coast, when at a
distance from it, appeared indented, or to have 広大な／多数の／重要な inlets between the
hills; but, when we （機の）カム 近づく the shore, we always 設立する such places shut
up with low land, and also 観察するd low land to 嘘（をつく） along the coast between
the seashore and the foot of the hills. As this was the 事例／患者 in all such
parts as we （機の）カム 近づく enough to see, it is reasonable to suppose that the
whole coast is so. I am likewise of opinion, that the whole, or greatest
part, is surrounded by 暗礁s or shoals, which （判決などを）下す the 接近 to it very
dangerous, but at the same time guard the coast from the 暴力／激しさ of the
勝利，勝つd and sea; make it abound with fish, 安全な・保証する an 平易な and 安全な 航海
along it, for canoes, etc.; and, most likely, form some good harbours for
shipping. Most, if not every part of the coast, is 住むd, the 小島 of
Pines not excepted; for we saw either smoke by day, or 解雇する／砲火／射撃s by night,
wherever we （機の）カム. In the extent which I have given to this island, is
含むd the broken or unconnected lands to the N.W. That they may be
connected; I shall not pretend to 否定する; we were, however, of opinion that
they were 小島s, and that New Caledonia 終結させるd more to S.E.; though
this at most is but a 井戸／弁護士席-設立するd conjecture.

But whether these lands be separate 小島s, or connected with New Caledonia,
it is by no means 確かな  that we saw their termination to the west. I
think we did not; as the shoals did not end with the land we saw, but kept
their N.W. direction さらに先に than Bougainville's 跡をつける in the latitude of
15ｰ or 15ｰ 1/2. Nay, it seems not improbable, that a chain of 小島s,
sand-banks, and 暗礁s, may 延長する to the west, as far as the coast of New
South むちの跡s. The eastern extent of the 小島s and shoals off that coast,
between the latitude of 15ｰ and 23', were not known. The resemblance of the
two countries; *Bougainville's 会合 with the shoal of Diana above sixty
leagues from the coast; and the 調印するs he had of land to the S.E.; all tend
to 増加する the probability. I must 自白する that it is carrying probability
and conjecture a little too far, to say what may 嘘（をつく） in a space of two
hundred leagues; but it is in some 手段 necessary, were it only to put
some 未来 航海士 on his guard.

[See his Voyage, English translation p.303.]

Mr むちの跡s 決定するd the longitude of that part of New Caledonia we
調査するd, by ninety-six 始める，決めるs of 観察s, which were 減ずるd to one
another by our trusty guide the watch. I 設立する the variation of the compass
to be 10ｰ 24' E. This is the mean variation given by the three azimuth
compasses we had on board, which would 異なる from each other a degree and
a half, and いつかs more. I did not 観察する any difference in the
variation between the N.W. and S.E. parts of this land, except when we were
at 錨，総合司会者 before Balade, where it was いっそう少なく than 10ｰ; but this I did not
regard, as I 設立する such an uniformity out at sea; and it is there where
航海士s want to know the variation. While we were on the N.E. coast, I
thought the 現在のs 始める，決める to S.E. and W. or N.W. on the other 味方する; but they
are by no means かなりの, and may, as probably, be channels of tides,
as 正規の／正選手 現在のs. In the 狭くする channels which divide the shoals, and
those which communicate with the sea, the tides run strong; but their rise
and 落ちる are inconsiderable, not 越えるing three feet and a half. The time
of high-water, at the 十分な and change, at Balade, is about six o'clock; but
at Botany 小島 we 裁判官d it would happen about ten or eleven o'clock.

CHAPTER XI.

_Sequel of the Passage from New Caledonia to New Zealand, with an Account
of the 発見 of Norfolk Island; and the 出来事/事件s that happened while
the Ship lay in Queen Charlotte's Sound._

1774 October

The 勝利，勝つd continuing at S.W., W.S.W., and W., blowing a fresh 強風, and now
and then squalls, with にわか雨s of rain, we steered to S.S.E, without
会合 with any remarkable occurrence till 近づく noon on the 6th, when it
fell 静める. At this time we were in the latitude of 27ｰ 50' S., longitude
171ｰ 43' E. The 静める continued till noon the next day, during which time we
観察するd the variation to be 10ｰ 33' E. I now ordered the carpenters to
work to caulk the decks. As we had neither pitch, tar, nor rosin, left to
支払う／賃金 the seams, this was done with varnish of pine, and afterwards covered
with 珊瑚 sand, which made a 固く結び付ける far 越えるing my 期待. In the
afternoon, we had a boat in the water, and 発射 two albatrosses, which were
geese to us. We had seen one of this 肉親，親類d of birds the day before, which
was the first we 観察するd since we had been within the tropic. On the 7th,
at one p.m. a 微風 sprung up at south; soon after it veered to, and 直す／買収する，八百長をするd
at S.E. by S., and blew a gentle 強風, …に出席するd with pleasant 天候.

We stretched to W.S.W., and next day at noon were in the latitude of 28ｰ
25', longitude 170ｰ 26' E. In the evening, Mr Cooper haying struck a
porpoise with a harpoon, it was necessary to bring-to, and have two boats
out, before we could kill it, and get it on board. It was six feet long; a
女性（の） of that 肉親，親類d, which naturalists call イルカ of the 古代のs, and
which 異なるs from the other 肉親，親類d of porpoise in the 長，率いる and jaw, having
them long and pointed. This had eighty-eight teeth in each jaw. The haslet
and lean flesh were to us a feast. The latter was a little liverish, but
had not the least fishy taste. It was eaten roasted, broiled, and fried,
first soaking it in warm water. Indeed, little art was wanting to make any
thing fresh, palatable to those who had been living so long on salt
meat.

We continued to stretch to W.S.W. till the 10th, when at day-break we
discovered land, 耐えるing S.W., which on a nearer approach we 設立する to be an
island of good 高さ, and five leagues in 回路・連盟. I 指名するd it Norfolk
小島, in honour of the noble family of Howard. It is 据えるd in the
latitude of 29ｰ 2' 30" S. and longitude 168ｰ 16' E. The latter was
決定するd by lunar 観察s made on this, the 先行する, and に引き続いて
days; and the former by a good 観察 at noon, when we were about
three miles from the 小島. Soon after we discovered the 小島, we sounded in
twenty-two fathoms on a bank of 珊瑚 sand; after this we continued to
sound, and 設立する not いっそう少なく than twenty-two; or more than twenty-four fathoms
(except 近づく the shore), and the same 底（に届く） mixed with broken 爆撃するs.
After dinner a party of us 乗る，着手するd in two boats, and landed on the island,
without any difficulty, behind some large 激しく揺するs, which lined part of the
coast on the N.E. 味方する.

We 設立する it uninhabited, and were undoubtedly the first that ever 始める，決める foot
on it. We 観察するd many trees and 工場／植物s ありふれた at New Zealand; and, in
particular, the flax-工場／植物, which is rather more luxuriant here than in any
part of that country; but the 長，指導者 produce is a sort of spruce-pine, which
grows in 広大な／多数の／重要な 豊富, and to a large size, many of the trees 存在 as
厚い, breast high, as two men could fathom, and exceedingly straight and
tall. This pine is a sort between that which grows in New Zealand, and that
in New Caledonia; the foliage 異なるing something from both, and the 支持を得ようと努めるd
not so 激しい as the former, nor so light and の近くに-穀物d as the latter.
It is a good 取引，協定 like the Quebec pine. For about two hundred yards from
the shore, the ground is covered so 厚い with shrubs and 工場／植物s, as hardly
to be 侵入するd さらに先に inland. The 支持を得ようと努めるd were perfectly （疑いを）晴らす and 解放する／自由な
from underwood, and the 国／地域 seemed rich and 深い.

We 設立する the same 肉親，親類d of pigeons, parrots, and parroquets as in New
Zealand, rails, and some small birds. The sea-fowl are, white ばか者s,
gulls, tern, etc. which 産む／飼育する undisturbed on the shores, and in the cliffs
of the 激しく揺するs.

On the 小島 is fresh water; and cabbage-palm, 支持を得ようと努めるd-sorrel, （種を）蒔く-thistle, and
samphire, abounding in some places on the shore, we brought on board as
much of each sort as the time we had to gather them would 収容する／認める. These
cabbage-trees or palms were not 厚い than a man's 脚, and from ten to
twenty feet high. They are of the same genus with the cocoa-nut tree; like
it they have large pinnated leaves, and are the same as the second sort
設立する in the northern parts of New South むちの跡s*. The cabbage is, 適切に
speaking, the bud of the tree; each tree producing but one cabbage, which
is at the 栄冠を与える, where the leaves spring out, and is inclosed in the 茎・取り除く.
The cutting off the cabbage effectually destroys the tree; so that no more
than one can be had from the same 茎・取り除く. The cocoa-nut tree, and some others
of the palm 肉親，親類d, produce cabbage 同様に as these. This vegetable is not
only wholesome, but exceedingly palatable, and 証明するd the most agreeable
repast we had for some time.

[Vide Hawkesworth's Voyages, Vol III, Page 624.]

The coast does not want fish. While we were on shore, the people in the
boats caught some which were excellent. I 裁判官d that it was high water at
the 十分な and change, about one o'clock; and that the tide rises and 落ちるs
upon a perpendicular about four or five feet.

The approach of night brought us all on board, when we hoisted in the
boats, and stretched to E.N.E. (with the 勝利，勝つd at S.E.) till midnight, when
we tacked, and spent the 残りの人，物 of the night making short boards.

Next morning at sun-rise, we made sail, stretching to S.S.W., and 天候d
the island; on the south 味方する of which 嘘（をつく） two 小島s, that serve as
roosting and 産む／飼育するing-places for birds. On this, as also on the S.E. 味方する,
is a sandy beach; 反して most of the other shores are bounded by rocky
cliffs, which have twenty and eighteen fathoms water の近くに to them: At
least so we 設立する it on the N.E. 味方する, and with good 船の停泊地. A bank of
珊瑚 sand, mixed with 爆撃するs, on which we 設立する from nineteen to thirty-five
or forty fathoms water, surrounds the 小島, and 延長するs, 特に to
the south, seven leagues off. The morning we discovered the island, the
variation was 設立する to be 13ｰ 9' E.; but I think this 観察 gave too
much, as others which we had, both before and after, gave 2ｰ いっそう少なく.

After leaving Norfolk 小島, I steered for New Zealand, my 意向 存在
to touch at Queen Charlotte's Sound, to refresh my 乗組員, and put the ship
in a 条件 to 遭遇（する） the southern latitudes.

On the 17th, at day-break, we saw 開始する Egmont, which was covered with
everlasting snow, 耐えるing S.E. 1/2 E. Our distance from the shore was about
eight leagues, and, on sounding, we 設立する seventy fathoms water, a muddy
底（に届く）. The 勝利，勝つd soon 直す／買収する，八百長をするd in the western board, and blew a fresh 強風,
with which we steered S.S.E. for Queen Charlotte's Sound, with a 見解（をとる） of
落ちるing in with Cape Stephens. At noon Cape Egmont bore E.N.E. distant
three or four leagues; and though the 開始する was hid in the clouds, we
裁判官d it to be in the same direction as the Cape; latitude 観察するd 39ｰ
24'. The 勝利，勝つd 増加するd in such a manner as to 強いる us to の近くに-暗礁 our
最高の，を越す-sails, and strike 最高の，を越す-gallant yards. At last we could 耐える no more sail
than the two courses, and two の近くに-暗礁d 最高の，を越す-sails; and under them we
stretched for Cape Stephens, which we made at eleven o'clock at night.

At midnight we tacked and made a trip to the north till three o'clock next
morning, when we bore away for the sound. At nine we 運ぶ／漁獲高d 一連の会議、交渉／完成する Point
Jackson through a sea which looked terrible, occasioned by a 早い tide,
and a high 勝利，勝つd; but as we knew the coast, it did not alarm us. At eleven
o'clock we 錨，総合司会者d before Ship Cove; the strong flurries from off the land
not permitting us to get in.

In the afternoon, as we could not move the ship, I went into the Cove, with
the seine, to try to catch some fish. The first thing I did after 上陸,
was to look for the 瓶／封じ込める I left hid when last there, in which was the
memorandum. It was taken away, but by whom it did not appear. Two 運ぶ／漁獲高s
with the seine producing only four small fish, we, in some 手段, made up
for this 欠陥／不足, by 狙撃 several birds, which the flowers in the
garden had drawn thither, as also some old shags, and by robbing the nests
of some young ones.

存在 little 勝利，勝つd next morning, we 重さを計るd and warped the ship into the
Cove, and there moored with the two bowers. We unbent the sails to 修理
them; several having been 分裂（する）, and さもなければ 損失d in the late 強風.
The main and fore courses, already worn to the very 最大の, were 非難するd
as useless. I ordered the 最高の，を越す-masts to be struck and unrigged, ーするために
直す／買収する，八百長をする to them moveable chocks or 膝s, for want of which the trestle-trees
were continually breaking; the (1)偽造する／(2)徐々に進む to be 始める，決める up, to make bolts and 修理
our アイロンをかける-work; and テントs to be 築くd on shore for the 歓迎会 of a
guard, coopers, sail-製造者s, etc. I likewise gave orders that vegetables (of
which there were plenty) should be boiled every morning with oatmeal and
portable broth for breakfast, and with pease and broth every day for dinner
for the whole 乗組員, over and above their usual allowance of salt meat.

In the afternoon, as Mr むちの跡s was setting up his 観測所, he discovered
that several trees, which were standing when we last sailed from this
place, had been 削減（する） 負かす／撃墜する with saws and axes; and a few days after, the
place where an 観測所, clock, etc. had been 始める，決める up, was also 設立する, in
a 位置／汚点／見つけ出す different from that where Mr むちの跡s had placed his. It was,
therefore, now no longer to be 疑問d, that the Adventure had been in this
cove after we had left it.

Next day, 勝利，勝つd southerly; 煙霧のかかった clouded 天候. Every 団体／死体 went to work at
their 各々の 雇用s, one of which was to caulk the ship's 味方するs, a
thing much 手配中の，お尋ね者. The seams were paid with putty, made with cook's fat and
chalk; the gunner happening to have a 量 of the latter on board.

The 21st, 勝利，勝つd southerly, with continual rains.

The 天候 存在 fair in the afternoon of the 22d, …を伴ってd by the
botanists, I visited our gardens on Motuara, which we 設立する almost in a
明言する／公表する of nature, having been wholly neglected by the inhabitants.
にもかかわらず, many articles were in a 繁栄するing 条件, and shewed how
井戸／弁護士席 they liked the 国／地域 in which they were 工場／植物d. 非，不，無 of the natives
having yet made their 外見, we made a 解雇する／砲火／射撃 on the point of the
island, in hopes, if they saw the smoke, they might be induced to come to
us.

Nothing remarkable happened till the 24th, when, in the morning, two canoes
were seen coming 負かす／撃墜する the sound; but as soon as they perceived the ship,
they retired behind a point on the west 味方する. After breakfast I went in a
boat to look for them; and as we proceeded along the shore, we 発射 several
birds. The 報告（する）／憶測 of the muskets gave notice of our approach, and the
natives discovered themselves in Shag Cove by hallooing to us; but as we
drew 近づく to their habitations, they all fled to the 支持を得ようと努めるd, except two or
three men, who stood on a rising ground 近づく the shore, with their 武器 in
their 手渡すs. The moment we landed, they knew us. Joy then took place of
恐れる; and the 残り／休憩（する） of the natives hurried out of the 支持を得ようと努めるd, and embraced us
over and over again; leaping and skipping about like madmen, but I 観察するd
that they would not 苦しむ some women, whom we saw at a distance, to come
近づく us. After we had made them 現在のs of hatchets, knives, and what else
we had with us, they gave us in return a large 量 of fish, which they
had just caught. There were only a few amongst them whose 直面するs we could
recognise, and on our asking why they were afraid of us, and enquiring for
some of our old 知識s by 指名する, they talked much about 殺人，大当り,
which was so variously understood by us, that we could gather nothing from
it, so that, after a short stay, we took leave, and went on board.

Next morning 早期に, our friends, によれば a 約束 they had made us
the 先行する evening, 支払う／賃金ing us a visit, brought with them a 量 of
罰金 fish, which they 交流d for Otaheitean cloth, etc. and then returned
to their habitations.

On the 26th, we got into the after-持つ／拘留する four boat-負担 of shingle ballast,
and struck 負かす／撃墜する six guns, keeping only six on deck. Our good friends the
natives, having brought us a plentiful 供給（する） of fish, afterwards went on
shore to the テントs, and 知らせるd our people there, that a ship like ours
had been lately lost in the 海峡; that some of the people got on shore;
and that the natives stole their 着せる／賦与するs, etc. for which several were 発射;
and afterwards, when they could 解雇する／砲火／射撃 no longer, the natives having got the
better, killed them with their patapatoos, and eat them, but that they
themselves had no 手渡す in the 事件／事情／状勢, which, they said, happened at Vanna
Aroa, 近づく Terrawhitte, on the other 味方する of the 海峡. One man said it
was two moons ago: But another 否定するd him, and counted on his fingers
about twenty or thirty days. They 述べるd by 活動／戦闘s how the ship was
（警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域 to pieces by going up and 負かす／撃墜する against the 激しく揺するs, till at last it was
all scattered abroad.

The next day some others told the same story, or nearly to the same
趣旨, and pointed over the east bay, which is on the east 味方する of the
sound, as to the place where it happened. These stories making me very
uneasy about the Adventure, I 願望（する）d Mr むちの跡s, and those on shore, to let
me know if any of the natives should について言及する it again, or to send them to
me; for I had not heard any thing from them myself. When Mr むちの跡s （機の）カム on
board to dinner he 設立する the very people who had told him the story on
shore, and pointed them out to me. I enquired about the 事件／事情／状勢, and
endeavoured to come at the truth by every method I could think of. All I
could get from them was, "Caurey," (no); and they not only 否定するd every
syllable of what they had said on shore, but seemed wholly ignorant of the
事柄; so that I began to think our people had misunderstood them, and
that the story referred to some of their own people and boats.

On the 28th, fresh 強風s westerly, and 好天. We rigged and fitted
the 最高の，を越す-masts. Having gone on a 狙撃-party to West Bay, we went to the
place where I left the hogs and fowls; but saw no 痕跡s of them, nor of
any 団体／死体 having been there since. In our return, having visited the
natives, we got some fish in 交流 for trifles which we gave them. As we
were coming away, Mr Forster thought be heard the squeaking of a pig in the
支持を得ようと努めるd, の近くに by their habitations; probably they may have those I left with
them when last here. In the evening we got on board, with about a dozen and
a half of wild fowl, shags, and sea-pies. The sportsmen who had been out in
the 支持を得ようと努めるd 近づく the ship were more successful の中で the small birds.

On the 29th and 30th nothing remarkable happened, except that in the
evening of the latter all the natives left us.

The 31st 存在 a 罰金 pleasant day, our botanists went over to Long Island,
where one of the party saw a large 黒人／ボイコット boar. As it was 述べるd to me, I
thought it might be one of those which Captain Furneaux left behind, and
had been brought over to this 小島 by those who had it in keeping. Since
they did not destroy those hogs when first in their 所有／入手, we cannot
suppose they will do it now; so that there is little 恐れる but that this
country will in time be 在庫／株d with these animals, both in a wild and
国内の 明言する／公表する.

1774 November

Next day we were visited by a number of strangers who （機の）カム up from the
sound, and brought with them but little fish. Their 長，指導者 商品／必需品 was
green 石／投石する or talc, an article which never （機の）カム to a bad market; and some
of the largest pieces of it I had ever seen were got this day.

On the 2d I went over to the east 味方する of the sound, and, without 会合
any thing remarkable, returned on board in the evening, when I learnt that
the same people who visited us the 先行する day, had been on board most of
this, with their usual article of 貿易（する）.

On the 3d, Mr Pickersgill met with some of the natives, who 関係のある to him
the story of a ship 存在 lost, and the people 存在 killed; but 追加するd,
with 広大な／多数の／重要な earnestness, it was not done by them.

On the 4th, 罰金 pleasant 天候. Most of the natives now retired up the
sound. Indeed, I had taken every gentle method, to 強いる them to be gone,
for since these newcomers had been with us, our old friends had
disappeared, and we had been without fish. Having gone over to Long Island,
to look for the hog which had been seen there, I 設立する it to be one of the
（種を）蒔くs left by Captain Furneaux; the same that was in the 所有／入手 of the
natives when we were last here. From the supposition of its 存在 a boar, I
had carried over a （種を）蒔く to leave with him; but on seeing my mistake, brought
her 支援する, as the leaving her there would answer no end.

早期に in the morning of the 5th, our old friends made us a visit, and
brought a ある時節に特有の 供給（する） of fish. At the same time I 乗る，着手するd in the
pinnace, with Messrs Forsters and Sparrman, ーするために proceed up the
sound. I was desirous of finding the termination of it; or rather of seeing
if I could find any passage out to sea by the S.E., as I 嫌疑者，容疑者／疑うd from
some 発見s I had made when first here. In our way up, we met with
some fishers, of whom we made the necessary enquiry; and they all agreed
that there was no passage to the sea by the 長，率いる of the sound. As we
proceeded, we, some time after, met a canoe 行為／行うd by four men coming
負かす／撃墜する the sound. These 確認するd what the others had said, in regard to
there 存在 no passage to the sea the way we were going; but gave us to
understand that there was one to the east, in the very place where I
推定する／予想するd to find it. I now laid aside the 計画／陰謀 of going to the 長，率いる of
the sound, and proceeded to this arm, which is on the S.E. 味方する, about four
or five leagues above the 小島 of Motuara.

A little within the 入り口 on the S.E. 味方する, at a place called
Kotieghenooee, we 設立する a large 解決／入植地 of the natives., The 長，指導者,
whose 指名する was Tringo-boohee, and his people, whom we 設立する to be some of
those who had lately been on board the ship, received us with 広大な／多数の／重要な
儀礼. They seemed to be pretty 非常に／多数の both here and in the
neighbourhood. Our stay with them was short, as the （警察などへの）密告，告訴（状） they gave
us encouraged us to 追求する the 反対する we had in 見解（をとる）. Accordingly, we
proceeded 負かす／撃墜する the arm E.N.E. and E. by N., leaving several 罰金 coves on
both 味方するs, and at last 設立する it to open into the 海峡 by a channel about
a mile wide, in which ran out a strong tide; having also 観察するd one
setting 負かす／撃墜する the arm, all the time we had been in it. It was now about four
o'clock in the afternoon, and in いっそう少なく than an hour after, this tide 中止するd,
and was 後継するd by the flood, which （機の）カム in with equal strength.

The 出口 lies S.E. by E. and N.W. by W. and nearly in the direction of
E.S.E. and W.N.W. from Cape Terrawhitte. We 設立する thirteen fathoms water a
little within the 入り口, （疑いを）晴らす ground. It seemed to me that a 主要な
勝利，勝つd was necessary to go in and out of this passage, on account of the
rapidity of the tides. I, however, had but little time to make 観察s
of this nature, as night was at 手渡す, and I had 解決するd to return on
board. On that account I omitted visiting a large _hippa_, or strong-持つ／拘留する,
built on an elevation on the north 味方する, and about a mile or two
within the 入り口, The inhabitants of it, by 調印するs, 招待するd us to go to
them; but, without 支払う／賃金ing any regard to them, we proceeded 直接／まっすぐに for the
ship, which we reached by ten o'clock, bringing with us some fish we had
got from the natives, and a few birds we had 発射. Amongst the latter were
some of the same 肉親，親類d of ducks we 設立する in Dusky Bay, and we have 推論する／理由
to believe that they are all to be met with here. For the natives knew them
all by the 製図／抽選s, and had a particular 指名する for each.

On the 6th, 勝利，勝つd at N.E., 暗い／優うつな 天候 with rain. Our old friends having
taken up their abode 近づく us, one of them, whose 指名する was Pedero, (a man of
some 公式文書，認める,) made me a 現在の of a staff of honour, such as the 長，指導者s
一般に carry. In return, I dressed him in a 控訴 of old 着せる／賦与するs, of
which he was not a little proud. He had a 罰金 person, and a good presence,
and nothing but his colour distinguished him from an European. Having got
him, and another, into a communicative mood, we began to enquire of them if
the Adventure had been there during my absence; and they gave us to
understand, in a manner which 認める of no 疑問, that, soon after we
were gone, she arrived; that she staid between ten and twenty days, and had
been gone ten months. They likewise 主張するd that neither she, nor any
other ship, had been 立ち往生させるd on the coast, as had been 報告（する）／憶測d. This
主張, and the manner in which they 関係のある the coming and going of the
Adventure, made me 平易な about her; but did not wholly 始める，決める aside our
疑惑s of a 災害 having happened to some other strangers. Besides
what has been already 関係のある, we had been told that a ship had lately been
here, and was gone to a place called Terato, which is on the north 味方する of
the 海峡. Whether this story 関係のある to the former or no, I cannot say.
Whenever I questioned the natives about it, they always 否定するd all
knowledge of it, and for some time past, had 避けるd について言及するing it. It was
but a few days before, that one man received a box on the ear for 指名するing it
to some of our people.

After breakfast I took a number of 手渡すs over to Long Island, ーするために
catch the （種を）蒔く, to put her to the boar and 除去する her to some other place;
but we returned without seeing her. Some of the natives had been there not
long before us, as their 解雇する／砲火／射撃s were yet 燃やすing; and they had undoubtedly
taken her away. Pedero dined with us, eat of every thing at （米）棚上げする／（英）提議する, and
drank more ワイン than any one of us, without 存在 in the least 影響する／感情d by
it.

The 7th, fresh 強風s at N.E. with continual rain.

The 8th, fore-part rain, 残りの人，物 好天. We put two pigs, a boar,
and a （種を）蒔く, on shore, in the cove next without Cannibal Cove; so that it is
hardly possible all the methods I have taken to 在庫／株 this country with
these animals should fail. We had also 推論する／理由 to believe that some of the
cocks and 女／おっせかい屋s which I left here still 存在するd, although we had not seen
any of them; for an 女／おっせかい屋's egg was, some days before, 設立する in the 支持を得ようと努めるd
almost new laid.

On the 9th, 勝利，勝つd westerly or N.W., squally with rain. In the morning we
unmoored, and 転換d our birth さらに先に out of the cove, for the more ready
getting to sea the next morning; for at 現在の the caulkers had not
finished the 味方するs, and till this work was done we could not sail. Our
friends having brought us a very large and ある時節に特有の 供給（する） of fish, I
bestowed on Pedero a 現在の of an empty oil-jar, which made him as happy
as a prince. Soon after, he and his party left the cove, and retired to
their proper place of abode, with all the treasure they had received from
us. I believe that they gave away many of the things they, at different
times, got from us, to their friends and 隣人s, or else parted with
them to 購入（する） peace of their more powerful enemies; for we never saw any
of our 現在のs after they were once in their 所有／入手: And every time we
visited them they were as much in want of hatchets, nails, etc. to all
外見, as if they never had had any の中で them.

I am 満足させるd that the people in this sound, who are, upon the whole,
pretty 非常に／多数の, are under no 正規の／正選手 form of 政府, or so 部隊d as
to form one 団体／死体 politic. The 長，率いる of each tribe, or family, seems to be
尊敬（する）・点d; and that 尊敬（する）・点 may, on some occasions, 命令（する） obedience; but
I 疑問 if any amongst them have either a 権利 or 力／強力にする to 施行する it. The
day we were with Tringo-boohee, the people （機の）カム from all parts to see us,
which he endeavoured to 妨げる. But though he went so far as to throw
石／投石するs at some, I 観察するd that very few paid any regard either to his
words or 活動／戦闘s; and yet this man was spoken of as a 長，指導者 of some 公式文書，認める. I
have, before, made some 発言／述べるs on the evils …に出席するing these people for
want of union の中で themselves; and the more I was 熟知させるd with them,
the more I 設立する it to be so. Notwithstanding they are cannibals, they are
自然に of a good disposition, and have not a little humanity.

In the afternoon a party of us went 岸に into one of the coves, where
were two families of the natives variously 雇うd; some sleeping, some
making mats, others roasting fish and モミ roots, and one girl, I 観察するd,
was heating of 石／投石するs. Curious to know what they were for, I remained 近づく
her. As soon as the 石／投石するs were made hot, she took them out of the 解雇する／砲火／射撃,
and gave them to an old woman, who was sitting in the hut. She placed them
in a heap, laid over them a handful of green celery, and over that a coarse
mat, and then squatted herself 負かす／撃墜する, on her heels, on the 最高の，を越す of all; thus
making a 肉親，親類d of Dutch warming-pan, on which she sat as の近くに as a hare on
her seat. I should hardly have について言及するd this 操作／手術, if I had thought
it had no other 見解（をとる） than to warm the old woman's backside. I rather
suppose it was ーするつもりであるd to cure some disorder she might have on her, which
the steams arising from the green celery might be a 明確な／細部 for. I was led
to think so by there 存在 hardly any celery in the place, we having
gathered it long before; and grass, of which there was 広大な／多数の／重要な plenty, would
have kept the 石／投石するs from 燃やすing the mat 十分な 同様に, if that had been
all that was meant. Besides, the woman looked to me sickly, and not in a
good 明言する／公表する of health.

Mr むちの跡s, from time to time, communicated to me the 観察s he had
made in this Sound for 決定するing the longitude, the mean results of which
give 174ｰ 25' 7" 1/2 east, for the 底（に届く） of Ship Cove, where the
観察s were made; and the latitude of it is 41ｰ 5' 50" 1/2 south. In
my chart, 構成するd in my former voyage, this place is laid 負かす／撃墜する in 184ｰ
54' 30" west, equal to 175ｰ 5' 30" east. The error of the chart is
therefore 0ｰ 40' 0", and nearly equal to what was 設立する at Dusky Bay; by
which it appears that the whole of Tavai-poenamoo is laid 負かす／撃墜する 40' too far
east in the said chart, 同様に as in the 定期刊行物 of the voyage. But the
error in Eaheino-mauwe, is not more than half a degree, or thirty minutes;
because the distance between. Queen Charlotte's Sound and Cape Palliser has
been 設立する to be greater by 10' of longitude than it is laid 負かす／撃墜する in the
chart. I について言及する these errors, not from a 恐れる that they will 影響する／感情 either
航海 or 地理学, but because I have no 疑問 of their 存在;
for, from the multitude of 観察s which Mr むちの跡s took, the 状況／情勢
of few parts of the world is better ascertained than Queen Charlotte's
Sound. Indeed, I might, with equal truth, say the same of all the other
places where we made any stay; for Mr むちの跡s, whose abilities are equal to
his assiduity, lost no one 観察 that could かもしれない be 得るd.
Even the 状況／情勢 of those islands, which we passed without touching at
them, is, by means of Kendal's watch, 決定するd with almost equal
正確. The error of the watch from Otaheite to this place was only 43'
39" 1/2 in longitude, reckoning at the 率 it was 設立する to go at, at that
island and at Tanna; but by reckoning at the 率 it was going when last at
Queen Charlotte's Sound, and from the time of our leaving it, to our return
to it again, which was 近づく a year, the error was 19' 31", 25 in time, or
4ｰ 52' 48" 1/4 in longitude. This error cannot be thought 広大な／多数の／重要な, if we
consider the length of time, and that we had gone over a space equal to
上向きs of three-fourths of the equatorial circumference of the earth, and
through all the 気候s and latitudes from 9ｰ to 71ｰ. Mr むちの跡s 設立する its
率 of going here to be that of 伸び（る）ing 12",576, on mean time, per day.

The mean result of all the 観察s he made for ascertaining the
variation of the compass and the 下落する of the south end of the needle, the
three several times we had been here, gave 14ｰ 9' 1/5 east for the former;
and 64ｰ 36" 2/3 for the latter. He also 設立する, from very 正確な
観察s, that the time of high-water に先行するd the moon's southing, on
the 十分な and change days, by three hours; and that the greatest rise and
落ちる of the water was five feet ten インチs, and a half; but there were
evident 記念品s on the beach, of its having risen two feet higher than ever
it did in the course of his 実験s.

A VOYAGE TOWARDS THE SOUTH POLE, AND ROUND THE WORLD.

BOOK IV.

FROM LEAVING NEW ZEALAND TO OUR RETURN TO ENGLAND.

CHAPTER I.

_The Run from New Zealand to Terra del Fuego, with the 範囲 from Cape
Deseada to Christmas Sound, and Description of that Part of the Coast._

1774 November

At day-break on the 10th, with a 罰金 微風 at W.N.W., we 重さを計るd and
stood out of the Sound; and, after getting 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the Two Brothers, steered
for Cape Campbell, which is at the S.W. 入り口 of the 海峡, all sails
始める，決める, with a 罰金 微風 at north. At four in the afternoon, we passed the
Cape, at the distance of four or five leagues, and then steered S.S.E. 1/2
E. with the 勝利，勝つd at N.W., a gentle 強風, and cloudy 天候.

Next morning the 勝利，勝つd veered 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the west to south, and 軍隊d us more
to the east than I ーするつもりであるd. At seven o'clock in the evening, the 雪の降る，雪の多い
mountains bore W. by S., and Cape Palliser N. 1/2 W., distant sixteen or
seventeen leagues; from which cape I, for the third time, took my
出発. After a few hours 静める, a 微風 springing up at north, we
steered S. by E. all sails 始める，決める, with a 見解（をとる） of getting into the latitude of
54ｰ or 55ｰ; my 意向 存在 to cross this 広大な ocean nearly in these
平行のs, and so as to pass over those parts which were left unexplored
the 先行する summer.

In the morning of the 12th, the 勝利，勝つd 増加するd to a 罰金 強風: At noon we
観察するd in latitude 43ｰ 13' 30" S., longitude 176ｰ 41' E.; an
驚くべき／特命の／臨時の fish of the 鯨 肉親，親類d was seen, which some called a sea
monster. I did not see it myself. In the afternoon, our old companions the
pintado peterels began to appear.

On the 13th, in the morning, the 勝利，勝つd veered to W.S.W. At seven, seeing the
外見 of land to S.W., we 運ぶ／漁獲高d up に向かって it, and soon 設立する it to
be a 霧-bank. Afterwards we steered S.E. by S., and soon after saw a 調印（する）.
At noon, latitude, by account, 44ｰ 25', longitude 177ｰ 31' E. 霧がかかった
天候, which continued all the afternoon. At six in the evening, the 勝利，勝つd
veered to N.E. by N., and 増加するd to a fresh 強風, …に出席するd with 厚い
煙霧のかかった 天候; course steered S.E. 1/4 S.

On the 14th, a.m. saw another 調印（する）. At noon, latitude 45ｰ 54', longitude
179ｰ 29' E.

On the 15th, a.m. the 勝利，勝つd veered to the 西方の; the 霧 （疑いを）晴らすd away,
but the 天候 continued cloudy. At noon, latitude 47ｰ 30', longitude 178ｰ
19' W.; for, having passed the meridian of 180ｰ E., I now reckon my
longitude west of the first meridian, viz. Greenwich. In the evening heard
penguins, and the next morning saw some sea or 激しく揺する 少しのd. At noon a fresh
強風 from the west and 罰金 天候. Latitude 観察するd 49ｰ 33', longitude
175ｰ 31' W.

Next morning fresh 強風s and 煙霧のかかった 天候; saw a 調印（する） and several pieces of
少しのd. At noon, latitude 51ｰ 12', longitude 173ｰ 17' W. The 勝利，勝つd veered to
the N. and N.E. by N., blew a strong 強風 by squalls, which 分裂（する） an old
topgallant sail, and 強いるd us to 二塁打-暗礁 the 最高の，を越す-sails; but in the
evening the 勝利，勝つd 穏健なd, and veered to W.N.W., when we loosed a 暗礁 out
of each 最高の，を越す-sail; and 設立する the variation of the compass to be 9ｰ 52' E.,
存在 then in the latitude 51ｰ 47', longitude 172ｰ 21' W., and the next
morning, the 18th, in the latitude of 52ｰ 25', longitude 170ｰ 45' W., it
was 10ｰ 26' E. に向かって noon, had 穏健な but cloudy 天候, and a 広大な／多数の／重要な
swell from the west: Some penguins and pieces of sea-少しのd seen.

On the 19th, steered E.S.E, with a very fresh 強風 at north, 煙霧のかかった dirty
天候. At noon, latitude 53ｰ 43', longitude 166ｰ 15' W.

On the 20th, steered E. by S., with a 穏健な 微風 at north, …に出席するd
with 厚い 煙霧のかかった 天候. At noon, latitude 54ｰ 8', longitude 162ｰ 18' W.

On the 21st, 勝利，勝つd mostly from the N.E., a fresh 強風 …に出席するd with 厚い,
煙霧のかかった, dirty 天候. Course S.E. by S.; latitude, at noon, 55ｰ 31',
longitude 160ｰ 29'; 豊富 of blue peterels and some penguins seen.

Fresh 強風s at N.W. by N. and N. by W., and 煙霧のかかった till に向かって noon of the
22d, when the 天候 （疑いを）晴らすd up, and we 観察するd in latitude 55ｰ 48' S.,
longitude 156ｰ 56' W. In the afternoon had a few hours 静める; after that,
the 勝利，勝つd （機の）カム at S.S.E. and S.E. by S. a light 微風, with which we
steered east northerly. In the night the aurora australis was 明白な, but
very faint, and no ways remarkable.

On the 23d, in the latitude of 55ｰ 46' S., longitude 156ｰ 13' W., the
variation was 9ｰ 42' E. We had a 静める from ten in the morning till six in
the evening, when a 微風 sprung up at west; at first it blew a gentle
強風, but afterwards freshened. Our course was now E. 1/2 N.

On the 24th, a fresh 微風 at N.W. by W. and N. by W. At noon, in latitude
55ｰ 38' S., longitude 153ｰ 37' W., 霧がかかった in the night, but next day had a
罰金 強風 at N.W., …に出席するd with （疑いを）晴らす pleasant 天候; course steered E.
by N. In the evening, 存在 in the latitude of 55ｰ 8' S., longitude 148ｰ
10' W., the variation, by the mean of two compasses, was 6ｰ 35' E.

Having a 安定した fresh 強風 at N.N.W. on the 26th and 27th, we steered east;
and at noon on the latter were in latitude 55ｰ 6' S., longitude 138ｰ 56' W.

I now gave up all hopes of finding any more land in this ocean, and （機の）カム to
a 決意／決議 to steer 直接／まっすぐに for the west 入り口 of the 海峡s of
Magalhaeus, with a 見解（をとる） of coasting the out, or south 味方する of Terra del
Fuego 一連の会議、交渉／完成する Cape Horn to the 海峡 Le Maire. As the world has but a very
imperfect knowledge of this shore, I thought the coasting of it would be of
more advantage, both to 航海 and to 地理学, than any thing I could
推定する／予想する to find in a higher latitude. In the afternoon of this day, the 勝利，勝つd
blew in squalls, and carried away the main 最高の，を越す-gallant mast.

A very strong 強風 northerly, with 煙霧のかかった 雨の 天候, on the 28th, 強いるd
us to 二塁打-暗礁 the fore and main 最高の，を越す-sail to 手渡す the mizen 最高の，を越す-sail,
and get 負かす／撃墜する the fore 最高の，を越す-gallant yard. In the morning, the bolt rope of
the main 最高の，を越す-sail broke, and occasioned the sail to be 分裂（する）. I have
観察するd that the ropes to all our sails, the square sails 特に, are
not of a size and strength 十分な to wear out the canvass. At noon,
latitude 55ｰ 20' S., longitude 134ｰ 16' W., a 広大な／多数の／重要な swell from N.W.:
Albatrosses and blue peterels seen.

Next day に向かって noon, the 勝利，勝つd abating, we loosed all the 暗礁s out of the
最高の，を越す-sails, rigged another 最高の，を越す-gallant mast, and got the yards across. P.M.
little 勝利，勝つd, and 煙霧のかかった 天候; at midnight 静める, that continued till noon
the next day, when a 微風 sprung up at east, with which we stretched to
the northward. At this time we were in the latitude 55ｰ 32' S., longitude
128ｰ 45' W.; some albatrosses and peterels seen. At eight, p.m., the 勝利，勝つd
veering to N.E., we tacked and stood to E.S.E.

1774 December

On the 1st of December, 厚い 煙霧のかかった 天候, with 霧雨ing rain, and a
穏健な 微風 of 勝利，勝つd, which, at three o'clock p.m. fell to a 静める; at
this time in latitude 55ｰ 41' S., longitude 127ｰ 5' W. After four hours
静める, the 霧 （疑いを）晴らすd away, and we got a 勝利，勝つd at S.E. with which we stood
N.E.

Next day, a fresh 微風 at S.E. and 煙霧のかかった 霧がかかった 天候, except a few hours
in the morning, when we 設立する the variation to be 1ｰ 28' E. Latitude 55ｰ
17', longitude 125ｰ 41' W. The variation after this was supposed to
増加する; for on the 4th, in the morning, 存在 in latitude 53ｰ 31',
longitude 121ｰ 31' W., it was 3ｰ 16' E.; in the evening, in latitude 53ｰ
13', longitude 119ｰ 46' W., it was 3ｰ 28' E.; and on the 5th, at six
o'clock in the evening, in latitude 53ｰ 8', longitude 115ｰ 58' W., it was
4ｰ 1' E.

For more than twenty-four hours, having had a 罰金 強風 at south, this
enabled us to steer east, with very little deviation to the north; and the
勝利，勝つd now altering to S.W. and blowing a 安定した fresh 微風, we continued
to steer east, inclining a little to south.

On the 6th, had some snow-にわか雨s. In the evening, 存在 in latitude 53ｰ
13', longitude 111ｰ 12', the variation was 4ｰ 58' E.; and the next morning,
存在 in latitude 58ｰ 16', longitude 109ｰ 33', it was 5ｰ 1' E.

The 勝利，勝つd was now at west, a 罰金 pleasant 強風, いつかs with にわか雨s of
rain. Nothing remarkable happened, till the 9th, at noon, when 存在 in the
latitude of 53ｰ 37', longitude 103ｰ 44' W., the 勝利，勝つd veered to N.E., and
afterwards （機の）カム insensibly 一連の会議、交渉／完成する to the south, by the E. and S.E., …に出席するd
with cloudy 煙霧のかかった 天候, and some にわか雨s of rain.

On the 10th, a little before noon, latitude 54ｰ, longitude 102ｰ 7' west,
passed a small bed of sea-少しのd. In the afternoon the 勝利，勝つd veered to S.W.,
blew a fresh 強風, …に出席するd with dark cloudy 天候. We steered east half
a point north; and the next day, at six in the evening, 存在 in latitude
53ｰ 35', longitude 95ｰ 52' west, the variation was 9ｰ 58' east. Many and
さまざまな sorts of albatrosses about the ship.

On the 12th, the 勝利，勝つd veered to the west, N.W.; and in the evening to
north; and, at last, left us to a 静める; that continued till midnight, when
we got a 微風 at south; which, soon after, veering to, and 直す／買収する，八百長をするing at,
west, we steered east; and on the 14th, in the morning, 設立する the variation
to be 13ｰ 25' east, latitude 53ｰ 25', longitude 87ｰ 53' west; and in the
afternoon, 存在 in the same latitude, and the longitude of 86ｰ 2' west, it
was 15ｰ 3' east, and 増加するd in such a manner, that on the 15th, in the
latitude of 53ｰ 30', longitude 82ｰ 23' west, it was 17ｰ east; and the next
evening, in the latitude of 53ｰ 25', longitude 78ｰ 40', it was 17ｰ 38'
east. About this time, we saw a penguin and a piece of 少しのd; and the next
morning, a 調印（する） and some 飛び込み peterels. For the three last days, the 勝利，勝つd
had been at west, a 安定した fresh 強風, …に出席するd, now and then, with にわか雨s
of rain or あられ／賞賛する.

At six in the morning of the 17th, 存在 nearly in the same latitude as
above, and in the longitude of 77ｰ 10' west, the variation was 18ｰ 33'
east; and in the afternoon it was 21ｰ 38, 存在 at that time in latitude
53ｰ 16' S., longitude 75ｰ 9' west. In the morning, 同様に as in the
afternoon, I took some 観察s to 決定する the longitude by the
watch; and the results, 減ずるd to noon, gave 76ｰ 18' 30" west. At the same
time, the longitude, by my reckoning, was 76ｰ 17' west. But I have 推論する／理由
to think, that we were about half a degree more to the west than either the
one or the other; our latitude, at the same time, was 53ｰ 21' S.

We steered E. by N. and E. 1/2 N. all this day, under all the sail we could
carry, with a 罰金 fresh 強風 at N.W. by W. in 期待 of seeing the
land before night; but not making it till ten o'clock, we took in the
studding-sails, 最高の，を越す-gallant sails, and a 暗礁 in each 最高の，を越す-sail, and steered
E.N.E., ーするために make sure of 落ちるing in with Cape Deseada.

Two hours after, we made the land, 延長するing from N.E. by N. to E. by S.
about six leagues distant. On this 発見, we wore and brought-to, with
the ship's 長，率いる to the south; and having sounded, 設立する seventy-five
fathoms water, the 底（に届く） 石／投石する and 爆撃するs. The land now before us could be
no other than the west coast of Terra del Fuego, and 近づく the west 入り口
to the 海峡s of Magalhaens.

As this was the first run that had been made 直接／まっすぐに across this ocean, in
a high southern latitude*, I have been a little particular in 公式文書，認めるing
every circumstance that appeared in the least 構成要素: and, after all, I
must 観察する, that I never made a passage any where of such length, or even
much shorter, where so few 利益／興味ing circumstances occurred. For, if I
except the variation of the compass, I know of nothing else 価値（がある） notice.
The 天候 had been neither 異常に 嵐の nor 冷淡な. Before we arrived
in the latitude of 50ｰ, the 水銀柱，温度計 in the 温度計 fell 徐々に from
sixty to fifty; and after we arrived in the latitude of 55ｰ, it was
一般に between forty-seven and forty-five; once or twice it fell to
forty-three. These 観察s were made at noon.

[It is not to be supposed that I could known at this time, that the
Adventure had made the passage before me.]

I have now done with the southern 太平洋の Ocean; and flatter myself that no
one will think that I have left it unexplored; or that more could have been
done, in one voyage, に向かって 得るing that end, than has been done in
this.

Soon after we left New Zealand, Mr むちの跡s contrived, and 直す／買収する，八百長をするd up, an
器具, which very 正確に 手段d the angle the ship rolled, when
sailing large and in a 広大な／多数の／重要な sea; and that in which she lay 負かす／撃墜する, when
sailing upon a 勝利，勝つd. The greatest angle he 観察するd her to roll was 38ｰ.
This was on the 6th of this month, when the sea was not 異常に high; so
that it cannot be reckoned the greatest roll she had made. The most he
観察するd her to heel or 嘘（をつく） 負かす／撃墜する, when sailing upon a 勝利，勝つd, was 18ｰ; and
this was under 二塁打-暗礁d 最高の，を越す-sails and courses.

On the 18th, at three in the morning, we sounded again, and 設立する one
hundred and ten fathoms, the same 底（に届く） as before. We now made sail with a
fresh 強風 at N.W., and steered S.E. by E. along the coast. It 延長するd
from Cape Deseada, which bore north 7ｰ east, to E S.E.; a pretty high
ragged 小島, which lies 近づく a league from the main, and S., 18ｰ E. six
leagues E. from Cape Deseada, bore N. 49ｰ E. distant four leagues; and it
得るd the 指名する of Landfall. At four o'clock, we were north and south of
the high land of Cape Deseada, distant about nine leagues; so that we saw
非，不，無 of the low 激しく揺するs said to 嘘（をつく） off it. The latitude of this Cape is
about 53ｰ S., longitude 74ｰ 40' west.

Continuing to 範囲 the coast, at about two leagues distance, at eleven
o'clock we passed a 事業／計画（する）ing point, which I called Cape Gloucester. It
shews a 一連の会議、交渉／完成する surface of かなりの 高さ, and has much the 外見
of 存在 an island. It lies S.S.E. 1/2 E. distant seventeen leagues from
the 小島 of Landfall. The coast between them forms two bays, まき散らすd with
rocky islets, 激しく揺するs, and breakers. The coast appeared very broken with many
inlets; or rather it seemed to be composed of a number of islands. The land
is very 山地の, rocky, and barren, spotted here and there with tufts
of 支持を得ようと努めるd, and patches of snow. At noon Cape Gloucester bore north, distant
eight miles, and the most 前進するd point of land to the S.E., which we
裁判官d to be Cape Noir, bore S.E. by S., distant seven or eight leagues.
Latitude 観察するd 54ｰ 13' S. Longitude, made from Cape Deseada, 54' E. From
Cape Gloucester, off which lies a small rocky island, the direction of the
coast is nearly S.E.; but to Cape Noir, for which we steered, the course is
S.S.E., distant about ten leagues.

At three o'clock we passed Cape Noir, which is a 法外な 激しく揺する of かなりの
高さ, and the S.W. point of a large island that seemed to 嘘（をつく） detached, a
league, or a league and a half, from the main land. The land of the cape,
when at a distance from it, appeared to be an island disjoined from the
other; but, on a nearer approach, we 設立する it connected by a low neck of
land. At the point of the cape are two 激しく揺するs; the one 頂点（に達する）d like a
sugar- loaf, the other not so high, and shewing a rounder surface; and S.
by E., two leagues from the cape, are two other rocky islets. This cape is
据えるd in the latitude of 54ｰ 30' S., longitude 73ｰ 33' W.

After passing the two islets, we steered E.S.E., crossing the 広大な／多数の／重要な bay of
St Barbara. We but just saw the land in the 底（に届く） of it, which could not
be いっそう少なく than seven or eight leagues from us. There was a space, lying in
the direction of E.N.E. from Cape Noir, where no land was to be seen: this
may be the channel of St Barbara, which opens into the 海峡s of
Magalhaens, as について言及するd by Frezier. We 設立する the cape to agree very 井戸／弁護士席
with his description, which shews that he laid 負かす／撃墜する the channel from good
memoirs. At ten o'clock, 製図／抽選 近づく the S.E. point of the bay, which,
lies nearly in the direction of S. 60ｰ E. from Cape Noir, eighteen leagues
distant, we 縮めるd sail, and spent the night standing off and on.

At two o'clock in the morning of the 19th, having made sail, we steered
S.E. by E. along the coast, and soon passed the S.E. point of the bay of St
Barbara, which I called Cape Desolation, because 近づく it 開始するd the most
desolate and barren country I ever saw. It is 据えるd in the latitude of
54ｰ 55' S., longitude 72ｰ 12' W. About four leagues to the east of this
cape is a 深い inlet, at the 入り口 of which lies a pretty large island,
and some others of いっそう少なく 公式文書，認める. Nearly in this 状況／情勢 some charts place a
channel 主要な into the 海峡s of Magalhaens, under the 指名する of 海峡s
of Jelouzel. At ten o'clock, 存在 about a league and a half from the land,
we sounded, and 設立する sixty fathoms water, a 底（に届く） of small 石／投石するs and
爆撃するs.

The 勝利，勝つd, which had been fresh at N. by W., began to abate, and at noon it
fell 静める, when we 観察するd in latitude 55ｰ 20' S., longitude made from
Cape Deseada 3ｰ 24' E. In this 状況／情勢 we were about three leagues from
the nearest shore, which was that of an island. This I 指名するd Gilbert 小島,
after my master. It is nearly of the same 高さ with the 残り／休憩（する） of the
coast, and shews a surface composed of several 頂点（に達する）d 激しく揺するs unequally high.
A little to the S.E. of it are some smaller islands, and, without them,
breakers.

I have before 観察するd that this is the most desolate coast I ever saw. It
seems 完全に composed of rocky mountains without the least 外見 of
vegetation. These mountains 終結させる in horrible precipices, whose craggy
首脳会議s spire up to a 広大な 高さ, so that hardly any thing in nature can
appear with a more barren and savage 面 than the whole of this country.
The inland mountains were covered with snow, but those on the sea-coast
were not. We 裁判官d the former to belong to the main of Terra del Fuego,
and the latter to be islands, so 範囲d as 明らかに to form a coast.

After three hours 静める we got a 微風 at S.E. by E., and having made a
short trip to south, stood in for the land; the most 前進するd point of
which, that we had in sight, bore east, distant ten leagues. This is a
lofty promontory, lying E.S.E, nineteen leagues from Gilbert 小島, and
据えるd in latitude 55ｰ 26' S, longitude 70ｰ 25' W. 見解（をとる）d from the
状況／情勢 we now were in, it 終結させるd in two high towers; and, within
them, a hill 形態／調整d like a sugar-loaf. This wild 激しく揺する, therefore, 得るd
the 指名する of York Minster. Two leagues to the 西方の of this 長，率いる appeared
a large inlet, the west point of which we fetched in with by nine o'clock,
when we tacked in forty-one fathoms water, half a league from the shore; to
the 西方の of this inlet was another, with several islands lying in the
入り口.

During the night between the 19th and 20th we had little 勝利，勝つd easterly,
which in the morning veered to N.E. and N.N.E., but it was too faint to be
of use; and at ten we had a 静める, when we 観察するd the ship to 運動 from
off the shore out to sea. We had made the same 観察 the day before.
This must have been occasioned by a 現在の; and the melting of the snow
増加するing, the inland waters will 原因（となる） a stream to run out of most of
these inlets. At noon we 観察するd in latitude 55ｰ 39' 30" S., York Minster
then 耐えるing N. 15ｰ E., distant five leagues; and 一連の会議、交渉／完成する-hill, just peeping
above the horizon, which we 裁判官d to belong to the 小島s of St Ildefonso,
E. 25ｰ S., ten or eleven leagues distant. At ten o'clock, a 微風
springing up at E. by S., I took this 適切な時期 to stand in for the land,
存在 desirous of going into one of the many ports which seemed open to
receive us, ーするために take a 見解（をとる） of the country, and to 新採用する our
在庫／株 of 支持を得ようと努めるd and water.

In standing in for an 開始, which appeared on the east 味方する of York
Minster, we had forty, thirty-seven, fifty, and sixty fathoms water, a
底（に届く） of small 石／投石するs and 爆撃するs. When we had the last soundings, we were
nearly in the middle between the two points that form the 入り口 to the
inlet, which we 観察するd to 支店 into two 武器, both of them lying in
nearly north, and disjoined by an high rocky point. We stood for the
eastern 支店 as 存在 （疑いを）晴らす of islets; and after passing a 黒人／ボイコット rocky
one, lying without the point just について言及するd, we sounded, and 設立する no
底（に届く） with a line of an hundred and seventy fathoms. This was altogether
予期しない, and a circumstance that would not have been regarded if the
微風 had continued; but at this time it fell 静める, so that it was not
possible to extricate ourselves from this disagreeable 状況／情勢. Two boats
were hoisted out, and sent a-長，率いる to 牽引する; but they would have availed
little, had not a 微風 sprung up about eight o'clock at S.W., which put
it in my 力／強力にする either to stand out to sea, or up the inlet. Prudence seemed
to point out the former, but the 願望（する） of finding a good port, and of
learning something of the country, getting the better of every other
consideration, I 解決するd to stand in; and, as night was approaching, our
safety depended on getting to an 錨，総合司会者. With this 見解（をとる） we continued to
sound, but always had an unfathomable depth.

運ぶ／漁獲高ing up under the east 味方する of the land which divided the two 武器, and
seeing a small cove ahead, I sent a boat to sound; and we kept as 近づく the
shore as the flurries from the land would 許す, ーするために be able to
get into this place, if there should be 船の停泊地. The boat soon returned,
and 知らせるd us that there was thirty and twenty-five fathoms water, a 十分な
cable's length from the shore; here we 錨，総合司会者d in thirty fathoms, the
底（に届く） sand and broken 爆撃するs; and carried out a kedge and hawser to 安定した
the ship for the night.

CHAPTER II.

_Transactions in Christmas Sound, with an Account of the Country and its
Inhabitants._

1774 December

The morning of the 21st was 静める and pleasant. After breakfast I 始める，決める out
with two boats to look for a more 安全な・保証する 駅／配置する. We no sooner got 一連の会議、交渉／完成する,
or above the point, under which the ship lay, than we 設立する a cove in which
was 船の停泊地 in thirty, twenty, and fifteen fathoms, the 底（に届く） 石／投石するs and
sand. At the 長，率いる of the cove was a stony beach, a valley covered with
支持を得ようと努めるd, and a stream of fresh water, so that there was every thing we could
推定する／予想する to find in such a place, or rather more; for we 発射 three geese out
of four that we saw, and caught some young ones, which we afterwards let
go.

After discovering and sounding this cove, I sent 中尉／大尉／警部補 Clerke, who
命令（する）d the other boat, on board, with orders to 除去する the ship into
this place, while I proceeded さらに先に up the inlet. I presently saw that
the land we were under, which disjoined the two 武器, as について言及するd before,
was an island, at the north end of which the two channels 部隊d. After
this I 急いでd on board, and 設立する every thing in 準備完了 to 重さを計る,
which was accordingly done, and all the boats sent ahead to 牽引する the ship
一連の会議、交渉／完成する the point. But at that moment a light 微風 （機の）カム in from the sea too
scant to fill our sails, so that we were 強いるd to 減少（する） the 錨，総合司会者 again,
for 恐れる of 落ちるing upon the point, and to carry out a kedge to windward.
That 存在 done, we hove up the 錨，総合司会者, warped up to, and 重さを計るd the
kedge, and 訴訟／進行 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the point under our stay-sails; there 錨，総合司会者d
with the best bower in twenty fathoms; and moored with the other bower,
which lay to the north, in thirteen fathoms. In this position we were shut
in from the sea by the point above-について言及するd, which was in one with the
extremity of the inlet to the east. Some islets, off the next point above
us, covered us from the N.W., from which ４半期/4分の1 the 勝利，勝つd had the greatest
fetch, and our distance from the shore was about one-third of a mile.

Thus 据えるd we went to work, to （疑いを）晴らす a place to fill water, to 削減（する） 支持を得ようと努めるd,
and to 始める，決める up a テント for the 歓迎会 of a guard, which was thought
necessary, as we had already discovered that, barren as this country is, it
was not without people, though we had not yet seen any. Mr むちの跡s also got
his 観測所 and 器具s on shore; but it was with the greatest
difficulty he could find a place of 十分な 安定, and （疑いを）晴らす of the
mountains, which every where surrounded us, to 始める，決める them up in; and at last
he was 強いるd to content himself with the 最高の，を越す of a 激しく揺する not more than nine
feet over.

Next day I sent 中尉／大尉／警部補s Clerke and Pickersgill, …を伴ってd by some of
the other officers, to 診察する and draw a sketch of the channel on the
other 味方する of the island; and I went myself in another boat, …を伴ってd by
the botanists, to 調査する the northern parts of the sound. In my way I
landed on the point of a low 小島 covered with herbage, part of which had
been lately burnt: We likewise saw a hut, 調印するs 十分な that people were
in the neighbourhood. After I had taken the necessary bearings, we
proceeded 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the east end of Burnt Island, and over to what we 裁判官d to
be the main of Terra del Fuego, where we 設立する a very 罰金 harbour
encompassed by 法外な 激しく揺するs of 広大な 高さ, 負かす／撃墜する which ran many limpid
streams of water; and at the foot of the 激しく揺するs some tufts of trees, fit for
little else but 燃料.

This harbour, which I shall distinguish by the 指名する of the Devil's Bason,
is divided, as it were, into two, an inner and an outer one; and the
communication between them is by a 狭くする channel five fathoms 深い. In the
outer bason I 設立する thirteen and seventeen fathoms water, and in the inner
seventeen and twenty-three. This last is as 安全な・保証する a place as can be, but
nothing can be more 暗い／優うつな. The 広大な 高さ of the savage 激しく揺するs which
encompass it, 奪うd 広大な／多数の／重要な part of it, even on this day, of the meridian
sun. The outer harbour is not やめる 解放する／自由な from this inconvenience, but far
more so than the other; it is also rather more commodious, and 平等に
安全な.  It lies in the direction of north, a mile and a half distant from
the east end of Burnt Island. I likewise 設立する a good 錨，総合司会者ing-place a
little to the west of this harbour, before a stream of water, that comes
out of a lake or large 貯蔵所, which is continually 供給（する）d by a
cascade 落ちるing into it.

Leaving this place, we proceeded along the shore to the 西方の, and 設立する
other harbours which I had not time to look into. In all of them is fresh
water, and 支持を得ようと努めるd for 燃料; but, except these little tufts of bushes, the
whole country is a barren 激しく揺する, doomed by nature to everlasting sterility.
The low islands, and even some of the higher, which 嘘（をつく） scattered up and
負かす／撃墜する the sound, are indeed mostly covered with shrubs and herbage, the 国／地域
a 黒人／ボイコット rotten turf, evidently composed, by length of time, of decayed
vegetables.

I had an 適切な時期 to 立証する what we had 観察するd at sea, that the sea-coast
is composed of a number of large and small islands, and that the
非常に／多数の inlets are formed by the junction of several channels; at least so
it is here. On one of these low islands we 設立する several huts, which had
lately been 住むd; and 近づく them was a good 取引，協定 of celery, with which
we 負担d our boat, and returned on board at seven o'clock in the evening.
In this 探検隊／遠征隊 we met with little game; one duck, three or four shags,
and about that number of rails or sea-pies, 存在 all we got. The other
boat returned on board some hours before, having 設立する two harbours on the
west 味方する of the other channel; the one large, and the other small, but
both of them 安全な and commodious; though, by the sketch Mr Pickersgill had
taken of them, the 接近 to both appeared rather intricate.

I was now told of a melancholy 事故 which had befallen one of our
海洋s. He had not been seen since eleven or twelve o'clock the 先行する
night. It was supposed that he had fallen overboard, out of the 長，率いる, where
he had been last seen, and was 溺死するd.

Having 罰金 pleasant 天候 on the 23d, I sent 中尉／大尉／警部補 Pickersgill in
the 切断機，沿岸警備艇 to 調査する the east 味方する of the sound, and went myself in the
pinnace to the west 味方する, with an 意図 to go 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the island, under
which we were at 錨，総合司会者 (and which I shall distinguish by the 指名する of Shag
Island), ーするために 見解（をとる） the passage 主要な to the harbours Mr
Pickersgill had discovered the day before, on which I made the に引き続いて
観察s. In coming from sea, leave all the 激しく揺するs and islands, lying
off and within York Minster, on your larboard 味方する; and the 黒人／ボイコット 激しく揺する,
which lies off the south end of Shag Island, on your starboard; and when
abreast of the south end of that island, 運ぶ／漁獲高 over for the west shore,
taking care to 避ける the beds of 少しのd you will see before you, as they
always grow on 激しく揺するs; some of which I have 設立する twelve fathoms under
water; but it is always best to keep （疑いを）晴らす of them. The 入り口 to the
large harbour, or Port Clerke, is just to the north of some low 激しく揺するs lying
off a point on Shag Island. This harbour lies in W. by S., a mile and a
half, and hath in it from twelve to twenty-four fathoms depth, 支持を得ようと努めるd and
fresh water. About a mile without, or to the southward of Port Clerke, is,
or seemed to be, another which I did not 診察する. It is formed by a large
island which covers it from the south and east 勝利，勝つd. Without this island,
that is, between it and York Minster, the sea seemed まき散らすd with islets,
激しく揺するs, and breakers. In 訴訟／進行 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the south end of Shag Island, we
観察するd the shags to 産む／飼育する in 広大な numbers in the cliffs of the 激しく揺する. Some
of the old ones we 発射, but could not come at the young ones, which are by
far the best eating. On the east 味方する of the island we saw some geese; and
having with difficulty landed, we killed three, which, at this time, was a
価値のある 取得／買収.

About seven, in the evening, we got on board, where Mr Pickersgill had
arrived but just before. He 知らせるd me that the land opposite to our
駅／配置する was an island, which he had been 一連の会議、交渉／完成する; that on another, more to
the north, be 設立する many _terns_ eggs; and that without the 広大な／多数の／重要な
island, between it and the east-長，率いる, lay a cove in which were many geese;
one only of which he got, beside some young goslings.

This （警察などへの）密告，告訴（状） of Mr Pickersgill's induced me to （不足などを）補う two 狙撃
parties next day; Mr Pickersgill and his associates going in the 切断機，沿岸警備艇,
and myself and the botanists in the pinnace. Mr Pickersgill went by the
N.E. 味方する of the large island above-について言及するd, which 得るd the 指名する of
Goose Island; and I went by the S.W. 味方する. As soon as we got under the
island we 設立する plenty of shags in the cliffs, but, without staying to
spend our time and 発射 upon these, we proceeded on, and presently 設立する
sport enough, for in the south 味方する of the island were 豊富 of geese.
It happened to be the moulting season; and most of them were on shore for
that 目的, and could not 飛行機で行く. There 存在 a 広大な／多数の／重要な surf, we 設立する 広大な／多数の／重要な
difficulty in 上陸, and very bad climbing over the 激しく揺するs when we were
landed; so that hundreds of the geese escaped us, some into the sea, and
others up into the island. We, however, by one means or other, got sixty-two,
with which we returned on board all heartily tired; but the
取得／買収 we had made overbalanced every other consideration, and we sat
負かす／撃墜する with a good appetite to supper on part of what the 先行する day had
produced. Mr Pickersgill and his associates had got on board some time
before us with fourteen geese; so that I was able to make 配当 to
the whole 乗組員, which was the more 許容できる on account of the approaching
festival. For had not Providence thus singularly 供給するd for us, our
Christmas 元気づける must have been salt beef and pork.

I now learnt that a number of the natives, in nine canoes, had been
と一緒に the ship, and some on board. Little 演説（する）／住所 was 要求するd to
説得する them to either; for they seemed to be 井戸／弁護士席 enough 熟知させるd with
Europeans, and had, amongst them, some of their knives.

The next morning, the 25th, they made us another visit. I 設立する them to be
of the same nation I had 以前は seen in Success Bay, and the same which
M. de Bougainville distinguishes by the 指名する of Pecheras; a word which
these had, on every occasion, in their mouths. They are a little, ugly,
half-餓死するd, beardless race. I saw not a tall person amongst them. They
are almost naked; their 着せる／賦与するing was a 調印（する）-肌; some had two or three
sewed together, so as to make a cloak which reached to the 膝s; but the
most of them had only one 肌, hardly large enough to cover their
shoulders, and all their lower parts were やめる naked. The women, I was
told, cover their nakedness with the flap of a 調印（する）-肌, but in other
尊敬（する）・点s are 着せる／賦与するd like the men. They, 同様に as the children, remained
in the canoes. I saw two young children at the breast 完全に naked; thus
they are 慣れさせるd from their 幼少／幼藍期 to 冷淡な and hardships. They had with
them 屈服するs and arrows, and darts, or rather harpoons, made of bone, and
fitted to a staff. I suppose they were ーするつもりであるd to kill 調印（する）s and fish;
they may also kill 鯨s with them, as the Esquimaux do. I know not if
they 似ている them in their love of train-oil; but they and every thing
they had smelt most intolerably of it. I ordered them some 薄焼きパン／素焼陶器, but did
not 観察する them so fond of it as I had been told. They were much better
pleased when I gave them some メダルs, knives, etc.

The women and children, as before 観察するd, remained in their canoes. These
were made of bark; and in each was a 解雇する／砲火／射撃, over which the poor creatures
密談する／（身体を）寄せ集めるd themselves. I cannot suppose that they carry a 解雇する／砲火／射撃 in their canoes
for this 目的 only, but rather that it may be always ready to 除去する
岸に wherever they land; for let their method of 得るing 解雇する／砲火／射撃 be what
it may, they cannot be always sure of finding 乾燥した，日照りの 燃料 that will kindle
from a 誘発する. They likewise carry in their canoes large 調印（する） hides, which I
裁判官d were to 避難所 them when at sea, and to serve as covering to their
huts on shore, and occasionally to be used for sails.

They all retired before dinner, and did not wait to partake of our
Christmas 元気づける. Indeed I believe no one 招待するd them, and for good
推論する／理由s; for their dirty persons, and the stench they carried about them,
were enough to spoil the appetite of any European; and that would have been
a real 失望, as we had not experienced such fare for some time.
Roast and boiled geese, goose-pye, etc. was a 扱う／治療する little known to us; and
we had yet some Madeira ワイン left, which was the only article of our
準備／条項 that was mended by keeping. So that our friends in England did
not, perhaps, celebrate Christmas more cheerfully than we did.

On the 26th, little 勝利，勝つd next to a 静める, and 好天, except in the
morning, when we had some にわか雨s of rain. In the evening, when it was
冷淡な, the natives made us another visit; and it 存在 苦しめるing to see
them stand trembling and naked on the deck, I could not do いっそう少なく than give
them some baize and old canvas to cover themselves.

Having already 完全にするd our water, on the 27th I ordered the 支持を得ようと努めるd, テント,
and 観測所 to be got on board; and, as this was work for the day, a
party of us went in two boats to shoot geese, the 天候 存在 罰金 and
pleasant. We proceeded 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the south 味方する of Goose Island, and 選ぶd
up in all thirty-one. On the east 味方する of the island, to the north of the
east point, is good 船の停泊地, in seventeen fathoms water, where it is
完全に land-locked. This is a good place for ships to 嘘（をつく） in that are
bound to the west. On the north 味方する of this 小島 I 観察するd three 罰金
coves, in which were both 支持を得ようと努めるd and water; but it 存在 近づく night, I had no
time to sound them, though I 疑問 not there is 船の停泊地. The way to come
at them is by the west end of the island.

When I returned on board I 設立する every thing got off the shore, and the
開始する，打ち上げる in; so that we now only waited for a 勝利，勝つd to put to sea. The
festival, which we celebrated at this place, occasioned my giving it the
指名する of Christmas Sound. The 入り口, which is three leagues wide, is
据えるd in the latitude of 55ｰ 27' S., longitude 70ｰ 16' W.; and in the
direction of N. 37ｰ W. from St Ildefonso 小島s, distant ten leagues. These
小島s are the best 目印 for finding the sound. York Minster, which is
the only remarkable land about it, will hardly be known by a stranger, from
any description that can be given of it, because it alters its 外見
によれば the different 状況／情勢s it is 見解（をとる）d from. Besides the 黒人／ボイコット
激しく揺する, which lies off the end of Shag Island, there is another about 中途の
between this and the east shore. A copious description of this sound is
unnecessary, as few would be 利益d by it. 船の停泊地, tufts of 支持を得ようと努めるd, and
fresh-water, will be 設立する in all the coves and harbours. I would advise no
one to 錨，総合司会者 very 近づく the shore for the sake of having a 穏健な depth
of water, because there I 一般に 設立する a rocky 底（に届く）.

The refreshments to be got here are 不安定な, as they consist 主として of
wild fowl, and may probably never be 設立する in such plenty as to 供給（する） the
乗組員 of a ship; and fish, so far as we can 裁判官, are 不十分な. Indeed the
plenty of wild-fowl made us 支払う／賃金 いっそう少なく attention to fishing. Here are,
however, plenty of muscles, not very large, but 井戸／弁護士席 tasted; and very good
celery is to be met with on several of the low islets, and where the
natives have their habitations. The wild-fowl are geese, ducks, sea-pies,
shags, and that 肉親，親類d of gull so often について言及するd in this 定期刊行物 under the
指名する of Port Egmont 女／おっせかい屋. Here is a 肉親，親類d of duck, called by our people
race-horses, on account of the 広大な／多数の／重要な swiftness with which they run on the
water; for they cannot 飛行機で行く, the wings 存在 too short to support the 団体／死体 in
the 空気／公表する. This bird is at the Falkland Islands, as appears by Pernety's
定期刊行物*. The geese too are there, and seem to be very 井戸／弁護士席 述べるd under
the 指名する of bustards. They are much smaller than our English tame geese,
but eat 同様に as any I ever tasted. They have short 黒人／ボイコット 法案s and yellow
feet. The gander is all white; the 女性（の） is spotted 黒人／ボイコット and white, or grey,
with a large white 位置／汚点／見つけ出す on each wing. Besides the bird above-について言及するd, here
are several other aquatic, and some land ones; but of the latter not many.

[* See Pernety's 定期刊行物, p.244 and p.213.]

From the knowledge which the inhabitants seem to have of Europeans, we may
suppose that they do not live here continually, but retire to the north
during the winter. I have often wondered that these people do not 着せる／賦与する
themselves better, since Nature has certainly 供給するd 構成要素s. They
might line their 調印（する）-肌 cloaks with the 肌s and feathers of aquatic
birds; they might make their cloaks larger, and 雇う the same 肌s for
other parts of 着せる／賦与するing, for I cannot suppose they are 不十分な with them.
They were ready enough to part with those they had to our people, which
they hardly would have done, had they not known where to have got more. In
short, of all the nations I have seen, the Pecheras are the most wretched.
They are doomed to live in one of the most inhospitable 気候s in the
world, without having sagacity enough to 供給する themselves with such
conveniences as may （判決などを）下す life in some 手段 more comfortable.

Barren as this country is, it abounds with a variety of unknown 工場／植物s, and
gave 十分な 雇用 to Mr Forster and his party. The tree, which
produceth the winter's bark; is 設立する here in the 支持を得ようと努めるd, as is the
宗教上の-leaved barberry; and some other sorts, which I know not, but I believe
are ありふれた in the 海峡s of Magalhaens. We 設立する plenty of a berry, which we
called the cranberry, because they are nearly of the same colour, size, and
形態／調整. It grows on a bushy 工場／植物, has a bitterish taste, rather insipid;
but may he eaten either raw or in tarts, and is used as food by the
natives.

CHAPTER III.

_Range from Christmas Sound, 一連の会議、交渉／完成する Cape Horn, through 海峡 Le Maire,
and 一連の会議、交渉／完成する Staten Land; with an Account of the 発見 of a Harbour in
that Island, and a Description of the Coasts._

1774 December

At four o'clock in the morning on the 28th, we began to unmoor, and at
eight 重さを計るd, and stood out to sea, with a light 微風 at N.W., which
afterwards freshened, and was …に出席するd with rain. At noon, the east
point of the sound (Point Nativity) bore N. 1/2 W., distant one and a
half leagues, and St Ildefonzo 小島s S.E. 1/2 S., distant seven leagues.
The coast seemed to 傾向 in the direction of E. by S.; but the 天候
存在 very 煙霧のかかった, nothing appeared 際立った.

We continued to steer S.E. by E. and E.S.E.; with a fresh 微風 at
W.N.W., till four o'clock p.m., when we 運ぶ／漁獲高d to the south, ーするために
have a nearer 見解（をとる） of St Ildefonzo 小島s. At this time we were abreast
of an inlet, which lies E.S.E, about seven leagues from the sound; but
it must be 観察するd that there are some 小島s without this distinction.
At the west point of the inlet are two high 頂点（に達する）d hills, and below
them, to the east, two 一連の会議、交渉／完成する hills, or 小島s, which 嘘（をつく） in the direction
of N.E. and S.W. of each other. An island, or what appeared to be an
island, lay in the 入り口; and another but smaller inlet appeared to
the west of this: Indeed the coast appeared indented and broken as
usual.

At half past five o'clock, the 天候 （疑いを）晴らすing up, gave us a good sight
of Ildefonzo 小島s. They are a group of islands and 激しく揺するs above water,
据えるd about six leagues from the main, and in the latitude of 55ｰ 53'
S., longitude 69ｰ 41' W.

We now 再開するd our course to the east, and, at sun-始める，決める, the most
前進するd land bore S.E. by E. 3/4 E.; and a point, which I 裁判官d to be
the west point of Nassau Bay, discovered by the Dutch (n)艦隊／(a)素早い under the
命令（する） of 海軍大将 Hermite in 1624, bore N. 80ｰ E., six leagues distant.
In some charts this point is called 誤った Cape Horn, as 存在 the
southern point of Terra del Fuego. It is 据えるd in latitude 55ｰ 39' S.
From the inlet above-について言及するd to this 誤った cape, the direction of the
coast is nearly east, half a point south, distant fourteen or fifteen
leagues.

At ten o'clock, having 縮めるd sail, we spent the night in making
short boards under the 最高の，を越す-sails, and at three next morning made sail,
and steered S.E. by S., with a fresh 微風 at W.S.W., the 天候
somewhat 煙霧のかかった. At this time the west 入り口 to Nassau Bay 延長するd
from N. by E. to N.E. 1/2 E., and the south 味方する of Hermite's 小島s, E.
by S. At four, Cape Horn, for which we now steered, bore E. by S. It is
known, at a distance, by a high 一連の会議、交渉／完成する hill over it. A point to the
W.N.W. shews a surface not unlike this; but their 状況／情勢s alone will
always distinguish the one from the other.

At half past seven, we passed this famous _cape_, and entered the
southern 大西洋 ocean. It is the very same point of land I took for
the cape, when I passed it in 1769, which at that time I was doubtful
of. It is the most southern extremity on a group of islands of unequal
extent, lying before Nassau Bay, known by the 指名する of Hermite Islands,
and is 据えるd in the latitude of 55ｰ 58', and in the longitude of 68ｰ
13' W.; によれば the 観察s made of it in 1769. But the
観察s which we had in Christmas Sound, and 減ずるd to the cape by
the watch, and others which we had afterwards, and 減ずるd 支援する to it by
the same means, place it in 67ｰ 19'. It is most probable that a mean
between the two, viz. 67ｰ 46', will be nearest the truth. On the N.W.
味方する of the cape are two 頂点（に達する）d 激しく揺するs, like sugar-loaves: They 嘘（をつく） N.W.
by N., and S.E. by S., by compass, of each other. Some other straggling
low 激しく揺するs 嘘（をつく） west of the cape, and one south of it; but they are all
近づく the shore. From Christmas Sound to Cape Horn the course is E.S.E
1/4 E., distant thirty-one leagues. In the direction of E.N.E., three
leagues from Cape Horn, is a rocky point, which I called Mistaken Cape,
and is the southern point of the easternmost of Hermite 小島s. Between
these two capes there seemed to be a passage 直接／まっすぐに into Nassau Bay;
some small 小島s were seen in the passage; and the coast, on the west
味方する, had the 外見 of forming good bays or harbours. In some
charts, Cape Horn is laid 負かす／撃墜する as belonging to a small island. This was
neither 確認するd, nor can it be 否定するd by us; for several
breakers appeared on the coast, both to the east and west of it; and the
煙霧のかかった 天候 （判決などを）下すd every 反対する indistinct. The 首脳会議s of some of
the hills were rocky, but the 味方するs and vallies seemed covered with a
green turf, and wooded in tufts.

From Cape Horn we steered E. by N. 1/2 N., which direction carried us
without the 激しく揺するs that 嘘（をつく） off Mistaken Cape. These 激しく揺するs are white with
the dung of fowls, and 広大な numbers were seen about them. After passing
them we steered N.E. 1/2 E. and N.E., for 海峡 Le Maire, with a 見解（をとる）
of looking into Success Bay, to see if there were any traces of the
Adventure having been there. At eight o'clock in the evening, 製図／抽選
近づく the 海峡, we 縮めるd sail, and 運ぶ／漁獲高d the 勝利，勝つd. At this time
the Sugar-loaf on Terra del Fuego bore N. 33ｰ W.; the point of Success
Bay, just open of the cape of the same 指名する, 耐えるing N. 20ｰ E.; and
Staten Land, 延長するing from N. 53ｰ E. to 67ｰ E. Soon after the 勝利，勝つd
died away, and we had light 空気／公表するs and 静めるs by turns till 近づく noon the
next day, during which time we were driven by the 現在の over to Staten
Land.

The 静める 存在 後継するd by a light 微風 at N.N.W., we stood over for
Success Bay, 補助装置d by the 現在のs, which 始める，決める to the north. Before
this we had hoisted our colours, and 解雇する／砲火／射撃d two guns; and soon after saw
a smoke rise out of the 支持を得ようと努めるd, above the south point of the bay, which I
裁判官d was made by the natives, as it was at the place where they
resided when I was here in 1769. As soon as we got off the bay, I sent
中尉／大尉／警部補 Pickersgill to see if any traces remained of the Adventure
having been there lately; and in the mean time we stood on and off with
the ship. At two o'clock, the 現在の turned and 始める，決める to the south; and
Mr Pickersgill 知らせるd me, when he returned, that it was 落ちるing water
on shore, which was contrary to what I had 観察するd when I was here
before, for I thought then that the flood （機の）カム from the north. Mr
Pickersgill saw not the least 調印するs of any ship having been there
lately. I had inscribed our ship's 指名する on a card, which he nailed to a
tree at the place where the Endeavour watered. This was done with a 見解（をとる）
of giving Captain Furneaux some （警察などへの）密告，告訴（状）, in 事例／患者 he should be behind
us and put in here.

On Mr Pickersgill's 上陸 he was courteously received by several of
the natives, who were 着せる／賦与するd in guanicoe and 調印（する） 肌s, and had on
their 武器 bracelets, made of silver wire, and wrought not unlike the
hilt of a sword, 存在 no 疑問 the 製造（する） of some Europeans. They
were the same 肉親，親類d of people we had seen in Christmas Sound, and, like
them, repeated the word pechera on every occasion. One man spoke much to
Mr Pickersgill, pointing first to the ship and then to the bay, as if he
手配中の，お尋ね者 her to come in. Mr Pickersgill said the bay was 十分な of 鯨s
and 調印（する）s; and we had 観察するd the same in the 海峡, 特に on the
Terra del Fuego 味方する, where the 鯨s, in particular, are exceedingly
非常に／多数の.

As soon as the boat was hoisted in, which, was not till 近づく six
o'clock, we made sail to the east, with a 罰金 微風 at north. For
since we had 調査するd the south coast of Terra del Fuego, I 解決するd to
do the same by Staten Land, which I believed to have been as little
known as the former. At nine o'clock the 勝利，勝つd freshening, and veering to
N.W., we tacked, and stood to S.W., ーするために spend the night; which
証明するd 非，不，無 of the best, 存在 嵐の and 煙霧のかかった, with rain.

Next morning, at three o'clock, we bore up for the east end of Staten
Land, which, at half past four, bore S. 60ｰ E., the west end S. 2ｰ E.,
and the land of Terra del Fuego S. 40ｰ W. Soon after I had taken these
bearings, the land was again obscured in a 厚い 煙霧, and we were
強いるd to make way, as it were, in the dark; for it was but now and
then we got a sight of the coast. As we 前進するd to the east, we
perceived several islands, of unequal extent, lying off the land. There
seemed to be a （疑いを）晴らす passage between the easternmost, and the one next
to it, to the west. I would 喜んで have gone through this passage, and
錨，総合司会者d under one of the islands, to have waited for better 天候,
for on sounding we 設立する only twenty-nine fathoms water; but when I
considered that this was running to leeward in the dark, I chose to keep
without the islands, and accordingly 運ぶ／漁獲高d off to the north. At eight
o'clock we were abreast of the most eastern 小島, distant from it about
two miles, and had the same depth of water as before. I now 縮めるd
sail to the three 最高の，を越す-sails, to wait for （疑いを）晴らす 天候; for the 霧 was
so 厚い that we could see no other land than this island. After waiting
an hour, and the 天候 not （疑いを）晴らすing, we bore up and 運ぶ／漁獲高d 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the
east end of the island, for the sake of smooth water and 船の停泊地, if
it should be necessary. In 運ぶ／漁獲高ing 一連の会議、交渉／完成する, we 設立する a strong race of a
現在の, like unto broken water; but we had no いっそう少なく than nineteen
fathoms. We also saw on the island 豊富 of 調印（する）s and birds. This
was a 誘惑 too 広大な／多数の／重要な for people in our 状況／情勢 to withstand, to
whom fresh 準備／条項s of any 肉親，親類d were 許容できる; and 決定するd me to
錨，総合司会者, in order that we might taste of what we now only saw at a
distance. At length, after making a few boards, fishing, as it were, for
the best ground, we 錨，総合司会者d in twenty-one fathoms water, a stony
底（に届く）, about a mile from the island, which 延長するd from N. 18ｰ E. to
N. 55ｰ 1/2 W.; and soon after, the 天候 （疑いを）晴らすing up, we saw Cape St
John, or the east end of Staten Land, 耐えるing S. 76ｰ E., distant four
leagues. We were 避難所d from the south 勝利，勝つd by Staten Land, and from
the north 勝利，勝つd by the island; the other 小島s lay to the west, and
安全な・保証するd us from that 勝利，勝つd; but beside 存在 open to the N.E. and E., we
also lay exposed to the N.N.W. 勝利，勝つd. This might have been 避けるd by
錨，総合司会者ing more to the west, but I made choice of my 状況／情勢 for two
推論する／理由s; first, to be 近づく the island we ーするつもりであるd to land upon, and,
secondly, to be able to get to sea with any 勝利，勝つd.

After dinner we hoisted out three boats, and landed with a large party
of men; some to kill 調印（する）s, others to catch or kill birds, fish, or what
（機の）カム in our way. To find the former it 事柄d not where we landed, for
the whole shore was covered with them; and by the noise they made one
would have thought the island was 在庫／株d with cows and calves. On
上陸 we 設立する they were a different animal from 調印（する）s, but in 形態／調整
and 動議 正確に／まさに 似ているing them. We called them lions, on account of
the 広大な／多数の／重要な resemblance the male has to that beast. Here were also the
same 肉親，親類d of 調印（する）s which we 設立する in New Zealand, 一般に known by the
指名する of sea-耐えるs; at least we gave them that 指名する.

They were, in general, so tame, or rather stupid, as to 苦しむ us to
come 近づく enough to knock them 負かす／撃墜する with sticks; but the large ones we
発射, not thinking it 安全な to approach them. We also 設立する on the island
豊富 of penguins and shags; and the latter had young ones almost
育てる／巣立つd, and just to our taste. Here were geese and ducks, but not many;
birds of prey, and a few small birds. In the evening we returned on
board, our boats 井戸／弁護士席 laden with one thing or other.

1775 January

Next day, 存在 January the 1st, 1775, finding that nothing was wanting
but a good harbour to make this a tolerable place for ships to refresh
at, whom chance or design, might bring hither, I sent Mr Gilbert over to
Staten Land in the 切断機，沿岸警備艇 to look for one. 外見s 約束d success
in a place opposite the ship. I also sent two other boats for the lions,
etc. we had killed the 先行する day; and soon after I went myself, and
観察するd the sun's meridian 高度 at the N.E. end of the island,
which gave the latitude 54ｰ 40' 5" S. After 狙撃 a few geese, some
other birds, and plentifully 供給（する）ing ourselves with young shags, we
returned on board, laden with sea-lions, sea-耐えるs, etc. The old lions
and 耐えるs were killed 主として for the sake of their blubber, or fat, to
make oil of; for, except their haslets, which were tolerable, the flesh
was too 階級 to be eaten with any degree of relish. But the young cubs
were very palateable, and even the flesh of some of the old lionesses
was not much amiss, but that of the old males was abominable. In the
afternoon I sent some people on shore to 肌 and 削減（する） off the fat of
those which yet remained dead on shore, for we had already more carcases
on board than necessary; and I went myself, in another boat, to collect
birds. About ten o'clock Mr Gilbert returned from Staten Land, where he
設立する a good port, 据えるd three leagues to the 西方の of Cape St
John, and in the direction of north, a little easterly, from the N.E.
end of the eastern island. It may be known by some small islands lying
in the 入り口. The channel, which is on the east 味方する of these
islands, is half a mile 幅の広い. The course is in S.W. by S., turning
徐々に to W. by S. and W. The harbour lies nearly in this last
direction; is almost two miles in length; in some places 近づく a mile
幅の広い; and hath in it from fifty to ten fathoms water, a 底（に届く） of mud
and sand. Its shores are covered with 支持を得ようと努めるd fit for 燃料; and in it are
several streams of fresh water. On the islands were sea-lions, etc. and
such an innumerable 量 of gulls as to darken the 空気／公表する when
乱すd, and almost to 窒息させる our people with their dung. This they
seemed to 無効の in a way of defence, and it stunk worse than assafoetida,
or what is 一般的に called devil's dung. Our people saw several geese,
ducks, and race-horses, which is also a 肉親，親類d of duck. The day on which
this port was discovered occasioned my calling it New-Year's Harbour. It
would be more convenient for ships bound to the west, or 一連の会議、交渉／完成する Cape
Horn, if its 状況／情勢 would 許す them to put to sea with an easterly
and northerly 勝利，勝つd. This inconvenience, however, is of little
consequence, since these 勝利，勝つd are never known to be of long duration.
The southerly and westerly are the 勝つ／広く一帯に広がるing 勝利，勝つd, so that a ship
never can be 拘留するd long in this port.

As we could not sail in the morning of the 2d for want of 勝利，勝つd, I sent a
party of men on shore to the island, on the same 義務 as before. に向かって
noon we got a fresh 微風 at west; but it （機の）カム too late, and I 解決するd
to wait till the next morning, when, at four o'clock, we 重さを計るd, with a
fresh 強風 at N.W. by W., and stood for Cape St John, which, at half
past six, bore N. by E., distant four or five miles. This cape, 存在
the eastern point of Staten Land, a description of it is unnecessary. It
may, however, not be amiss to say, that it is a 激しく揺する of a かなりの
高さ, 据えるd in the latitude of 54ｰ 46' S., longitude 63ｰ 47' W.,
with a rocky islet lying の近くに under the north part of it. To the
西方の of the cape, about five or six miles, is an inlet, which seemed
to divide the land, that is, to communicate with the sea to the south;
and between this inlet and the cape is a bay, but I cannot say of what
depth. In sailing 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the cape we met with a very strong 現在の from
the south: It made a race which looked like breakers; and it was as much
as we could do, with a strong 強風, to make 長，率いる against it.

After getting 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the cape, I 運ぶ／漁獲高d up along the south coast, and as
soon as we had brought the 勝利，勝つd to blow off the land, it （機の）カム upon us in
such 激しい squalls as 強いるd us to 二塁打-暗礁 our 最高の，を越す-sails. It
afterwards fell, by little and little, and at noon ended in a 静める. At
this time Cape St John bore N. 20ｰ E., distant three and a half leagues;
Cape St Bartholomew, or the S.W. point of Staten Land, S. 83ｰ W.; two
high detached 激しく揺するs N. 80ｰ W.; and the place where the land seemed to be
divided, which had the same 外見 on this 味方する, bore N. 15ｰ W.
three leagues distant. Latitude 観察するd 54ｰ 56'. In this 状況／情勢 we
sounded, but had no 底（に届く） with a line of 120 fathoms. The 静める was of
very short duration, a 微風 presently springing up at N.W.; but it was
too faint to make 長，率いる against the 現在の, and we drove with it 支援する to
the N.N.E. At four o'clock the 勝利，勝つd veered, at once, to S. by E., and
blew in squalls …に出席するd with rain. Two hours after, the squalls and
rain 沈下するd, and the 勝利，勝つd returning 支援する to the west, blew a gentle
強風. All this time the 現在の 始める，決める us to the north, so that, at eight
o'clock, Cape St John bore W.N.W., distant about seven leagues. I now
gave over plying, and steered S.E., with a 決意／決議 to leave the land;
裁判官ing it to be 十分に 調査するd to answer the most general
目的s of 航海 and 地理学.

CHAPTER IV.

_Observations, geographical and 航海の, with an Account of the Islands
近づく Staten Land, and the Animals 設立する in them_.

1775 January

The 別館d chart will very 正確に shew the direction, extent, and
position of the coast, along which I have sailed, either in this or my
former voyage. The latitudes have been 決定するd by the sun's meridian
高度, which we were so fortunate as to 得る every day, except the
one we sailed from Christmas Sound, which was of no consequence, as its
latitude was known before. The longitudes have been settled by lunar
観察s, as is already について言及するd. I have taken 67ｰ 46' for the
longitude of Cape Horn. From this meridian the longitudes of all the
other parts are deduced by the watch, by which the extent of the whole
mast be 決定するd to a few miles; and whatever errors there may be in
longitude, must be general. But I think it 高度に probable that the
longitude is 決定するd to within a ４半期/4分の1 of a degree. Thus the extent
of Terra del Fuego from east to west, and その結果 that of the
海峡s of Magalhaens, will be 設立する いっそう少なく than most 航海士s have made
it.

ーするために illustrate this and to shew the 状況／情勢s of the
隣人ing lands, and, by this means, make the chart of more general
use, I have 延長するd it 負かす／撃墜する to 47ｰ of latitude. But I am only
責任のある for the 正確 of such parts as I have 調査するd myself. In
laying 負かす／撃墜する the 残り／休憩（する） I had 頼みの綱 to the に引き続いて 当局.

The longitude of Cape Virgin Mary, which is the most 必須の point, as
it 決定するs the length of the 海峡s of Magalhaens, is deduced from
Lord Anson, who made 2ｰ 30' difference of longitude between it and the
海峡 Le Maire. Now as the latter lies in 65ｰ 22', Cape Virgin-Mary
must 嘘（をつく） in: 67ｰ 52', which is the longitude I have 割り当てるd to it, and
which, I have 推論する／理由 to think, cannot be far from the truth.

The 海峡 of Magalhaens, and the east coast of Patagonia, are laid 負かす／撃墜する
from the 観察s made by the late English and French 航海士s.

The position of the west coast of America, from Cape Victory northward,
I have taken from the 発見s of _Sarmiento_, a Spanish 航海士,
communicated to me by Mr Stuart, F.R.S.

Falkland Islands are copied from a sketch taken from Captain M'Bride,
who circumnavigated them some years ago in his majesty's ship Jason; and
their distance from the main is agreeable to the run of the イルカ,
under the 命令（する） of Commodore Byron, from Cape Virgin Mary to Port
Egmont, and from Port Egmont to Port 願望（する）, both of which runs were
made in a few days; その結果 no 構成要素 errors could happen.

The S.W. coast of Terra del Fuego, with 尊敬（する）・点 to inlets, islands, etc.
may be compared to the coast of Norway; for I 疑問 if there be an
extent of three leagues where there is not an inlet or harbour which
will receive and 避難所 the largest shipping. The worst is, that till
these inlets are better known, one has, as it were, to fish for
船の停泊地. There are several lurking 激しく揺するs on the coast, but happily
非，不，無 of them 嘘（をつく） far from land, the approach to which may be known by
sounding, supposing the 天候 so obscure that you cannot see it. For
to 裁判官 of the whole by the parts we have sounded, it is more than
probable that there are soundings all along the coast, and for several
leagues out to sea. Upon the whole, this is by no means the dangerous
coast it has been 代表するd.

Staten Land lies 近づく E. by N. and W. by S., and is ten leagues long in
that direction, and no where above three or four leagues 幅の広い. The
coast is rocky, much indented, and seemed to form several bays or
inlets. It shews a surface of craggy hills which spire up to a 広大な
高さ, 特に 近づく the west end. Except the craggy 首脳会議s of the
hills, the greatest part was covered with trees and shrubs, or some sort
of herbage, and there was little or no snow on it. The 現在のs between
Cape Deseada and Cape Horn 始める，決める from west to east, that is, in the same
direction as the coast; but they are by no means かなりの. To the
east of the cape their strength is much 増加するd, and their direction
is N.E. に向かって Staten Land. They are 早い in 海峡 Le Maire and along
the south coast of Staten Land, and 始める，決める like a 激流 一連の会議、交渉／完成する Cape St
John; where they take a N.W. direction, and continue to run very strong
both within and without New Year's 小島s. While we lay at 錨，総合司会者 within
this island, I 観察するd that the 現在の was strongest during the flood;
and that on the ebb its strength was so much impaired, that the ship
would いつかs ride 長，率いる to the 勝利，勝つd when it was at W. and W.N.W. This
is only to be understood of the place where the ship lay at 錨，総合司会者, for
at the very time we had a strong 現在の setting to the 西方の, Mr
Gilbert 設立する one of equal strength 近づく the coast of Staten Land
setting to the eastward, though probably this was an eddy 現在の or
tide.

If the tides are 規制するd by the moon, it is high-water by the shore at
this place on the days of the new and 十分な moon, about four o'clock. The
perpendicular rise and 落ちる is very inconsiderable, not 越えるing four
feet at most. In Christmas Sound it is high-water at half past two
o'clock on the days of the 十分な and change, and Mr むちの跡s 観察するd it to
rise and 落ちる on a perpendicular three feet six インチs; but this was
during the neap tides, その結果 the spring tides must rise higher.
To give such an account of the tides and 現在のs on these coasts as
航海士s might depend on, would 要求する a multitude of 観察s,
and in different places, the making of which would be a work of time. I
自白する myself unprovided with 構成要素s for such a 仕事; and believe
that the いっそう少なく I say on this 支配する the より小数の mistakes I shall make. But
I think I have been able to 観察する, that in 海峡 Le Maire the
southerly tide or 現在の, be it flood or ebb, begins to 行為／法令／行動する on the days
of new and 十分な moon about four o'clock, which 発言／述べる may be of use to
ships who pass the 海峡.

Were I bound 一連の会議、交渉／完成する Cape Horn to the west, and not in want of 支持を得ようと努めるd or
water, or any other thing that might make it necessary to put into port,
I would not come 近づく the land at all. For by keeping out at sea you
避ける the 現在のs, which, I am 満足させるd, lose their 軍隊 at ten or
twelve leagues from land; and at a greater distance, there is 非，不，無.

During the time we were upon the coast we had more 静めるs than 嵐／襲撃するs,
and the 勝利，勝つd so variable, that I question if a passage might not have
been made from east to west in as short a time as from west to east; nor
did we experience any 冷淡な 天候. The 水銀柱，温度計 in the 温度計 at
noon was never below 46ｰ; and while we lay in Christmas Sound it was
一般に above temperate. At this place the variation was 23ｰ 30' E.; a
few leagues to the S. W. of 海峡 Le Maire it was 24ｰ; and at 錨，総合司会者,
within New Year's 小島s, it was 24ｰ 20' E.

These 小島s are, in general, so unlike Staten Land, 特に the one
on which we landed, that it deserves a particular description. It shews
a surface of equal 高さ, and elevated about thirty or forty feet above
the sea, from which it is defended by a rocky coast. The inner part of
the 小島 is covered with a sort of sword-grass, very green, and of a
広大な／多数の／重要な length. It grows on little hillocks of two or three feet in
直径, and as many or more in 高さ, in large tufts, which seemed to
be composed of the roots of the 工場／植物 matted together. の中で these
hillocks are a 広大な number of paths made by sea-耐えるs and penguins, by
which they retire into the centre of the 小島. It is, にもかかわらず,
exceedingly bad travelling; for these paths are so dirty that one is
いつかs up to the 膝s in 苦境に陥る. Besides this 工場／植物, there are a few
other grasses, a 肉親，親類d of ヒース／荒れ地, and some celery. The whole surface is
moist and wet, and on the coast are several small streams of water. The
sword-grass, as I call it, seems to be the same that grows in Falkland
小島s, 述べるd by Bougainville as a 肉親，親類d of _gladiolus_, or rather a
種類 of _gramen_* and 指名するd by Pernety corn-旗s.

[See English translation of Bougainville, p.51.]

The animals 設立する on this little 位置／汚点／見つけ出す are sea-lions, sea-耐えるs, a
variety of 大洋の, and some land-birds. The sea-lion is pretty 井戸／弁護士席
述べるd by Pernety, though those we saw here have not such fore-feet
or fins as that he has given a plate of, but such fins as that which he
calls the sea-wolf. Nor did we see any of the size he speaks of; the
largest not 存在 more than twelve or fourteen feet in length, and
perhaps eight or ten in circumference. They are not of that 肉親，親類d
述べるd under the same 指名する by Lord Anson; but, for aught I know,
these would more 適切に deserve that 呼称: The long hair, with
which the 支援する of the 長，率いる, the neck and shoulders, are covered, giving
them 大いに the 空気／公表する and 外見 of a lion. The other part of the
団体／死体 is covered with short hair, little longer than that of a cow or a
horse, and the whole is a dark-brown. The 女性（の） is not half so big as
the male, and is covered with a short hair of an ash or light-dun
colour. They live, as it were, in herds, on the 激しく揺するs, and 近づく the
sea-shore. As this was the time for engendering 同様に as bringing
前へ／外へ their young, we have seen a male with twenty or thirty 女性（の）s
about him, and always very attentive to keep them all to himself, and
（警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域ing off every other male who 試みる／企てるd to come into his flock.
Others again had a いっそう少なく number; some no more than one or two; and here
and there we have seen one lying growling in a retired, place, alone,
and 苦しむing neither males nor 女性（の）s to approach him: We 裁判官d these
were old and superannuated.

The sea-耐えるs are not so large, by far, as the lions, but rather larger
than a ありふれた 調印（する）. They have 非，不，無 of that long hair which distinguishes
the lion. Theirs is all of an equal length, and finer than that of the
lion, something like an カワウソ's, and the general colour is that of an
アイロンをかける-grey. This is the 肉親，親類d which the French call sea-wolfs, and the
English 調印（する）s; they are, however, different from the 調印（する）s we have in
Europe and North America. The lions may, too, without any 広大な／多数の／重要な
impropriety, be called over-grown 調印（する）s; for they are all of the same
種類. It was not at all dangerous to go の中で them, for they either
fled or lay still. The only danger was in going between them and the
sea; for if they took fright at any thing, they would come 負かす／撃墜する in such
numbers, that, if you could not get out of their way, you would be run
over. いつかs, when we （機の）カム suddenly upon them, or waked them out of
their sleep, (for they are a 不振の sleepy animal), they would raise
up their 長，率いるs; snort and snarl, and look as 猛烈な／残忍な as if they meant to
devour us; but as we 前進するd upon them they always run away, so that
they are downright いじめ（る）s.

The penguin is an 水陸両性の bird, so 井戸／弁護士席 known to most people, that I
shall only 観察する, they are here in prodigious numbers, so that we
could knock 負かす／撃墜する as many as we pleased with a stick. I cannot say they
are good eating. I have indeed made several good meals of them, but it
was for want of better victuals. They either do not 産む／飼育する here, or else
this was not the season; for we saw neither eggs nor young ones.

Shags 産む／飼育する here in 広大な numbers; and we carried on board not a few, as
they are very good eating. They take 確かな  位置／汚点／見つけ出すs to themselves, and
build their nests 近づく the 辛勝する／優位 of the cliffs on little hillocks, which
are either those of the sword-grass, or else they are made by the shags
building on them from year to year. There is another sort rather smaller
than these, which 産む／飼育する in the cliffs of 激しく揺するs.

The geese are of the same sort we 設立する in Christmas Sound; we saw but
few, and some had young ones. Mr Forster 発射 one which was different
from these, 存在 larger, with a grey plumage, and 黒人／ボイコット feet. The
others make a noise 正確に／まさに like a duck. Here were ducks, but not many;
and several of that sort which we called race-horses. We 発射 some, and
設立する them to 重さを計る twenty-nine or thirty 続けざまに猛撃するs; those who eat of them
said they were very good.

The 大洋の birds were gulls, terns, Port Egmont 女／おっせかい屋s, and a large brown
bird, of the size of an albatross, which Pernety calls quebrantahuessas.
We called them Mother Carey's geese, and 設立する them pretty good eating;
The land-birds were eagles, or 強硬派s, bald-長，率いるd vultures, or what our
seamen called turkey-buzzards, thrushes, and a few other small birds.

Our naturalists 設立する two new 種類 of birds. The one is about the
size of a pigeon, the plumage as white as milk. They 料金d along-shore,
probably on 爆撃する-fish and carrion, for they have a very disagreeable
smell. When we first saw these birds we thought they were the
snow-peterel, but the moment they were in our 所有／入手 the mistake was
discovered; for they 似ている them in nothing but size and colour. These
are not webb-footed. The other sort is a 種類 of curlews nearly as
big as a heron. It has a variegated plumage, the 主要な／長／主犯 colours
whereof are light-grey, and a long crooked 法案.

I had almost forgot to について言及する that there are sea-pies, or what we
called, when in New Zealand, curlews; but we only saw a few straggling
pairs. It may not be amiss to 観察する, that the shags are the same bird
which Bougainville calls saw-法案s; but he is mistaken in 説 that
the quebrantahuessas are their enemies; for this bird is of the peterel
tribe, 料金d wholly on fish, and is to be 設立する in all the high southern
latitudes.

It is amazing to see how the different animals which 住む this little
位置／汚点／見つけ出す are 相互に reconciled. They seem to have entered into a league
not to 乱す each other's tranquillity. The sea-lions 占領する most of
the sea-coast; the sea-耐えるs （問題を）取り上げる their abode in the 小島; the shags
have 地位，任命する in the highest cliffs; the penguins 直す／買収する，八百長をする their ４半期/4分の1s where
there is the most 平易な communication to and from the sea; and the other
birds choose more retired places. We have seen all these animals mix
together, like 国内の cattle and poultry in a farm-yard, without one
試みる／企てるing to （性的に）いたずらする the other. Nay, I have often 観察するd the eagles
and vultures sitting on the hillocks の中で the shags, without the
latter, either young or old, 存在 乱すd at their presence. It may
be asked how these birds of prey live? I suppose on the carcases of
調印（する）s and birds which die by さまざまな 原因（となる）s; and probably not few, as
they are so 非常に／多数の.

This very imperfect account is written more with a 見解（をとる） to 補助装置 my own
memory than to give （警察などへの）密告，告訴（状） to others. I am neither a botanist nor a
naturalist; and have not words to 述べる the 生産／産物s of nature,
either in the one 支店 of knowledge or the other.

CHAPTER V.

_Proceedings after leaving Staten Island, with an Account of the
発見 of the 小島 of Georgia, and a Description of it._

1775 January

Having left the land in the evening of the 3d, as before について言及するd, we
saw it again next morning, at three o'clock, 耐えるing west. 勝利，勝つd
continued to blow a 安定した fresh 微風 till six p.m., when it 転換d
in a 激しい squall to S.W., which （機の）カム so suddenly upon us, that we had
not time to take in the sails, and was the occasion of carrying away a
最高の，を越す-gallant mast, a studding-sail にわか景気, and a fore studding-sail. The
squall ended in a 激しい にわか雨 of rain, but the 勝利，勝つd remained at S.W.
Our course was S.E., with a 見解（をとる） of discovering that 広範囲にわたる coast
laid 負かす／撃墜する by Mr Dalrymple in his chart, in which is the gulph of St
Sebastian. I designed to make the western point of that gulph, in order
to have all the other parts before me. Indeed I had some 疑問 of the
存在 of such a coast; and this appeared to me the best 大勝する for
（疑いを）晴らすing it up, and for 調査するing the southern part of this ocean.

On the 5th, fresh 強風s, and wet and cloudy 天候. At noon 観察するd in
57ｰ 9', latitude made from Cape St John, 5ｰ 2' E. At six o'clock p.m.,
存在 in the latitude 57ｰ 21', and in longitude 57ｰ 45' W., the
variation was 21ｰ 28' E.

At eight o'clock in the evening of the 6th, 存在 then in the latitude
of 58ｰ 9' S., longitude 53ｰ 14' W., we の近くに-暗礁d our 最高の，を越す-sails, and
運ぶ／漁獲高d to the north, with a very strong 強風 at west, …に出席するd with a
厚い 煙霧 and sleet. The 状況／情勢 just について言及するd is nearly the same
that Mr Dalrymple 割り当てるs for the S.W. point of the gulph of St
Sebastian. But as we saw neither land, nor 調印するs of land, I was the more
doubtful of its 存在, and was fearful that, by keeping to the
south, I might 行方不明になる the land said to be discovered by La Roche in 1675,
and by the ship Lion in 1756, which Mr Dalrymple places in 54ｰ 30'
latitude, and 45ｰ of longitude; but on looking over D'Anville's chart, I
設立する it laid 負かす／撃墜する 9ｰ or 10ｰ more to the west; this difference of
状況／情勢 存在 to me a 調印する of the 不確定 of both accounts,
決定するd me to get into the 平行の as soon as possible, and was the
推論する／理由 of my 運ぶ／漁獲高ing to the north at this time.

に向かって the morning of the 7th the 強風 abated, the 天候 （疑いを）晴らすd up,
and the 勝利，勝つd veered to the W.S.W., where it continued till midnight,
after which it veered to N.W. 存在 at this time in the latitude of 56ｰ
4' S., longitude 53ｰ 36' W., we sounded, but 設立する no 底（に届く） with a line
of one hundred and thirty fathoms. I still kept the 勝利，勝つd on the
larboard-tack, having a gentle 微風 and pleasant 天候. On the 8th,
at noon, a bed of sea-少しのd passed the ship. In the afternoon, in
latitude 55ｰ 4', longitude 51ｰ 43' W., the variation was 20ｰ 4' E.

On the 9th, 勝利，勝つd at N.E., …に出席するd with 厚い 煙霧のかかった 天候; saw a 調印（する）,
and a piece of sea-少しのd. At noon, latitude 55ｰ 12' S., longitude 50ｰ 15'
W., the 勝利，勝つd and 天候 continuing the same till に向かって midnight, when
the latter （疑いを）晴らすd up, and the former veered to west, and blew a gentle
強風. We continued to ply till two o'clock the next morning, when we
bore away east, and at eight E.N.E.; at noon, 観察するd in latitude 54ｰ
35' S., longitude 47ｰ 56' W., a 広大な／多数の／重要な many albatrosses and blue peterels
about the ship. I now steered east, and the next morning, in the
latitude of 54ｰ 38', longitude 45ｰ 10' W., the variation was 19ｰ 25' E.
In the afternoon saw several penguins, and some pieces of 少しのd.

Having spent the night lying-to, on the 12th, at day-break, we bore
away, and steered east northerly, with a 罰金 fresh 微風 at W.S.W.; at
noon 観察するd in latitude 54ｰ 28' S., longitude in 42ｰ 8' W.; that is,
近づく 3ｰ E. of the 状況／情勢 in which Mr Dalrymple places the N.E. point
of the gulph of St Sebastian; but we had no other 調印するs of land than
seeing a 調印（する） and a few penguins; on the contrary, we had a swell from
E.S.E., which would hardly have been, if any 広範囲にわたる 跡をつける of land lay
in that direction. In the evening the 強風 abated, and at midnight it
fell 静める.

The 静める, …に出席するd by a 厚い 霧, continued till six next morning, when
we got a 勝利，勝つd at east, but the 霧 still 勝つ／広く一帯に広がるd. We stood to the
south till noon, when, 存在 in the latitude of 55ｰ 7', we tacked and
stretched to the north with a fresh 微風 at E. by S. and E.S.E.,
cloudy 天候; saw several penguins and a snow-peterel, which we looked
on to be 調印するs of the 周辺 of ice. The 空気／公表する too was much colder than
we had felt it since we left New Zealand. In the afternoon the 勝利，勝つd
veered to the S.E., and in the night to S.S.E., and blew fresh, with
which we stood to the N.E.

At nine o'clock the next morning we saw an island of ice, as we then
thought, but at noon were doubtful whether it was ice or land. At this
time it bore E. 3/4 S., distant thirteen leagues; our latitude was 53ｰ
56' 1/2, longitude 39ｰ 24' W.; several penguins, small divers, a
snow-peterel, and a 広大な number of blue peterels about the ship. We had
but little 勝利，勝つd all the morning, and at two p.m. it fell 静める. It was
now no longer 疑問d that it was land, and not ice, which we had in
sight. It was, however, in a manner wholly covered with snow. We were
さらに先に 確認するd in our 裁判／判断 of its 存在 land, by finding
soundings at one hundred and seventy-five fathoms, a muddy 底（に届く）. The
land at this time bore E. by S., about twelve leagues distant. At six
o'clock the 静める was 後継するd by a 微風 at N.E., with which we stood
to S.E. At first it blew a gentle 強風; but afterwards 増加するd so as
to bring us under 二塁打-暗礁d 最高の，を越す-sails, and was …に出席するd with snow
and sleet.

We continued to stand to the S.E. till seven in the morning on the
15th, when the 勝利，勝つd veering to the S.E., we tacked and stood to the
north. A little before we tacked, we saw the land 耐えるing E. by N. At
noon the 水銀柱，温度計 in the 温度計 was at 35ｰ 1/4. The 勝利，勝つd blew in
squalls, …に出席するd with snow and sleet, and we had a 広大な／多数の／重要な sea to
遭遇（する）. At a 物陰／風下-lurch which the ship took, Mr むちの跡s 観察するd her to
嘘（をつく） 負かす／撃墜する 42ｰ. At half past four p.m. we took in the 最高の，を越す-sails, got 負かす／撃墜する
最高の，を越す-gallant yards, wore the ship, and stood to the S.W., under two
courses. At midnight the 嵐／襲撃する abated, so that we could carry the
最高の，を越す-sails 二塁打-暗礁d.

At four in the morning of the 16th we wore and stood to the east, with
the 勝利，勝つd at S.S.E., a 穏健な 微風, and fair; at eight o'clock saw
the land 延長するing from E. by N. to N.E. by N.; loosed a 暗礁 out of
each 最高の，を越す-sail, got 最高の，を越す-gallant yards across, and 始める，決める the sails. At noon
観察するd in latitude 54ｰ 25' 1/2, longitude 38ｰ 18' W. In this 状況／情勢
we had one hundred and ten fathoms water; and the land 延長するd from N.
1/2 W. to E., eight leagues distant. The northern extreme was the same
that we first discovered, and it 証明するd to be an island, which 得るd
the 指名する of Willis's Island, after the person who first saw it.

At this time we had a 広大な／多数の／重要な swell from the south, an 指示，表示する物 that no
land was 近づく us in that direction; にもかかわらず the 広大な 量 of
snow on that in sight induced us to think it was 広範囲にわたる, and I chose
to begin with 調査するing the northern coast. With this 見解（をとる） we bore up
for Willis's Island, all sails 始める，決める, having a 罰金 強風 at S.S.W. As we
前進するd to the north, we perceived another 小島 lying east of Willis's,
and between it and the main. Seeing there was a （疑いを）晴らす passage between
the two 小島s, we steered for it, and at five o'clock, 存在 in the
middle of it, we 設立する it about two miles 幅の広い.

Willis's 小島 is an high 激しく揺する of no 広大な／多数の／重要な extent, 近づく to which are some
rocky islets. It is 据えるd in the latitude of 54ｰ S., longitude 38ｰ
23' W. The other 小島, which 得るd the 指名する of Bird 小島, on account
of the 広大な number that were upon it, is not so high, but of greater
extent, and is の近くに to the N.E. point of the main land, which I called
Cape North.

The S.E. coast of this land, as far as we saw it, lies in the direction
of S. 50ｰ E., and N. 50ｰ W. It seemed to form several bays or inlets;
and we 観察するd 抱擁する 集まりs of snow, or ice, in the 底（に届く）s of them,
特に in one which lies ten miles to the S.S.E. of Bird 小島.

After getting through the passage, we 設立する the north coast 傾向d E.
by N., for about nine miles; and then east and east-southerly to Cape
Buller, which is eleven miles more. We 範囲d the coast, at one league
distance, till 近づく ten o'clock, when we brought-to for the night, and
on sounding 設立する fifty fathoms, a muddy 底（に届く）.

At two o'clock in the morning of the 17th we made sail in for the land,
with a 罰金 微風 at S.W.; at four, Willis's 小島 bore W. by S.,
distant thirty-two miles; Cape Buller, to the west of which 嘘（をつく） some
rocky islets, bore S.W. by W.; and the most 前進するd point of land to
the east, S. 63ｰ E. We now steered along shore, at the distance of four
or five miles, till seven o'clock, when, seeing the 外見 of an
inlet, we 運ぶ／漁獲高d in for it. As soon as we drew 近づく the shore, having
hoisted out a boat, I 乗る，着手するd in it, …を伴ってd by Mr Forster and his
party, with a 見解（をとる） of reconnoitring the bay before we 投機・賭けるd in with
the ship. When we put off from her, which was about four miles from the
shore, we had forty fathoms water. I continued to sound as I went
さらに先に in, but 設立する no 底（に届く） with a line of thirty-four fathoms,
which was the length of that I had in the boat, and which also 証明するd
too short to sound the bay, so far as I went up it. I 観察するd it to 嘘（をつく）
in S.W. by S. about two leagues, about two miles 幅の広い, 井戸／弁護士席 避難所d
from all 勝利，勝つd; and I 裁判官d there might be good 船の停泊地 before some
sandy beaches which are on each 味方する, and likewise 近づく a low flat 小島,
に向かって the 長，率いる of the bay. As I had come to a 決意／決議 not to bring
the ship in, I did not think it 価値（がある） my while to go and 診察する these
places; for it did not seem probable that any one would ever be
利益d by the 発見. I landed at three different places,
陳列する，発揮するd our colours, and took 所有／入手 of the country in his
majesty's 指名する, under a 発射する／解雇する of small 武器.

I 裁判官d that the tide rises about four or five feet, and that it is
high water on the 十分な and change days about eleven o'clock.

The 長，率いる of the bay, 同様に as two places on each 味方する, was 終結させるd
by perpendicular ice-cliffs of かなりの 高さ. Pieces were
continually breaking off, and floating out to sea; and a 広大な／多数の／重要な 落ちる
happened while we were in the bay, which made a noise like 大砲.

The inner parts of the country were not いっそう少なく savage and horrible. The
wild 激しく揺するs raised their lofty 首脳会議s till they were lost in the clouds,
and the valleys lay covered with everlasting snow. Not a tree was to be
seen, nor a shrub even big enough to make a toothpick. The only
vegetation we met with was a coarse strong-bladed grass growing in
tufts, wild burnet, and a 工場／植物 like moss, which sprung from the 激しく揺するs.

調印（する）s, or sea-耐えるs, were pretty 非常に／多数の. They were smaller than those
at Staten Land: Perhaps the most of those we saw were 女性（の）s, for the
shores 群れているd with young cubs. We saw 非，不，無 of that sort which we call
lions; but there were some of those which the writer of Lord Anson's
voyage 述べるs under that 指名する; at least they appeared to us to be of
the same sort; and are, in my opinion, very improperly called lions, for
I could not see any grounds for the comparison.

Here were several flocks of penguins, the largest I ever saw; some which
we brought on board 重さを計るd from twenty-nine to thirty-eight 続けざまに猛撃するs. It
appears by Bougainville's account of the animals of Falkland Islands,
that this penguin is there; and I think it is very 井戸／弁護士席 述べるd by him
under the 指名する of first class of penguins*. The 大洋の birds were
albatrosses, ありふれた gulls, and that sort which I call Port Egmont 女／おっせかい屋s,
terns, shags, divers, the new white bird, and a small bird like those of
the Cape of Good Hope, called yellow birds; which, having 発射 two, we
設立する most delicious food.

[* See Bougainville, English translation p.64.]

All the land birds we saw consisted of a few small larks, nor did we
会合，会う with any quadrupeds. Mr Forster indeed 観察するd some dung, which he
裁判官d to come from a fox, or some such animal. The lands, or rather
激しく揺するs, 国境ing on the sea-coast, were not covered with snow like the
inland parts; but all the vegetation we could see on the （疑いを）晴らす places
was the grass above-について言及するd. The 激しく揺するs seemed to 含む／封じ込める アイロンをかける. Having
made the above 観察s, we 始める，決める out for the ship, and got on board a
little after twelve o'clock, with a 量 of 調印（する）s and penguins, an
許容できる 現在の to the 乗組員.

It must not, however, be understood that we were in want of 準備／条項s:
we had yet plenty of every 肉親，親類d; and since we had been on this coast, I
had ordered, in 新規加入 to the ありふれた allowance, wheat to be boiled
every morning for breakfast; but any 肉親，親類d of fresh meat was preferred by
most on board to salt. For my own part, I was now, for the first time,
heartily tired of salt meat of every 肉親，親類d; and though the flesh of the
penguins could scarcely 争う with bullock's 肝臓, its 存在 fresh was
十分な to make it go 負かす／撃墜する. I called the bay we had been in,
所有／入手 Bay. It is 据えるd in the latitude of 54ｰ 5' S., longitude
37ｰ 18' W., and eleven leagues to the east of Cape North. A few miles to
the west of 所有／入手 Bay, between it and Cape Buller, lies the Bay of
小島s, so 指名するd on account of several small 小島s lying in and before it.

As soon as the boat was hoisted in, we made sail along the coast to the
east, with a 罰金 微風 at W.S.W. From Cape Buller the direction of the
coast is S. 72ｰ 30' E., for the space of eleven or twelve leagues, to a
事業／計画（する）ing point, which 得るd the 指名する of Cape Saunders. Beyond this
cape is a pretty large bay, which I 指名するd Cumberland Bay. In several
parts in the 底（に届く） of it, as also in some others of いっそう少なく extent, lying
between Cape Saunders and 所有／入手 Bay, were 広大な 跡をつけるs of frozen
snow, or ice, not yet broken loose. At eight o'clock, 存在 just past
Cumberland Bay, and 落ちるing little 勝利，勝つd, we 運ぶ／漁獲高d off the coast, from
which we were distant about four miles, and 設立する one hundred and ten
fathoms water.

We had variable light 空気／公表するs and 静めるs till six o'clock the next morning,
when the 勝利，勝つd 直す／買収する，八百長をするd at north, and blew a gentle 微風; but it lasted no
longer than ten o'clock, when it fell almost to a 静める. At noon,
観察するd in latitude 54ｰ 30' S., 存在 then about two or three leagues
from the coast, which 延長するd from N. 59ｰ W. to S. 13ｰ W. The land in
this last direction was an 小島, which seemed to be the extremity of the
coast to the east. The nearest land to us 存在 a 事業／計画（する）ing point which
終結させるd in a 一連の会議、交渉／完成する hillock, was, on account of the day, 指名するd Cape
Charlotte. On the west 味方する of Cape Charlotte lies a bay which 得るd
the 指名する of 王室の Bay, and the west point of it was 指名するd Cape George.
It is the east point of Cumberland Bay, and lies in the direction of
S.E. by E. from Cape Saunders, distant seven leagues. Cape George and
Cape Charlotte 嘘（をつく） in the direction of S. 37ｰ E. and N. 37ｰ W., distant
six leagues from each other. The 小島 above-について言及するd, which was called
Cooper's 小島, after my first 中尉／大尉／警部補, lies in the direction of S. by
E., distant eight leagues from Cape Charlotte. The coast between them
forms a large bay, to which I gave the 指名する of 挟む. The 勝利，勝つd 存在
variable all the afternoon we 前進するd but little; in the night it 直す／買収する，八百長をするd
at S. and S.S.W., and blew a gentle 強風, …に出席するd with にわか雨s of snow.

The 19th was wholly spent in plying, the 勝利，勝つd continuing at S. and
S.S.W., （疑いを）晴らす pleasant 天候, but 冷淡な. At sunrise a new land was
seen, 耐えるing S.E. 1/2 E. It first appeared in a 選び出す／独身 hill, like a
sugar-loaf; some time after other detached pieces appeared above the
horizon 近づく the hill. At noon, 観察するd in the latitude 54ｰ 42' 30" S.,
Cape Charlotte 耐えるing N. 38ｰ W., distant four leagues; and Cooper's
小島 S. 31ｰ W. In this 状況／情勢 a lurking 激しく揺する, which lies off 挟む
Bay, five miles from the land, bore W. 1/2 N., distant one mile, and
近づく this 激しく揺する were several breakers. In the afternoon we had a prospect
of a 山の尾根 of mountains behind 挟む Bay, whose lofty and icy 首脳会議s
were elevated high above the clouds. The 勝利，勝つd continued at S.S.W. till
six o'clock, when it fell to a 静める. At this time Cape Charlotte bore N.
31ｰ W., and Cooper's Island W.S.W. In this 状況／情勢 we 設立する the
variation, by the azimuths, to be 11ｰ 39', and by the amplitude, 11ｰ 12'
E. At ten o'clock, a light 微風 springing up at north, we steered to
the south till twelve, and then brought-to for the night.

At two o'clock in the morning of the 20th we made sail to S.W. 一連の会議、交渉／完成する
Cooper's Island. It is a 激しく揺する of かなりの 高さ, about five miles
in 回路・連盟, and one mile from the main. At this 小島 the main coast
takes a S.W. direction for the space of four or five leagues to a point,
which I called Cape 失望. Off that are three small 小島s, the
最南端の of which is green, low, and flat, and lies one league from
the cape.

As we 前進するd to S.W. land opened, off this point, in the direction of
N. 60ｰ W., and nine leagues beyond it. It 証明するd an island やめる
detached from the main, and 得るd the 指名する of Pickersgill Island,
after my third officer. Soon after a point of the main, beyond this
island, （機の）カム in sight, in the direction of N. 55ｰ W., which 正確に／まさに
部隊d the coast at the very point we had seen, and taken the 耐えるing
of, the day we first （機の）カム in with it, and 証明するd to a demonstration that
this land, which we had taken for part of a 広大な／多数の／重要な continent, was no more
than an island of seventy leagues in 回路・連盟.

Who would have thought that an island of no greater extent than this,
据えるd between the latitude of 54ｰ and 55ｰ, should, in the very 高さ
of summer, be in a manner wholly covered, many fathoms 深い, with frozen
snow, but more 特に the S.W. coast? The very 味方するs and craggy
首脳会議s of the lofty mountains were 事例／患者d with snow and ice; but the
量 which lay in the valleys is incredible; and at the 底（に届く） of
the bays the coast was 終結させるd by a 塀で囲む of ice of かなりの
高さ. It can hardly be 疑問d that a 広大な／多数の／重要な 取引，協定 of ice is formed here
in the water, which in the spring is broken off, and 分散させるd over the
sea; but this island cannot produce the ten-thousandth part of what we
saw; so that either there must be more land, or the ice is formed
without it. These reflections led me to think that the land we had seen
the 先行する day might belong to an 広範囲にわたる 跡をつける, and I still had
hopes of discovering a continent. I must 自白する the 失望 I
now met with did not 影響する／感情 me much; for, to 裁判官 of the 本体，大部分／ばら積みの by the
見本, it would not be 価値（がある） the 発見.

I called this island the 小島 of Georgia, in honour of his majesty. It
is 据えるd, between the latitudes of 53ｰ 57' and 54ｰ 57' S.; and
between 38ｰ 13' and 35ｰ 34' west longitude. It 延長するs S.E. by E. and
N.W. by W., and is thirty-one leagues long in that direction; and its
greatest breadth is about ten leagues. It seems to abound with bays and
harbours, the N.E. coast 特に; but the 広大な 量 of ice must
（判決などを）下す them inaccessible the greatest part of the year; or, at least, it
must be dangerous lying in them, on account of the breaking up of the
ice cliffs.

It is remarkable that we did not see a river, or stream of fresh water,
on the whole coast. I think it 高度に probable that there are no
perennial springs in the country; and that the 内部の parts, as 存在
much elevated, never enjoy heat enough to melt the snow in such
量s as to produce a river, or stream, of water. The coast alone
receives warmth 十分な to melt the snow, and this only on the N.E.
味方する; for the other, besides 存在 exposed to the 冷淡な south 勝利，勝つd, is,
in a 広大な／多数の／重要な degree, 奪うd of the sun's rays, by the uncommon 高さ of
the mountains.

It was from a 説得／派閥 that the sea-coast of a land 据えるd in the
latitude of 54ｰ, could not, in the very 高さ of summer, be wholly
covered with snow, that I supposed Bouvet's 発見 to be large
islands of ice. But after I had seen this land, I no longer hesitated
about the 存在 of Cape Circumcision; nor did I 疑問 that I should
find more land than I should have time to 調査する. With these ideas I
quitted this coast, and directed my course to the E.S.E. for the land we
had seen the 先行する day.

The 勝利，勝つd was very variable till noon, when it 直す／買収する，八百長をするd at N.N.E., and blew
a gentle 強風; but it 増加するd in such a manner, that, before three
o'clock, we were 減ずるd to our two courses, and 強いるd to strike
最高の，を越す-gallant yards. We were very fortunate in getting （疑いを）晴らす of the land,
before this 強風 overtook us; it 存在 hard to say what might have been
the consequence had it come on while we were on the north coast. This
嵐／襲撃する was of short duration; for, at eight o'clock it began to abate;
and at midnight it was little 勝利，勝つd. We then took the 適切な時期 to
sound, but 設立する no 底（に届く） with a line of an hundred and eighty fathoms.

Next day the 嵐／襲撃する was 後継するd by a 厚い 霧, …に出席するd with rain; the
勝利，勝つd veered to N.W., and, at five in the morning, it fell 静める, which
continued till eight; and then we got a 微風 southerly, with which we
stood to the east till three in the afternoon. The 天候 then coming
somewhat （疑いを）晴らす, we made sail, and steered north in search of land; but,
at half-past six, we were again 伴う／関わるd in a 厚い もや, which made it
necessary to 運ぶ／漁獲高 the 勝利，勝つd, and spend the night in making short boards.

We had variable light 空気／公表するs next to a 静める, and 厚い 霧がかかった 天候, till
half-past seven o'clock in the evening of the 22d, when we got a 罰金
微風 at north, and the 天候 was so （疑いを）晴らす that we could see two or
three leagues 一連の会議、交渉／完成する us. We 掴むd the 適切な時期, and steered to west;
裁判官ing we were to the east of the land. After running ten miles to the
west, the 天候 again became 霧がかかった, and we 運ぶ／漁獲高d the 勝利，勝つd, and spent
the night under 最高の，を越す-sails.

Next morning at six o'clock, the 霧 （疑いを）晴らすing away, so that we could see
three or four miles, I took the 適切な時期 to steer again to the west,
with the 勝利，勝つd at east, a fresh 微風; but two hours after, a 厚い 霧
once more 強いるd us to 運ぶ／漁獲高 the 勝利，勝つd to the south. At eleven o'clock, a
short interval of （疑いを）晴らす 天候 gave us 見解（をとる） of three or four rocky
islets 延長するing from S.E. to E.N.E., two or three miles distant; but
we did not see the Sugar-Loaf 頂点（に達する） beforementioned. Indeed, two or three
miles was the extent of our horizon.

We were 井戸／弁護士席 保証するd that this was the land we had seen before, which we
had now been やめる 一連の会議、交渉／完成する; and therefore it could be no more than a few
detached 激しく揺するs, receptacles for birds, of which we now saw 広大な numbers,
特に shags, who gave us notice of the 周辺 of land before we
saw it. These 激しく揺するs 嘘（をつく） in the latitude of 55ｰ S., and S. 75ｰ E.,
distant twelve leagues from Cooper's 小島.

The interval of （疑いを）晴らす 天候 was of very short duration, before we had
as 厚い a 霧 as ever, …に出席するd with rain, on which we tacked in sixty
fathoms water, and stood to the north. Thus we spent our time, 伴う／関わるd
in a continual 厚い もや; and, for aught we knew, surrounded by
dangerous 激しく揺するs. The shags and soundings were our best 操縦するs; for after
we had stood a few miles to the north, we got out of soundings, and saw
no more shags. The 後継するing day and night we spent in making short
boards; and at eight o'clock on the 24th, 裁判官ing ourselves not far from
the 激しく揺するs by some straggling shags which （機の）カム about us, we sounded in
sixty fathoms water, the 底（に届く） 石／投石するs and broken 爆撃するs. Soon after, we
saw the 激しく揺するs 耐えるing S.S.W. 1/2 W., four miles distant, but still we
did not see the 頂点（に達する）. It was, no 疑問, beyond our horizon, which was
限られた／立憲的な to a short distance; and, indeed, we had but a transient sight
of the other 激しく揺するs, before they were again lost in the 霧.

With a light 空気／公表する of 勝利，勝つd at north, and a 広大な／多数の／重要な swell from N.E., we were
able to （疑いを）晴らす the 激しく揺するs to the west; and, at four in the p.m., 裁判官ing
ourselves to be three or four leagues east and west of them, I steered
south, 存在 やめる tired with cruizing about them in a 厚い 霧; nor
was it 価値（がある） my while to spend any more time in waiting for （疑いを）晴らす
天候, only for the sake of having a good sight of a few straggling
激しく揺するs. At seven o'clock, we had at intervals a （疑いを）晴らす sky to the west,
which gave us a sight of the mountains of the 小島 of Georgia, 耐えるing
W.N.W., about eight leagues distant. At eight o'clock we steered S.E. by
S., and at ten S.E. by E., with a fresh 微風 at north, …に出席するd with a
very 厚い 霧; but we were, in some 手段, 熟知させるd with the sea
over which we were running. The 激しく揺するs above-について言及するd 得るd the 指名する
of Clerke's 激しく揺するs, after my second officer, he 存在 the first who saw
them.

CHAPTER VI.

_ 訴訟／進行s after leaving the 小島 of Georgia, with an Account of the
発見 of 挟む Land; with some 推論する／理由s for there 存在 Land about
the South Pole_.

1775 January

On the 25th, we steered E.S.E., with a fresh 強風 at N.N.E., …に出席するd
with 霧がかかった 天候, till に向かって the evening, when the sky becoming
（疑いを）晴らす, we 設立する the variation to be 9ｰ 26' E., 存在 at this time in the
latitude of 56ｰ 16' S., longitude 32ｰ 9' W.

Having continued to steer E.S.E., with a 罰金 強風 at N.N.W., till
day-light next morning, on seeing no land to the east, I gave orders to
steer south, 存在 at this time in the latitude of 56ｰ 33' S., longitude
31ｰ 10' W. The 天候 continued （疑いを）晴らす, and gave us an 適切な時期 to
観察する several distances of the sun and moon for the 訂正するing our
longitude, which at noon was 31ｰ 4' W., the latitude 観察するd 57ｰ 38' S.
We continued to steer to the south till the 27th, at noon, at which time
we were in the latitude of 59ｰ 46' S., and had so 厚い a 霧 that we
could not see a ship's length. It 存在 no longer 安全な to sail before
the 勝利，勝つd, as we were to 推定する／予想する soon to 落ちる in with ice, I therefore
運ぶ／漁獲高d to the east, having a gentle 微風 at N.N.E. Soon after the 霧
（疑いを）晴らすing away, we 再開するd our course to the south till four o'clock,
when it returned again as 厚い as ever, and made it necessary for us to
運ぶ／漁獲高 upon a 勝利，勝つd.

I now reckoned we were in latitude 60ｰ S., and さらに先に I did not ーするつもりである
to go, unless I 観察するd some 確かな  調印するs of soon 会合 with land.
For it would not have been 慎重な in me to have spent my time in
侵入するing to the south, when it was at least as probable that a large
tract of land might be 設立する 近づく Cape Circumcision. Besides, I was
tired of these high southern latitudes, where nothing was to be 設立する
but ice and 厚い 霧s. We had now a long hollow swell from the west, a
strong 指示，表示する物 that there was no land in that direction; so that I
think I may 投機・賭ける to 主張する that the 広範囲にわたる coast, laid 負かす／撃墜する in Mr
Dalrymple's chart of the ocean between Africa and America, and the Gulph
of St Sebastian, do not 存在する.

At seven o'clock in the evening, the 霧 receding from us a little, gave
us a sight of an ice island, several penguins and some snow peterels; we
sounded, but 設立する no ground at one hundred and forty fathoms. The 霧
soon returning, we spent the night in making boards over that space
which we had, in some degree, made ourselves 熟知させるd with in the day.

At eight in the morning of the 28th, we stood to the east, with a gentle
強風 at north; the 天候 began to （疑いを）晴らす up; and we 設立する the sea
まき散らすd with large and small ice; several penguins, snow peterels, and
other birds were seen, and some 鯨s. Soon after we had sun-向こうずね, but
the 空気／公表する was 冷淡な; the 水銀柱，温度計 in the 温度計 stood 一般に at
thirty-five, but at noon it was 37ｰ; the latitude by 観察 was 60ｰ
4' S., longitude 29ｰ 23' W.

We continued to stand to the east till half-past two o'clock, p.m., when
we fell in, all at once, with a 広大な number of large ice-islands, and a
sea まき散らすd with loose ice. The 天候 too was become 厚い and 煙霧のかかった,
…に出席するd with 霧雨ing rain and sleet, which made it the more dangerous
to stand in の中で the ice. For this 推論する／理由 we tacked and stood 支援する to
the west, with the 勝利，勝つd at north. The ice-islands, which at this time
surrounded us, were nearly all of equal 高さ, and shewed a flat even
surface; but they were of さまざまな extent, some 存在 two or three miles
in 回路・連盟. The loose ice was what had broken from these 小島s.

Next morning, the 勝利，勝つd 落ちるing and veering to S.W., we steered N.E.; but
this coarse was soon 迎撃するd by 非常に／多数の ice-islands; and, having
but very little 勝利，勝つd, we were 強いるd to steer such courses as carried
us the clearest of them; so that we hardly made any 前進する, one way or
other, during the whole day. 豊富 of 鯨s and penguins were about
us all the time; and the 天候 fair, but dark and 暗い／優うつな.

At midnight the 勝利，勝つd began to freshen at N.N.E., with which we stood to
the N.W., till six in the morning of the 30th, when the 勝利，勝つd veering to
N.N.W., we tacked and stood to N.E., and soon after sailed through a
good 取引，協定 of loose ice, and passed two large islands. Except a short
interval of （疑いを）晴らす 天候 about nine o'clock, it was continually 霧がかかった,
with either sleet or snow. At noon we were, by our reckoning, in the
latitude of 59ｰ 30' S., longitude 29ｰ 24' W.

Continuing to stand to N.E. with a fresh 微風 at N.N.W., at two
o'clock, we passed one of the largest ice-islands we had seen in the
voyage, and some time after passed two others, which were much smaller;
天候 still 霧がかかった, with sleet: And the 勝利，勝つd continued at N. by W.,
with which we stood to N.E., over a sea まき散らすd with ice.

At half an hour past six next morning, as we were standing N.N.E. with
the 勝利，勝つd at west, the 霧 very fortunately （疑いを）晴らすing away a little, we
discovered land ahead, three or four miles distant. On this we 運ぶ／漁獲高d
the 勝利，勝つd to the north; but finding we could not 天候 the land on this
tack, we soon after tacked in one hundred and seventy-five fathoms
water, three miles from the shore, and about half a league from some
breakers. The 天候 then （疑いを）晴らすd up a little more, and gave us a
tolerably good sight of the land. That which we had fallen in with
証明するd three rocky islets of かなりの 高さ. The outermost
終結させるd in a lofty 頂点（に達する） like a sugar-loaf, and 得るd the 指名する of
Freezeland 頂点（に達する）, after the man who first discovered it. Latitude 59ｰ S.,
longitude 27ｰ W. Behind this 頂点（に達する）, that is to the east of it, appeared
an elevated coast, whose lofty snow-覆う？ 首脳会議s were seen above the
clouds. It 延長するd from N. by E. to E.S.E., and I called it Cape
Bristol, in honour of the noble family of Hervey. At the same time
another elevated coast appeared in sight, 耐えるing S.W. by S., and at
noon it 延長するd from S.E. to S.S.W., from four to eight leagues
distant; at this time the 観察するd latitude was 59ｰ 13' 30" S.,
longitude 27ｰ 45' W. I called this land Southern Thule, because it is
the most southern land that has ever yet been discovered. It shews a
surface of 広大な 高さ, and is every where covered with snow. Some
thought they saw land in the space between Thule and Cape Bristol. It is
more than probable that these two lands are connected, and that this
space is a 深い bay, which I called Forster's Bay.

At one o'clock, finding that we could not 天候 Thule, we tacked and
stood to the north, and at four, Freezeland 頂点（に達する） bore east, distant
three or four leagues. Soon after, it fell little 勝利，勝つd, and we were left
to the mercy of a 広大な／多数の／重要な westerly swell, which 始める，決める 権利 upon the shore.
We sounded, but a line of two hundred fathoms 設立する no 底（に届く）.

At eight o'clock, the 天候, which had been very 煙霧のかかった, （疑いを）晴らすing up, we
saw Cape Bristol 耐えるing E.S.E., and 終結させるing in a point to the
north, beyond which we could see no land. This 発見 relieved us
from the 恐れる of 存在 carried by the swell on the most horrible coast
in the world, and we continued to stand to the north all night, with a
light 微風 at west.

1775 February

On the 1st of February, at four o'clock in the morning, we got sight of
a new coast, which at six o'clock bore N. 60ｰ east. It 証明するd a high
promontory, which I 指名するd Cape Montagu, 据えるd in latitude 58ｰ 27' S.,
longitude 26ｰ 44' west, and seven or eight leagues to the north of Cape
Bristol. We saw land from space to space between them, which made me
結論する that the whole was connected. I was sorry I could not 決定する
this with greater certainty; but prudence would not 許す me to 投機・賭ける
近づく a coast, 支配する to 厚い 霧s, on which there was no 船の停泊地;
where every port was 封鎖するd or filled up with ice; and the whole
country, from the 首脳会議s of the mountains, 負かす／撃墜する to the very brink of
the cliffs which 終結させる the coast, covered, many fathoms 厚い, with
everlasting snow. The cliffs alone was all which was to be seen like
land.

Several large ice-islands lay upon the coast; one of which attracted my
notice. It had a flat surface, was of かなりの extent both in 高さ
and 回路・連盟, and had perpendicular 味方するs, on which the waves of the sea
had made no impression; by which I 裁判官d that it had not been long from
land, and that it might lately have come out of some bay on the coast,
where it had been formed.

At noon we were east and west of the northern part of Cape Montagu,
distant about five leagues, and Freezeland 頂点（に達する） bore S. 16ｰ east,
distant twelve leagues; latitude 観察するd 58ｰ 25' S. In the morning the
variation was 10ｰ 11' east. At two in the afternoon, as we were standing
to the north, with a light 微風 at S.W., we saw land 耐えるing N. 25'
east, distant fourteen leagues. Cape Montagu bore at this time, S. 66ｰ
east; at eight it bore S. 40ｰ east; Cape Bristol, S. by E.; the new land
延長するing from N. 40ｰ to 52ｰ east; and we thought we saw land still more
to the east, and beyond it.

Continuing to steer to the north all night, at six o'clock the next
morning a new land was seen 耐えるing N. 12ｰ east, about ten leagues
distant. It appeared in two hummocks just peeping above the horizon; but
we soon after lost sight of them; and having got the 勝利，勝つd at N.N.E. a
fresh 微風, we stood for the 最北の land we had seen the day
before, which at this time bore E.S.E. We fetched in with it by ten
o'clock, but could not 天候 it, and were 強いるd to tack three miles
from the coast, which 延長するd from E. by S. to S.E., and had much the
外見 of 存在 an island of about eight or ten leagues 回路・連盟. It
shews a surface of かなりの 高さ, whose 首脳会議 was lost in the
clouds, and, like all the 隣人ing lands, covered with a sheet of
snow and ice, except in a 事業／計画（する）ing point on the north 味方する, and two
hills seen over this point, which probably might be two islands. These
only were （疑いを）晴らす of snow, and seemed covered with a green turf. Some
large ice islands lay to the N.E., and some others to the south.

We stood off till noon, and then tacked for the land again, ーするために
see whether it was an island or no. The 天候 was now become very
煙霧のかかった, which soon turning to a 厚い 霧, put a stop to 発見, and
made it 危険な to stand for the shore; so that after having run the same
distance in, as we had run off, we tacked and stood to N.W., for the
land we had seen in the morning, which was yet at a かなりの
distance. Thus we were 強いるd to leave the other, under the supposition
of its 存在 an island, which I 指名するd Saunders, after my honourable
friend Sir Charles. It is 据えるd in the latitude of 57ｰ 49' south
longitude, 26ｰ 44' west; and north, distant thirteen leagues, from Cape
Montagu.

At six o'clock in the evening, the 勝利，勝つd 転換ing to the west, we tacked,
and stood to the north; and at eight the 霧 （疑いを）晴らすing away, gave us a
sight of Saunders's 小島, 延長するing from S.E. by S. to E.S.E. We were
still in 疑問 if it was an island; for, at this time, land was seen
耐えるing E. by S., which might or might not be connected with it; it
might also be the same that we had seen the 先行する evening. But, be
this as it may, it was now necessary to take a 見解（をとる） of the land to the
north, before we proceeded any さらに先に to the east. With this 意向,
we stood to the north, having a light 微風 at W. by S., which at two
o'clock in the morning of the 3d, was 後継するd by a 静める that continued
till eight, when we got the 勝利，勝つd at E. by S. …に出席するd by 煙霧のかかった 天候.
At this time we saw the land we were looking for, and which 証明するd to be
two 小島s. The day on which they were discovered, was the occasion of
calling them Candlemas 小島s; latitude 57ｰ 11' S., longitude 27ｰ 6' W.
They were of no 広大な／多数の／重要な extent, but of かなりの 高さ, and were
covered with snow. A small 激しく揺する was seen between them, and perhaps there
may be more; for the 天候 was so 煙霧のかかった that we soon lost sight of the
islands, and did not see them again till noon, at which time they bore
west, distant three or four leagues.

As the 勝利，勝つd kept veering to the south, we were 強いるd to stand to the
N.E., in which 大勝する we met with several large ice islands, loose ice,
and many penguins; and at midnight, （機の）カム at once into water uncommonly
white, which alarmed the officer of the watch so much, that he tacked
the ship 即時に. Some thought it was a float of ice; others that it
was shallow water; but, as it 証明するd neither, probably it was a shoal of
fish.

We stood to the south till two o'clock next morning, when we 再開するd our
course to the east with a faint 微風 at S.S.E. which having ended in a
静める, at six, I took the 適切な時期 of putting a boat in the water to
try if there were any 現在の; and the 裁判，公判 証明するd there was 非，不，無. Some
鯨s were playing about us, and 豊富 of penguins: a few of the
latter were 発射, and they 証明するd to be of the same sort that we had
seen の中で the ice before, and different both from those on Staten Land,
and from those at the 小島 of Georgia. It is remarkable, that we had not
seen a 調印（する） since we left that coast. At noon we were in latitude of 56ｰ
44' S., longitude 25ｰ 33' W. At this time we got a 微風 at east, with
which we stood to the south, with a 見解（をとる） of 伸び（る）ing the coast we had
left; but at eight o'clock the 勝利，勝つd 転換d to the south, and made it
necessary to tack and stand to the east; in which course we met with
several ice-islands and some loose ice; the 天候 continuing 煙霧のかかった with
snow and rain.

No penguins were seen on the 5th, which made me conjecture that we were
leaving the land behind us, and that we had already seen its northern
extremity. At noon we were in the latitude of 57ｰ 8' S., longitude 23ｰ
34' west, which was 3ｰ of longitude to the east of Saunders's 小島. In
the afternoon the 勝利，勝つd 転換d to the west; this enabled us to stretch
to the south, and to get into the latitude of the land, that, if it took
an east direction, we might again 落ちる in with it.

We continued to steer to the south and S.E. till next day at noon, at
which time we were in the latitude of 58ｰ 15' S., longitude 21ｰ 34'
west, and seeing neither land nor 調印するs of any, I 結論するd that what we
had seen, which I 指名するd 挟む Land, was either a group of islands, or
else a point of the continent. For I 堅固に believe that there is a
tract of land 近づく the 政治家 which is the source of most of the ice that
is spread over this 広大な southern ocean. I also think it probable that
it 延長するs farthest to the north opposite the southern 大西洋 and
Indian oceans; because ice was always 設立する by us さらに先に to the north
in these oceans than any where else, which I 裁判官 could not be, if
there were not land to the south; I mean a land of かなりの extent.
For if we suppose that no such land 存在するs, and that ice may be formed
without it, it will follow of course that the 冷淡な せねばならない be every
where nearly equal 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the 政治家, as far as 70ｰ or 60' of latitude, or
so far as to be beyond the 影響（力） of any of the known continents;
その結果 we せねばならない see ice every where under the same 平行の, or
近づく it; and yet the contrary has been, 設立する. Very few ships have met
with ice going 一連の会議、交渉／完成する Cape Horn: And we saw but little below the sixtieth
degree of latitude, in the Southern 太平洋の Ocean. 反して in this
ocean, between the meridian of 40ｰ west and 50ｰ or 60ｰ east, we 設立する
ice as far north as 51ｰ. Bouvet met with, some in 48ｰ, and others have
seen it in a much lower latitude. It is true, however, that the greatest
part of this southern continent (supposing there is one), must 嘘（をつく）
within the polar circle, where the sea is so pestered with ice, that the
land is その為に inaccessible. The risque one runs in 調査するing a coast,
in these unknown and icy seas, is so very 広大な／多数の／重要な, that I can be bold
enough to say that no man will ever 投機・賭ける さらに先に than I have done;
and that the lands which may 嘘（をつく） to the south will never be 調査するd.
厚い 霧s, snow 嵐／襲撃するs, 激しい 冷淡な, and every other thing that can
（判決などを）下す 航海 dangerous, must be 遭遇（する）d, and these difficulties
are 大いに 高くする，増すd by the inexpressibly horrid 面 of the
country; a country doomed by nature never once to feel the warmth of
the sun's rays, but to 嘘（をつく） buried in everlasting snow and ice. The ports
which may be on the coast, are, in a manner, wholly filled up with
frozen snow of 広大な thickness; but if any should be so far open as to
招待する a ship into it, she would run a risque of 存在 直す／買収する，八百長をするd there for
ever, or of coming out in an ice island. The islands and floats on the
coast, the 広大な／多数の／重要な 落ちるs from the ice-cliffs in the port, or a 激しい
snow-嵐／襲撃する …に出席するd with a sharp 霜, would be 平等に 致命的な.

After such an explanation as this, the reader must not 推定する／予想する to find me
much さらに先に to the south. It was, however, not for want of inclination,
but for other 推論する／理由s. It would have been rashness in me to have risqued
all that had been done during the voyage, in discovering and 調査するing a
coast, which, when discovered and 調査するd, would have answered no end
whatever, or have been of the least use, either to 航海 or
地理学, or indeed to any other science. Bouvet's 発見 was yet
before us, the 存在 of which was to be （疑いを）晴らすd up; and, besides all
this, we were not now in a 条件 to 請け負う 広大な／多数の／重要な things; nor
indeed was there time, had we been ever so 井戸／弁護士席 供給するd.

These 推論する／理由s induced me to alter the course to the east, with a very
strong 強風 at north, …に出席するd with an exceedingly 激しい 落ちる of snow.
The 量 which 宿泊するd on our sails was so 広大な／多数の／重要な, that we were
frequently 強いるd to throw the ship up in the 勝利，勝つd to shake it out of
them, さもなければ neither they nor the ship could have supported the
負わせる. In the evening it 中止するd to snow; the 天候 （疑いを）晴らすd up, the
勝利，勝つd 支援するd to the west, and we spent the night in making two short
boards, under の近くに-暗礁d 最高の，を越す-sails and fore-sail.

At day-break on the 7th, we 再開するd our course to the east, with a very
fresh 強風 at S.W. by W., …に出席するd by a high sea from the same
direction. In the afternoon, 存在 in the latitude of 58ｰ 24' S.,
longitude 16ｰ 19' west, the variation was 1ｰ 52' east. Only three
ice-islands seen this day. At eight o'clock, 縮めるd sail, and 運ぶ／漁獲高d
the 勝利，勝つd to the S.E. for the night, in which we had several にわか雨s of
snow and sleet.

On the 8th at day-light, we 再開するd our east course with a gentle 微風
and 好天. After sun-rise, 存在 then in the latitude of 58ｰ 30'
S., longitude 15ｰ 14' west, the variation, by the mean results of two
compasses, was 2ｰ 43' east. These 観察s were more to be depended
on than those made the night before, there 存在 much いっそう少なく sea now than
then. In the afternoon, we passed three ice-islands. This night was
spent as the 先行する.

At six next morning, 存在 in the latitude of 58ｰ 27' S., longitude 13ｰ
4' W., the variation was 26' E.; and in the afternoon, 存在 in the same
latitude, and about a ４半期/4分の1 of a degree more to the east, it was 2'
west. Therefore this last 状況／情勢 must be in or 近づく the Line, in
which the compass has no variation. We had a 静める the most part of the
day. The 天候 fair and （疑いを）晴らす, excepting now and then a snow-にわか雨.
The 水銀柱，温度計 in the 温度計 at noon rose to 40; 反して, for several
days before, it had been no higher than 36 or 38. We had several
ice-islands in sight, but no one thing that could induce us to think
that any land was in our neighbourhood. At eight in the evening a 微風
sprung up at S.E., with which we stood to N.E.

During the night the 勝利，勝つd freshened and veered south, which enabled us
to steer east. The 勝利，勝つd was …に出席するd with にわか雨s of sleet and snow till
day-light, when the 天候 became fair, but piercing 冷淡な, so that the
water on deck was frozen, and at noon the 水銀柱，温度計 in the 温度計 was
no higher than 34-1/2. At six o'clock in the morning, the variation was
23' west, 存在 then in the latitude of 58ｰ 15' S., longitude 11ｰ 41' W;
and at six in the evening, 存在 in the same latitude, and in the
longitude of 9ｰ 24' W., it was 1ｰ 51' W. In the evening the 勝利，勝つd abated;
and during the night, it was variable between south and west.
Ice-islands continually in sight.

On the 11th, 勝利，勝つd westerly, light 空気／公表するs …に出席するd with 激しい にわか雨s of
snow in the morning; but as the day 前進するd, the 天候 became fair,
（疑いを）晴らす, and serene. Still continuing to steer east, at noon we 観察するd
in latitude 58ｰ 11', longitude at the same time 7ｰ 55' west. 温度計
34-2/3. In the afternoon we had two hours 静める; after which we had faint
微風s between the N.E. and S.E.

At six o'clock in the morning of the 12th, 存在 in the latitude of 58ｰ
23' S., longitude 6ｰ 54' W., the variation was 3ｰ 23' west. We had
variable light 空気／公表するs next to a 静める all this day, and the 天候 was
fair and （疑いを）晴らす till に向かって the evening, when it became cloudy with
snow-にわか雨s, and the 空気／公表する very 冷淡な. Ice-islands continually in sight;
most of them small and breaking to pieces.

In the afternoon of the 13th, the 勝利，勝つd 増加するd, the sky became
clouded, and soon after we had a very 激しい 落ちる of snow, which
continued till eight or nine o'clock in the evening, when the 勝利，勝つd
abating and veering to S.E., the sky （疑いを）晴らすd up, and we had a fair
night, …に出席するd with so sharp a 霜, that the water in all our 大型船s
on deck was next morning covered with a sheet of ice. The 水銀柱，温度計 in the
温度計 was as low as 29ｰ, which is 3ｰ below 氷点の, or rather 4;
for we 一般に 設立する the water 凍結する when the 水銀柱，温度計 stood at 33ｰ.

に向かって noon on the 14th, the 勝利，勝つd veering to the south, 増加するd to a
very strong 強風, and blew in 激しい squalls …に出席するd with snow. At
intervals, between the squalls, the 天候 was fair and （疑いを）晴らす, but
exceedingly 冷淡な. We continued to steer east, inclining a little to the
north, and in, the afternoon crossed the first meridian, or that of
Greenwich, in the latitude of 57ｰ 50' S. At eight in, the evening, we
の近くに-暗礁d the 最高の，を越す-sails, took in the main-sail, and steered east with
a very hard 強風 at S.S.W., and a high sea from the same direction.

At day-break on the 15th, we 始める，決める the main-sail, loosed a 暗礁 out of
each 最高の，を越す-sail, and with a very strong 強風 at S.W., and 好天,
steered E.N.E. till noon, at which, time we were in latitude of 50ｰ 37'
S., longitude 4ｰ 11' E., when we pointed to the N.E., ーするために get
into the latitude of Cape Circumcision. Some large ice-islands were in
sight, and the 空気／公表する was nearly as 冷淡な as on the 先行する day. At eight
o'clock in the evening, 縮めるd sail, and at eleven 運ぶ／漁獲高d the 勝利，勝つd to
the N.W., not daring to stand on in the night, which was 霧がかかった, with
snow-にわか雨s, and a smart 霜.

At day-break on the 16th, we bore away N.E., with a light 微風 at
west, which, at noon, was 後継するd by a 静める and 好天. Our
latitude at this time was 55ｰ 26' S., longitude 5ｰ 52' E., in which
状況／情勢 we had a 広大な／多数の／重要な swell from the southward, but no ice in sight.
At one o'clock in the p.m., a 微風 springing up at E.N.E., we stood to
S.E. till six, then tacked, and stood to the north, under 二塁打-暗礁d
最高の，を越す-sails and courses, having a very fresh 強風 …に出席するd with snow and
sleet, which 直す／買収する，八百長をするd to the masts and 船の索具 as it fell, and coated the
whole with ice.

On the 17th the 勝利，勝つd continued veering, by little and little, to the
south, till midnight, when it 直す／買収する，八百長をするd at S.W. 存在 at this time in the
latitude of 54ｰ 20' S., longitude 6ｰ 33' east, I steered east, having a
prodigious high sea from the south, which 保証するd us no land was 近づく in
that direction.

In the morning of the 18th, it 中止するd to snow; the 天候 became fair
and （疑いを）晴らす; and we 設立する the variation to be 18ｰ 44' west. At noon we
were in the latitude of 54ｰ 25', longitude 8ｰ 46' east. I thought this a
good latitude to keep in, to look for Cape Circumcision; because, if the
land had ever so little extent in the direction of north and south, we
could not 行方不明になる seeing it, as the northern point is said to 嘘（をつく） in 54ｰ.
We had yet a 広大な／多数の／重要な swell from the south, so that I was now 井戸／弁護士席 保証するd
it could only be an island, and it was of no consequence which 味方する we
fell in with. In the evening Mr むちの跡s made several 観察s of the
moon, and 星／主役にするs Regulus and Spica; the mean results, at four o'clock
when the 観察s were made, for finding the time by the watch, gave
9ｰ 15' 20" east longitude. The watch at the same time gave 9ｰ 36' 45".
Soon after the variation was 設立する to be 13ｰ 10' west. It is nearly in
this 状況／情勢 that Mr Bouvet had 1ｰ east. I cannot suppose that the
variation has altered so much since that time; but rather think he had
made some mistake in his 観察s. That there could be 非，不，無 in ours
was 確かな , from the uniformity for some time past. Besides, we 設立する
12ｰ 8' west, variation, nearly under this meridian, in January 1773.
During the night the 勝利，勝つd veered 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the N.W. to N.N.E. and blew a
fresh 強風.

At eight in the morning of the 19th, we saw the 外見 of land in
the direction of E. by S., or that of our course; but it 証明するd a mere
霧-bank, and soon after 分散させるd. We continued to steer E. by S. and
S.E., till seven o'clock in the evening, when 存在 in the latitude of
54ｰ 42' S., longitude 13ｰ 3' E., and the 勝利，勝つd having veered to N.E., we
tacked and stood to N.W. under の近くに-暗礁d topsails and courses; having
a very strong 強風 …に出席するd with snow-にわか雨s.

At four o'clock next morning, 存在 in the latitude of 54ｰ 30' S.,
longitude 12ｰ 33'. east, we tacked and stretched to N.E. with a fresh
強風 at S.W., …に出席するd with snow-にわか雨s and sleet. At noon, 存在 in
the latitude of 54ｰ 8' S., longitude 12ｰ 59' E., with a fresh 強風 at W.
by N., and tolerably （疑いを）晴らす 天候, we steered east till ten o'clock in
the evening, when we brought-to, lest we might pass any land in the
night, of which we however had not the least 調印するs.

At day-break, having made sail, we bore away E., and at noon 観察するd in
latitude 54ｰ 16' S., longitude 16ｰ 13' east, which is 5ｰ to the east of
the longitude in which Cape Circumcision is said to 嘘（をつく）; so that we
began to think there was no such land in 存在. I however continued
to steer east, inclining a little to the south, till four o'clock in the
afternoon of the next day, when we were in latitude 54ｰ 24' S.,
longitude 19ｰ 18' east.

We had now run 負かす／撃墜する thirteen degrees of longitude in the very latitude
割り当てるd for Bouvet's Land. I was therefore 井戸／弁護士席 保証するd that what he
had seen could be nothing but an island of ice; for, if it had been
land, it is hardly possible we could have 行方不明になるd it, though it were ever
so small. Besides, from the time of leaving the southern lands, we had
not met with the least 調印するs of any other. But even suppose we had, it
would have been no proof of the 存在 of Cape Circumcision; for I am
井戸／弁護士席 保証するd that neither 調印（する）s nor penguins, nor any of the 大洋の
birds, are indubitable 調印するs of the 周辺 of land. I will 許す that
they are 設立する on the coasts of all these southern lands; but are they
not also to be 設立する in all parts of the southern ocean? There are,
however, some 大洋の or aquatic birds which point out the 周辺 of
land; 特に shags, which seldom go out of sight of it; and gannets,
ばか者s, and men-of-war birds, I believe, seldom go very far out to sea.

As we were now no more than two degrees of longitude 前線 our 大勝する to
the south, when we left the Cape of Good Hope, it was to no 目的 to
proceed any さらに先に to the east under this 平行の, knowing that no
land could be there. But an 適切な時期 now 申し込む／申し出ing of （疑いを）晴らすing up some
疑問s of our having seen land さらに先に to the south, I steered S.E. to
get into the 状況／情勢 in which it was supposed to 嘘（をつく）.

We continued this course till four o'clock the next morning, and then
S.E. by E. and E.S.E., till eight in the evening, at which time we were
in the latitude of 55ｰ 25' S., longitude 23ｰ 22' east, both deduced from
観察s made the same day; for, in the morning, the sky was （疑いを）晴らす
at intervals, and afforded an 適切な時期 to 観察する several distances
of the sun and moon, which we had not been able to do for some time
past, having had a constant succession of bad 天候.

Having now run over the place where the land was supposed to 嘘（をつく）,
without seeing the least 調印するs of any, it was no longer to be 疑問d
but that the ice-islands had deceived us 同様に as Mr Bouvet. The 勝利，勝つd
by this time having veered to the north, and 増加するd to a perfect
嵐／襲撃する, …に出席するd as usual with snow and sleet, we 手渡すd the 最高の，を越す-sails
and 運ぶ／漁獲高d up E.N.E. under the courses. During the night the 勝利，勝つd
abated, and veered to N.W., which enabled us to steer more to the north,
having no 商売／仕事 さらに先に south.

CHAPTER VII.

_Heads of what has been done in the Voyage; with some Conjectures
関心ing the 形式 of Ice-Islands; and an Account of our
訴訟／進行s till our Arrival at the Cape of Good Hope._

1775 February

I had now made the 回路・連盟 of the southern ocean in a high latitude, and
横断するd it in such a manner as to leave not the least room for the
可能性 of there 存在 a continent, unless 近づく the 政治家, and out of
the reach of 航海. By twice visiting the 熱帯の sea, I had not
only settled the 状況／情勢 of some old 発見s, but made there many
new ones, and left, I conceive, very little more to be done even in that
part. Thus I flatter myself, that the 意向 of the voyage has, in
every 尊敬（する）・点, been fully answered; the southern 半球 十分に
調査するd, and a final end put to the searching after a southern
continent, which has, at times, ingrossed the attention of some of the
海上の 力／強力にするs, for 近づく two centuries past, and been a favourite
theory amongst the geographers of all ages.

That there may be a continent, or large tract of land, 近づく the 政治家, I
will not 否定する; on the contrary I am of opinion there is; and it is
probable that we have seen a part of it. The 過度の 冷淡な, the many
islands and 広大な floats of ice, all tend to 証明する that there must be
land to the south; and for my 説得／派閥 that this southern land must
嘘（をつく）, or 延長する, farthest to the north opposite to the southern 大西洋
and Indian oceans, I have already 割り当てるd some 推論する／理由s; to which I may
追加する the greater degree of 冷淡な experienced by us in these seas, than in
the southern 太平洋の ocean under the same 平行のs of latitude.

In this last ocean, the 水銀柱，温度計 in the 温度計 seldom fell so low as
the 氷点の point, till we were in 60ｰ and 上向きs; 反して in the
others, it fell as low in the latitude of 54ｰ. This was certainly 借りがあるing
to there 存在 a greater 量 of ice, and to its 延長するing さらに先に
to the north, in these two seas than in the south 太平洋の; and if ice be
first formed at, or 近づく land, of which I have no 疑問, it will follow
that the land also 延長するs さらに先に north.

The 形式 or coagulation of ice-islands has not, to my knowledge,
been 完全に 調査／捜査するd. Some have supposed them to be formed by
the 氷点の of the water at the mouths of large rivers, or 広大な／多数の／重要な
cataracts, where they 蓄積する till they are broken off by their own
負わせる. My 観察s will not 許す me to acquiesce in this opinion;
because we never 設立する any of the ice which we took up 会社にする／組み込むd with
earth, or any of its produce, as I think it must have been, had it been
coagulated in land-waters. It is a 疑問 with me, whether there be any
rivers in these countries. It is 確かな , that we saw not a river, or
stream of water, on all the coast of Georgia, nor on any of the southern
lands. Nor did we ever see a stream of water run from any of the
ice-islands. How are we then to suppose that there are large rivers? The
valleys are covered, many fathoms 深い, with everlasting snow; and, at
the sea, they 終結させる in icy cliffs of 広大な 高さ. It is here where
the ice-islands are formed; not from streams of water, but from
強固にする／合併する／制圧するd snow and sleet, which is almost continually 落ちるing or
drifting 負かす／撃墜する from the mountains, 特に in the winter, when the
霜 must be 激しい. During that season, the ice-cliffs must so
蓄積する as to fill up all the bays, be they ever so large. This is a
fact which cannot be 疑問d, as we have seen it so in summer. These
cliffs 蓄積する by continual 落ちるs of snow, and what drifts from the
mountains, till they are no longer able to support their own 負わせる;
and then large pieces break off, which we call ice-islands. Such as have
a flat even surface, must be of the ice formed in the bays, and before
the flat vallies; the others, which have a 次第に減少するing unequal surface,
must be formed on, or under, the 味方する of a coast composed of pointed
激しく揺するs and precipices, or some such uneven surface. For we cannot suppose
that snow alone, as it 落ちるs, can form, on a plain surface, such as the
sea, such a variety of high 頂点（に達する）s and hills, as we saw on many of the
ice-小島s. It is certainly more reasonable to believe that they are
formed on a coast whose surface is something 類似の to theirs. I have
観察するd that all the ice-islands of any extent, and before they begin
to break to pieces, are 終結させるd by perpendicular cliffs of （疑いを）晴らす ice
or frozen snow, always on one or more 味方するs, but most 一般に all
一連の会議、交渉／完成する. Many, and those of the largest size, which had a hilly and spiral
surface, shewed a perpendicular cliff, or 味方する, from the 首脳会議 of the
highest 頂点（に達する） 負かす／撃墜する to its base. This to me was a 納得させるing proof, that
these, 同様に as the flat 小島s, must have broken off from 実体s
like themselves, that is, from some large tract of ice.

When I consider the 広大な 量 of ice we saw, and the 周辺 of the
places to the 政治家 where it is formed, and where the degrees of
longitude are very small, I am led to believe that these ice-cliffs
延長する a good way into the sea, in some parts, 特に in such as are
避難所d from the 暴力／激しさ of the 勝利，勝つd. It may even be 疑問d if ever
the 勝利，勝つd is violent in the very high latitudes. And that the sea will
凍結する over, or the snow that 落ちるs upon it, which 量s to the same
thing, we have instances in the northern 半球. The Baltic, the
Gulph of St Laurence, the 海峡s of Belle-小島, and many other 平等に
large seas, are frequently frozen over in winter. Nor is this at all
驚くべき／特命の／臨時の, for we have 設立する the degree of 冷淡な at the surface of
the sea, even in summer, to be two degrees below the 氷点の point;
その結果 nothing kept it from 氷点の but the salt it 含む／封じ込めるs, and
the agitation of its surface. Whenever this last ceaseth in winter, when
the 霜 is 始める，決める in, and there comes a 落ちる of snow, it will 凍結する on
the surface as it 落ちるs, and in a few days, or perhaps in one night,
form such a sheet of ice as will not be easily broken up. Thus a
創立／基礎 will be laid for it to 蓄積する to any thickness by 落ちるs
of snow, without its 存在 at all necessary for the sea-water to
凍結する. It may be by this means these 広大な floats of low ice we find in
the spring of the year are formed, and which, after they break up, are
carried by the 現在のs to the north. For, from all the 観察s I
have been able to make, the 現在のs every where, in the high latitudes,
始める，決める to the north, or to the N.E. or N.W.; but we have very seldom 設立する
them かなりの.

If this imperfect account of the 形式 of these 驚くべき／特命の／臨時の
floating islands of ice, which is written wholly from my own
観察s, does not 伝える some useful hints to an abler pen, it
will, however, 伝える some idea of the lands where they are formed:
Lands doomed by Nature to perpetual frigidness; never to feel the warmth
of the sun's rays; whose horrible and savage 面 I have not words to
述べる. Such are the lands we have discovered; what then may we 推定する／予想する
those to be which 嘘（をつく） still さらに先に to the south? For we may reasonably
suppose that we have seen the best, as lying most to the north. If any
one should have 決意／決議 and perseverance to （疑いを）晴らす up this point by
訴訟／進行 さらに先に than I have done, I shall not envy him the honour of
the 発見; but I will be bold to say, that the world will not be
利益d by it.

I had, at this time, some thoughts of revisiting the place where the
French 発見 is said to 嘘（をつく）. But then I considered that, if they had
really made this 発見, the end would be as fully answered as if I
had done it myself. We know it can only be an island; and if we may
裁判官 from the degree of 冷淡な we 設立する in that latitude, it cannot be a
fertile one. Besides, this would have kept me two months longer at sea,
and in a tempestuous latitude, which we were not in a 条件 to
struggle with. Our sails and 船の索具 were so much worn, that something
was giving way every hour; and we had nothing left either to 修理 or
to 取って代わる them. Our 準備／条項s were in a 明言する／公表する of decay, and
その結果 afforded little nourishment, and we had been a long time
without refreshments. My people, indeed, were yet healthy, and would
have cheerfully gone wherever I had thought proper to lead them; but I
dreaded the scurvy laying 持つ／拘留する of them at a time when we had nothing
left to 除去する it. I must say さらに先に, that it would have been cruel in
me to have continued the 疲労，（軍の）雑役s and hardships they were continually
exposed to, longer than was 絶対 necessary. Their behaviour,
throughout the whole voyage, 長所d every indulgence which it was in my
力／強力にする to give them. Animated by the 行為／行う of the officers, they shewed
themselves 有能な of surmounting every difficulty and danger which （機の）カム
in their way, and never once looked either upon the one or the other, as
存在 at all 高くする，増すd, by our 分離 from our consort the
Adventure.

All these considerations induced me to lay aside looking for the French
発見s, and to steer for the Cape of Good Hope; with a 決意／決議,
however, of looking for the 小島s of Denia and Marseveen, which are laid
負かす／撃墜する in Dr Halley's variation chart in the latitude of 41ｰ 1/2 S., and
about 4ｰ of longitude to the east of the meridian of the Cape of Good
Hope. With this 見解（をとる） I steered N.E., with a hard 強風 at N.W. and 厚い
天候; and on the 25th, at noon, we saw the last ice island, 存在 at
this time in the latitude of 52ｰ 52' S., longitude 26ｰ 31' E.

1775 March

The 勝利，勝つd abating and veering to the south, on the first of March, we
steered west, ーするために get さらに先に from Mr Bouvet's 跡をつける, which was
but a few degrees to the east of us, 存在 at this time in the latitude
of 46ｰ 44' S., longitude 33ｰ 20' E., in which 状況／情勢 we 設立する the
variation to be 23ｰ 36' W. It is somewhat remarkable, that all the time
we had northerly 勝利，勝つd, which were 正規の／正選手 and constant for several
days, the 天候 was always 厚い and cloudy; but, as soon as they （機の）カム
south of west, it （疑いを）晴らすd up, and was 罰金 and pleasant. The 晴雨計
began to rise several days before this change happened; but whether on
account of it, or our coming northward, cannot be 決定するd.

The 勝利，勝つd remained not long at south before it veered 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the N.E.
to the N.W., blowing fresh and by squalls, …に出席するd, as before, with
rain and 厚い misty 天候. We had some intervals of （疑いを）晴らす 天候 in
the afternoon of the 3d, when we 設立する the variation to be 22ｰ 26' W.;
latitude at this time 45ｰ 8' S., longitude 30ｰ 50' E. The に引き続いて
night was very 嵐の, the 勝利，勝つd blew from S.W. and in 過度に 激しい
squalls. At short intervals between the squalls the 勝利，勝つd would 落ちる
almost to a 静める, and then come on again with such fury, that neither
our sails nor 船の索具 could withstand it, several of the sails 存在
分裂（する）, and a middle stay-sail 存在 wholly lost. The next morning the
強風 abated, and we 修理d the 損失 we had 支えるd in the best
manner we could.

On the 8th, 存在 in the latitude of 41ｰ 30' S., longitude 26ｰ 51' E.,
the 水銀柱，温度計 in the 温度計 rose to 61, and we 設立する it necessary to
put on はしけ 着せる／賦与するs. As the 勝利，勝つd continued invariably 直す／買収する，八百長をするd between
N.W. and W., we took every advantage to get to the west, by tacking
whenever it 転換d any thing in our favour; but as we had a 広大な／多数の／重要な swell
against us, our tacks were rather disadvantageous. We daily saw
albatrosses, peterels, and other 大洋の birds; but not the least 調印する
of land.

On the 11th, in the latitude of 40ｰ 40' S., longitude 23ｰ 47' E., the
variation was 20ｰ 48' W. About noon the same day the 勝利，勝つd 転換d
suddenly from N.W. to S.W., 原因（となる）d the 水銀柱，温度計 in the 温度計 to
落ちる as suddenly from 62ｰ to 52ｰ; such was the different 明言する／公表する of the
空気／公表する, between a northerly and southerly 勝利，勝つd. The next day, having
several hours 静める, we put a boat in the water, and 発射 some
albatrosses and peterels, which, at this time, were 高度に 許容できる.
We were now nearly in the 状況／情勢 where the 小島s which we were in
search of, are said to 嘘（をつく）; however, we saw nothing that could give us
the least hope of finding them.

The 静める continued till five o'clock of the next morning, when it was
後継するd by a 微風 at W. by S., with which we stood to N.N.W., and at
noon 観察するd in latitude 38ｰ 51' S. This was 上向きs of thirty miles
more to the north than our スピードを出す／記録につける gave us; and the watch shewed that we had
been 始める，決める to the east also. If these differences did not arise from some
strong 現在の, I know not how to account for them. Very strong 現在のs
have been 設立する on the African coast, between Madagascar and the Cape
of Good Hope, but I never heard of their 延長するing so far from the land;
nor is it probable they do. I rather suppose that this 現在の has no
関係 with that on the coast; and that we happened to 落ちる into
some stream which is neither 継続している nor 正規の／正選手. But these are points
which 要求する much time to 調査／捜査する, and must therefore be left to
the 産業 of 未来 航海士s.

We were now two degrees to the north of the 平行の in which the 小島s
of Denia and Marseveen are said to 嘘（をつく）. We had seen nothing to encourage
us to persevere in looking after them, and it must have taken up some
time longer to find them, or to 証明する their 非，不，無-存在. Every one was
impatient to get into port, and for good 推論する／理由s: As for a long time we
had had nothing but stale and salt 準備／条項s, for which every one on
board had lost all relish. These 推論する／理由s induced me to 産する／生じる to the
general wish, and to steer for the Cape of Good Hope, 存在 at this time
in the latitude of 38ｰ 38' S., longitude 23ｰ 37' E.

The next day the 観察するd latitude at noon was only seventeen miles to
the north of that given by the スピードを出す／記録につける; so that we had either got out of the
strength of the 現在の, or it had 中止するd.

On the 15th the 観察するd latitude at noon, together with the watch,
shewed that we had had a strong 現在の setting to the S.W., the
contrary direction to what we had experienced on some of the 先行する
days, as hath been について言及するd.

At day-light, on the 16th, we saw two sail in the N.W. ４半期/4分の1 standing
to the 西方の, and one of them shewing Dutch colours. At ten o'clock
we tacked and stood to the west also, 存在 at this time in the latitude
of 39ｰ 9' S., longitude 22ｰ 38' E.

I now, in pursuance of my 指示／教授／教育s, 需要・要求するd of the officers and
petty officers, the スピードを出す／記録につける-調書をとる／予約するs and 定期刊行物s they had kept; which were
配達するd to me accordingly, and 調印（する）d up for the 査察 of the
Admiralty. I also enjoined them, and the whole 乗組員, not to divulge
where we had been, till they had their lordships' 許可 so to do.
In the afternoon, the 勝利，勝つd veered to the west, and 増加するd to a hard
強風, which was of short duration; for, the next day, it fell, and at
noon veered to S.E. At this time we were in the latitude of 34ｰ 49' S.,
longitude 22ｰ E.; and, on sounding, 設立する fifty-six fathoms water. In
the evening we saw the land in the direction of E.N.E. about six leagues
distant; and, during the fore-part of the night, there was a 広大な／多数の／重要な 解雇する／砲火／射撃
or light upon it.

At day-break on the 18th, we saw the land again, 耐えるing N.N.W., six or
seven leagues distant, and the depth of water forty-eight fathoms. At
nine o'clock, having little or no 勝利，勝つd, we hoisted out a boat, and sent
on board one of the two ships before-について言及するd, which were about two
leagues from us; but we were too impatient after news to regard the
distance. Soon after, a 微風 sprung up at west, with which we stood to
the south; and, presently, three sail more appeared in sight to
windward, one of which shewed English colours.

At one, p.m., the boat returned from on board the Bownkerke Polder,
Captain Cornelius Bosch, a Dutch Indiaman from Bengal. Captain Bosch,
very obligingly, 申し込む／申し出d us sugar, arrack, and whatever he had to spare.
Our people were told by some English seamen on board this ship, that the
Adventure had arrived at the Cape of Good Hope twelve months ago, and
that the 乗組員 of one of her boats had been 殺人d and eaten by the
people of New Zealand; so that the story which we heard in Queen
Charlotte's Sound was now no longer a mystery.

We had light 空気／公表するs next, to a 静める till ten o'clock the next morning,
when a 微風 sprung up at west, and the English ship, which was to
windward, bore 負かす／撃墜する to us. She 証明するd to be the True Briton, Captain
概して, from 中国. As he did not ーするつもりである to touch at the Cape, I put a
letter on board him for the 長官 of the Admiralty.

The account which we had heard of the Adventure was now 確認するd to us
by this ship. We also got, from on board her, a 小包 of old
newspapers, which were new to us, and gave us some amusement; but these
were the least favours we received from Captain 概して. With a
generosity peculiar to the 指揮官s of the India Company's ships, he
sent us fresh 準備／条項s, tea, and other articles which were very
許容できる, and deserve from me this public acknowledgment. In the
afternoon we parted company. The True Briton stood out to sea, and we in
for the land, having a very fresh 強風 at west, which 分裂（する） our fore
最高の，を越す-sail in such a manner, that we were 強いるd to bring another to the
yard. At six o'clock we tacked within four or five miles of the shore;
and, as we 裁判官d, about five or six leagues to the east of Cape
Aguilas. We stood off till midnight, when, the 勝利，勝つd having veered 一連の会議、交渉／完成する
to the south, we tacked, and stood along-shore to the west. The 勝利，勝つd
kept veering more and more in our favour, and at last 直す／買収する，八百長をするd at E.S.E.;
and blew for some hours a perfect ハリケーン.

As soon as the 嵐／襲撃する began to 沈下する, we made sail, and 運ぶ／漁獲高d in for
the land. Next day at noon, the （米）棚上げする／（英）提議する Mountain over the Cape Town bore
N.E. by E., distant nine or ten leagues. By making use of this 耐えるing
and distance to 減ずる the longitude shewn by the watch to the Cape
Town, the error was 設立する to be no more than 18' in longitude, which it
was too far to the east. Indeed the difference 設立する between it and the
lunar 観察s, since we left New Zealand, had seldom 越えるd half
a degree, and always the same way.

The next morning, 存在 with us Wednesday the 22d, but with the people
here Tuesday the 21st, we 錨，総合司会者d in （米）棚上げする／（英）提議する Bay, where we 設立する several
Dutch ships; some French; and the Ceres, Captain イモリ, an English East
India Company's ship, from 中国, bound 直接／まっすぐに to England, by whom I
sent a copy of the 先行する part of this 定期刊行物, some charts, and
other 製図／抽選s to the Admiralty.

Before we had 井戸／弁護士席 got to an 錨，総合司会者, I 派遣（する）d an officer to 熟知させる
the 知事 with our arrival, and to request the necessary 蓄える／店s and
refreshments; which were readily 認めるd. As soon as the officer （機の）カム
支援する, we saluted the 守備隊 with thirteen guns, which compliment was
すぐに returned with an equal number.

I now learnt that the Adventure had called here, on her return; and I
設立する a letter from Captain Furneaux, 熟知させるing me with the loss of
his boat, and of ten of his best men, in Queen Charlotte's Sound. The
captain, afterwards, on my arrival in England, put into my 手渡すs a
完全にする narrative of his 訴訟／進行s, from the time of our second and
final 分離, which I now lay before the public in the に引き続いて
section.

CHAPTER VIII.

_Captain Furneaux's Narrative of his 訴訟／進行s, in the Adventure,
from, the Time he was separated from the 決意／決議, to his Arrival in
England; 含むing 中尉／大尉／警部補 Burney's 報告（する）／憶測 関心ing the Boat's 乗組員
who were 殺人d by the Inhabitants of Queen Charlottes Sound_.

1773 October

After a passage of fourteen days from Amsterdam, we made the coast of
New Zealand 近づく the （米）棚上げする／（英）提議する Cape, and stood along-shore till we （機の）カム as
far as Cape Turnagain. The 勝利，勝つd then began to blow strong at west, with
激しい squalls and rain, which 分裂（する） many of our sails, and blew us off
the coast for three days; in which time we parted company with the
決意／決議, and never saw her afterwards.

1773 November

On the 4th of November, we again got in shore, 近づく Cape Palliser, and
were visited by a number of the natives in their canoes; bringing a
広大な／多数の／重要な 量 of cray-fish, which we bought of them for nails and
Otaheite cloth. The next day it blew hard from W.N.W., which again drove
us off the coast, and 強いるd us to bring-to for two days; during which
time it blew one continual 強風 of 勝利，勝つd, with 激しい 落ちるs of sleet. By
this time, our decks were very leaky; our beds and bedding wet; and
several of our people complaining of 冷淡なs; so that we began to despair
of ever getting into Charlotte's Sound, or joining the 決意／決議.

On the 6th, 存在 to the north of the cape, the 勝利，勝つd at S.W., and
blowing strong, we bore away for some bay to 完全にする our water and
支持を得ようと努めるd, 存在 in 広大な／多数の／重要な want of both, having been at the allowance of one
quart of water for some days past; and even that pittance could not be
come at above six or seven days longer. We 錨，総合司会者d in Tolaga Bay on the
9th, in latitude 38ｰ 21' S., longitude 178ｰ 31' east. It affords good
riding with the 勝利，勝つd westerly, and 正規の／正選手 soundings from eleven to five
fathoms, stiff muddy ground across the bay for about two miles. It is
open from N.N.E. to E.S.E. It is to be 観察するd, easterly 勝利，勝つd seldom
blow hard on this shore; but when they do, they throw in a 広大な／多数の／重要な sea,
so that if it were not for a 広大な／多数の／重要な undertow, together with a large river
that empties itself in the 底（に届く） of the bay, a ship would not be able
to ride here. 支持を得ようと努めるd and water are easily to be had, except when it blows
hard easterly. The natives here are the same as those at Charlotte's
Sound, but more 非常に／多数の, and seemed settled, having 正規の／正選手 農園s
of 甘い potatoes, and other roots, which are very good; and they have
plenty of cray and other fish, which we bought of them for nails, beads,
and other trifles, at an 平易な 率. In one of their canoes we 観察するd
the 長，率いる of a woman lying in 明言する／公表する, adorned with feathers and other
ornaments. It had the 外見 of 存在 alive; but, on examination, we
設立する it 乾燥した，日照りの, 存在 保存するd with every feature perfect, and kept as
the 遺物 of some 死んだ relation.

Having got about ten トンs of water, and some 支持を得ようと努めるd, we sailed for
Charlotte's Sound on the 12th. We were no sooner out than the 勝利，勝つd began
to blow hard, dead on the shore, so that we could not （疑いを）晴らす the land on
either tack. This 強いるd us to 耐える away again for the bay, where we
錨，総合司会者d the next morning, and 棒 out a very 激しい 強風 of 勝利，勝つd at E.
by S., which threw in a very 広大な／多数の／重要な sea. We now began to 恐れる we should
never join the 決意／決議; having 推論する／理由 to believe she was in Charlotte
Sound, and by this time ready for sea. We soon 設立する it was with 広大な／多数の／重要な
difficulty we could get any water, 借りがあるing to the swell setting in so
strong; at last, however, we were able to go on shore, and got both 支持を得ようと努めるd
and water.

Whilst we lay here we were 雇うd about the 船の索具, which was much
損失d by the constant 強風s of 勝利，勝つd we had met with since we made the
coast. We got the にわか景気s 負かす／撃墜する on the decks, and having made the ship as
snug as possible, sailed again on the 16th. After this we met with
several 強風s of 勝利，勝つd off the mouth of the 海峡; and continued （警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域ing
backwards and 今後s till the 30th, when we were so fortunate as to
get a favourable 勝利，勝つd, which we took every advantage of, and at last got
安全な into our 願望（する）d port. We saw nothing of the 決意／決議, and began
to 疑問 her safety; but on going 岸に, we discerned the place where
she had 築くd her テントs; and, on an old stump of a tree in the garden,
観察するd these words 削減（する） out, "Look underneath." There we dug, and soon
設立する a 瓶／封じ込める corked and waxed 負かす／撃墜する, with a letter in it from Captain
Cook, signifying their arrival on the 3d instant, and 出発 on the
24th; and that they ーするつもりであるd spending a few days in the 入り口 of the
海峡s to look for us.

We すぐに 始める，決める about getting the ship ready for sea as 急速な／放蕩な as
possible; 築くd our テントs; sent the cooper on shore to 修理 the
樽s; and began to unstow the 持つ／拘留する, to get at the bread that was in
butts; but on 開始 them 設立する a 広大な／多数の／重要な 量 of it 完全に
spoiled, and most part so 損失d, that we were 強いるd to 直す／買収する，八百長をする our
巡査 oven on shore to bake it over again, which undoubtedly 延期するd us
a かなりの time. Whilst we lay here, the inhabitants （機の）カム on board
as before, 供給（する）ing us with fish, and other things of their own
製造（する）, which we bought of them for nails, etc. and appeared very
friendly, though twice in the middle of the night they （機の）カム to the テント,
with an 意向 to steal; but were discovered before they could get
any thing into their 所有／入手.

1773 December

On the 17th of December, having refitted the ship, 完全にするd our water
and 支持を得ようと努めるd, and got every thing ready for sea, we sent our large 切断機，沿岸警備艇,
with Mr 列／漕ぐ／騒動, a midshipman, and the boat's 乗組員, to gather wild greens
for the ship's company; with orders to return that evening, as I
ーするつもりであるd to sail the next morning. But on the boat's not returning the
same evening, nor the next morning, 存在 under 広大な／多数の／重要な uneasiness about
her, I hoisted out the 開始する，打ち上げる, and sent her with the second 中尉／大尉／警部補,
Mr Burney, 乗組員を乗せた with the boat's 乗組員 and ten 海洋s, in search of
her. My orders to Mr Burney were first, to look 井戸／弁護士席 into East Bay, and
then to proceed to Grass Cove, the place to which Mr 列／漕ぐ／騒動 had been sent;
and if he heard nothing of the boat there, to go さらに先に up the sound,
and come 支援する along the west shore. As Mr 列／漕ぐ／騒動 had left the ship an hour
before the time 提案するd, and in a 広大な／多数の／重要な hurry, I was 堅固に 説得するd
that his curiosity had carried him into East Bay, 非，不，無 in our ship
having ever been there; or else, that some 事故 had happened to the
boat, either by going 流浪して through the boat-keeper's 怠慢，過失, or by
存在 stove の中で the 激しく揺するs. This was almost every 団体／死体's opinion; and
on this supposition, the carpenter's mate was sent in the 開始する，打ち上げる, with
some sheets of tin. I had not the least 疑惑 that our people had
received any 傷害 from the natives, our boats having frequently been
higher up, and worse 供給するd. How much I was mistaken, too soon
appeared; for Mr Burney having returned about eleven o'clock the same
night, made his 報告（する）／憶測 of a horrible scene indeed, which cannot be
better 述べるd than in his own words, which now follow.

"On the 18th, we left the ship; and having a light 微風 in our favour,
we soon got 一連の会議、交渉／完成する Long Island, and within Long Point. I 診察するd every
cove, on the larboard 手渡す, as we went along, looking 井戸／弁護士席 all around
with a 秘かに調査する-glass, which I took for that 目的. At half past one, we
stopped at a beach on the left-手渡す 味方する going up East Bay, to boil some
victuals, as we brought nothing but raw meat with us. Whilst we were
cooking, I saw an Indian on the opposite shore, running along a beach to
the 長，率いる of the bay. Our meat 存在 drest, we got into the boat and put
off; and, in a short time, arrived at the 長，率いる of this reach, where we
saw an Indian 解決／入植地."

"As we drew 近づく, some of the Indians （機の）カム 負かす／撃墜する on the 激しく揺するs, and waved
for us to be gone, but seeing we 無視（する）d them, they altered their
公式文書，認めるs. Here we 設立する six large canoes 運ぶ／漁獲高d up on the beach, most of
them 二塁打 ones, and a 広大な／多数の／重要な many people; though not so many as one
might 推定する／予想する from the number of houses and size of the canoes. Leaving
the boat's 乗組員 to guard the boat, I stepped 岸に with the 海洋s
(the corporal and five men), and searched a good many of their houses,
but 設立する nothing to give me any 疑惑. Three or four 井戸／弁護士席-beaten
paths led さらに先に into the 支持を得ようと努めるd, where were many more houses; but the
people continuing friendly, I thought it unnecessary to continue our
search. Coming 負かす／撃墜する to the beach, one of the Indians had brought a
bundle of _Hepatoos_ (long spears), but seeing I looked very 真面目に
at him, he put them on the ground, and walked about with seeming
unconcern. Some of the people appearing to be 脅すd, I gave a
looking-glass to one, and a large nail to another. From this place the
bay ran, as nearly as I could guess, N.N.W. a good mile, where it ended
in a long sandy beach. I looked all around with the glass, but saw no
boat, canoe, or 調印する of inhabitant. I therefore contented myself with
解雇する／砲火／射撃ing some guns, which I had done in every cove as I went along."

"I now kept の近くに to the east shore, and （機の）カム to another 解決／入植地,
where the Indians 招待するd us 岸に. I enquired of them about the boat,
but they pretended ignorance. They appeared very friendly here, and sold
us some fish. Within an hour after we left this place, in a small beach
隣接するing to Grass Cove, we saw a very large 二塁打 canoe just 運ぶ／漁獲高d
up, with two men and a dog. The men, on seeing us, left their canoe, and
ran up into the 支持を得ようと努めるd. This gave me 推論する／理由 to 嫌疑者，容疑者／疑う I should here get
tidings of the 切断機，沿岸警備艇. We went 岸に, and searched the canoe, where we
設立する one of the rullock-ports of the 切断機，沿岸警備艇, and some shoes, one of
which was known to belong to Mr Woodhouse, one of our midshipmen. One of
the people, at the same time, brought me a piece of meat, which he took
to be some of the salt meat belonging to the 切断機，沿岸警備艇's 乗組員. On 診察するing
this, and smelling to it, I 設立する it was fresh. Mr Fannin (the master)
who was with me, supposed it was dog's flesh, and I was of the same
opinion; for I still 疑問d their 存在 cannibals. But we were soon
納得させるd by most horrid and 否定できない proof."

"A 広大な／多数の／重要な many baskets (about twenty) lying on the beach, tied up, we 削減（する）
them open. Some were 十分な of roasted flesh, and some of fern-root, which
serves them for bread. On, さらに先に search, we 設立する more shoes, and a
手渡す, which we すぐに knew to have belonged to Thomas Hill, one of
our fore-城 men, it 存在 示すd T.H. with an Otaheite
tattow-器具. I went with some of the people a little way up the
支持を得ようと努めるd, but saw nothing else. Coming 負かす／撃墜する again, there was a 一連の会議、交渉／完成する 位置／汚点／見つけ出す
covered with fresh earth, about four feet 直径, where something had
been buried. Having no spade, we began to dig with a cutlass; and in the
mean time I 開始する，打ち上げるd the canoe with 意図 to destroy her; but seeing a
広大な／多数の／重要な smoke 上がるing over the nearest hill, I got all the people into
the boat, and made what haste I could to be with them before sun-始める，決める."

"On 開始 the next bay, which was Grass Cove, we saw four canoes, one
選び出す／独身 and three 二塁打 ones, and a 広大な／多数の／重要な many people on the beach, who,
on our approach; 退却／保養地d to a small hill, within a ship's length of
the water 味方する, where they stood talking to us. A large 解雇する／砲火／射撃 was on the
最高の，を越す of the high land, beyond the 支持を得ようと努めるd, from whence, all the way 負かす／撃墜する
the hill, the place was thronged like a fair. As we （機の）カム in, I ordered a
musquetoon to be 解雇する／砲火／射撃d at one of the canoes, 嫌疑者，容疑者／疑うing they might be
十分な of men lying 負かす／撃墜する in the 底（に届く）; for they were all afloat, but
nobody was seen in them. The savages on the little hill still kept
hallooing, and making 調印するs for us to land. However, as soon as we got
の近くに in, we all 解雇する／砲火／射撃d. The first ボレー did not seem to 影響する／感情 them
much; but on the second, they began to 緊急発進する away as 急速な／放蕩な as they
could, some of them howling. We continued 解雇する／砲火／射撃ing as long as we could see
the glimpse of any of them through the bushes. Amongst the Indians were
two very stout men, who never 申し込む／申し出d to move till they 設立する themselves
forsaken by their companions; and then they marched away with 広大な／多数の／重要な
composure and 審議; their pride not 苦しむing them to run. One
of them, however, got a 落ちる, and either lay there, or はうd off on
all-fours. The other got （疑いを）晴らす, without any 明らかな 傷つける. I then landed
with the 海洋s, and Mr Fannin staid to guard the boat."

"On the beach were two bundles of celery, which had been gathered for
負担ing the 切断機，沿岸警備艇. A broken oar was stuck upright in the ground, to
which the natives had tied their canoes; a proof that the attack had
been made here. I then searched all along at the 支援する of the beach, to
see if the 切断機，沿岸警備艇 was there. We 設立する no boat, but instead of her, such
a shocking scene of 大虐殺 and barbarity as can never be について言及するd or
thought of but with horror; for the 長，率いるs, hearts, and 肺s of several
of our people were seen lying on the beach, and, at a little distance,
the dogs gnawing their entrails."

"Whilst we remained almost stupified on the 位置／汚点／見つけ出す, Mr Fannin called to us
that he heard the savages 集会 together in the 支持を得ようと努めるd; on which I
returned to the boat, and 運ぶ／漁獲高ing along-味方する the canoes, we 破壊するd
three of them. Whilst this was transacting, the 解雇する／砲火／射撃 on the 最高の，を越す of the
hill disappeared; and we could hear the Indians in the 支持を得ようと努めるd at high
words; I suppose quarrelling whether or no they should attack us, and
try to save their canoes. It now grew dark; I therefore just stepped
out, and looked once more behind the beach to see if the 切断機，沿岸警備艇 had been
運ぶ／漁獲高d up in the bushes; but seeing nothing of her, returned, and put
off. Our whole 軍隊 would have been barely 十分な to have gone up
the hill; and to have 投機・賭けるd with half (for half must have been left
to guard the boat) would have been fool-hardiness."

"As we opened the upper part of the sound, we saw a very large 解雇する／砲火／射撃
about three or four miles higher up, which formed a 完全にする oval,
reaching from the 最高の，を越す of the hill 負かす／撃墜する almost to the water-味方する, the
middle space 存在 inclosed all 一連の会議、交渉／完成する by the 解雇する／砲火／射撃, like a hedge. I
協議するd with Mr Fannin, and we were both of opinion that we could
推定する／予想する to 得る no other advantage than the poor satisfaction of 殺人，大当り
some more of the savages. At leaving Grass Cove, we had 解雇する／砲火／射撃d a general
ボレー に向かって where we heard the Indians talking; but, by going in and
out of the boat, the 武器 had got wet, and four pieces 行方不明になるd 解雇する／砲火／射撃. What
was still worse, it began to rain; our 弾薬／武器 was more than, half
expended, and we left six large canoes behind us in one place. With so
many disadvantages, I did not think it 価値（がある） while to proceed, where
nothing could be hoped for but 復讐."

"Coming between two 一連の会議、交渉／完成する islands, 据えるd to the southward of East
Bay, we imagined we heard somebody calling; we lay on our oars, and
listened, but heard no more of it; we hallooed several times, but to
little 目的; the poor souls were far enough out of 審理，公聴会, and,
indeed, I think it some 慰安 to 反映する, that in all probability
every man of them must have been killed on the 位置／汚点／見つけ出す."

Thus far Mr Burney's 報告（する）／憶測; and to 完全にする the account of this
tragical 処理／取引, it may not be unnecessary to について言及する, that the
people in the 切断機，沿岸警備艇 were Mr 列／漕ぐ／騒動, Mr Woodhouse, Francis Murphy,
４半期/4分の1-master; William Facey, Thomas Hill, Michael Bell, and Edward
Jones, fore-城 men; John Cavanaugh, and Thomas Milton, belonging to
the after-guard; and James Sevilley, the captain's man, 存在 ten in
all. Most of these were of our very best seamen, the stoutest and most
healthy people in the ship. Mr Burney's party brought on board two
手渡すs, one belonging to Mr 列／漕ぐ／騒動, known by a 傷つける he had received on it;
the other to Thomas Hill, as before-について言及するd; and the 長，率いる of the
captain's servant. These, with more of the remains, were tied in a
hammock, and thrown over-board, with ballast and 発射 十分な to 沈む
it. 非，不，無 of their 武器 nor cloaths were 設立する, except part of a pair of
trowsers, a frock, and six shoes, no two of them 存在 fellows.

I am not inclined to think this was any premeditated 計画（する） of these
savages; for, the morning Mr 列／漕ぐ／騒動 left the ship, he met two canoes,
which （機の）カム 負かす／撃墜する and staid all the fore-noon in Ship Cove. It might
probably happen from some quarrel which was decided on the 位置／汚点／見つけ出す, or the
fairness of the 適切な時期 might tempt them, our people 存在 so
incautious, and thinking themselves too 安全な・保証する. Another thing which
encouraged the New Zealanders, was, they were sensible that a gun was
not infallible, that they いつかs 行方不明になるd, and that, when 発射する／解雇するd,
they must be 負担d before they could be used again, which time they
knew how to take advantage of. After their success, I imagine there was
a general 会合 on the east 味方する of the sound. The Indians of Shag
Cove were there; this we knew by a cock which was in one of the canoes,
and by a long 選び出す／独身 canoe, which some of our people had seen four days
before in Shag Cove, where they had been with Mr 列／漕ぐ／騒動 in the 切断機，沿岸警備艇.

We were 拘留するd in the Sound by contrary 勝利，勝つd four days after this
melancholy 事件／事情／状勢 happened, during which time we saw 非，不，無 of the
inhabitants. What is very remarkable, I had been several times up in the
same cove with Captain Cook, and never saw the least 調印する of an
inhabitant, except some 砂漠d towns, which appeared as if they had
not been 占領するd for several years; and yet, when Mr Burney entered the
cove, he was of opinion there could not be いっそう少なく than fifteen hundred or
two thousand people. I 疑問 not, had they been apprized of his coming,
they would have attacked him. From these considerations, I thought it
imprudent to send a boat up again; as we were 納得させるd there was not
the least probability of any of our people 存在 alive.

On the 23d, we 重さを計るd and made sail out of the Sound, and stood to the
eastward to get （疑いを）晴らす of the 海峡s; which we 遂行するd the same
evening, but were baffled for two or three days with light 勝利，勝つd, before
we could （疑いを）晴らす the coast. We then stood to the S.S.E. till we got into
the latitude of 56ｰ south, without any thing remarkable happening,
having a 広大な／多数の／重要な swell from the southward. At this time the 勝利，勝つd began to
blow strong from the S.W., and the 天候 to be very 冷淡な; and as the
ship was low and 深い laden, the sea made a continual 違反 over her,
which kept us always wet; and by her 緊張するing, very few of the people
were 乾燥した，日照りの in bed or on deck, having no 避難所 to keep the sea from them.

The birds were the only companions we had in this 広大な ocean, except,
now and then, we saw a 鯨 or porpoise; and いつかs a 調印（する） or two,
and a few penguins. In the latitude of 58ｰ S., longitude 213ｰ* east,
we fell in with some ice, and, every day, saw more or いっそう少なく, we then
standing to the east. We 設立する a very strong 現在の setting to the
eastward; for by the time we were abreast of Cape Horn, 存在 in the
latitude of 61ｰ S., the ship was a-長，率いる of our account eight degrees. We
were very little more than a month from Cape Palliser in New Zealand to
Cape Horn, which is an hundred and twenty-one degrees of longitude, and
had continual westerly 勝利，勝つd from S.W. to N.W., with a 広大な／多数の／重要な sea
に引き続いて.

[* About 147 west longitude, I reckon.]

1774 January

On 開始 some 樽s of pease and flour, that had been stowed on the
coals, we 設立する them very much 損失d, and not eatable; so thought it
most 慎重な to make for the Cape of Good Hope, but first to stand into
the latitude and longitude of Cape Circumcision. After 存在 to the
eastward of Cape Horn, we 設立する the 勝利，勝つd did not blow so strong from
the 西方の as usual, but （機の）カム more from the north, which brought on
厚い 霧がかかった 天候; so that for several days together we could not be
able to get an 観察, or see the least 調印する of the sun. This
天候 lasted above a month, 存在 then の中で a 広大な／多数の／重要な many islands of
ice, which kept us 絶えず on the look-out, for 恐れる of running foul
of them, and, 存在 a 選び出す／独身 ship, made us more attentive. By this time
our people began to complain of 冷淡なs and 苦痛s in their 四肢s, which
強いるd me to 運ぶ／漁獲高 to the northward to the latitude of 54ｰ S.; but we
still continued to have the same sort of 天候, though we had oftener
an 適切な時期 of 得るing 観察s for the latitude.

1774 February

After getting into the latitude above-について言及するd, I steered to the east,
in order, if possible, to find the land laid 負かす／撃墜する by Bouvet. As we
前進するd to the east, the islands of ice became more 非常に／多数の and
dangerous; they 存在 much smaller than they used to be; and the nights
began to be dark.

1774 March

On the 3d of March, 存在 then in the latitude of 54ｰ 4' S., longitude
13ｰ E., which is the latitude of Bouvet's 発見, and half a degree
to the eastward of it, and not seeing the least 調印する of land, either now
or since we have been in this 平行の, I gave over looking for it, and
運ぶ／漁獲高d away to the northward. As our last 跡をつける to the southward was
within a few degrees of Bouvet's 発見 in the longitude 割り当てるd to
it, and about three or four degrees to the southward, should there be
any land thereabout, it must be a very inconsiderable island. But I
believe it was nothing but ice: As we, in our first setting out, thought
we had seen land several times, but it 証明するd to be high islands of ice
at the 支援する of the large fields; and as it was 厚い 霧がかかった 天候 when
Mr Bouvet fell in with it, he might very easily mistake them for land.

On the seventh, 存在 in the latitude of 48ｰ 30' S., longitude 14ｰ 26'
E., saw two large islands of ice.

On the 17th, made the land of the Cape of Good Hope, and on the 19th
錨，総合司会者d in （米）棚上げする／（英）提議する Bay, where we 設立する Commodore Sir Edward Hughes, with
his majesty's ships Salisbury and Sea-horse. I saluted the commodore
with, thirteen guns; and, soon after, the 守備隊 with the same number;
the former returned the salute, as usual, with two guns いっそう少なく, and the
latter with an equal number.

1774 March-July

On the 24th, Sir Edward Hughes sailed with the Salisbury and Sea-horse,
for the East Indies; but I remained refitting the ship and refreshing
the people till the 16th of April, when I sailed for England, and on the
14th of July 錨，総合司会者d at Spithead.

CHAPTER IX.

_Transactions at the Cape of Good Hope; with an Account of some
発見s made by the French; and the Arrival of the Ship at St
Helena._

1775 March 22

I now 再開する my own 定期刊行物, which Captain Furneaux's 利益／興味ing
narrative, in the 先行する section, had 強いるd me to 一時停止する.

The day after my arrival at the Cape of Good Hope, I went on shore, and
waited on the 知事, Baron Plettenberg, and other 主要な／長／主犯 officers,
who received, and, 扱う／治療するd us, with the greatest politeness,
与える／捧げるing all in their 力／強力にする to make it agreeable. And, as there are
few people more 強いるing to strangers than the Dutch in general, at this
place, and refreshments of all 肉親，親類d are no where to be got in such
豊富, we enjoyed some real repose, after the 疲労，（軍の）雑役s of a long
voyage.

The good 治療 which strangers 会合，会う with at the Cape of Good Hope,
and the necessity of breathing a little fresh 空気／公表する, has introduced a
custom, not ありふれた any where else (at least I have no where seen it so
厳密に 観察するd), which is, for all the officers, who can be spared
out of the ship, to reside on shore. We followed this custom. Myself,
the two Mr Forsters, and Mr Sparrman, took up our abode with Mr Brandt,
a gentleman 井戸／弁護士席 known to the English, by his 強いるing 準備完了 to
serve them. My first care, after my arrival, was to procure fresh-baked
bread, fresh meat, greens, and ワイン, for those who remained on board;
and 存在 供給するd, every day during our stay, with these articles, they
were soon 回復するd to their usual strength. We had only three men on
board whom it was thought necessary to send on shore for the 回復 of
their health; and for these I procured ４半期/4分の1s, at the 率 of thirty
stivers, or half-a-栄冠を与える, per day, for which they were 供給するd with
victuals, drink, and 宿泊するing.

We now went to work to 供給（する） all our defects. For this 目的, by
許可, we 築くd a テント on shore, to which we sent our 樽s and
sails to be 修理d. We also struck the yards and topmasts, ーするために
精密検査する the 船の索具, which we 設立する in so bad a 条件, that almost
every thing, except the standing 船の索具, was 強いるd to be 取って代わるd
with new, and that was 購入（する）d at a most exorbitant price. In the
article of 海軍の 蓄える／店s, the Dutch here, 同様に as at Batavia, take a
shameful advantage of the 苦しめる of foreigners.

That our 船の索具, sails, etc. should be worn out, will not be wondered
at, when it is known, that during this circumnavigation of the globe,
that is, from our leaving this place to our return to it again, we had
sailed no いっそう少なく than twenty thousand leagues; an extent of voyage nearly
equal to three times the equatorial circumference of the earth, and
which, I apprehend, was never sailed by any ship in the same space of
time before. And yet, in all this 広大な／多数の／重要な run, which had been made in all
latitudes between 9ｰ and 71, we sprung neither low-masts, 最高の，を越す-mast,
lower, nor 最高の，を越す-sail yard, nor so much as broke a lower or 最高の，を越す-mast
shroud; which, with the 広大な／多数の／重要な care and abilities of my officers, must be
借りがあるing to the good 所有物／資産／財産s of our ship.

One of the French ships which were at 錨，総合司会者 in the bay, was the Ajax
Indiaman, bound to Pondicherry, 命令（する）d by Captain Crozet. He had been
second in 命令（する） with Captain Marion, who sailed from this place with
two ships, in March 1772, as hath been already について言及するd. Instead of
going from hence to America, as was said, he stood away for New Zealand;
where, in the Bay of 小島s, he and some of his people were killed by the
inhabitants. Captain Crozet, who 後継するd to the 命令（する）, returned by
the way of the Phillipine 小島s, with the two ships, to the island of
Mauritius. He seemed to be a man 所有するd of the true spirit of
発見, and to have abilities. In a very 強いるing manner he
communicated to me a chart, wherein were delineated not only his own
発見s, but also that of Captain Kerguelen, which I 設立する laid 負かす／撃墜する
in the very 状況／情勢 where we searched for it; so that I can by no
means conceive how both we and the Adventure 行方不明になるd it.

Besides this land, which Captain Crozet told us was a long but very
狭くする island, 延長するing east and west, Captain Marion, in about the
latitude of 48ｰ south, and from 16ｰ to 30ｰ of longitude east of the Cape
of Good Hope, discovered six islands, which were high and barren. These,
together with some islands lying between the Line and the southern
tropic in the 太平洋の Ocean, were the 主要な／長／主犯 発見s made in this
voyage, the account of which, we were told, was ready for 出版（物）.

By Captain Crozet's chart it appeared, that a voyage had been made by
the French across the South 太平洋の Ocean in 1769, under the 命令（する） of
one Captain Surville; who, on 条件 of his 試みる／企てるing 発見s,
had 得るd leave to make a 貿易（する）ing voyage to the coast of Peru. He
fitted out, and took in a 貨物, in some part of the East Indies;
proceeded by way of the Phillipine 小島s; passed 近づく New Britain; and
discovered some land in the latitude of 10ｰ S., longitude 158ｰ east, to
which he gave his own 指名する. From hence he steered to the south; passed,
but a few degrees, to the west of New Caledonia; fell in with New
Zealand at its northern extremity, and put into Doubtful Bay; where, it
seems, he was, when I passed it, on my former voyage in the Endeavour.
From New Zealand Captain Surville steered to the east, between the
latitude of 35ｰ and 41ｰ south, until he arrived on the coast of America;
where, in the port of Callao, in 試みる／企てるing to land, he was 溺死するd.

These voyages of the French, though undertaken by 私的な adventurers,
have 与える／捧げるd something に向かって 調査するing the Southern Ocean. That of
Captain Surville （疑いを）晴らすs up a mistake which I was led into, in imagining
the shoals off the west end of New Caledonia, to 延長する to the west as
far as New Holland; it 証明するs that there is an open sea in that space,
and that we saw the N.W. extremity of that country.

From the same gentleman, we learnt, that the ship which had been at
Otaheite before our first arrival there this voyage, was from New Spain;
and that, in her return, she had discovered some islands in the latitude
of 32ｰ S., and under the meridian of 130ｰ W. Some other islands, said to
be discovered by the Spaniards, appeared on this chart; but Captain
Crozet seemed to think they were 挿入するd from no good 当局.

We were likewise 知らせるd of a later voyage undertaken by the French,
under the 命令（する） of Captain Kerguelen, which had ended much to the
不名誉 of that 指揮官.

While we lay in （米）棚上げする／（英）提議する Bay, several foreign ships put in and out, bound
to and from India, viz. English, French, Danes, Swedes, and three
Spanish フリゲート艦s, two of them going to, and one coming from Manilla. It
is but very lately that the Spanish ships have touched here; and these
were the first that were 許すd the same 特権s as other European
friendly nations.

1775 March-April

On 診察するing our rudder, the pintles were 設立する to be loose, and we were
強いるd to unhang it, and take it on shore to 修理. We were also
延期するd for want of caulkers to caulk the ship, which was 絶対
necessary to be done before we put to sea. At length I 得るd two
workmen from one of the Dutch ships; and the Dutton English East
Indiaman coming in from Bengal, Captain Rice 強いるd me with two more;
so that by the 26th of April this work was finished: And having got on
board all necessary 蓄える／店s, and a fresh 供給（する） of 準備／条項s and water,
we took leave of the 知事 and other 主要な／長／主犯 officers, and the next
morning 修理d on board. Soon after the 勝利，勝つd coming fair, we 重さを計るd
and put to sea; as did also the Spanish フリゲート艦 Juno, from Manilla, a
Danish Indiaman, and the Dutton.

As soon as we were under sail, we saluted the 守備隊 with thirteen
guns; which compliment was すぐに returned with the same number.
The Spanish フリゲート艦 and Danish Indiaman both saluted us as we passed
them, and I returned each salute with an equal number of guns. When we
were （疑いを）晴らす of the bay the Danish ship steered for the East Indies, the
Spanish フリゲート艦 for Europe, and we and the Dutton for St Helena.

Depending on the goodness of Mr Kendall's watch, I 解決するd to try to
make the island by a direct course. For the first six days, that is,
till we got into the latitude of 27ｰ S., longitude 11ｰ 1/2 W. of the
cape, the 勝利，勝つd were southerly and S.E. After this we had variable light
空気／公表するs for two days; they were 後継するd by a 勝利，勝つd at S.E. which continued
to the island, except a part of one day, when it was at N.E. In general
the 勝利，勝つd blew faint all the passage, which made it longer than ありふれた.

1775 May

At day-break in the morning of the 15th of May, we saw the island of St
Helena at the distance of fourteen leagues; and at midnight 錨，総合司会者d in
the road before the town, on the N.W. 味方する of the island. At sun-rise
the next morning, the 城, and also the Dutton, saluted us, each with
thirteen guns; on my 上陸, soon after, I was saluted by the 城
with the same number, and each of the salutes was returned by the ship.

知事 Skettowe and the 主要な／長／主犯 gentlemen of the island, received
and 扱う／治療するd me, during my stay, with the greatest politeness; by shewing
me every 肉親，親類d of civility in their 力／強力にする.

Whoever 見解（をとる）s St Helena in its 現在の 明言する／公表する, and can but conceive what
it must have been 初めは, will not あわてて 告発（する），告訴（する）／料金 the inhabitants
with want of 産業. Though, perhaps, they might 適用する it to more
advantage, were more land appropriated to 工場／植物ing of corn, vegetables,
roots, etc. instead of 存在 laid out in pasture, which is the 現在の
方式. But this is not likely to happen, so long as the greatest part of
it remains in the 手渡すs of the company and their servants. Without
industrious planters, this island can never 繁栄する, and be in a
条件 to 供給（する） the shipping with the necessary refreshments.

Within these three years a new church has been built; some other new
buildings were in 手渡す; a commodious 上陸-place for boats has been
made; and several other 改良s, which 追加する both strength and beauty
to the place.

During our stay here, we finished some necessary 修理s of the ship,
which we had not time to do at the Cape. We also filled all our empty
water-樽s; and the 乗組員 were served with fresh beef, 購入（する）d at
five-pence per 続けざまに猛撃する. Their beef is exceedingly good, and is the only
refreshment to be had 価値（がある） について言及するing.

By a 一連の 観察s made at the Cape town, and at James Fort in
St Helena, at the former by Messrs Mason and Dixon, and at the latter by
Mr Maskelyne, the 天文学者 王室の, the difference of longitude between
these two places is 24ｰ 12' 15", only two miles more than Mr Kendall's
watch made. The lunar 観察s made by Mr むちの跡s, before we arrived
at the island, and after we left it, and 減ずるd to it by the watch,
gave 5ｰ 51' for the longitude of James Fort; which is only five miles
more west than it is placed by Mr Maskelyne. In like manner the
longitude of the Cape Town was 設立する within 5' of the truth. I について言及する
this to shew how 近づく the longitude of places may be 設立する by the lunar
method, even at sea, with the 援助 of a good watch.

CHAPTER X.

_Passage from St Helena to the Western Islands, with a Description of
the Island of Ascension and Fernando Noronha._

1775 May

On the 21st in the evening, I took leave of the 知事, and 修理d
on board. Upon my leaving the shore, I was saluted with thirteen guns;
and upon my getting under sail, with the Dutton in company, I was
saluted with thirteen more; both of which I returned.

After leaving St Helena, the Dutton was ordered to steer N.W. by W. or
N.W. by compass, ーするために 避ける 落ちるing in with Ascension; at which
island, it was said, an illicit 貿易（する） was carried on between the
officers of the India Company's ships, and some 大型船s from North
America, who, of late years, had たびたび（訪れる）d the island on pretence of
fishing 鯨s or catching 海がめ, when their real design was to wait
the coming of the India ships. ーするために 妨げる their homeward-bound
ships from 落ちるing in with these smugglers, and to put a stop to this
illicit 貿易（する）, the Dutton was ordered to steer the course
above-について言及するd, till to the northward of Ascension. I kept company with
this ship till the 24th, when, after putting a packet on board her for
the Admiralty, we parted: She continuing her course to the N.W., and I
steering for Ascension.

In the morning of the 28th I made the island; and the same evening
錨，総合司会者d in Cross Bay on the N.W. 味方する, in ten fathoms water, the 底（に届く）
a 罰金 sand, and half a mile from the shore. The Cross Hill, so called
on account of a cross, or 旗-staff 築くd upon it, bore by compass S.
38ｰ E.; and the two extreme points of the bay 延長するd from N.E. to S.W.
We remained here till the evening of the 31st, and notwithstanding we
had several parties out every night, we got but twenty-four 海がめ, it
存在 rather too late in the season; however, as they 重さを計るd between
four or five hundred 続けざまに猛撃するs each, we thought ourselves not ill off. We
might have had a plentiful 供給（する） of fish in general, 特に of that
sort called Old Wives, of which I have no where seen such 豊富.
There were also cavalies, conger eels, and さまざまな other sorts; but the
catching of any of these was not …に出席するd to, the 反対する 存在 海がめ.
There are 豊富 of goats, and aquatic birds, such as men-of-war and
tropic birds, ばか者s, etc.

The island of Ascension is about ten miles in length, in the direction
of N.W. and S.E., and about five or six in breadth. It shews a surface
composed of barren hills and vallies, on the most of which not a shrub
or 工場／植物 is to be seen for several miles, and where we 設立する nothing but
石／投石するs and sand, or rather 旗s and ashes; an indubitable 調印する that the
小島, at some remote time, has been destroyed by a 火山, which has
thrown up 広大な heaps of 石／投石するs, and even hills. Between these heaps of
石／投石するs we 設立する a smooth even surface, composed of ashes and sand, and
very good travelling upon it; but one may as easily walk over broken
glass 瓶／封じ込めるs as over the 石／投石するs. If the foot deceives you, you are sure
to be 削減（する） or lamed, which happened to some of our people. A high
mountain at the S.E. end of the 小島 seems to be left in its 初めの
明言する／公表する, and to have escaped the general 破壊. Its 国／地域 is a 肉親，親類d
of white marl, which yet 保持するs its vegetative 質s, and produceth
a 肉親，親類d of purslain, spurge, and one or two grasses. On these the goats
subsist, and it is at this part of the 小島 where they are to be 設立する,
as also land-crabs, which are said to be very good.

I was told, that about this part of the 小島 is some very good land on
which might be raised many necessary articles; and some have been at the
trouble of （種を）蒔くing turnips and other useful vegetables. I was also told
there is a 罰金 spring in a valley which disjoins two hills on the 最高の，を越す
of the mountain above-について言及するd; besides 広大な／多数の／重要な 量s of fresh water
in 穴を開けるs in the 激しく揺するs, which the person who gave me this （警察などへの）密告，告訴（状）,
believed was collected from rains. But these 供給（する）s of water can only
be of use to the traveller; or to those who may be so unfortunate as to
be shipwrecked on the island; which seems to have been the 運命／宿命 of some
not long ago, as appeared by the remains of a 難破させる we 設立する on the N.E.
味方する. By what we could 裁判官, she seemed to have been a 大型船 of about
one hundred and fifty トンs burthen.

While we lay in the road, a sloop of about seventy トンs burthen （機の）カム to
an 錨，総合司会者 by us. She belonged to New York, which place she left in
February, and having been to the coast of Guinea with a 貨物 of goods,
was come here to take in 海がめ to carry to Barbadoes. This was the
story which the master, whose 指名する was Greves, was pleased to tell, and
which may, in part, be true. But I believe the 長，指導者 見解（をとる） of his coming
here, was the 期待 of 会合 with some of the India ships. He
had been in the island 近づく a week, and had got on board twenty 海がめ.
A sloop, belonging to Bermuda, had sailed but a few days before with one
hundred and five on board, which was as many as she could take in; but
having turned several more on the different sandy beaches, they had
ripped open their bellies, taken out the eggs, and left their carcasses
to putrify; an 行為／法令／行動する as 残忍な as injurious to those who （機の）カム after them.
Part of the account I have given of the 内部の parts of this island I
received from Captain Greves, who seemed to be a sensible intelligent
man, and had been all over it. He sailed in the morning of the same day
we did.

海がめ, I am told, are to be 設立する at this 小島 from January to June.
The method of catching them is to have people upon the several sandy
bays, to watch their coming on shore to lay their eggs, which is always
in the night, and then to turn them on their 支援するs, till there be an
適切な時期 to take them off the next day. It was recommended to us to
send a good many men to each beach, where they were to 嘘（をつく） 静かな till
the 海がめ were 岸に, and then rise and turn them at once. This method
may be the best when the 海がめ are 非常に／多数の; but when there are but
few, three or four men are 十分な for the largest beach; and if they
keep patroling it, の近くに to the wash of the surf, during the night, by
this method they will see all that come 岸に, and 原因（となる） いっそう少なく noise
than if there were more of them. It was by this method we caught the
most we got; and this is the method by which the Americans take them.
Nothing is more 確かな , than that all the 海がめ which are 設立する about
this island, come here for the 単独の 目的 of laying their eggs; for we
met with 非，不，無 but 女性（の）s; and of all those which we caught, not one had
any food 価値（がある） について言及するing in its stomach; a sure 調印する, in my opinion,
that they must have been a long time without any; and this may be the
推論する／理由 why the flesh of them is not so good as some I have eat on the
coast of New South むちの跡s, which were caught on the 位置／汚点／見つけ出す where they fed.

The watch made 8ｰ 45' difference of longitude between St Helena and
Ascension; which, 追加するd to 5ｰ 49' the longitude of James Fort in St
Helena, gives 14ｰ 34' for the longitude of the Road of Ascension, or 14ｰ
30' for the middle of the island, the latitude of which is 8ｰ S. The
lunar 観察s made by Mr むちの跡s, and 減ずるd to the same point of
the island by the watch, gave 14ｰ 28' 30" west longitude.

On the 31st of May, we left Ascension, and steered to the northward with
a 罰金 強風 at S.E. by E. I had a 広大な／多数の／重要な 願望（する） to visit the island of St
Matthew, to settle its 状況／情勢; but as I 設立する the 勝利，勝つd would not let
me fetch it, I steered for the island of Fernando de Noronha on the
coast of Brazil, ーするために 決定する its longitude, as I could not
find this had yet been done. Perhaps I should have 成し遂げるd a more
許容できる service to 航海, if I had gone in search of the island
of St Paul, and those shoals which are said to 嘘（をつく） 近づく the 赤道, and
about the meridian of 20ｰ W.; as neither their 状況／情勢 nor 存在
are 井戸／弁護士席 known. The truth is, I was unwilling to 長引かせる the passage in
searching for what I was not sure to find; nor was I willing to give up
every 反対する, which might tend to the 改良 of 航海 or
地理学, for the sake of getting home a week or a fortnight sooner. It
is but seldom that 適切な時期s of this 肉親，親類d 申し込む／申し出; and when they do,
they are too often neglected.

In our passage to Fernando de Noronha, we had 安定した fresh 強風s
between the S.E. and E.S.E., …に出席するd with fair and （疑いを）晴らす 天候; and
as we had the advantage of the moon, a day or night did not pass without
making lunar 観察s for 決定するing our longitude. In this run,
the variation of the compass 徐々に 減少（する）d from 11ｰ W., which it
was at Ascension., to 1ｰ W., which we 設立する off Fernando de Noronha.
This was the mean result of two compasses, one of which gave 1ｰ 37', and
the other 23' W.

1775 June

On the 9th of June at noon we made the island of Fernando de Noronha,
耐えるing S.W. by W. 1/2 W., distant six or seven leagues, as we
afterwards 設立する by the スピードを出す／記録につける. It appeared in detached and 頂点（に達する）d hills,
the largest of which looked like a church tower or steeple. As we drew
近づく the S.E. part of the 小島, we perceived several unconnected sunken
激しく揺するs lying 近づく a league from the shore, on which the sea broke in a
広大な／多数の／重要な surf. After standing very 近づく these 激しく揺するs, we hoisted our
colours, and then bore up 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the north end of the 小島, or rather
一連の会議、交渉／完成する a group of little islets; for we could see that the land was
divided by 狭くする channels. There is a strong fort on the one next the
main island, where there are several others; all of which seemed to have
every advantage that nature can give them, and they are so 性質の／したい気がして, as
wholly to 命令（する） all the 錨，総合司会者ing and 上陸-places about the island.
We continued to steer 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the northern point, till the sandy beaches
(before which is the road for shipping) began to appear, and the forts
and the 頂点（に達する）d hills were open to the 西方の of the said point. At
this time, on a gun 存在 解雇する／砲火／射撃d from one of the forts, the Portuguese
colours were 陳列する，発揮するd, and the example was followed by all the other
forts. As the 目的 for which I made the island was now answered, I
had no 意向 to 錨，総合司会者; and therefore, after 解雇する／砲火／射撃ing a gun to
leeward, we made sail and stood away to the northward with a 罰金 fresh
強風 at E.S.E. The 頂点（に達する）d hill or church tower bore S., 27ｰ W., distant
about four or five miles; and from this point of 見解（をとる） it leans, or
overhangs, to the east. This hill is nearly in the middle of the island,
which no where 越えるs two leagues in extent, and shews a hilly unequal
surface, mostly covered with 支持を得ようと努めるd and herbage.

Ulloa says, "This island hath two harbours 有能な of receiving ships of
the greatest 重荷（を負わせる）; one is on the north 味方する, and the other is on the
N.W. The former is, in every 尊敬（する）・点, the 主要な／長／主犯, both for 避難所
and capacity, and the goodness of its 底（に届く）; but both are exposed to
the north and west, though these 勝利，勝つd, 特に the north, are
定期刊行物, and of no long continuance." He その上の says, that you
錨，総合司会者 in the north harbour (which is no more than what I would call a
road) to thirteen fathoms water, one-third of a league from shore,
底（に届く） of 罰金 sand; the 頂点（に達する）d hill above-について言及するd 耐えるing S.W. 2ｰ
southerly.*

[* See Don Antonio d'Ulloa's 調書をとる／予約する, vol. ii. chap. 3. page 95
to 102, where there is a very particular account of this island.]

This road seems to be 井戸／弁護士席 避難所d from the south and east 勝利，勝つd. One
of my seamen had been on board a Dutch India ship, who put in at this
小島 in her way out in 1770. They were very sickly, and in want of
refreshments and water. The Portuguese 供給（する）d them with some buffaloes
and fowls; and they watered behind one of the beaches in a little pool,
which was hardly big enough to 下落する a bucket in. By 減ずるing the 観察するd
latitude at noon to the 頂点（に達する）d hill, its latitude will be 3ｰ 53' S.; and
its longitude, by the watch, carried on from St Helena, is 32ｰ 34' W.;
and by 観察s of the sun and moon, made before and after we made
the 小島, and 減ずるd to it by the watch, 32ｰ 44' 30" W. This was the
mean result of my 観察s. The results of those made by Mr むちの跡s,
which were more 非常に／多数の, gave 32ｰ 23'. The mean of the two will be
pretty 近づく the watch, and probably nearest the truth. By knowing the
longitude of this 小島, we are able to 決定する that of the 隣接する
east coast of Brazil; which, によれば the modern charts, lies about
sixty or seventy leagues more to the west. We might very 安全に have
信用d to these charts, 特に the variation chart for 1744, and Mr
Dalrymple's of the southern 大西洋 ocean*.

[* Ulloa says, that the chart places this island sixty leagues from the
coast of Brazil; and that the Portuguese 操縦するs, who often make the
voyage, 裁判官 it to be eighty leagues; but, by taking the mean between
the two opinions, the distance may be 直す／買収する，八百長をするd at seventy leagues.]

On the 11th, at three o'clock in the afternoon, we crossed the 赤道
in the longitude of 32ｰ 14' W. We had fresh 強風s at E.S.E., blowing in
squalls, …に出席するd by にわか雨s of rain, that continued at 確かな 
intervals, till noon the next day, after which we had twenty-four hours
好天.

At noon on the 13th, 存在 in the latitude of 3ｰ 49' N., longitude 31ｰ
47' W., the 勝利，勝つd became variable, between the N.E. and S.; and we had
light 空気／公表するs and squalls by turns, …に出席するd by hard にわか雨s of rain, and
for the most part dark 暗い／優うつな 天候, which continued till the evening
of the 15th, when, in the latitude of 5ｰ 47' N., longitude 31ｰ W., we
had three 静める days, in which time we did not 前進する above ten or
twelve leagues to the north. We had 好天 and rain by turns; the
sky, for the most part, 存在 obscured, and いつかs by 激しい dense
clouds which broke in 過度の hard にわか雨s.

At seven o'clock in the evening on the 18th, the 静める was 後継するd by a
微風 at east, which the next day 増加するing and veering to and 直す／買収する，八百長をするing
at N.E., we stretched to N.W. with our tacks on board. We made no 疑問
that we had now got the N.E. 貿易（する）-勝利，勝つd, as it was …に出席するd with fair
天候, except now and then some light にわか雨s of rain; and as we
前進するd to the north the 勝利，勝つd 増加するd, and blew a fresh 最高の，を越す-gallant
強風.

On the 21st, I ordered the still to be fitted to the largest 巡査,
which held about sixty-four gallons. The 解雇する／砲火／射撃 was lighted at four
o'clock in the morning, and at six the still began to run. It was
continued till six o'clock in the evening; in which time we 得るd
thirty-two gallons of fresh water, at the expence of one bushel and a
half of coals; which was about three-fourths of a bushel more than was
necessary to have boiled the ship's company's victuals only; but the
expence of 燃料 was no 反対する with me. The victuals were dressed in the
small 巡査, the other 存在 適用するd wholly to the still; and every
method was made use of to 得る from it the greatest 量 of fresh
water possible; as this was my 単独の 動機 for setting it to work. The
水銀柱，温度計 in the 温度計 at noon was eighty-four and a half, and
higher it is seldom 設立する at sea. Had it been lower, more water, under
the same circumstances, would undoubtedly have been produced; for the
colder the 空気／公表する is, the cooler you can keep the still, which will
condense the steam the faster. Upon the whole, this is an useful
発明; but I would advise no man to 信用 wholly to it. For although
you may, 供給するd you have plenty of 燃料 and good 巡査s, 得る as
much water as will support life, you cannot, with all your 成果／努力s,
得る 十分な to support health, in hot 気候s 特に, where
it is the most wanting: For I am 井戸／弁護士席 納得させるd, that nothing
与える／捧げるs more to the health of seamen, than having plenty of water.

The 勝利，勝つd now remained invariably 直す／買収する，八百長をするd at N.E. and E.N.E., and blew
fresh with squalls, …に出席するd with にわか雨s of rain, and the sky for the
most part cloudy. On the 25th, in the latitude of 16ｰ 12' N., longitude
37ｰ 20' W., seeing a ship to windward steering 負かす／撃墜する upon us, we
縮めるd sail ーするために speak with her; but finding she was Dutch by
her colours, we made sail again and left her to 追求する her course, which
we supposed was to some of the Dutch 解決／入植地s in the West Indies. In
the latitude of 20ｰ N., longitude 39ｰ 45' W., the 勝利，勝つd began to veer to
E. by N. and E.; but the 天候 remained the same; that is, we
continued to have it （疑いを）晴らす and cloudy by turns, with light squalls and
にわか雨s. Our 跡をつける was between N.W. by N. and N.N.W., till noon on the
28th, after which our course made good was N. by W., 存在 at this time
in the latitude of 21ｰ 21' N., longitude 40ｰ 6' W. Afterwards, the 勝利，勝つd
began to blow a little more 安定した, and was …に出席するd with fair and （疑いを）晴らす
天候. At two o'clock in the morning of the 30th, 存在 in the
latitude of 24ｰ 20' N., longitude 40ｰ 47' W., a ship, steering to the
西方の, passed us within あられ／賞賛する. We 裁判官d her to be English, as they
answered us in that language; but we could not understand what they
said, and they were presently out of sight.

In the latitude of 29ｰ 30', longitude 41ｰ 30', the 勝利，勝つd slackened and
veered more to the S.E. We now began to see some of that sea-工場／植物,
which is 一般的に called gulph-少しのd, from a supposition that it comes
from the Gulph of Florida. Indeed, for aught I know to the contrary, it
may be a fact; but it seems not necessary, as it is certainly a 工場／植物
which vegetates at sea. We continued to see it, but always in small
pieces, till we reached the latitude 36ｰ, longitude 39ｰ W., beyond which
状況／情勢 no more appeared.

1775 July

On the 5th of July, in the latitude of 22ｰ 31' 30" N., longitude 40ｰ 29'
W., the 勝利，勝つd veered to the east, and blew very faint: The next day it
was 静める; the two に引き続いて days we had variable light 空気／公表するs and 静めるs by
turns; and, at length, on the 9th, having 直す／買収する，八百長をするd at S.S.W., it 増加するd
to a fresh 強風, with which we steered first N.E. and then E.N.E., with
a 見解（をとる） of making some of the Azores, or Western 小島s. On the 11th, in
the latitude of 36ｰ 45' N., longitude 36ｰ 45' W., we saw a sail which
was steering to the west; and the next day we saw three more.

CHAPTER XI.

_Arrival of the Ship at the Island of Fayal, a Description of the Place,
and the Return of the 決意／決議 to England._

1775 July

At five o'clock in the evening of the 13th, we made the island of Fayal,
one of the Azores, and soon after that of Pico, under which we spent the
night in making short boards. At day-break the next morning, we bore
away for the bay of Fayal, or De Horta, where at eight o'clock, we
錨，総合司会者d in twenty fathoms water, a （疑いを）晴らす sandy 底（に届く）, and something
more than half a mile from the shore. Here we moored N.E. and S.W.,
存在 directed so to do by the master of the port, who （機の）カム on board
before we dropped 錨，総合司会者. When moored, the S.W. point of the bay bore S.
16ｰ W., and the N.E. point N. 33ｰ E.; the church at the N.E. end of the
town N. 38ｰ W., the west point of St George's Island N. 42ｰ E., distant
eight leagues; and the 小島 of Pico, 延長するing from N. 74ｰ E. to S. 46ｰ
E., distant four or five miles.

We 設立する in the bay the Pourvoyeur, a large French フリゲート艦, an American
sloop, and a brig belonging to the place. She had come last from the
river アマゾン, where she took in a 貨物 of 準備／条項 from the Cape Verd
Islands; but, not 存在 able to find them, she steered for this place,
where she 錨，総合司会者d about half an hour before us.

As my 単独の design in stopping here was to give Mr むちの跡s an 適切な時期
to find the 率 of the watch, the better to enable us to 直す／買収する，八百長をする with some
degree of certainty the longitude of these islands, the moment we
錨，総合司会者d, I sent an officer to wait on the English 領事, and to 通知する
our arrival to the 知事, requesting his 許可 for Mr むちの跡s to
make 観察s on shore, for the 目的 above について言及するd. Mr Dent,
who 行為／法令／行動するd as 領事 in the absence of Mr Gathorne, not only procured
this 許可, but 融通するd Mr むちの跡s with a convenient place in
his garden to 始める，決める up his 器具s; so that he was enabled to 観察する
equal 高度s the same day.

We were not more 強いるd to Mr Dent for the very friendly 準備完了 he
shewed in procuring us this and every other thing we 手配中の，お尋ね者, than for
the very 自由主義の and hospitable entertainment we met with at his house,
which was open to 融通する us both night and day.

During our stay, the ship's company was served with fresh beef; and we
took on board about fifteen トンs of water, which we brought off in the
country boats, at the 率 of about three shillings per トン. Ships are
許すd to water with their own boats; but the many inconveniencies
…に出席するing it, more than overbalance the expence of 雇うing shore-boats,
which is the most general custom.

Fresh 準備／条項s for 現在の use may be got, such as beef, vegetables,
and fruit; and hogs, sheep, and poultry for sea 在庫／株, all at a pretty
reasonable price; but I do not know that any sea-準備／条項s are to be
had, except ワイン. The bullocks and hogs are very good, but the sheep are
small and wretchedly poor.

The 主要な／長／主犯 produce of Fayal is wheat and Indian corn, with which they
供給（する） Pico and some of the other 小島s. The 長，指導者 town is called 郊外住宅
de Horta. It is 据えるd in the 底（に届く） of the bay, の近くに to the 辛勝する／優位 of
the sea, and is defended by two 城s, one at each end of the town,
and a 塀で囲む of 石／投石する-work, 延長するing along the sea-shore from the one to
the other. But these 作品 are 苦しむd to go to decay, and serve more
for shew than strength. They 高くする，増す the prospect of the city, which
makes a 罰金 外見 from the road; but, if we except the Jesuits'
college, the 修道院s and churches, there is not another building
that has any thing to recommend it, either outside or in. There is not a
glass window in the place, except what are in the churches, and in a
country-house which lately belonged to the English 領事; all the
others 存在 latticed, which, to an Englishman, makes them look like
刑務所，拘置所s.

This little city, like all others belonging to the Portuguese, is
（人が）群がるd with 宗教的な buildings, there 存在 no いっそう少なく than three
convents of men and two of women, and eight churches, 含むing those
belonging to the convents, and the one in the Jesuits' college. This
college is a 罰金 structure, and is 据えるd on an elevation in the
pleasantest part of the city. Since the 追放 of that order, it has
been 苦しむd to go to decay, and will probably, in a few years, be no
better than a heap of 廃虚s.

Fayal, although the most 公式文書，認めるd for ワインs, does not raise 十分な for
its own 消費. This article is raised on Pico, where there is no
road for shipping; but 存在 brought to De Horta, and from thence
shipped abroad, 主として to America, it has acquired the 指名する of Fayal
ワイン.

The bay, or road of Fayal, is 据えるd at the east end of the 小島,
before the 郊外住宅 de Horta, and 直面するing the west end of Pico. It is two
miles 幅の広い, and three ４半期/4分の1s of a mile 深い, and hath a 半分-circular
form. The depth of water is from twenty to ten and even six fathoms, a
sandy 底（に届く）, except 近づく the shore, and 特に 近づく the S.W.
長，率いる, off which the 底（に届く） is rocky, also without the line which joins
the two points of the bay, so that it is not 安全な to 錨，総合司会者 far out. The
耐えるing before について言及するd, taken when at 錨，総合司会者, will direct any one to
the best ground. It is by no means a bad road, but the 勝利，勝つd most to be
apprehended, are those which blow from between the S.S.W. and S.E.; the
former is not so dangerous as the latter, because, with it, you can
always get to sea. Besides this road, there is a small cove 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the
S.W. point, called Porto Pierre, in which, I am told, a ship or two may
嘘（をつく） in tolerable safety, and where they いつかs heave small 大型船s
負かす／撃墜する.

A Portuguese captain told me, that about half a league from the road in
the direction of S.E., in a line between it and the south 味方する of Pico,
lies a sunken 激しく揺する, over which is twenty-two feet water, and on which
the sea breaks in hard 強風s from the south. He also 保証するd me, that of
all the shoals that are laid 負かす／撃墜する in our charts and 操縦する-調書をとる／予約するs about
these 小島s, not one has any 存在 but the one between the islands
of St Michael and St Mary, called Hormingan. This account may be
believed, without relying 完全に upon it. He その上の 知らせるd me, that
it is forty-five leagues from Fayal to the island of Flores; and that
there runs a strong tide between Fayal and Pico, the flood setting to
the N.E. and the ebb to the S.W., but that, out at sea, the direction is
E. and W. Mr むちの跡s having 観察するd the times of high and low water by
the shore, 結論するd that it must be high water at the 十分な and change,
about twelve o'clock, and the water riseth about four or five feet.

The distance between Fayal and Flores was 確認するd by Mr Rebiers,
中尉／大尉／警部補 of the French フリゲート艦, who told me, that after 存在 by
estimation two leagues 予定 south of Flores, they made forty-four leagues
on a S.E. by E. course by compass, to St Catherine's Point on Fayal.

   I 設立する the latitude of the ship at 錨，総合司会者    38ｰ 31' 55" N.
   in the bay

   By a mean of seventeen 始める，決めるs of lunar          28  24  30 W.
   観察s, and 減ずるd to the bay
   by the watch, the longitude was made

   By a mean of six 始める，決めるs after leaving it,       28  53  22
   and 減ずるd 支援する by the watch
                                               -----------------
   Longitude by 観察                      28  38  56
                                               -----------------
   Ditto, by the watch                           28  55  45

   Error of the watch on our arrival at              16  26-1/2
   Portsmouth
                                               -----------------
   True longitude by the watch                   28  39  18-1/2
                                                _________________

I 設立する the variation of the compass, by several azimuths, taken by
different compasses on board the ship, to agree very 井戸／弁護士席 with the like
観察s made by Mr むちの跡s on shore; and yet the variation thus 設立する
is greater by 5ｰ than we 設立する it to be at sea, for the azimuths taken
on board the evening before we （機の）カム into the bay, gave no more than 16ｰ
18' W. variation, and the evening after we （機の）カム out 17ｰ 33' W.

I shall now give some account of the variation, as 観察するd in our run
from the island of Fernando De Noronha to Fayal. The least variation we
設立する was 37' W. which was the day after we left Fernando De Noronha,
and in the latitude of 33' S., longitude 32ｰ 16' W. The next day, 存在
nearly in the same longitude, and in the latitude of 1ｰ 25' N., it was
1ｰ 23' W.; and we did not find it 増加する till we got into the latitude
of 5ｰ N., longitude 31ｰ W. After this our compasses gave different
variation, viz. from 3ｰ 57' to 5ｰ 11' W. till we arrived in the latitude
of 26ｰ 44' N., longitude 41ｰ W., when we 設立する 6ｰ W. It then 増加するd
徐々に, so that in the latitude of 35ｰ N., longitude 40ｰ W., it was
10ｰ 24' W.; in the latitude of 38ｰ 12' N., longitude 32ｰ 1/2 W. it was
14ｰ 47'; and in sight of Fayal 16ｰ 18' W., as について言及するd above.

Having left the bay, at four in the morning of the 19th, I steered for
the west end of St George's Island. As soon as we had passed it, I
steered E. 1/2 S. for the Island of Tercera; and after having run
thirteen leagues, we were not more than one league from the west end. I
now 辛勝する／優位d away for the north 味方する, with a 見解（をとる） of 範囲ing the coast to
the eastern point, ーするために ascertain the length of the island; but
the 天候 coming on very 厚い and 煙霧のかかった, and night approaching, I gave
up the design, and proceeded with all 探検隊／遠征隊 for England.

On the 29th, we made the land 近づく Plymouth. The next morning we
錨，総合司会者d at Spithead; and the same day I landed at Portsmouth, and 始める，決める
out for London, in company with Messrs むちの跡s, Forsters, and Hodges.

Having been absent from England three years and eighteen days, in which
time, and under all changes of 気候, I lost but four men, and only
one of them by sickness, it may not be amiss, at the 結論 of this
定期刊行物, to enumerate the several 原因（となる）s to which, under the care of
Providence, I conceive this uncommon good 明言する／公表する of health, experienced
by my people, was 借りがあるing.

In the Introduction, について言及する has been made of the 驚くべき／特命の／臨時の
attention paid by the Admiralty in 原因（となる）ing such articles to be put on
board, as either from experience or suggestion it was 裁判官d would tend
to 保存する the health of the seamen. I shall not trespass upon the
reader's time in について言及するing them all, but 限定する myself to such as were
設立する the most useful.

We were furnished with a 量 of malt, of which was made _Sweet
Wort_. To such of the men as shewed the least symptoms of the scurvy,
and also to such as were thought to be 脅すd with that disorder,
this was given, from, one to two or three pints a-day each man; or in
such 割合 as the 外科医 設立する necessary, which いつかs 量d
to three quarts. This is, without 疑問, one of the best anti-scorbutic
sea-薬／医学s yet discovered; and, if used in time, will, with proper
attention to other things, I am 説得するd, 妨げる the scurvy from
making any 広大な／多数の／重要な 進歩 for a かなりの while. But I am not
altogether of opinion that it will cure it at sea.

_Sour Krout_, of which we had a large 量, is not only a wholesome
vegetable food, but, in my judgment, 高度に antiscorbutic; and it spoils
not by keeping. A 続けざまに猛撃する of this was served to each man, when at sea,
twice-a-week, or oftener, as was thought necessary.

_Portable Broth_ was another 広大な／多数の／重要な article, of which we had a large
供給（する）. An ounce of this to each man, or such other 割合 as
circumstances pointed out, was boiled in their pease, three days in the
week; and when we were in places where vegetables were to be got, it was
boiled with them, and wheat or oatmeal, every morning for breakfast; and
also with pease and vegetables for dinner. It enabled us to make several
nourishing and wholesome messes, and was the means of making the people
eat a greater 量 of vegetables than they would さもなければ have
done.

_Rob of Lemon and Orange_ is an antiscorbutic we were not without. The
外科医 made use of it in many 事例／患者s with 広大な／多数の／重要な success.

Amongst the articles of victualling, we were 供給（する）d with _Sugar_ in
the room of _Oil_, and with _Wheat_ for a part of our _Oatmeal_; and
were certainly gainers by the 交流. Sugar, I apprehend, is a very
good antiscorbutic; 反して oil (such as the 海軍 is usually 供給（する）d
with), I am of opinion, has the contrary 影響.

But the introduction of the most salutary articles, either as 準備／条項s
or 薬／医学s, will 一般に 証明する 不成功の, unless supported by
確かな  規則s. On this 原則, many years experience, together
with some hints I had from Sir Hugh Palliser, Captains Campbell, Wallis,
and other intelligent officers, enabled me to lay a 計画（する）, whereby all
was to be 治める／統治するd.

The 乗組員 were at three watches, except upon some 驚くべき／特命の／臨時の
occasions. By this means they were not so much exposed to the 天候 as
if they had been at watch and watch; and had 一般に 乾燥した，日照りの 着せる／賦与するs to
転換 themselves, when they happened to get wet. Care was also taken to
expose them as little to wet 天候 as possible.

Proper methods were used to keep their persons, hammocks, bedding,
cloaths, etc. 絶えず clean and 乾燥した，日照りの. Equal care was taken to keep the
ship clean and 乾燥した，日照りの betwixt decks. Once or twice a week she was 空気／公表するd
with 解雇する／砲火／射撃s; and when this could not be done, she was smoked with
gun-砕く, mixed with vinegar or water. I had also, frequently, a 解雇する／砲火／射撃
made in an アイロンをかける マリファナ, at the 底（に届く） of the 井戸／弁護士席, which was of 広大な／多数の／重要な use
in purifying the 空気／公表する in the lower parts of the ship. To this, and to
cleanliness, 同様に in the ship as amongst the people, too 広大な／多数の／重要な
attention cannot be paid; the least neglect occasions a putrid and
disagreeable smell below, which nothing but 解雇する／砲火／射撃s will 除去する.

Proper attention was paid to the ship's 巡査s, so that they were kept
絶えず clean.

The fat which boiled out of the salt beef and pork, I never 苦しむd to
be given to the people; 存在 of opinion that it 促進するs the scurvy.

I was careful to take in water wherever it was to be got, even though we
did not want it, because I look upon fresh water from the shore to be
more wholesome than that which has been kept some time on board a ship.
Of this 必須の article we were never at an allowance, but had always
plenty for every necessary 目的. 航海士s in general cannot,
indeed, 推定する／予想する, nor would they wish to 会合，会う with such advantages in this
尊敬（する）・点, as fell to my lot. The nature of our voyage carried us into
very high latitudes. But the hardships and dangers inseparable from that
状況／情勢, were in some degree 補償するd by the singular felicity we
enjoyed, of 抽出するing inexhaustible 供給（する）s of fresh water from an
ocean まき散らすd with ice.

We （機の）カム to few places, where either the art of man, or the bounty of
nature, had not 供給するd some sort of refreshment or other, either in
the animal or vegetable way. It was my first care to procure whatever of
any 肉親，親類d could be met with, by every means in my 力／強力にする; and to 強いる
our people to make use thereof, both by my example and 当局; but
the 利益s arising from refreshments of any 肉親，親類d soon became so
obvious, that I had little occasion, to recommend the one, or to 発揮する
the other.

It doth not become me to say how far the 主要な／長／主犯 反対するs of our voyage
have been 得るd. Though it hath not abounded with remarkable events,
nor been diversified by sudden 移行s of fortune; though my
relation of it has been more 雇うd in tracing our course by sea, than
in 記録，記録的な／記録するing our 操作／手術s on shore; this, perhaps, is a circumstance
from which the curious reader may infer, that the 目的s for which we
were sent into the Southern 半球, were diligently and effectually
追求するd. Had we 設立する out a continent there, we might have been better
enabled to gratify curiosity; but we hope our not having 設立する it, after
all our persevering 研究s, will leave いっそう少なく room for 未来
憶測 about unknown worlds remaining to be 調査するd.

But, whatever may be the public judgment about other 事柄s, it is with
real satisfaction, and without （人命などを）奪う，主張するing any 長所 but that of attention
to my 義務, that I can 結論する this account with an 観察, which
facts enable me to make; that our having discovered the 可能性 of
保存するing health amongst a 非常に／多数の ship's company, for such a length
of time, in such varieties of 気候, and まっただ中に such continued
hardships and 疲労，（軍の）雑役s, will make this voyage remarkable in the opinion
of every benevolent person, when the 論争s about a Southern Continent
shall have 中止するd to engage the attention, and to divide the judgment of
philosophers.

(（米）棚上げする／（英）提議するs of the 大勝する of the 決意／決議 and the Adventure, the variation
of the compass and 気象の 観察s during the voyage.)

* * * * *

A VOCABULARY OF THE LANGUAGE OF THE SOCIETY ISLES.


DIRECTIONS FOR THE PRONUNCIATION OF THE VOCABULARY.

As all nations who are 熟知させるd with the method of communicating their
ideas by characters, (which 代表する the sound that 伝えるs the idea,)
have some particular method of managing, or pronouncing, the sounds
代表するd by such characters, this forms a very 必須の article in
the 憲法 of the language of any particular nation, and must,
therefore, be understood before we can make any 進歩 in learning, or
be able to converse in it. But as this is very コンビナート／複合体 and tedious to a
beginner, by 推論する／理由 of the 広大な／多数の／重要な variety of 力／強力にするs the characters, or
letters, are endued with under different circumstances, it would seem
necessary, at least in languages which have never before appeared in
令状ing, to 少なくなる the number of these varieties, by 抑制するing the
different sounds, and always 代表するing the same simple ones by the
same character; and this is no いっそう少なく necessary in the English than any
other language, as this variety of 力／強力にするs is very たびたび（訪れる）, and without
存在 taken notice of in the に引き続いて Vocabulary, might （判決などを）下す it
完全に unintelligible. As the vowels are the 規則s of all
sounds, it is these only that need be noticed, and the 力／強力にするs allotted
to each of these in the Vocabulary is subjoined.

_A_ in the English language is used to 代表する two different simple
sounds, as in the word Arabia, where the first and last have a different
力／強力にする from the second. In the Vocabulary this letter must always have
the 力／強力にする, or be pronounced like the first and last in Arabia. The other
力／強力にする, or sound, of the second _a_, is always 代表するd in the
Vocabulary by _a_ and _i_, printed in Italics thus, _ai_.

_E_ has likewise two 力／強力にするs, or it is used to 代表する two simple
sounds, as in the words Eloquence, Bred, Led, etc. and it may be said to
have a third 力／強力にする, as in the words Then, When, etc. In the first 事例／患者,
this letter is only used at the beginning of words, and wherever it is
met with in any other place in the words of the Vocabulary, it is used
as in the second 事例／患者: But never as in the third example; for this
力／強力にする, or sound, is every where 表明するd by the _a_ and _i_
before-について言及するd, printed in Italics.

_I_ is used to 表明する different simple sounds, as in the words
Indolence, アイロンをかける, and Imitation. In the Vocabulary it is never used as in
the first 事例／患者, but in the middle of words; it is never used as in the
second example, for that sound is always 代表するd by _y_, nor is it
used as in the last 事例／患者, that sound 存在 always 代表するd by two
_e_'s, printed in Italics in this manner, _ee_.

_O_ never alters in the pronunciation, i.e. in this Vocabulary, of a
simple sound, but is often used in this manner, _oo_, and sounds as in
Good, Stood, etc.

_U_ alters, or is used to 表明する different simple sounds, as in まとまり,
or Umbrage. Here the letters _e_ and _u_, printed in Italics _eu_ are
used to 表明する its 力／強力にする as in the first example, and it always 保持するs
the second 力／強力にする, wherever it is met with.

_Y_ is used to 表明する different sounds, as in My, By, etc. etc. and in
Daily, 公正に／かなり, etc. Wherever it is met with in the middle, or end, (i.e.
anywhere but at the beginning,) of a word, it is to be used as in the
first example; but is never to be 設立する as in the second, for that
sound, or 力／強力にする, is always 代表するd by the Italic letter _e_. It has
also a third 力／強力にする, as in the words Yes, Yell, etc., which is 保持するd
throughout the Vocabulary; but, to make the pronunciation still いっそう少なく
liable to change, or variation, a few 示すs are 追加するd to the words, as
follows:--

This 示す ｨ as ?, means that these letters are to be 表明するd singly.

The letters in Italic, as _ee_, or _oo_, make but one simple sound.

When a particular 強調する／ストレス is laid on any part of a word in the
pronunciation, an accent is placed over that letter where it begins, or
rather between that and the 先行する one.

It often happens that a word is 構内／化合物d as it were of two, or in some
事例／患者s the same word, or syllable, is repeated. In these circumstances, a
comma is placed under them at this 分割, where a 残り／休憩（する）, or small
space, of time is left before you proceed to pronounce the other part,
but it must not be imagined that this is a 十分な stop.


     _Examples in all these 事例／患者s._

     R?, 広大な／多数の／重要な, long, distant. E'r_ee_ma, Five. Ry'po_ee_a, 霧, _or
     mist_. E'h_oo_ra, To invert, _or turn upside down_. Par_oo_, r_oo_,
     A partition, _division, or screen_.


A VOCABULARY, etc.

   A.
   To がまんする, _or remain_                    Ete'_ei_.
   An Abode, _or place of residence_,       Noho`ra.
   Above, _not below_,                      N_eea_, s. Tie'n_eea_.
   An Abscess,                              Fe'fe.
   活動／戦闘, _opposed to rest_,               Ta'er_ee_.
   Adhesive, _of an adhesive or sticking
   quality_                                 Oo'p_ee_re.
   隣接するing, _or contiguous to_,           E'p_ee_iho.
   賞賛, _an interjection of_,        A'w_ai_, s. A'w_ai_
                                            to P_ee_r_ee_ai.
   An adulterer,                            T_ee_ho t_ee_ho, s. Teeho
   _or one that 悩ますs a married woman_      ta-rar
   To agitate, _or shake a thing,
   as water, etc._                           E_oo_a'w_ai_.
   Aliment, _or food of any kind_,          M臑.
   Alive, _that is not dead_,               Waura.
   All, _the whole, not a part_,            A'ma_oo_.
   Alone, _by one's self_,                  Ota'h_oi_.
   怒り／怒る, _or to be angry_,                 Warrad_ee_,
                                            s. R_ee_d_ee_.
   To angle, _or fish_,                     E'h_oo_tee.
   _The_ Ankle,                             Momoa.
   _The inner_ Ankle,                       A't_oo_a,ewy.
   Answer, _an answer to a question_,       Oo'm_ai_a.
   Approbation, _or consent_,               Mad_oo_ho'why.
   _Punctuated_ Arches _on the hips_,       E'var're.
   _The_ Arm,                               R_ee_ma.
   _The_ Armpit,                            E'e.
   _An_ arrow,                              E'_oo_me.
   Arrow, _the 団体／死体 of an arrow or reed_,   O'wha.
   _The point of an_ Arrow,                 To'_ai_, s. O'm?.
   Ashamed, _to be ashamed or confused_,    Ama, s. He'ama.
   岸に, _or on shore_,                   Te Euta.
   To ask _for a thing_,                    売春婦'my, s. Ha'py my.
   Asperity, _roughness_,                   Tarra, tarra.
   An 暗殺者,_murderer, or rather
   man-殺し屋, 兵士,                     Taata,T?. or
   warrior_,
  An 議会, _or meeting_,                  Ete_ou_'rooa. Atherina,
                                              A'n_ai_h_eu_.
  Avaricious, _parsimonious, ungenerous_,     P_ee_'p_ee_re.
  Averse, _unwillingness to do a thing_,      Fata, h_oi_to' _hoi_to.
  Authentic,_true_,                           Par_ou_, m_ou_.
  Awake, _not asleep_,                        Arra arra, s. E'ra.
  Awry,_or to one 味方する; as a wry neck_,       Na'na.
  An Axe, _hatchet, or adze_,                 T?.
  Ay, _yes; an affirmation_,                  _Ai_.

B.

 A Babe, _or child_,                          Mydidde.
 A Batchelor, _or unmarried person_,          E'ev_ee_ (taata.)
 The_ 支援する,                                   T_oo_a_.
 Bald-長，率いるd,                                 O_o_po'b_oo_ta.
 Bamboo,                                      E_e_n_ee'ou_.
 A Bank, _or shoal_,                          E'paa.
  明らかにする, _naked, 適用するd to a person that
  is undressed_,                              Ta'turra.
  The Bark _of a tree_,                       売春婦'hore.
  Barren _land_,                              Fe'nooa Ma'_ou_re.
 _A large round_ Basket _of twig_,            He'na.
 _A small_ Basket _of cocoa leaves_,          V_ai_'hee.
 _A long _Basket _of cocoa leaves_,           Apo'_ai_ra.
  A Basket _of plantain stock_,               Papa' M_aiee_a.
 _A fisher's_ Basket,                         Er're'vy.
 _A round_ Basket _of cocoa leaves_,          Mo'ene.
  A Bastard,                                  Fanna T_oo_'n_ee_a.
  Bastinado, _to bastinade or flog a person_, Tapra'h_ai_.
  To bathe,                                    Ob'_oo_.
  A 戦う／戦い, _or fight_,                        E'motto.
  A 戦う／戦い-axe, O'morre.
  To bawl, _or cry aloud_,                    T_ei_mo'toro.
  A Bead,                                     P?.
  The 耐えるd,                                  _Oo_me _oo_me.
  To （警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域 _upon, or strike a thing_,          T_oo_'py or T_oo_'ba_ee_.
  To （警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域 _a drum_,                           Er_oo_'k_oo_.
  To beckon _a person with the hand_,         Ta'rappe.
  A Bed, _or bed-place_,                      E'ro_ee_, s. M?'a.
  To bedaub, _or bespatter_,                  Par'ry.
  A Bee,                                      E'r與.
  A Beetle,                                   P_ee_re'te_ee_.
  Before, _not behind_,                       Te'm?.
   A Beggar, _a person that is troublesome_,  Tapa'r_oo_.
      _continually asking for some-what_,
   Behind, _not before_,                    Te'm_oo_r_ee_.
   To belch,                                Er_oo_'y.
   Below, _as below stairs_,                Tei'dirro, s. T_ee_diraro.
   Below, _underneath, far below_,          O'raro.
   To bend _any thing, as a stick_, etc.     Fa'fe'fe.
   Benevolence, _generosity_,               売春婦'r?,
      e.g. _you are a generous man_,        Taata 売春婦 roa ?.
   Between, _in the middle, betwixit two_,  Fero'p_oo_.
   To bewail, _or lament by crying_,        E'tat_ee_.
   Bigness, _largeness, great_,             Ara'hay.
   A Bird,                                  Manoo.
   A Bitch,                                 _Oo_re, e'_oo_ha.
   To bite, _as a dog_,                     A ah_oo_.
   黒人／ボイコット, _colour_,                         Ere, ere.
   Bladder,                                 T? meeme.
   A_ Blasphemer, _a person who speaks_     T_oo_na, (t_aa_ta.)
       _disrespectfully of their deities_,
   Blind,                                   Matta-po.
   A Blister, _raised by a 燃やす or
   other means_,                            Mei'_ee_
   血,                                   Toto, s. Eh_ooei_.
   To blow _the nose_,                       Fatte.
   The blowing, _or breathing of a whale_,   Ta'hora.
   Blunt, _as a blunt 道具 of any sort_,     Ma'n_ee_a.
   _The carved_ Boards _of a Maray_,         E'ra.
   _A little_ Boat, _or canoe_,              E'v臑.
   A Boil,                                   Fe'fe.
   Boldness,                                 E舳_ou_.
   A Bone,                                   E'ev_ee_.
   A Bonetto, _a fish so called_,             Peera'ra.
   To bore _a hole_,                          Ehoo'_ee_, s. Eh_oo_'o.
   A 屈服する,                                     E'fanna.
   A 屈服する-string,                              Ar?'h_oo_a.
   To 屈服する _with the head_,                    Etoo'o.
   _A young_ Boy,                             My'didde.
   Boy, _a familiar way of speaking_,         He'aman_ee_.
   The Brain _of any animal_,                 A b_oo_ba.
   A 支店 _of a tree or plant_,             E'ama.
   _The gum of the _Bread-tree,                Tappo'_oo_r_oo_.
   _The leaf of the_ Bread-tree,               E'da'_oo_r_oo_.
   _The pith of the_ Bread-tree,               Po'_oo_r_oo_.
   To break _a thing_,                         O whatte, s. Owhan ne,
                                               s. Fatte.
   The Breast,                                 O'ma
   A Breast-plate _made of twigs, ornamented
   with feathers, dog's hair,                  Ta_oo_me.
   and pearl-shell_,
   To breathe,                                  ワット Weete 少しの
   Broken, _or cut_,                               'Mot_oo_.
   The Brow, _or forehead_,                        E'ry.
   A brown _colour_,                               Aur_au_ra.
   Buds _of a tree or plant_,                      Te, arre ha_oo_.
   A Bunch _of any fruit_,                         Eta.
   To 燃やす _a thing_,                              D?d_oo_e.
   A バタフライ,                                    Pepe.

   C.

   To call _a person at a distance_,               T_oo_o t_oo_'o_oo_.
   To carry _any thing_,                           E'a'mo.
   To carry _a person an the back_,                Eva'ha.
   Catch a _thing あわてて with the hand_,         Po'po_ee_, s. Peero.
      as a 飛行機で行く, etc.
   To catch _a ball_,                              Ama'wh_ee_a.
   To catch _fish with a line_,                    E'h_oo_te.
   A Caterpillar,                                  E't_oo_a.
   Celerity, _swiftness_,                          T_ee_'teere, s. E'tirre.
   Chearfulness,                                    Wara.
   The Cheek,                                       Pappar_ee_a.
   A Chest,                                         'P_ee_ha.
   The Chest, _or body_,                            O'p_oo_.
   To chew, _or eat_,                               E'y.
   Chequered, _or painted in squares_,              P_oo_re, p_oo_re.
   A Chicken,                                       M? pee'ri_a_ia.
   A 長，指導者, _or 主要な／長／主犯 person; one of           E舐ee.
       the first 階級 の中で the people_,
   _An inferior_ 長，指導者, _or one who
    is only in an 独立した・無所属 明言する／公表する,               T_oo'ou_
    a gentleman_,
   Child-耐えるing,                                    Fanou, e'vaho.
   Children's _language_,       Father,          O'pucen_oo_, _and_ Papa.
   Choaked, _to be choaked as with                 Ep_oo_'n_ei_na,
             victuals_, etc.                        s. Er_oo_'y.
   To chuse, _or 選ぶ out_,                         Eh_ee_e,te,me,my ty.
   Circumcision, _or rather an incision_           E_oo_re,te h_ai_.
      _of the foreskin_,
   _A sort of_ Clappers,_used at funerals_,        Par'ha_oo_.
   Clapping _the bend of the arm smartly            E'too.
      with the 手渡す, so as to make a noise,
      an Indian custom_,
       middle, through which the 長，率いる is             Teeboota.
       put, and it then hangs 負かす／撃墜する behind
       and before_,
   _Brown thin_ Cloth,                            _Oo_'erai.
   _Dark-brown_ Cloth,                            Poo'h_ee_re.
   _Nankeen-coloured_ Cloth,                      Ah_ee_re, s. _Oo_a.
   _Gummed_ Cloth,                                Oo'_ai_r ara.
                                                  Heappa,heappa, s.
  _Yellow_ Cloth,                                 A'広告, p_oo ee ei_, s.
                                                  Oora poo'_ee ei_.
   Cloth, _a piece of thin white cloth           Par_oo_'y, by which 指名する
       wrapt 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the waist, or thrown          they also call a white
       over the shoulders_,                      shirt.
   A Cloth-beater, _or an oblong square           To'aa.
       piece of 支持を得ようと努めるd grooved, and used in
       making cloth_,
   The _Cloth-工場／植物, _a sort of mulberry            Ea_ou_te.
       tree_,
   A Cloud,                                        E'與, s. Ea_oo_.
   A Cock,                                         M?, e't?.
   Cock, _the cock claps his wings_                Te Moa Pa_ee_, pa_ee_.
   A Cock-roach,                                   Potte potte.
   A Cocoa-nut,                                    A'r_ee_.
   _The fibrous husk of a_ Cocoa-nut,              P_oo_r_oo_'waha,
                                                   s. P_oo_r_oo_.
   Cocoa-nut _oil_,                                  E'rede,v臚.
   Cocoa leaves,                                     E,ne'ha_oo_.
   Coition,                                          E'y.
   _The sense of_ 冷淡な,                              Ma'r_ee_de.
   A 徹底的に捜す,                                           Pa'horo, s. Pa'herre.
                                                     s. Etoo'n_ee_a.
   Confusedness, _without order_,                    E'vah_ee_a.
   同意, _or approbation_,                        Mad_oo_,売春婦'why.
   Contempt, _a 指名する of contempt given               Wah_ei_ne,p_oo_'ha.
       to a maid, or unmarried woman_,
   Conversation,                                     Para_ou_,maro, s.
                                                     Para'para_ou_.
   _A sort of_ Convolvulus, _or bird-少しのd,
   ありふれた in the islands_,                          Oh_oo_e.
   Cook'd, _dress'd; not raw_,                      Ee'_oo_, s. E_ee_'wera.
   To 冷静な／正味の _one with a fan_,                        Taha`r_ee_.
   Cordage _of any kind_,                           Taura.
   The 核心 _of an apple_,                          B?.
   A Cork, _or stopper of a 瓶／封じ込める or gourd
   shell_,                                          Ora'h_oo_e.
   A Corner,                                        E'pecho.
   Covering, _the covering of a fish's gills_,      Pe_ee_'eya.
   Covetousness, _or rather one not inclined
   to give_,                                         Pee,peere.
   A Cough,                                          Ma're.
   To 法廷，裁判所, _woo a woman_,                          Ta'raro.
   Coyness _in a woman,_                             No'n?.
   A Crab,                                           Pappa.
   Crab, _a large land-crab that climbs
   the cocoa-nut trees for fruit_,                  E'_oo_wa.
   A 割れ目, cleft, or fissure,                      Mot_oo_.
   Crammed, _lumbered, crowded_,                    Ooa,p_ee_a'pe,s.Ehotto.
   The Cramp,                                       Emo't_oo_ t_oo_.
   A Cray-fish,                                     O'_oo_ra.
   To Creep _on the 手渡すs and feet_,                Ene'_ai_.
   Crimson _colour_,                                _Oo_ra _oo_ra.
   手足を不自由にする／（物事を）損なう, _lame_,                                 T_ei_'t_ei_.
   Crooked, _not straight_,                         O_o_o'p_ee_o.
   To crow _as a cock_,                             A'a _oo_a.
   The 栄冠を与える _of the head_,                         T_oo_'p_oo_e.
   To cry, _or shed tears_,                         Ta_ee_.
   _A brown_ Cuckoo, _with 黒人／ボイコット 妨げる／法廷，弁護士業s and
   a long tail, たびたび（訪れる） in the isles_,             Ara'were_wa_.
   _To_ 削減（する） _the hair with scissars_,               O'tee.

   D.

   A Dance,                                          H_ee_va.
   不明瞭,                                         Poee'r_ee_,
                                                     s. Po_oo_'r_ee_
   To Darn                                           O'ono
   A Daughter,                                       Ma'h_ei_ne.
   Day, _or day-light_,                              Mara'marama, s.
                                                     A'_ou_, s. A'a_ou_.
   Day-break,                                        Oota'tah_ei_ta.
   Day, _to-day_,                                    A_oo_'n_ai_.
   Dead,                                             Matte r?.
   _A natural_ Death,                                Matte n?.
   Deafness,                                         Ta'r_ee_a, t_oo_r_ee_.
   Decrepid,                                         Epoo't_oo_a.
   深い water,                                       Mona'.
   A 否定, _or refusal_,                           Eh_oo_'n?.
   To 願望（する）, _or wish for a thing_,                 E_ooee_.
   A Devil, _or evil spirit_,                        E't_ee_.
   Dew,                                              Ahe'a_oo_.
   A Diarrhoea, _or looseness_,                      Hawa, hawa.
   To_ 下落する _meat in salt water instead of_           Eaw_ee_'wo
      _salt, (an Indian custom_,)
   Dirt, _or nastiness of any kind_,                 E'repo.
   Disapprobation,                                   Eh_oo_n?.
   A 病気, _where the 長，率いる cannot be              E'p_ee_.
     held up, perhaps the palsy_,
   To 解放する／撤去させる, _untie or loosen_,                  Ea_oo_'w_ai_.
   Dishonesty,                                       E_ee_'a.
   Displeased, _to be displeased, 悩ますd, or          Ta_ee_'va.
     in the dumps_,
   不満, _to 不平（をいう）, or be               Fa_oo_'oue.
     dissatisfied_,
   Distant, _far off_,                               R?.
   _To_ distort, _or writhe the 四肢s, 団体／死体,         Faee'ta.
      lips, etc.
   A Dog,                                             _Oo_'r_ee_.
   A Doll _made of cocoa-plants_,                     Ad_oo_'a.
   A イルカ,                                         A'_ou_na.
   Done, _have done; or that is enough_,              A'teera.
     _or there is no more_,
   A Door,                                              _Oo_'b_oo_ta.
   二塁打, _or when two things are in_                Tau'r_oo_a.
      _one, as a 二塁打 canoe_,
   負かす／撃墜する, _or soft hair_,                               E'waou,
   _A head_ Dress, _used at funerals_,                 Pa'ra_ee_.
   To dress, _or put on the cloaths_,               Eu, hau'ho_oo_ t'Ahoo.
   To drink,                                        A_ee_'n_oo_.
   減少（する）, _a 選び出す／独身 減少（する） of any liquid_,             _Oo_,ata'hai.
   To 減少（する）, _or leak_,                               Eto't_oo_r_oo_, s.
                                                     E't_oo_r_oo_.
   減少（する）s, _as 減少（する）s of rain_,                          To'potta.
   溺死するd,                                            Parre'mo.
   A 派手に宣伝する,                                             Pa'hoo.
   乾燥した，日照りの, _not wet_,                                     _Oo_'maro.
   A Duck,                                             Mora.
   A Dug, _teat, or nipple_,                           E_oo_.
   An Ear-（犯罪の）一味,                                        Poe 公式文書，認める tar_ee_a.
   To eat, _or chew_,                                  E'y, s. M臑.
   An Echinus, _or sea-egg_,                           Heawy.
   Echo,                                               T_oo_o.
   An Egg _of a bird_,                                 Ehooero te Man_oo_.
   _A white_ Egg-bird,                                 Pee'ry.
   Eight,                                              A'waroo.
   The 肘,                                          T_oo_'r_ee_.
   Equal,                                               _Oo_hy't_ei_.
   築く, _upright_,                                   Et_oo_.
   A Euphorbium _tree, with white flowers_,            Te'too_ee_.
   The Evening,                                        Oooh_oi_'h_oi_.
   Excrement,                                          T_oo_'ty.
   To 拡大する, _or spread out cloth, etc._               売春婦'hora.
   The 注目する，もくろむ,                                            Matta.
   The 注目する，もくろむ-brow, _and 注目する，もくろむ-lid_,                        T_oo_a, matta.

   F.

   The 直面する,                                           E'mot_ee_a.
   _To hide or 持つ／拘留する the_ 直面する _away, as_
   when ashamed_,                                     Far_ee_'w_ai_.
   Facetious, _merry_,                                  Faatta atta.
   Fainting, _to faint_,                                M?,mo'my.
   To 落ちる _down_,                                      Topa.
   誤った, _not true_,                                   Ha'warre.
   A Fan, _or to fan the 直面する or 冷静な／正味の it_,              Taha'r_ee_.
   To fart, _or a fart_,                                Eh_oo_.
   Fat, _full of flesh, lusty_,                         P_ee_a.
   The fat _of meat_,                                   Ma_ee_.
   A Father                                             Med_oo_a tanne.
   A _step-_father,                                     Tanne, te h?.
   疲労，（軍の）雑役d, _tired_,                                   E'h_ei'eu_,s.Faea.
   恐れる,                                                Mattou.
   A Feather, _or quill_,                        H_oo_roo, _hoo_r_oo_,
                                                 man_oo_.
   _Red_ Feathers,                              Ora, h_oo_r_oo_ te man_oo_.
   Feebleness, _weakness_,                      Fara'ra, s. Tooro'r_ee_.
   _The sense of_ Feeling,                      Fa'fa.
   To feel,                                     涙／ほころび'ro.
   _A young clever dexterous_ Fellow, _or boy_,  Te'my de pa'ar_ee_.
   The 女性（の） _kind of any animal_,              E'_oo_ha.
   The Fern-tree,                                 Ma'mo_oo_.
   Fertile _land_,                                Fen_oo_a,maa.
   Fetch, _go fetch it_,                          Atee.
   Few _in number_,                                Eote.
   To fight,                                      E'neotto.
   A Fillip, _with the fingers_,                  Epatta.
   The Fin _of a fish_,                           Tirra.
   To finish, _or make an end_,                   Eiote.
   A Finger,                                      E'r_ee_ma.
   解雇する／砲火／射撃,                                          Ea'hai.
   _A flying_ Fish,                               Mara'ra.
   _A green flat_ Fish,                           E_eu_me.
   _A yellow flat_ Fish,                          _Oo_'morehe.
   _A flat green and red_                          P_ai'ou_.
   _The cuckold_ Fish,                             Etata.
   A Fish,                                         Eya.
   Fishing _wall for 運ぶ／漁獲高ing the seine at          Epa.
      the first point_,
   A Fish _pot_,                                   E'wha.
   _A long_ Fishing _rod of Bamboo, used           Ma'k_ee_ra.
       to catch bonettoes_, etc.,
   A Fissure, _or crack_,                         Motoo.
   握りこぶし, _to open the fist_,                      Ma'hora.
   握りこぶし, _striking with the 握りこぶし in dancing_,      A'moto.
   _A fly_ Flapper, _or to flap flies_,              Dah_ee_'ere e'r_eu_pa.
   Flatness, _applied to a nose, or a 大型船
   幅の広い and flat; also a spreading
   flat topt tree_,                               Papa.
   _A red_ Flesh _mark_,                          E_ee_'da.
   To float _on the 直面する of the water_,           Pa'noo.
   The Flower _of a plant_,                       P_oo_a.
   _Open_ Flowers,                                T_ee_arre'_oo_ wa.
   Flowers, _white odoriferous flowers,
   used as ornaments in the ears_,                  T_ee_arre tarr_ee_a.
   Flown, _it is flown or gone away_,               Ma'h_ou_ta.
   A Flute,                                         W_ee_wo.
   _A black_ 飛行機で行く-catcher, _a bird so called_,       O'mam與.
   A 飛行機で行く,                                            P_oo_re'h_oo_a.
   To 飛行機で行く, _as a bird_,                              E'r_ai_re.
   霧, _or mist_,                                   Ry'po_ee_a.
   To 倍の _up a thing, as cloth_, etc.               He'fet_oo_.
   A Fool, _scoundrel, or other epithet of
   contempt_,                                      Ta'_ou_na.
   The Foot, _or 単独の of the foot_,                Tapooy.
   The Forehead,                                   E'ry.
   Forgot, _or lost in memory_,                    _Oo_'aro.
   Foul, _dirty, nasty_,                           Erepo.
   A Fowl,                                         M?.
   Four,                                            E'ha.
   Friend, _a method of 演説（する）／住所ing a
   stranger_,                                       Eh?
   _A particular_ Friend, _or the salutation       E'apatte.
   to him_,
   To frisk, _to wanton, to play_,                 E'hanne.
   From _there_,                                     No,r_ei_ra,
                                                    s. No,r_ei_da.
   From _without_,                                   No,waho'_oo_.
   From _before_,                                    No,m_oo_a.
   Fruit,                                            'Hoo'ero.
   _Perfume_ Fruit _from Tethuroa_, a
   _small island_,                                  Hooero te manoo.
   _A yellow_ Fruit, _like a large plumb
   with a rough core_,                                A'v_ee_.
                                                     s. A'r_ou_too
                                                      Ef ha, apai.
   Generosity, _benevolence_,                         売春婦'r?.
   A Gimblet,                                         Eho'_oo_.
   A Girdle,                                          Ta't_oo_a.
   A Girl, _or young woman_,                          Too'n_ee_a.
   A Girthing _manufacture_,                          Tat_oo_'y.
   To give _a thing_,                                 H?'t_oo_.
   _A looking_-Glass,                                 H_ee_o'_ee_ota.
   A Glutton, _or 広大な／多数の／重要な eater_,                      Taata A'_ee_, s.
                                                     時代'p? n_oo_e.
   To go, _or move from where you stand_              Harre.
             _to walk_
   To go, _or leave a place_,                         時代'wa.
   Go, _begone, make haste and do it_,                Haro.
   Go _and fetch it_,                                 At_ee_.
   Good, _it is good, it is very well_,               My`ty, s.
                                                      Myty,tye,
                                                      s. Maytay.
   Good-_natured_,                                     Mama'h_ou_,
                                                       s. Ma'r_oo_.
   A Grandfather,                                        Too'b_oo_na.
   A 広大な／多数の／重要な-grandfather,                                  Tooboona tahe'too.
   A 広大な／多数の／重要な 広大な／多数の／重要な-grandfather,                            Ouroo.
   A Grandson,                                           Mo'b_oo_na.
   To しっかり掴む _with the hand_,                             Hara'wa_ai_.
   しっかり掴むing _the antagonist's thigh when               Tomo.
     dancing_,
   Grass, _used on the 床に打ち倒すs of their                 Ano'noho.
     houses,
   To grate _cocoa-nut kernel_,                          E'annatehea'r_ee_.
   広大な／多数の／重要な, _large, big_,                                  Ara'h_ai_.
   Green _colour_,                                       P_oo_re p_oore_.
   To groan,                                             Er_oo_,whe.
   The groin,                                            Ta'pa.
   To grow _as a plant_, etc.                             We'r_oo_a.
   To grunt, _or strain_,                                Etee,_too_whe.
   _The blind_ Gut,                                      Ora'b_oo_b_oo_.
   The Guts _of any animal_,                             A'a_oo_.

   H.

   The Hair _of the head_,                             E'ror_oo_,
                                                       s. E'roh_oo_r_oo_.
   _Grey_ Hair,                                          Hinna'heina.
   _Red_ Hair, _or a red-長，率いるd man_,                    E'h_oo_.
   _Curled_ Hair,                                        P_ee_p_ee_.
   A 大打撃を与える,                                             Et_ee_'te.
   大打撃を与える _it out_,                                      Atoo'bian_oo_.
   The 手渡す,                                             E'r_ee_ma.
   _A deformed_ 手渡す,                                    P_ee_le'_oi_.
   _A 動議 with the_ 手渡す _in dancing_,                O'ne o'ne.
   A Harangue, _or speech_,                              Oraro.
   A Harbour, _or 錨，総合司会者ing-place_,                      T_oo_'t_ou_.
   Hardness,                                             E'ta,e'ta.
   A Hatchet, _axe, or adze_,                            T?.
   He,                                                   Nana.
   The 長，率いる,                                             _Oo_'po.
   _A shorn_ 長，率いる,                                       E'v_ou_a.
   The 長，率いる-ache, _in consequence of
   drunkenness_,                                        Eana`n_ee_a.
   _The sense of_ 審理，公聴会,                               Faro.
   The Heart _of an animal_,                             A'h_ou_too.
   Heat, _warmth_,                                       Mahanna,hanna.
   激しい, _not light_,                                   T_ei_ma'ha.
   _The sea_ Hedge-hog,                                  Totera.
   _A blue_ Heron,                                       Otoo.
   _A white_ Heron,                                      Tra'pappa.
   To hew _with an axe_,                                 Teraee.
   Hibiscus, _the smallest 種類 of Hibiscus,
   with rough seed 事例／患者s, that 固執する
   to the 着せる／賦与するs in walking_,                          P_ee_re,p_ee_re.
   Hibiscus, _a 種類 of Hibiscus with
   large yellow flowers_,                               Po_oo_'r_ou_.
   The Hiccup,                                         Et_oo_'ee,
                                                       s. E_oo_'wha.
   Hide, _to hide a thing_,                              E'h_oo_na.
   High, _or steep_,                                     Mato.
   A Hill, _or mountain_,                               Ma_oo_,
                                                        s. Ma_oo_'a,
                                                        s. M_ou_a.
   _One-tree_ Hill, _a hill so called in
   Matavia Bay_,                                        Tal'ha.
                                                        s. Wa'p_oo_ta.
   Hiss, _to hiss or 持つ／拘留する out the finger at             T_ee_'he.
       one_,
   Hoarseness,                                       E'f與.
   A Hog,                                            B?.
   To 持つ／拘留する _fast_,                                   Mou.
   持つ／拘留する _your tongue, be 静かな or silent_,           Ma'm_oo_,
   A 穴を開ける, _as a gimblet 穴を開ける in wood_,etc.,           E'r_oo_a, s. Poota.
   To hollow, _or cry aloud to one_,                 T_oo_'o.
   _To keep at_ Home,                                Ate'_ei_ te Efarre.
   Honesty,                                          Eea'_ou_re.
   _A fish_ Hook,                                    Ma't_au_.
   _A fish_ Hook _of a particular sort_,             W_ee_te,w_ee_te.
   The Horizon,                                     E'pa_ee_,
                                                    no t'Era_ee_.
   Hot, _or 蒸し暑い 空気／公表する, it is very hot_,           Poh_ee_'a.
   A House,                                        E'farre, s. Ewharre.
   A House _of office_,                            Eha'm_oo_te.
   _A large_ House,                                Efarre'pota.
   A House _on props_,                             A'whatta.
   _An industrious_ Housewife,                     Ma'h_ei_ne Am_au_'hattoi
   How _do you, or how is it with you,             Tehano?.
   Humorous, _droll, merry_,                       Fa,atta,'atta.
   Hunger,                                        Poro'r_ee_,
                                                  s. Po_ee_'a.
   A Hut, _or house_,                              E'farre.

   I

   I,_ myself, first person singular_,              W_ou_(1) M_ee_.(2)
   _The lower_ Jaw,                                 E'ta.
   Idle, _or lazy_,                                 T_ee_'py.
  Jealousy _in a woman_,                            Ta'b_oo_ne, s.運命／宿命
                                                     no, s. H_oo_'hy.
   Ignorance, _stupidity_,                           W_ee_a'ta.
   Ill-natured, _cross_,                             _Oo_re, e'_ee_ore.
   An Image _of a human figure_,                     E'tee.
   Imps,_ the young imps,_                           T?'he.
   Immature, _unripe, as unripe fruit_,              Poo.
   すぐに, _instantly_,                         To'hyto.
   巨大な, _very large_,                            R?.
   Incest, _or incestuous_,                          Ta'wytte.
   Indigent, _poor, necessitous_,                    T_ee_,t_ee_.
   Indolence, _laziness_,                            T_ee_'py.
   産業, _opposed to idleness_,                  Ta_ee_'a.
   Inhospitable, _ungenerous_,                       P_ee_'p_ee_re.
   To 知らせる,                                        E'wh臚.
   _A sort of_ 署名／調印する, _used to punctuate_,             E'rah_oo_.
   An inquisitive _tattling woman_,                  Maheine Opotai_ee_hu.
   To interrogate, _or ask questions_,               Faeete.
   To invert, _or turn upside down_,                 E'h_oo_ra, tela'why.
   An  Islet,                                        Mo'too.
   The Itch, _an itching of any sort_,               Myro.

  J.

   To jump, _or leap_,                               Mah_ou_ta, s. Araire.

   K.

   Keep _it to yourself_,                                 V_ai_h_ee_'o.
   The Kernel _of a cocoa-nut_,                           Emo't_ee_a.
   To kick _with the foot_,                               Ta'h_ee_.
   The Kidnies,                                           F_oo_a'h_oo_a.
   Killed, _dead_,                                        Matte.
   To kindle, _or light up_,                              Em臑.
   A King,                                                E舐_ee_,da'h_ai_.
   A King-fisher, _the bird to called_,                   E'r_oo_ro.
   To kiss,                                               E'ho_ee_.
   道具, _a boy's play-kite_,                             O'omo.
   The 膝,                                              E't_oo_r_ee_.
   To ひさまづく,                                              T_oo_'t_oo_r_ee_.
   A Knot,                                                Ta'pona.
   _A double_ Knot,                                       Va'hod_oo_.
   _The female_ Knot _formed on the upper                 T_ee_bona.
   A Lance, _or spear_,                                   T與.
   Land _in general, a country_,                         Fe'n_oo_a,
                                                         s. Whe'n_oo_a.
   Language, _speech, words_,                             Pa'ra_ou_.
   Language, _used when dancing,                         Timoro'd_ee_,
                                                         te'Timoro'd_ee_.
 Largeness, _when 適用するd to a country,                    Ara'h_ai_.
 country,_etc.                                              N_oo_e.
 To laugh,                                                 Atta.
 Laziness,                                                 T_ee_'py.
 Lean, _the lean of meat_,                                 A?.
 Lean,_slender, not fleshy_,                               T_oo_'h_ai_.
 To leap,                                                  Ma'h_ou_ta,
                                                           s. A'rere.
 Leave _it behind, let it remain_,                        'V_ai_h?.
 To leave,                                                 E'wh_eeoo_.
 The 脚,                                                  A'wy.
 脚s, _my 脚s ache, or are tired_,                       A'h_oo_a.
 A Liar,                                                   Taata,ha'warre.
 To 嘘（をつく） _down, or along, to 残り／休憩（する） one's
 self_,                                                 Ete'raha,
                                                        s. Te'p_oo_.
 To 解除する _a thing up_,                                  時代'w_ai_.
 _Day_ Light,                                           Mara'marama.
 Light, _or 解雇する／砲火／射撃 of the 広大な／多数の／重要な people_                   T_ou_t_oi_,papa.
 Light, _or 解雇する／砲火／射撃 of the ありふれた people_,                 N_ee_ao,papa.
 Light, _to light or kindle the fire_,                   A't_oo_n_oo_
                                                         t'E_ee_'wera.
 Light, _not heavy_,                                     Ma'ma.
 雷,                                              _Oo_'waira.
 The Lips,                                               _Oo_t_oo_.
 Little, _small_,                                        _Ee_te.
 A Lizard,                                               'M?.
 Loathsome, _nauseous_,                                  E,a'wawa.
 _A sort of_ Lobster, _frequent in the isles_,           T_ee_on_ai_.
 To loll _about, or be lazy_,                            Tee'py.
 To loll _out the tongue_,                         Ewha'tor_oo_ t'Arere.
 To look _for a thing that is lost_,               Tap_oo_n_ee_.
 A Looking-glass,                                  H_ee_o'_ee_'otta.
 Loose, _not secure_,                              A_oo_'w_ee_wa.
 A Looseness, _or purging_,                        Hawa,'hawa.
                                                        E_ee_'?.
 The 肺s,                                         T_ee_too,'arapoa.
 Lusty, _fat, 十分な of flesh_,                       Oo'p_ee_a.

M.

    Maggots,                                         E'h_oo_h_oo_.
    A Maid, _or young woman                           _, T_oo_'n_ee_a.
   To make _the bed_,                                 売春婦'hora, te M?'ya.
   The Male _of any animal, male kind_,               E'?a.
   A Man,                                             T臑ta, s. Taane.
   _An indisposed or insincere_ Man,                  T臑ta,ham'an_ee_no.
   A Man-of-war _bird_,                               Otta'ha.
   Many, _a 広大な／多数の／重要な number_,                            Wo'rou,wo'rou,
                                                      s. man_oo_, man_oo_.
   _A black_ 示す _on the skin_,                          E_ee_'r_ee_.
   Married, _as a married man_,                           Fan_ou_'nou.
   A Mat,                                                 E'vanne.
   _A silky 肉親，親類d of_ Mat,                                 M?'a.
   _A rough sort of_ Mat, _cut in the                     P_oo_'rou.
      middle to 収容する／認める the head_,
   A Mast _of a ship or boat_,                            T_ee_ra.
   円熟した, _ripe; as 熟した fruit_,                         Para, s. Pe.
   Me, _I_,                                               W_ou_, s. M_ee_.
   A 手段,                                             E'a.
   To 手段 _a thing_,                                  Fa'_ee_te.
   To 会合，会う _one_,                                         Ewharidde.
   To melt, _or 解散させる a thing,                       T_oo_'t_oo_e.
        as grease etc._
   The middle, _or 中央 of a thing_,                   Teropoo.
   Midnight,                                            O't_oo_ra,h_ei_'po.
   To mince, _or 削減（する） small_,                            E'p_oo_ta.
   地雷, _it is 地雷, or belongs to me_,                No'_oo_.
   To 行方不明になる, _not to 攻撃する，衝突する a thing_,                       _Oo_'happa.
   もや, _or fog_,                                      Ry'po_ee_a.
   To mix _things together_,                            A'p_oo_e,'p_oo_e.
   To mock _or scoff at one_,                           Etoo'h_ee_.
   Modesty,                                             Mamma'ha_oo_.
   Moist, _wet_,                                   Wara'r_ee_.
   A Mole _upon the skin_,                         At_oo_'n?.
   _A lunar_ Month,                                Mara'ma.
   A Monument _to the dead_,                       Whatta'r_au_.
   The Moon,                                       Mara'ma.
   The Morning,                                    Oo'po_ee_'po_ee_.
   To-morrow,                                      Bo'bo, s. A,Bo'bo.
   _The day after to_-morrow,                      A'bo'bo d_oo_ra.
   _The second day after to_-morrow;               Po_ee_,po_ee_,addoo.
   A Moth,                                         E,pepe.
   A Mother,                                       Ma'd_oo_a, wa'h_ei_ne.
  Mountains _of the second order_,                 Mo_u_a 'haha.
  Mountains _of the third or lowest
  order_,                                         Pere'ra_ou_.
  嘆く／悼むing,                                      '_Ee_va.
 嘆く／悼むing _leaves, viz. those of the              Ta'pa_oo_.
 cocoa-tree, used for that purpose_,
 The Mouth,                                       Eva'ha.
 _To open the_ Mouth,                             Ha'mamma.
 A Multitude, _or 広大な number_,                   Wo'r_ou_, wo'r_ou_.
 殺人d, _killed_,                              Matte, s. matte r?.
 A 殺害者,                                      Taata t?.
 A Muscle-爆撃する,                                  No_u,ou_.
 Music _of any kind_,                             H_ee_va.
 A Musket, _pistol, or 小火器                  P_oo_,p_oo_, s. Poo.
 of any kind_,
 Mute, _silent_,                                 Fateb_oo_a.
 To 事柄, or _stammer_,                        E'wha_ou_.

N.

 The Nail _of the fingers_,                      Aee'_oo_.
 A Nail _of iron_,                               _E_ure.
 Naked, _i. e. with the 着せる／賦与するs off,             Ta'lurra.
 undressed_,
 The 指名する _of a thing_,                          E_ee'oo_.
 狭くする, _strait, not wide_,                     P_ee_re,p_ee_re.
 汚い, _dirty, not clean_,                      E,repo.
 A Native,                                       Taata'toob_oo_.
 The Neck,                                       A'_ee_.
 Needles,                                        Narreeda.
 _A fishing_ 逮捕する,                                _Oo_'p_ai_a.
 New, _young, sound_,                            Ho_u_.
 Nigh,                                           Poto, s. Whatta'ta.
 Night,                                          P_o_, s. E'a_oo_.
 To-Night, _or to-day at night_,                 A'_oo_ne te' Po.
 _Black_ Night-_shade_,                          Oporo.
 Nine,                                           A'_ee_va.
 The Nipple _of the breast_,                     E'_oo_.
 A Nit,                                          Eriha.
                                                [1] Ay'ma, [2] Y_ai_ha,
 No, _a negation_,                              [3]A'_ou_re, [4] A_ee_,
                                                [5] Yeha_ee_a.
   To nod,                                                A't_ouou_.
   Noisy, _chattering, impertinent_,                      Emoo.
   Noon,                                                  Wawa'tea.
   The Nostrils,                                          Popo'h?.
   Numeration, _or counting of numbers_,                  Ta't_ou_.
   _A cocoa_ Nut,                                         Aree.
   _A large compressed_ Nut,_that tastes                   E_ee_h_ee_.
       like chesnuts when roasted_,

   O.

   Obesity, _corpulence_,                                  Ou'p_ee_a.
   The Ocean,                                              Ty, s. Meede.
   Odoriferous, _sweet-smelled_,                           No'n?.
   _Perfumed_ Oil _they put on the hair_,                  Mo'n?.
   An Ointment,_plaister, or any thing                     E'ra'pa_oo_.
       that 傷をいやす／和解させるs or relates to medicine_,
   Old,                                                    Ora'wheva.
   One,                                                    A'tahai.
   Order, _in good order, 正規の／正選手, without            Wara'wara.
        confusion_,
   Ornament, _any ornament for the ear_,              T_ooee_ ta'r_ee_a.
   _Burial_ Ornaments, _viz. nine noits               Ma'ray Wharre.
      stuck in the ground_,
   An 孤児,                                           _Oo_'hoppe,
                                                        poo'_ai_a.
   Out, _not in, not within_,                           T_ei_we'売春婦.
   The Outside _of a thing_,                            _Oo_a'p_ee_.
   An Oven _in the ground_,                              E_oo_'m_oo_.
   Over, _besides, more than the quantity_,              Te'harra.
   To 打ち勝つ, _or conquer_,                            E'ma'_oo_ma.
   Pap, _or child's food_,                             Mamma.
   A Parent,                                           Me'd_oo_a.
   _A small blue_ Parroquet,                           E'v_ee_n_ee_.
   A Pearl,                                               P?.
   The Peduncle, _and stalk of a plant_,                  A'm臑, s. E'atta.
   To peel _or take the 肌 off a
      cocoa-nut_etc.                                      A'tee, s. E'atee.
   Peeled, _it is peeled_,                                Me'at_ee_.
   A Peg _to hang a 捕らえる、獲得する on_,                              'Pe'a_oo_.
   A Pepper-工場／植物, _from the root of
   which they 準備する an inebriating
   liquor_,                                               Awa.
   Perhaps, _it may be so_,                               E'pa'ha.
   Persons _of distinction_,                              Patoo'nehe.
   A Petticoat _of plantane leaves_,                      AArou'm_aiee_a.
   Petty, _small, trifling, …に反対するd to Nooe_,             R_ee_.
   _A_ 内科医, _or person who
   …に出席するs the sick_,                               Taata no E'rapa_oo_.
   選ぶ, _to 選ぶ or choose_,                       Eh_ee_ te _mai_ my ty.
   _A large wood_ Pigeon,                           Er_oope_.
   _A large green and white_ Pigeon,                O_o_'_oo_pa.
   _A small 黒人／ボイコット and white_ Pigeon,
   _with purple wings_,                               _Oooo_wy'deroo.
   A Pimple,                                          H_oo_a'h_ou_a.
   To Pinch _with, the fingers_,                      _Oo_ma.
   A Plain, _or flat_,                                E'_pee_ho.
   計画（する）, _smooth_,                                   Pa'_ee_a.
   A 工場／植物 _of any kind_,                             O'mo.
   _A small_ 工場／植物,                                   E'rabo.
   _The fruit of a_ Plantane-tree                     M_aiee_'a, s. Maya.
   _Horse_ Plantanes,                                 Fai'_ee_.
   Pleased, _good humoured, not cross or              Mar_oo_.
   surly_,
   Pluck _it up_,                                        Ar_ee_te.
   To pluck _hairs from the beard_,                      H_oo_h_oo_tee.
   To 急落（する），激減（する） _a thing in the water_,                     E,_oo_'wh_ee_.
   _A 瓶／封じ込める-nosed_ Porpoise,                            E'_ou_a.
   _Sweet_ Potatoes,                                     Oo'marra.
   To 注ぐ _out any liquid substance_,                   Ma'n_ee_.
   妊娠している _with young_,                                Waha'p_oo_.
   To 圧力（をかける）, _or squeeze the 脚s gently
   with the 手渡す, when tired or pained_,               Roro'm_ee_.
   Prick, _to prick up the ears_,                      Eoma te ta'r_ee_.
   A Priest,                                           Ta'h_ou_a.
   傾向がある, _or 直面する downwards_,                         T_ee_'opa.
   _A sort of_ Pudding, _made of fruits,
   oil_, etc.                                           Po'po'_ee_.
   Pumpkins,                                        A'h_ooa_.
   To puke, _or vomit_,                             E'awa, s. e'r_oo_'y.
   Pure, _clear_,                                   E'_oo'ee_.
   A 粛清するing, _or looseness_,                       Hawa,hawa.
   To 追求する, _and catch a person who              Er_oo_,Er_oo_,
   has done some mischief_,                        s. Eha'r_oe_.
   To 押し進める _a thing with the hand_,                T_oo_'ra_ee_.
   Put _it up, or away_,                            Orno.

   Q.

   Quickness, _briskness_,                               E'tirre.
   _To walk_ quickly,                                    Harre'n_ei_na.
   Quietness, _silence, a silent or seemingly
   thoughtful person_,                                落ちる'b_oo_a.
   A Quiver _for 持つ／拘留するing arrows_,                    'P_ee_ha.

   R.

   _A small black_ Rail, _with red eyes_,             M_ai_'売春婦.
   _A small black_ Rail, _spotted and
   buured with white_,                                 P_oo_a'n_ee_.
   Rain,                                                E'_oo_a.
   A Rainbow,                                           E'n_oo_a.
   Raft, _a raft of bamboo_,                            M_ai_to'e.
   階級,_ strong, urinous_,                             Ew縊 wao.
   A Rasp, _or file_,                                   _Ooee_.
   A ネズミ,                                               'Yore, s. Eyore.
   Raw _meat, flesh that is not dressed                  E'otta.
     cooked_,
   Raw _fruit, as plantanes, etc. that are               Paroure.
     not baked_
   To recline, _or lean upon a thing_,                   E'py.
   Red _colour_,                                      _Oo_ra,_oo_ra,
                                                      s. Matde.
   To 暗礁 _a sail_,                                     Epo'uie te rya.
   A 拒絶,                                            Eh_oo_'nooa.
   The 残りの人，物 _of any thing_,                         T,'Ewahei.
   To rend, _burst, or split_,                           M_oo_'m_oo_m_oo_.
   Rent, _cracked, or torn_,                             E'wha.
   To reside, _live or dwell_,                           E'noho.
   Respiration, _breathing_,                             T_oo_e,t_oo_e.
   A Rib,                                                Aw與.
   Rich, _not poor, having plenty of                     Epo'too.
      goods, etc._
   A （犯罪の）一味,                                         'M_ai_no.
   The Ringworm, _a 病気 so called_,             E'n_oo_a.
   熟した, _as 熟した fruit, etc._                       Para, s. Pai, s. Ooo
                                                    p_ai_.
   A Robber, _or thief_,                                E_ee_'a (taata.)
   A 激しく揺する,                                              Pa_oo_.
   _A 暗礁 of_ 激しく揺するs,                                   E'a_ou_.
   Rolling, _the rolling of a ship_,                    T_oo_'r_oo_re.
   A Root,                                              Ap_oo_, s. Ea.
   A Rope _of any kind_,                                Taura.
   Rotten, _as rotten fruit, etc._                       R_oo_pe.
   Rough, _not smooth_,                                 Ta'rra, tarra.
   To 列／漕ぐ／騒動 _with oars_,                                  E'_oo_me, s, E'h?.
   To rub _a thing, as in washing the 手渡すs            売春婦'ro_ee_.
      and face_,
   The Rudder _of a boat, or steering                  H?,fa'herre.
        paddle of a canoe_,
   Running _backwards and 今後s,                    Oo'atapone.
      endeavouring to escape_,

   S.

   The Sail _of a ship or boat_,                       E_ee_'_ai_.
   Saunders's _island_,                                Tab_oo_a, Manoo.
   A Saw,                                              E_ee'oo_.
   A Scab,                                             E'tona.
   _A fish's_ 規模 _or scales_,                       P?.
   _A pair of_ Scissars,                              O't_oo_bo,
                                                      s. O'tob_oo_.
   A Scoop, _to empty water from a canoe_,             E'tata.
   To 捨てる _a thing_,                                _Oo_'a_oo_.
   To scratch _with the fingers_,                      時代'ra_oo_.
   Scratched, _a scratched metal_, etc.                 Pah_oo_re'h_oo_re.
   The Sea-cat, _a fish so called_,                    P_oo_he.
   The Sea,                                            Ta_ee_, s. M_ee_de.
   Secret, _a secret whispering, or 名誉き損，中傷ing
   another_,                                          Ohe'm_oo_.
   The Seed _of a 工場／植物,_                             H_oo_a't_oo_t_oo_,
                                                      s. Ehooero
   The sense _of seeing_,                              E'h_ee_'o.
   To send,                                            Eho'p?.
   A Sepulchre, _or burying-place_,                    Ma'ray.
   A Servant,                                          T_ow_t_ow_.
   Seven,                                              A'H_ee_t_oo_.
   To sew, _or string_,                                E't_oo_e.
   Seyne, _to 運ぶ／漁獲高 a seyne_,                           Etoroo te p_ai_a.
   To shave, _or take off the beard_,                  Eva'r_oo_,
                                                       s.Whanne, whanne.
   _A small_ 爆撃する,                                    Ot'eo.
   _A tyger_ 爆撃する,                                    Pore'h_oo_.
   Shew _it me_,                                       Enara.
   A Ship,                                             P_a_hee.
   Shipwreck,                                          Ara'wha.
   _A white_ Shirt,                                    Par_oo_'y.
   To shiver _with cold_,                              A'tete.
   _Mud_ Shoes, _or fishing shoes_,                    Tama.
   The Shore,                                          Euta.
   Short,                                              Po'potoo.
   Shut, _not open_,                                  Opa'n_ee_,
                                                      s. Poo'peepe.
   Sickness,                                           Matte my Mamy.
   _The left_ 味方する,                                    A'r_oo_de.
   To sit _cross-legged_,                              T_ee_'py.
   Six,                                                A'Hon_oo_.
   A Skate-fish,                                       E'wha_ee_.
   The 肌,                                           _Ee_'ree.
   The Sky,                                            E'ra_ee_.
   To sleep,                                           M?.
   _The long_ Sleep, _or death_,                       M? r?.
   To sleep, _when sitting_,                           T_oo_'roore,m?.
   A Sling,                                            E'ma.
   Slow,                                               Marra,marr?,s.運命／宿命.
   Small, _little_,                                   _Ee_te.
   _The sense of_ smelling,                          Fata't_oo_,
                                                     s._Oo_too,too,too.
   Smell _it_,                                        H_oi_na.
   To smell,                                          Ahe'_oi_.
   Smoke,                                             E'_oo_ra.
   Smooth,                                            Pa'ya.
   Smutting _the 直面する with charcoal for
   funeral ceremonies_,                              Bap'para.
   _A sea_ Snake, _that has 補欠／交替の／交替する
   （犯罪の）一味s of a white and 黒人／ボイコット colour_,               P_oo_h_ee_'ar_oo_.
   To snatch _a thing hastily_,                       E'h_ai_r_oo_.
   Sneezing,                                          Mach_ee_'_ai_.
   Snipe, _a bird 似ているing a snipe, of
   a 黒人／ボイコット and brown colour_,                        T_ee_'t_ee_.
   Snot                                              'H_oo_pe.
   Soberness, _sobriety, sober, not given_          T_ei_r_ei_da.
      _to drunkenness_,
   To 軟化する,                                         Epar_oo_'par_oo_.
   Softness, _that is, not hard_,                     Maroo.
   The 単独の _of the foot_,                            Tap_oo_'y.
   A Son                                              My'de.
   A Son-in-法律,                                      H_oo_'n?.
   A Song,                                            Heeva.
   A Sore, _or ulcer_,                                O'pai.
   Soreness, _or pain_,                               Ma'may.
   Sound, _any sound that strikes the ear_,           Pa'_ee_na.
   A （期間が）わたる,                                            Ewh臚 ono.
   To speak,                                          Paraou.
   Speak; _he speaks not from the heart,      Neeate _oo_t_oo_ te parou
       his words are only on his lips_,       no nona.
   A Spear, _or lance_,                               T與.
   To 流出／こぼす,                                          Emare.
   To spit,                                           Too't_oo_a.
   _To_ spread, _or to 拡大する a thing, as_           売春婦'hora.
      _cloth, etc._
   To squeeze, _or 圧力（をかける） hard_,                       Ne,'ne_ee_.
   To squeeze, _or 圧力（をかける） gently with the hand_,       Roro'm_ee_.
   Squint-注目する，もくろむd,                                       Matta'areva.
   _A fighting_ 行う／開催する／段階 _in a boat_,                    E't_oo_t_ee_.
   A 星／主役にする-fish,                                   Eve'r_ee_.
   To startle, _as when one dreams_               Wa'hee, te'dirre.
   Stay, _or wait a little_,                      A'r_ee_a, s. Ar_ee_'ana.
   To steal,                                      'Woreedo.
   法外な, _as 法外な 激しく揺するs, or cliffs_,            Mato.
   _A walking_ Stick,                            'Tame.
   Stinking, _ill-smelled, as stinking water,etc._ Na'm_oo_a,
                                                  s. N_ee_'n_ee_o.
   Stink, _to stink or smell ill_,                    F_ou_, f_ou_.
   To stink, _as excrement_,                          P_ee_ro,p_ee_ro.
   The Stomach,                                      'Para_ee_'a.
   A 石／投石する,                                           Owhay.
   _A polished_ 石／投石する, used to （警官の）巡回区域，受持ち区域 victuals          P_ai_'noo.
        into a paste_,
   石／投石するs, _upright 石／投石するs which stand on
   the 覆うd area before huts_,                      T_oo_'t_oo_re.
   _A small_ Stool, _to lay the 長，率いる
   A 嵐／襲撃する _of 勝利，勝つd, rain, thunder_, etc.              Tarooa.
   海峡, _narrow, not wide_,                        P_ee_re,peere.
   Striking, _hollow striking in dancing_,            Ap_ee_.
   The String _of a quiver_,                          E'aha.
   Strong, _as a strong man_,                         _O'o_mara.
   Struck,                                            A'b_oo_l_a_.
   Stupidity, _ignorance_,                            W_ee_a'l_a_.
   To suck _as a child_,                              Ote,ote.
   Sugar _cane_,                                      E'To, s. T?.
   自殺,                                           Euha'a_ou_.
   蒸し暑い, _or hot air_,                              Poh_ee_a.
   The Sun,                                           Mahanna, s. 時代.
   _The meridian_ Sun,                            T_ei_'n_ee_a te Mahanna.
   Supine, _lying_,                               Fateeraha.
   Surf _of the sea_,                             Horo'w_ai_.
   _An interjection of_ Surprise,
   _or admiration_,                                  Allaheuee'_ai_.
   To surround,                                      A'b_oo_ne.
   To swallow,                                       Horo'm_ee_.
   The Sweat _of the 団体／死体, or to sweat_          E'h_ou_, s. Eh_ou_ h_ou_.
   A 甘い _taste_,                              Mona.
   Swell _of the sea_,                           E'r_oo_.

   T.

   A Tail,                                           Ero.
   A Tail _of a bird_,                               E'hoppe.
   To take _a friend by the hand_,                   Etoo'ya_oo_.
   To take _off, or unloose_,                        Eve'vette.
   To take _care of the victuals_,                   Ewhaapoo te maa.
   To talk, _or converse_,                           Paraou.
   _The sense of_ tasting,                           Tama'ta.
   A Tetotum, _or whirligig_,                        E'pir?.
   To 涙／ほころび _a thing_,                                Ha'hy, s. Whatte.
   A Teat, _or dug_,                                 E'_oo_.
   The Teeth,                                        E'n_ee_h_ee_o.
   Ten                                               A'h_oo_r_oo_.
   To tend, _or 料金d hogs_,                         Ew_h_a_ee_ te B?.
   Tenants,                                         Af_eu_'h_au_.
   _A black_ Tern, _with a whitish head_,           O_ee_'o.
   There,                                           Te'raee.
   They, _them, or theirs_,                         To'ta_oo_a.
   Thickness, _applied to solid bodies_,            Meoo'meoo.
   厚い, _as 厚い cloth_, etc.                     T_oo_e'too'e.
   厚い, _muddy_,                                  Ewore'r_oo_,s.Eworepe.
   Thine, _it is yours, or belongs to you_,         No ?.
   かわき,                                          W'ah_ee_'y.
   Thoughts,                                     Para_ou_, no te o'p_oo_.
  _An 外見 of_ thoughtfulness,             運命／宿命'b_oo_a.
   Three,                                           Tor_oo_.
   The Throat,                                      Ara'poa.
   To throw, _or heave a thing_,                    Taora.
   To throw _a thing away_,                         Harre'wai.
   To throw _a ball_,                               Ama'h_oo_a.
   To throw _a lance_,                              Evara'towha.
   Throw, _shall I throw it_,                       Taure'a'a.
   Throwing _in dancing_,                           売春婦'空気／公表する.
   The Thumb,                                       E'r_ee_ma,erahai.
   雷鳴,                                         Pa't_ee_re.
   Tickle, _to tickle a person_,                    My'n_ee_na.
   A Tide, _or current_,                            A'ow.
   To tie _a knot_,                                 Ty.
   Time, _a space of time, from 6 to 10
   at night_,                                      O't_oo_e, teepo.
   Time, _a little time, a small space_,            Popo'_eu_n_oo_.
   Time, _a long time, a 広大な／多数の／重要な while_,              Ta'moo.
   A 肩書を与える _belonging to a woman of rank_,          E'tapay'r_oo_.
   A Toe _of the foot_,                             Man_ee_o.
   A Tomb,                                          T_oo_,pap'pou.
   The Tongue,                                      E'rero.
   A Tortoise,                                      E'hon_oo_.
   Touching,                                        Fa'fa.
   堅い, _as 堅い meat_, etc.                      Ah_oo_'_ou_e.
   A Town,                                     E'farre p_oo_to p_oo_t_oo_.
   To trample _with the foot_,                 Tata'he, s. Ta'ta'hy.
   A Tree,                                     E'r與.
   A Tree, _from which they make clubs,        T? (Er與.)
   spears_, etc.
   To tremble, _or shudder with cold_,        _Oo_a'titte, s. Eta.
   Trembling, _shaking_,                      A_ou_'dou.
   To trip _one up in wrestling_,             Me'h臚.
   A Tropic-bird,                             Man_oo_'roa.
   Truth,                                     Eva_ee_'r?,s.Para_ou_,mou.
   To 宙返り／暴落する,                                 P_ou_ta'heite.
   A Turban,                                  E't臚.
   Under _sail_,                                   P_ou_'pou_ee_.
   To understand,                                  Ee'te.
   To undress, _or take off the clothes_,          Ta'turra.
   An unmarried _person_,                          Ar_ee_'_oi_.
   Unripe, _as unripe fruit_,etc.                   P_oo_.

   V.

   _Luminous_ Vapour,                              Epao.
   Vassal, _or subject_,                           Manna'h_ou_na.
   広大な,                                           Ara,hai,s.Mai,ara'hai.
   The Veins _that run under the skin_,            E'w_ou_a.
   Venus,                                          T_ou_'r_oo_a.
   大型船, _any hollow 大型船, as cups of
   nuts_,etc.                                      _Ai_'boo.
   大型船, _a hollow 大型船 in which they
   準備する an inebriating liquor_,                _Oo_'mutte.
   To vomit,                                       Er_oo_'y.

   W.

   Wad, _tow, fibres like hemp_,                    Ta'm_ou_.
   Wait, _stay a little_,                           Areeana.
   Wake, _awake_,                                   Arra arra, s. 時代.
   To walk out,                                     Avou'_oi_a.
   To walk _backwards and forwards_,                H_oo_a p_ee_pe.
   A 軍人, _soldier, or rather a man-killer_,    Taatat?.
   Warmth, _heat_,                                  Mahanna,hanna.
   A Wart,                                          Toria.
   To wash, _as to wash cloth in water_,            損なう.
   To watch,                                        Ete臚.
   Water,                                           A'vy.
   Water-cresses,                                   Pa't?.
   We, _both of us_,                            Ta_oo_a, s. Ar_oo_'r_oo_a.
   A wedge,                                     時代'h_ei_.
                                                   Ye'ha_ee_a, 表明するd
                                                   inquisitively.
   What _do you call that, what is the
   指名する of it_,                                    Owy te a_ee_'_oa_.
   call the people to meals_,                      Ep_ou_,maa.
   To whisper _secretly, as in backbiting_, etc.    Ohe'm_oo_.
   Who _is that, what is he called_,               Owy,tanna, s.
                                                   Owy,nana.
   Whole, _the whole not a part of a thing_,      E'ta,e'tea, s. A'ma_oo_.
   Wide, _not 海峡 or narrow_,                  Whatta,whatta.
   A 未亡人,                                       Wa't_oo_neea.
   Wife, _my wife_,                               Ma'h_ei_ne.
   The 勝利，勝つd,                                        Mattay.
   _The south-east_ 勝利，勝つd,                           Mattaee.
   A Window,                                        Ma'laee ou'panee.
   The Wing _of a bird_,                            Ere'_ou_.
   To wink,                                         E'am_ou_,am_oo_.
   To wipe _a thing clean_,                         売春婦'ro_ee_.
   Wish, _a wish to one who sneezes_,               Eva'r_ou_a t E舩_oo_a.
   Within _side_,                                   T_ee_'ro to.
   A Woman,                                         Wa'h_ei_ne.
   _A married_ Woman,                               Wa'h_ei_ne mou.
   Woman, _she is a married woman, she
   has got another husband_,                       Terra,tanne.
   A レスラー,                                      M_ou_na.
   Wrinkled _in the face_,                          M_ee_o, m_ee_o.
   The Wrist,                                       Mo'm?.
   A Wry-neck,                                      Na'na.

   Y.

   To yawn,                                           Ha'mamma.
   Yellow _colour_,                                  He'appa.
   Yes,                                              Ay, s. _ai_.
   Yesterday,                                        Ninna'hay.
A TABLE EXHIBITING AT ONE VIEW, SPECIMENS OF DIFFERENT LANGUAGES SPOKEN
IN THE SOUTH-SEA, FROM EASTER ISLAND, WESTWARD TO NEW CALEDONIA, AS
OBSERVED IN THE VOYAGE.

   English.   Otaheite.                   復活祭 Island.
      The Marquesas 小島s.      The Island of Amsterdam.     New Zealand.
   Malicolo.    Tanna.                New Caledonia

   A Bird,           'Man_oo_,[22]                  'Man_oo_,
                                                  'Manu_oo_,
                 Man_oo_,                Manee, s. Man_eek_.

   A 屈服する         E'fanna,
                                                  'Fanna,
   Nabrr_oo_s,    Na'fanga.

   Bread-fruit   _Oo_r_oo_,
       Mai_ee_,
   Ba'rabe,     Tag'_oo_r_oo_.

   A canoe       E'v臑                        'Wagga,
       Ev'臑,                                                Ta'wagga,
                                               Wang.

   Cloth         Ah_oo_,                        'Ah_oo_,
       'Ah_oo_, s. A'hoo_ee_a,           Babba'langa,Kak'ah_oo_,
                 Ta'nar_ee_,             Hamban.

   A Cocoa-nut   'Ar_ee_,
                                     'Eeoo,
   Nar_oo_,       Nab_oo_'y,             'N_eeoo_.

   To drink      Ayn_oo_'                        A_ee_n_oo_,
       'A_ee_n_oo_,
   No'a_ee_,      N_ooee_,                'Oo_d_oo_, s. _Oo_nd_oo_.

   The 注目する，もくろむ       Matta,                        Matta,
       'Matta, s. Matta_ee_a,          'Matta,                 'Matta,
   M_ai_tang,     Nan_ee_'maiuk,          T_ee_'vein.

   The Ear       Ta'r_ee_a,                      Ta'r_ee_an,
       B_oo_'_ee_na,                                           Ta'r_ee_ka,
   Talingan,    F_ee_n_ee_'enguk,         伸び（る）'_ee_ng.

   Fish          'Eya,                         _Ee_ka,
                                      '_Ee_ka,                  '_Ee_ka,
                 'Nam_oo_.

   A Fowl,       M?,                          M?,
       M?,
   Moe'r_oo_.

   The 手渡す,     E'r_ee_ma,                      'R_ee_ma,
   A Hog,        'B?,
       'B_oo_a,                        B_oo_'acka,
   'Brr_oo_as,    'B_oo_ga, s. 'B_oo_gas.

   I,myself,     W_ou_, s. _ou_,
       'W_ou_,                                                 _Ou_.

   To laugh,     'Atta,
                                                             Katta,
                 'H臑rish,             Ap, s.Gye'ap.

   A Man,        'T臑ta,                       Papa?
       T_ee_to,
   Ba'rang,     Nar_oo_'m臑n.

   The Navel,    'P_ee_to,
      P_ee_to, s. P_ee_to'ai,                                   P_ee_to,
   Nomprtong,   Nap_ee_ rainguk,        Whanb_oo_ _ee_n.

   No,           (1)'Ayma,(2)Y_ai_ha,(3)A'_ou_re,'_Ei_sa,
                                                 '_Ee_sha,      Ka'_ou_re,
   Ta'ep,       E'sa,                 '_Ee_va, _Ee_ba.

   Plantains,    'M_ai_ya,                       (1)Maya, (2)F_oo_tse,
       M_ai_e_ea_,                       'F_oo_dje,
   Nabrruts.

   Puncturation, Ta't_ou_,
       E'pat_oo_,                      Ta't_ou_,                 Moko,
                                      'Gan, s. Gan,galang.

   Rain,         E'_oo_a,                        '_Oo_a,

                 Na'mawar,             _Oo_e.

   Sugar 茎,   E'To,                         To,

                 Na'r_oo_k.

   The Teeth,    E'n_ee_h_ee_o,                    'N_ee_ho,
       E'n_ee_ho,                      'N_ee_fo,                 N_ee_ho,
   R_ee_'bohn,    'Warrewuk, s. 'R_ai_buk, Penna'w_ei_n.

   Water,        A'vay,                        E'vy,

   Er'g_ou_r,                           _Oo_e.

   To Whistle,   'Map_oo_,
                                                             F_ee_o,f_ee_o,
   Papang,      Awe'bern,             'Wy_oo_.

   A Woman,      Wa'h_ei_ne,
       Ve'h_ee_ne,
   Ra'貯蔵所,      N_ai_'br臑n,            Tama.

   Yams,         E'_oo_he,                       _Oo_he,
                                      _Oo_fe,
   Nan-'押し通す,    _Oo_fe,                 _Oo_be.

   Yes,          _Ai_,
       Atta'ha_ee_,                    Ta'ha_ee_,

   Ts_ee_'ka_ee_,   R_ee_d_ee_,               Wag_ee'ai_ng.

   Two,          E'R_oo_a,                        'Rooa,
       A'ooa,                        E'ooa,
   E'ry,        'Karoo,               'Waroo.

   Three,       'Ter_oo_,                        'Tor_oo_,
      A'tor_oo_,                      'Tor_oo_,
   E'r_ei_,       'Kahar,               Wat_ee_ en.

   Four,         A'Haa,                        'H臑, s. F臑,
       A'faa,                        A'f臑,
   E'bats,      'K_ai_phar,             Wam'ba_ee_k.

   Five,         E'R_ee_ma,                      'R_ee_ma,
       A'_ee_ma,                       'N_ee_ma,
   E'r_ee_m,      'Kr_ee_rum,             Wannim.

   Six,          A'ono,                        'Hon_oo_,
       A'ono,
   Ts_oo_'ka_ee_,   Ma'r_ee_d_ee_,            Wannim-g_ee_ek.

   Seven,        A'H_ei_too,                     'H_ee_d_oo_,
       A'wh_ee_t_oo_,
   G_oo_y,        Ma'kar_oo_,             Wannim'n_oo_.

   Eight,        A'war_oo_,                      'Var_oo_,
       A'wa_oo_,
   H_oo_rey,      Ma'kahar,             Wannim'g_ai_n.

   Nine,         A'_ee_va,                       H_ee_va,
       A'_ee_va,
   G_oo_dbats,    Ma'k_ai_phar,           Wannim'ba_ee_k.

   Ten,          A'h_oo_r_oo_,                     Atta'h_oo_r_oo_,
                                                   s. Anna'h_oo_r_oo_,
       Wannah_oo_, s. Wanna'h_oo_e,
   Senearr,     Ma'kr_ee_rum,           Wann_oo_'n_ai_uk.

(Footnote re similarity of the languages)--omiited by ebook 生産者.


LETTER FROM JOHN IBBETSON, ESQ.
長官 to the Commissioners of Longitude,
T0
Sir JOHN PRINGLE, Baronet, P.R.S.

SIR,

The Earl of 挟む, and the other Commissioners for the 発見 of
Longitude at Sea, etc. who were 現在の at a late 会合 at this place,
having 表明するd to you a 願望（する） that the very learned and ingenious
Discourse upon some late 改良s of the Means for 保存するing the
Health of 水夫s, which was 配達するd by you at the 周年記念日 会合
of the 王室の Society, on the 30th of November last might, with Captain
Cook's Paper therein referred to, be printed, and 別館d to the Account
of the 天文学の and Philosophical 観察s made in the course of
the said Captain Cook's late voyages which account is 準備するing for the
圧力（をかける）, under their direction; and it having been since thought more proper
that the said Discourse and Paper should be 別館d to the Second 容積／容量 of
the Account of that Voyage, which is すぐに to be published, by order of
the Board of Admiralty, I have, therefore, the direction of the Earl of
挟む, First Commissioner of that Board, 同様に as of the Board of
Longitude, to 熟知させる you therewith, and to 願望（する） you will please to
許す your said Discourse, with the Paper therein referred to, to be
printed, and 別館d to the Second 容積／容量 of the Account of the said Voyage
accordingly.

I am, with 広大な／多数の／重要な Regard and Esteem,

SIR,

Your most obedient humble Servant,

ADMIRALTY,
March 15, 1777.
JOHN IBBETSON.


A DISCOURSE UPON SOME LATE IMPROVEMENTS OF THE MEANS FOR PRESERVING
THE HEALTH OF MARINERS.

DELIVERED AT THE 周年記念日 会合 of the ROYAL SOCIETY,
November 30, 1776.
By Sir JOHN PRINGLE, Baronet,
PRESIDENT,

CORRECTED BY THE AUTHOR.


GENTLEMEN,

Before we proceed その上の in the 商売／仕事 of this day, 許す me to
熟知させる you with the judgment of your 会議, in the 処分 of Sir
Godfrey Copley's メダル; an office I have undertaken at their request, and
with the greater satisfaction, as I am 確信して you will be no いっそう少なく
全員一致の in giving your approbation, than they have been in 演説（する）／住所ing
you for it upon this occasion. For though they were not insensible of the
just 肩書を与える that several of the Papers, composing the 現在の 容積／容量 of
your 処理／取引s, had to your particular notice, yet they did not
hesitate in preferring that which I 現在のd to you from Captain Cook,
giving An account of the method he had taken to 保存する the health of
the 乗組員 of his Majesty's ship the 決意／決議 during her late voyage
一連の会議、交渉／完成する the world*. Indeed I imagine that the 指名する alone of so worthy a
member of this society would have inclined you to 出発／死 from the
strictness of your 支配するs, by conferring upon him that honour, though you
had received no direct communication from him; considering how
meritorious in your 注目する，もくろむs that person must appear, who hath not only made
the most 広範囲にわたる, but the most instructive voyages; who hath not only
discovered, but 調査するd, 広大な tracts of new coasts; who hath dispelled
the illusion of a terra australis incognita, and 直す／買収する，八百長をするd the bounds of the
habitable earth, 同様に as those of the navigable ocean, in the southern
半球.

[* The paper itself, read at the Society in March last, with an 抽出する
of a letter from Captain Cook to the 大統領, 時代遅れの Plymouth, the 7th
of July に引き続いて, are both subjoined to this discourse.]

I shall not, however, expatiate on that ample field of 賞賛する, but
限定する my discourse to what was the 意向 of this 名誉として与えられる 賞与金,
すなわち, to 栄冠を与える that Paper of the year which should 含む／封じ込める the most
useful and most successful 実験の 調査. Now what 調査 can be
so useful as that which hath for its 反対する the saving the lives of men?
And when shall we find one more successful than that before us? Here are
no vain boastings of the empiric, nor ingenious and delusive theories of
the dogmatist; but a concise, an artless, and an incontested relation of
the means, by which, under the Divine favour, Captain Cook, with a
company of an hundred and eighteen men*, 成し遂げるd a voyage of three
years and eighteen days, throughout all the 気候s, from fifty-two
degrees north, to seventy-one degrees south, with the loss of only one
man by a distemper**. What must 高める to us the value of these salutary
観察s, is to see the practice hath been no いっそう少なく simple than
efficacious.

[* There were on board, in all, one hundred and eighteen men, 含むing
M. Sparrman, whom they took in at the Cape of Good Hope.]

[** This was a phthisis pulmonalis 終結させるing in a dropsy. Mr. Patten,
外科医 to the 決意／決議, who について言及するd to me this 事例／患者, 観察するd that
this man began so 早期に to complain of a cough and other consumptive
symptoms, which had never left him, that his 肺s must have been
影響する／感情d before he （機の）カム on board.]

I would now 問い合わせ of the most conversant in the 熟考する／考慮する of 法案s of
mortality, whether in the most healthful 気候, and in the best
条件 of life, they have ever 設立する so small a number of deaths in
such a number of men, within that space of time? How 広大な／多数の／重要な and agreeable
then must our surprise be, after perusing the histories of long
航海s in former days, when so many 死なせる／死ぬd by 海洋 病気s, to
find the 空気／公表する of the sea acquitted of all malignity, and in 罰金 that a
voyage 一連の会議、交渉／完成する the world may be undertaken with いっそう少なく danger to health than
a ありふれた 小旅行する in Europe!

But the better to see the contrast between the old and the 現在の times,
許す me to recal to your memory what you have read of the first voyage
for the 設立 of the East-India, Company*. The 器具／備品
consisting of four ships, with four hundred and eighty men, three of
those 大型船s were so 弱めるd by the scurvy, by the time they had got
only three degrees beyond the Line, that the merchants, who had 乗る，着手するd
on this adventure, were 強いるd to do 義務 as ありふれた sailors; and there
died in all, at sea, and on shore at Soldania (a place of refreshment on
this 味方する the Cape of Good Hope) one hundred and five men, which was 近づく
a fourth part of their complement. And hath not Sir Richard Hawkins, an
intelligent 同様に as 勇敢に立ち向かう officer, who lived in that age, 記録，記録的な／記録するd,
that in twenty years, during which be had used the sea, be could give an
account of ten thousand 水夫s who bad been 消費するd by the scurvy
alone**? Yet so far was this author from mistaking the 病気, that I
have perused few who have so 井戸／弁護士席 述べるd it. If then in those 早期に
times, the 幼少／幼藍期 I may call them of the 商業 and 海軍の 力／強力にする of
England, so many were carried off by that 禁止（する） of sea-faring people, what
must have been the 破壊 afterwards, upon the 広大な／多数の／重要な augmentation of
the (n)艦隊／(a)素早い and the 開始 of so many new ports to the 貿易（する） of 広大な／多数の／重要な
Britain, whilst so little 進歩 was made in the 航海の part
of 薬／医学!

[* This 騎兵大隊 under the 命令（する） of LANCASTER (who was called the
General) 始める，決める out in the year 1601. See Purchas's Pilgr. vol. i. p. 147,
et seq.]

[** Idem, vol. iv. p. 1373, et seq.]

But passing from these old dates to one within the remembrance of many
here 現在の, when it might have been expeded that whatever tended to
aggrandize the 海軍の 力／強力にする of Britain, and to 延長する her 商業, would
have received the highest 改良; yet we shall find, that even at
this late period few 対策 had been taken to 保存する the health of
seamen, more than had been known to our uninstructed ancestors. Of this
主張 the 勝利を得た, but mournful, 探検隊／遠征隊 of Commodore Anson,
affords too 納得させるing a proof. It is 井戸／弁護士席 known that soon after passing
the Streights of Le Maire, the scurvy began to appear in his 騎兵大隊;
that by the time the Centurion had 前進するd but a little way into the
South Sea, forty-seven had died of it in his ship; and that there were
few on board who had not, in some degree, been afflicted with the
distemper, though they had not been then eight months from England. That
in the ninth month, when standing for the island of Juan Fernandez, the
Centurion lost 二塁打 that number; and that the mortality went on at so
広大な／多数の／重要な a 率 (I still speak of the Commodore's ship) that before they
arrived there she had buried two hundred; and at last could 召集（する） no
more than six of the the ありふれた men in a watch 有能な of doing 義務.
This was the 条件 of one of the three ships which reached that
island; the other two 苦しむd in 割合.

Nor did the 悲劇 end here for after a few months 一時的休止，執行延期 the same
致命的な sickness broke out afresh, and made such havock, that before the
Centurion (which now 含む／封じ込めるd the whole 生き残るing 乗組員 of the three
ships) had got to the island of Tinian, there died いつかs eight or ten
in a day; insomuch that when they had been only two years on their
voyage, they had lost a larger 割合 than of four in five of their
初めの number; and, by the account of the historian, all of them, after
their entering the South Sea, of the scurvy. I say by the account of the
elegant writer of this voyage; for as he neither was in the 医療の line
himself, nor hath authenticated this part of his narrative by 控訴，上告ing
to the 外科医s of the ship or their 定期刊行物s, I should 疑問 that this
was not 厳密に the 事例／患者; but rather, that in producing this 広大な／多数の／重要な
mortality, a pestilential 肉親，親類d of distemper was joined to the scurvy,
which, from the places where it most frequently occurs, hath been
distinguished by the 指名する of 刑務所，拘置所 or hospital-fever*. But whether the
scurvy alone, or this fever 連合させるd with it, were the 原因（となる）, it is not
at 現在の 構成要素 to 問い合わせ, since both, arising from foul 空気／公表する and
other sources of putrefaction, may now in a 広大な／多数の／重要な 手段 be obviated by
the さまざまな means fallen upon since Lord Anson's 探検隊／遠征隊. For in
司法（官） to that 慎重な 同様に as 勇敢に立ち向かう 指揮官, it must be 観察するd
that the 手はず／準備 準備の to his voyage were not made by himself;
that his ship was so 深く，強烈に laden as not to 収容する／認める of 開始 the
gun-ports, except in the calmest 天候, for the 利益 of 空気／公表する; and
that nothing appears to have been neglected by him, for 保存するing the
health of his men, that was then known and practised in the 海軍.

[* Dr. Mead, who had seen the 初めの 観察s of two of Commodore
Anson's 外科医s, says, that the scurvy at that time was …を伴ってd with
putrid fevers, etc. See his Treatise on the Scurvy, p. 98. et seq.]

I should now proceed to enumerate the 長，指導者 改良s made since that
period, and which have enabled our ships to make so many successful
circumnavigations, as in a manner to efface the impression of former
災害s; but as I have について言及するd the sickness most destructive to
水夫s, and against the 荒廃させるs of which those preservatives have been
おもに contrived, it may be proper 簡潔に to explain its nature, and the
rather as, unless の中で 水夫s, it is little understood. First then, I
would 観察する that the scurvy is not the 病気 which goes by that 指名する
on shore. The distemper 一般的に, but erroneously, in this place, called
the scurvy, belongs to a class of 病気s 全く different from what we
are now 扱う／治療するing of; and so far is the 一般的に received opinion, that
there are few constutions altogether 解放する／自由な from a scorbutic taint, from
存在 true, that unless の中で sailors and some others circumstanced like
them, more 特に with 尊敬（する）・点 to those who use a salt and putrid
diet, and 特に if they live in foul 空気／公表する and uncleanliness, I have
推論する／理由 to believe there are few disorders いっそう少なく たびたび（訪れる）. This opinion I
submitted to the judgment of the society several years ago, and I have
had no 推論する／理由 since to alter it. I then said, contrary to what was
一般に believed, but seemingly on the best grounds, that the sea-空気／公表する
was never the 原因（となる） of the scurvy, since on board a ship, on the longest
voyages, cleanliness, ventilation, and fresh 準備／条項s, would 保存する
from it; and that upon a sea-coast, 解放する／自由な from 沼s, the inhabitants
were not liable to that indisposition, though frequently breathing the
空気／公表する from the sea*. I 結論するd with joining in 感情s with those who
ascribed the scurvy to a septic 決意／決議, that is a beginning
汚職 of the whole habit, 類似の to that of every animal 実体
when 奪うd of life**. This account seemed to be 十分に 立証するd
by the examination of the symptoms in the scorbutic sick, and of the
外見s in their 団体／死体s after death***. On that occasion I 発言／述べるd,
that salted meats after some time become in 影響 putrid, though they
may continue long palatable by means of the salt; and that ありふれた salt,
supposed to be one of the strongest preservatives from 汚職, is at
best but an indifferent one, even in a large 量; and in a small
one, such as we use at （米）棚上げする／（英）提議する with fresh meats, or swallow in meats that
have been salted, so far from 妨げるing putrefaction, it rather 促進するs
that 過程 in the 団体／死体.

[* 病気s of the Army, part I. ch. 2. Append. Pap. 7.]

[** Woodall's 外科医's Mate, p. 163. Poupart. Mem. de l'Acad. R. des Sc.
A. 1'99. Petit. Mal. des Os, tom. II.p. 446. Mead on the Scurvy, p. 104.]

This position 関心ing the putrefying 質 of sea-salt, in 確かな 
割合s, hath been since 確認するd by the 実験s of the late Mr.
Canton, Fellow of this Society, in his Paper on the 原因（となる） of the luminous
外見 of sea-water*.

[* Phil. Transact. vol. lix. p. 446.]

It hath been 申し立てられた／疑わしい, that the scurvy is much 借りがあるing to the coldness of
the 空気／公表する, which checks perspiration, and on that account is the endemic
distemper of the northern nations, 特に of those around the
Baltic*. The fact is partly true, but I 疑問 not so the 原因（となる）. In those
地域s, by the long and 厳しい winters, the cattle destitute of pasture
can barely live, and are therefore unfit for use; so that the people, for
their 準備／条項 during that season, are 強いるd to 虐殺（する） them by the
end of autumn, and to salt them for above half the year. This putrid diet
then, on which they must subsist so long, and to which the inhabitants of
the south are not 減ずるd, seems to be the 長，指導者 原因（となる） of the 病気.
And if we 反映する that the lower people of the north have few or no
greens nor fruit in the winter, 不十分な any fermented アルコール飲料s, and often
live in damp, foul, and ill-空気／公表するd houses, it is 平易な to conceive how they
should become liable to the same distemper with seamen; whilst others of
as high a latitude, but who live in a different manner, keep 解放する／自由な from
it. Thus we are 知らせるd by Linnaeus, that the Laplanders, one of the
most hyperborean nations, know nothing of the scurvy*; for which no other
推論する／理由 can be 割り当てるd than their never eating salted meats, nor indeed
salt with any thing, but their using all the winter the fresh flesh of
their rain-deer.

[* Bartholin. Med. Danor. 国内の p. 98.]

[** Linnaei Flora Lapponica, p. 8, 9.]

This 控除 of the Laplanders from the general distemper of the north
is the more observable, as they seldom taste vegetables, bread never, as
we さらに先に learn from that celebrated author. Yet in the very 州s
which 国境 on Lapland, where they use bread, but scarcely any other
vegetable, and eat salted meats, they are as much troubled with the
scurvy as in any other country*. But let us incidentally 発言／述べる, that the
late 改良s in 農業, gardening, and the other arts of life,
by 延長するing their 影響（力） to the remotest parts of Europe, and to the
lowest people, begin sensibly to 少なくなる the frequency of that （民事の）告訴,
even in those 気候s that have been once the most afflicted with it.

[* Linnaeus in several parts of his work 確認するs what is here said of
salted meats, as one of the 長，指導者 原因（となる）s of the scurvy. See Amoenitat.
Acad. vol. v. p. 6. et seq. p. 42.]

It hath also been 主張するd, that men living on shore will be 影響する／感情d
with the scurvy, though they have never been 限定するd to salted meats;
but of this I have never known any instance, except in those who breathed
a marshy 空気／公表する, or what was さもなければ putrid, and who 手配中の，お尋ね者 演習,
fruits, and green vegetables: under such circumstances it must be
認めるd, that the humours will corrupt in the same manner, though not in
the same degree, with those of 水夫s. Thus, in the late war, when
Sisinghurst 城 in Kent was filled with French 囚人s, the scurvy
broke out の中で them, notwithstanding they had never been served with
salted victuals in England; but had daily had an allowance of fresh meat,
and of bread in 割合, though without greens or any other vegetable.
The 外科医 who …に出席するd them, and from whom I received this （警察などへの）密告，告訴（状）,
having 以前は been 雇うd in the 海軍, was the better able to 裁判官
of the disorder and to cure it. Besides the 欠陥／不足 of herbs, he
観察するd that the 区s were foul and （人が）群がるd, the house damp (from a
moat that surrounded it) and that the bounds allotted for taking the 空気／公表する
were so small, and in wet 天候 so sloughy, that the men seldom went
out. He 追加するd, that a 代表 having been made, he had been
権力を与えるd to furnish the 囚人s with roots and greens for boiling in
their soup, and to ４半期/4分の1 the sick in a 隣人ing village in a 乾燥した，日照りの
状況／情勢, with liberty to go out for 空気／公表する and 演習; and that by these
means they had all quickly 回復するd. It is probable, that the scurvy
sooner appeared の中で these strangers, from their having been taken at
sea, and その結果 more 性質の／したい気がして to the 病気. My 密告者 その上の
熟知させるd me, that in the lower and wetter parts of that 郡, where
some of his practice lay, he had now and then met with slighter 事例／患者s of
the scurvy の中で the ありふれた people; such, he said, as lived the whole
winter on salted bacon, without fermented アルコール飲料s, greens, or fruit, a
few apples excepted; but, he 発言／述べるd, that in the winters に引き続いて a
plentiful growth of apples, those 小作農民s were visibly いっそう少なく liable to
the disorder.

I have dwelt the longer on this part of my 支配する, as I look upon the
knowledge of the nature and 原因（となる） of the scurvy to be an 必須の step
に向かって 改善するing the means of 予防 and cure. And I am 説得するd,
after 円熟した reflection, and the 適切な時期s I have had of conversing
with those who, to much sagacity, had joined no small experience in
航海の practice, that upon an examination of the several articles,
which have either been of old approven, or have of late been introduced
into the 海軍, it will be evident, that though these means may 変化させる in
form, and in their 方式 of operating; yet they all some way 与える／捧げる
に向かって 妨げるing or 訂正するing putrefaction, whether of the 空気／公表する in the
closer parts of a ship, of the meats, of the water, of the 着せる／賦与するs and
bedding, or of the 団体／死体 itself. And if in this 調査 (which may be made
by the way, whilst we take a review of the 主要な／長／主犯 articles of
準備／条項, and other methods used by Captain Cook to guard against the
scurvy) I say, if in this 調査 it shall appear, that the notion of a
septic or putrid origin, is not without 創立／基礎, it will be no small
激励 to proceed on that 原則, in order その上の to 改善する
this important 支店 of 薬／医学.

Captain Cook begins his 名簿（に載せる）／表（にあげる） of 蓄える／店s with malt. Of this, he says, was
made 甘い Wort, and given not only to those men who had manifest
symptoms of the scurvy, but to such also as were 裁判官d to be most liable
to it. Dr. Macbride, who first 示唆するd this 準備, was led (as he
says) to the 発見 by some 実験s that had been laid before this
Society; by which it appeared that the 空気／公表する produced by alimentary
fermentation was endowed with a 力／強力にする of 訂正するing putrefaction*. The
fact he 確認するd by 非常に／多数の 裁判，公判s, and finding this fluid to be _fixed
air_, he 正確に，正当に 結論するd, that whatever 実体 proper for food
abounded with it, and which could be conveniently carried to sea, would
make one of the best 準備／条項s against the scurvy; which he then
considered as a putrid 病気, and as such to be 妨げるd or cured by
that powerful 肉親，親類d of antiseptic**. Beer, for instance, had always been
esteemed one of the best antiscorbutics; but as that derived all its
直す／買収する，八百長をするd 空気／公表する from the malt of which it is made, he inferred that malt itself
was より望ましい in long voyages, as it took up いっそう少なく room than the brewed
アルコール飲料, and would keep longer 設立する. Experience hath since 立証するd this
ingenious theory, and the malt hath now 伸び（る）d so much credit in the
海軍, that there only 手配中の，お尋ね者 so long, so healthful, and so celebrated a
voyage as this, to 階級 it の中で the most 不可欠の articles of
準備／条項. For though Captain Cook 発言／述べるs, that _A proper attention to
other things must be joined, and that he is not altogether of opinion,
that the wort will be able to cure the scurvy in an 前進するd 明言する／公表する at
sea; yet he is 説得するd that it is 十分な to 妨げる that distemper
from making any 広大な／多数の／重要な 進歩, for a かなりの time_; and therefore
he doth not hesitate to pronounce it _one of the best antiscorbutic
薬／医学s yet 設立する out***.

[* Append. to my _Observations on the 病気s of the Army_.]

[** Macbride's Exper. Eff. passim.]

[*** Having been favoured with a sight of the 医療の 定期刊行物 of Mr.
Patten, 外科医 to the 決意／決議, I read the に引き続いて passage in it,
not a little 強化するing the above 証言. _I have 設立する the wort of
the 最大の service in all scorbutic 事例／患者s during the voyage. As many took
it by way of 予防, few 事例／患者s occurred where it had a fair 裁判，公判;
but 窃盗, however, I flatter myself, will he 十分な to 納得させる
every impartial person, that it is the best 治療（薬） hitherto 設立する out for
the cure of the sea scurvy: and I am 井戸／弁護士席 納得させるd, from what I have
seen the wort 成し遂げる, and from its 方式 of 操作／手術, that if 補佐官d by
portable-soup, sour krout, sugar, sago, and courants, then scurvy, that
海上の pestilence, will seldom or never make its alarming 外見
の中で a ship's 乗組員, on the longest voyages; proper care with regard to
cleanliness and 準備／条項s 存在 observed_.]

This salutary gas (or _fixed air_) is 含む／封じ込めるd more or いっそう少なく in all
fermentable アルコール飲料s, and begins to …に反対する putrefaction as soon as the
working or intestine 動議 開始するs.

In ワイン it abounds, and perhaps no vegetable 実体 is more replete
with it than the juice of the grape. If we join the 感謝する taste of
ワイン, we must 階級 it the first in the 名簿（に載せる）／表（にあげる） of antiscorbutic アルコール飲料s.
Cyder is likewise good, with other vinous 生産／産物s from fruit, as also
the さまざまな 肉親，親類d of beer. It hath been a constant 観察, that in
long cruizes or distant voyages, the scurvy is never seen whilst the
small-beer 持つ／拘留するs out, at a 十分な allowance; but that when it is all
expended, that 病気 soon appears. It were therefore to be wished, that
this most wholesome （水以外の）飲料 could be 新たにするd at sea; but our ships
afford not 十分な convenience. The ロシアのs however make a 転換 to
準備する on board, 同様に as at land, a アルコール飲料 of a middle 質
between wort and small-beer, in the に引き続いて manner. They take
ground-malt and rye-meal in a 確かな  割合, which they knead into
small loaves, and bake in the oven. These they occasionally infuse in a
proper 量 of warm water, which begins so soon to ferment, that in
the space of twenty-four hours their brewage is 完全にするd, in the
生産／産物 of a small, きびきびした, and acidulous アルコール飲料, they call _quas_,
palatable to themselves, and not disagreeable to the taste of strangers.
The late Dr. Mounsey, fellow of this Society, who had lived long in
Russia, and had been _Archiater_ under two 連続する 君主s,
熟知させるd me, that the _quas_ was the ありふれた and wholesome drink both of
the (n)艦隊／(a)素早いs and armies of that empire, and that it was 特に good
against the scurvy. He 追加するd, that happening to be at Moscow when he
perused my _Observations on the 刑務所，拘置所 and Hospital Fever_, then lately
published*, he had been induced to compare what he read in that treatise
with what he should see in the several 刑務所，拘置所s of that large city: but to
his surprize, after visiting them all, and finding them 十分な of
malefactors (for the late 皇后 then 苦しむd 非，不，無 of those who were
罪人／有罪を宣告するd of 資本／首都 罪，犯罪s to be put to death) yet he could discover no
fever の中で them, nor learn that any 激烈な／緊急の distemper peculiar to 刑務所，拘置所s
had ever been known there. He 観察するd, that some of those places of
confinement had a yard, into which the 囚人s were 許すd to come for
the 空気／公表する; but that there were others without that advantage, yet not
sickly: so that he could 割り当てる no other 推論する／理由 for the healthful
条件 of those men than the 肉親，親類d of diet they used, which was the
same with that of the ありふれた people of the country; who not 存在 able to
購入（する） fresh-meat, live mostly on rye-bread (the most acescent of any)
and drink _quas_. He 結論するd with 説, that upon his return to St.
Petersburg he had made the same 調査 there, and with the same result.

[* That treatise was first published by itself, and afterwards
会社にする／組み込むd with the _Observations on the 病気s of the Army_.]

Thus far Dr. Mounsey, from whose account it would seem, that the rye-meal
補助装置d both in 生き返らせる the fermentation and 追加するing more _fixed air_,
since the malt alone could not so readily produce so tart and きびきびした a
アルコール飲料. And there is little 疑問 but that whenever the other 穀物s can
be brought to a proper degree of fermentation, they will more or いっそう少なく in
the same way become useful. That oats will, I am 満足させるd from what I
have been told by one of the intelligent friends of Captain Cook. This
gentleman 存在 on a cruize in a large ship*, in the beginning of the
late war, and the scurvy breaking out の中で his 乗組員, he bethought him
self of a 肉親，親類d of food he had seen used in some parts of the country, as
the most proper on the occasion. Some oatmeal is put into a 木造の
大型船, hot water is 注ぐd upon it, and the infusion continues until the
アルコール飲料 begins to taste sourish, that is, till a fermentation comes on,
which in a place moderately warm, may be in the space of two days. The
water is then 注ぐd off from the grounds, and boiled 負かす／撃墜する to the
consistence of a jelly**. This he ordered to be made and dealt out in
messes, 存在 first sweetened with sugar, and seasoned with some prize
French ワイン, which though turned sour, yet 改善するd the taste, and made
this aliment not いっそう少なく palatable than medicinal.

He 保証するd me, that upon this diet 主として, and by 棄権するing from salted
meats, his scorbutic sick had やめる 回復するd on board; and not in that
voyage only, bur, by the same means, in his その後の cruizes during the
war, without his 存在 強いるd to send one of them on shore because they
could not get 井戸／弁護士席 at sea. Yet oat-meal unfermented, like barley
unmalted, hath no sensible 影響 in curing the scurvy: as if the 直す／買収する，八百長をするd
空気／公表する, which is 会社にする／組み込むd with these 穀物s, could mix with the chyle
which they produce, enter the lacteals, and make part of the nourishment
of the 団体／死体, without manifesting any elastic or antiseptic 質, when
not 緩和するd by a previous fermentation.

[* The Essex, a seventy-gun ship.]

[** This 田舎の food, in the North, is called Sooins.]

Before the 力／強力にする of the _fixed air_ in subduing putrefaction was known,
the efficacy of fruits, greens, and fermented アルコール飲料s, was 一般的に
ascribed to the 酸性の in their composition and we have still 推論する／理由 to
believe that the 酸性の 同意するs in operating that 影響. If it be 申し立てられた／疑わしい
that mineral 酸性のs, which 含む／封じ込める little or no _fixed air_, have been
tried in the scurvy with little success, I would answer, that I 疑問 that
in those 裁判，公判s they have never been 十分に diluted; for it is 平易な
to conceive, that in the small 量 of water the elixir of vitriol,
for instance, is 一般的に given, that 厳格な，質素な 酸性の can 不十分な get beyond
the first passages; considering the delicate sensibility of the mouths of
the lacteals, which must 軍隊 them to shut and 除外する so pungent a
アルコール飲料. It were therefore a proper 実験 to be made, in a 欠陥／不足
of malt, or when that 穀物 shall happen to be spoilt by keeping*, to use
water acidulated with the spirit of sea-salt, in the 割合 of only
ten 減少（する）s to a quart; or with the weak spirit of vitriol, thirteen 減少（する）s
to the same 手段**; and to give to those that are 脅すd with the
病気 three quarts of this アルコール飲料 daily, to be 消費するd as they shall
think proper.

[* Captain Cook told me, that the malt held out 十分に good for the
two first years; but that in the third, having lost much of its taste, he
疑問d whether it 保持するd any of its virtues. Mr. Patten however
観察するd, that though the malt at that time was sensibly decayed, yet
にもかかわらず he had still 設立する it useful when he 雇うd a large
割合 of it to make the infusion.]

[** In these 割合s I 設立する the water taste just acidulous and
pleasant.]

But if the _fixed air_ and 酸性のs are such preservatives against the
scurvy, why should Captain Cook make so little account of the _rob_ of
lemons and of oranges (for so they have called the 抽出するs or
inspissated juices of those fruits) in 扱う／治療するing that distemper? This I
設立する was the 推論する／理由. These 準備s 存在 only sent out upon 裁判，公判,
the 外科医 of the ship was told, at a conjecture, how much he might give
for a dose, but without 厳密に 限界ing it. The 実験 was made
with the 量 明示するd, but with so little advantage, that 裁判官ing
it not adviseable to lose more time, he 始める，決める about the cure with the wort
only, whereof the efficacy he was 確かな ; whilst he reserved these 略奪するs
for other 目的s; more 特に for 冷淡なs, when, to a large draught
of warm water, with some spirits and sugar, he 追加するd a spoonful of one of
them, and with this composition made a 感謝する sudorific that answered
the 意向. No wonder then if Captain Cook, not knowing the proper
dose of these concentrated juices for the scurvy, but 料金ing them fail as
they were given in the 裁判，公判, should entertain no 広大な／多数の／重要な opinion of their
antiscorbutic virtue. It may be also proper to take notice, that as they
had been 減ずるd to a small 割合 of their 本体，大部分／ばら積みの by evaporation upon
解雇する／砲火／射撃, it is probable, they were much 弱めるd by that 過程, and that
with their aqueous parts they had lost not a little of their 空中の, on
which so much of their antiseptic 力／強力にする depended. If, therefore, a
その上の 裁判，公判 of these excellent fruits were to be made, it would seem
more adviseable to send to sea the purified juices entire in 樽s;
agreeably to a 提案 I find hath been made to the Admiralty some years
ago by an ingenious and experienced 外科医 of the 海軍. For in truth,
the 証言s in favour of the salutary 質s of these 酸性のs are so
非常に／多数の and so strong, that I should look upon some 失敗s, even in
事例／患者s where their want of success cannot so 井戸／弁護士席 be accounted for, as in
this voyage, not a 十分な 推論する／理由 for striking them out of the 名簿（に載せる）／表（にあげる） of
the most powerful preservatives against this 消費するing malady of sailors.

It may be 観察するd, that Captain Cook says not more in 賞賛する of vinegar
than of the _robs_; yet I would not thence infer that he made no account
of that 酸性の, but only that as he happened in this voyage to be sparingly
供給するd with it and yet did 井戸／弁護士席, he could not consider a large 蓄える／店 of
vinegar to be so 構成要素 an article of 準備／条項 as was 一般的に
imagined. And though he 供給（する）d its place in the messes of the men with
the 酸性の of the sour-crout, and 信用d 主として to 解雇する／砲火／射撃 for purifying his
decks, yet it is to be hoped that 未来 航海士s will not therefore
omit it. Vinegar will serve at least for a wholesome variety in the
seasoning of salted meats, and may be いつかs 首尾よく used as a
薬／医学, 特に in the aspersions of the 寝台／地位s of the sick. It is
observable, that though the smell be little 感謝する to a person in
health, yet it is 一般的に agreeable to those who are sick, at least to
such as are 限定するd to a foul and （人が）群がるd 区. There the 内科医
himself will smell to vinegar, as much for 楽しみ as for guarding
against 感染.

Now the wort and the 酸性の juices were only dispensed as 薬／医学s, but
the next article was of more 広範囲にわたる use. This was the Sour-Crout (sour
cabbage), a food of 全世界の／万国共通の request in Germany. The 酸性 is acquired
by its spontaneous fermentation, and it was the sour taste which made it
the more 許容できる to all who ate it. To its その上の commendation we may
追加する, that it held out good to the 1ast of the voyage.

It may seem strange, that though this herb hath had so high encomiums
bestowed upon it by the 古代のs (証言，証人／目撃する what Cato the 年上の and Pliny
the Naturalist say on the 支配する), and hath had the 許可／制裁 of the
experience of nations for ages, it should yet be disapproved of by some
of the most distinguished 医療の writers of our times. One finds it
産する／生じる a 階級 smell in decoction, which he confounds with that of
putrefaction. Another 分析するs it, and discovers so much 甚だしい／１２ダース 空気／公表する in the
composition as to （判決などを）下す it indigestible; yet this flatulence, so much
decryed, must now be 定評のある to be the _fixed air_, which makes the
cabbage so wholesome when fermented. Nay it hath been traduced by one of
the most celebrated 内科医s of our age, as partaking of a poisonous
nature: nor much better 設立するd was that notion of the same illustrious
professor, that cabbage 存在 an alcalescent 工場／植物, and therefore
配置する／処分する／したい気持ちにさせるing to putrefaction, could never be used in the scurvy, except when
the 病気 proceeded from an 酸性の. But the 実験s which I 以前は
laid before the Society evinced this vegetable, with the 残り／休憩（する） of the
supposed alcalescents, to be really acescent; and 証明するd that the scurvy
is never 借りがあるing to 酸性, but, much さもなければ, to a 種類 of
putrefaction; that very 原因（となる）, of which the ill-grounded class of
alcalescents was supposed to be a promoter*.

[* See this 発言／述べる more 捕まらないで, in my 観察s on the 病気s of
the Army, App. Pap. 7.]

の中で other of the late 改良s of the 海軍の 蓄える／店s we have heard
much of the Portable-Soup, and accordingly we find that Captain Cook hath
not a little availed himself of it in his voyage. This concentrated broth
存在 解放する／自由なd from all fat, and having by long boiling evaporated the most
putrescent parts of the meat, is 減ずるd to the consistence of a glue,
which in 影響 it is, and will, like other glues, in a 乾燥した，日照りの place, keep
sound for years together. It hath been said, that broths turn sour on
keeping, though made without any vegetable*. Now, whether any real 酸性の
can be thus formed or not, I incline at least to believe that the
gelatinous parts of animal 実体s, such as compose these cakes, are
not of a nature much 性質の／したい気がして to putrefy. But however that may be, since
Captain Cook 観察するs, that this soup was the means of making his people
eat a greater 量 of greens than they would have done さもなければ, in
so far we must 許す it to have been 事実上 antiseptic.

[* La feule matiere qui s'aigriffe dans le sang est la matiere
gelatincuse, etc. Senac, Structure du Coeur, 1. iii. ch. 4. para. 5.]

So much for those articles that have of late been 供給（する）d to all the
king's ships on long voyages, and in which therefore our worthy brother
（人命などを）奪う，主張するs no other 長所 than the 慎重な 免除 of them; but what
follows 存在 規則s either wholly new, or improven hints from some
of his experienced friends, we may 正確に，正当に appropriate them to himself.

First then, he put his people at three watches, instead of two, which
last is the general practice at sea; that is, he divided the whole 乗組員
into three companies, and by putting each company upon the watch by
turns, four hours at a time, every man had eight hours 解放する／自由な, for four of
義務: 反して at watch and watch, the half of the men 存在 on 義務 at
once, with returns of it every four hours, they can have but broken
sleep, and when exposed to wet, they have not time to get 乾燥した，日照りの before they
嘘（をつく） 負かす／撃墜する. When the service 要求するs it, such hardships must be 耐えるd;
but when there is no 圧力（をかける）ing call, ought not a 水夫 to be refreshed
with as much 連続する 残り／休憩（する） as a ありふれた day-labourer?

I am 井戸／弁護士席 知らせるd, that an officer distinguishes himself in nothing more
than in 保存するing his men from wet and the other 傷害s of the
天候. These were most 必須の points with this humane 指揮官. In
the torrid zone he shaded his people from the scorching sun by an awning
over his deck, and in his course under the antarctic circle he had a coat
供給するd for each man, of a 相当な woollen stuff, with the 新規加入
of a hood for covering their 長，率いるs. This garb (which the sailors called
their Magellan jacket) they occasionally wore, and 設立する it more
comfortable for working in rain and snow, and の中で the broken ice in the
high latitudes of the South.

Let us proceed to another article, one of the most 構成要素, the care to
guard against putrefaction, by keeping clean the persons, the cloaths,
bedding, and 寝台／地位s of the sailors. The Captain 熟知させるd me, that
定期的に, one morning in the week, he passed his ship's company in
review, and saw that every man had changed his linen, and was in other
points as clean and neat as circumstances would 許す. It is 井戸／弁護士席 known
how much cleanliness is 役立つ to health, but it is not so obvious how
much it also tends to good order and other virtues. That diligent officer
was 説得するd (nor was perhaps the 観察 new) that such men as he
could induce to be more cleanly than they were 性質の／したい気がして to be of
themselves, became at the same time more sober, more 整然とした, and more
attentive to their 義務. It must be 定評のある that a 船員 has but
indifferent means to keep himself clean, had he the greatest inclination
to do it; for I have not heard that 指揮官s of ships have yet availed
themselves of the _still_ for 供給するing fresh water for washing; and it
is 井戸／弁護士席 known that sea-water doth not mix with soap, and that linen wet
with brine never 完全に 乾燥した，日照りのs. But for Captain Cook, the たびたび（訪れる）
適切な時期s he had of taking in water の中で the islands of the
South-Sea, enabled him in that tract to dispense to his ship's company
some fresh water for every use; and when he navigated in the high
latitudes of the Southern Oceans, he still more abundantly 供給するd them
with it, as you will find by the sequel of this discourse.

Of the hammocks and bedding I need say little, as all officers are now
sensible, how much it 関心s the health of their people to have this
part of a ship's furniture kept 乾燥した，日照りの and 井戸／弁護士席-空気／公表するd; since by the
perspiration of so many men, every thing below, even in the space of
twenty-four hours, is apt to 契約 an 不快な／攻撃 moisture. But Captain
Cook was not 満足させるd with ordering upon deck the hammocks and bedding
every day that was fair (the ありふれた method) but took care that every
bundle should be unlashed, and so spread out, that every part of it might
be exposed to the 空気／公表する.

His next 関心 was to see to the 潔白 of the ship itself, without
which attention all the 残り／休憩（する） would have 利益（をあげる）d little. I shall not
however 拘留する you with the orders about washing and 捨てるing the decks,
as I do not understand that in this 肉親，親類d of 洗浄するing he excelled others;
but since our author has laid so 広大な／多数の／重要な a 強調する／ストレス upon _Fire_, as a
purifier, I shall endeavour to explain the way of using it, more fully
than he has done in his Paper. Some 支持を得ようと努めるd, and that not sparingly, 存在
put into a proper stove or grate, is lighted, and carried successively to
every part below deck. Wherever 解雇する／砲火／射撃 is, the 空気／公表する nearest to it 存在
heated becomes 特に はしけ, and by 存在 はしけ rises, and
passes through the hatchways into the atmosphere. The 空いている space is
filled with the 冷淡な 空気／公表する around, and that 存在 heated in its turn, in
like manner 上がるs, and is 取って代わるd by other 空気／公表する as before. Thus, by
continuing the 解雇する／砲火／射撃 for some time, in any of the lower apartments, the
foul 空気／公表する is in a good 手段 driven out, and the fresh 認める. This is
not all: I apprehend that the 酸性の steams of the 支持を得ようと努めるd, in 燃やすing, 行為／法令／行動する
here as an antiseptic and 訂正する the corrupted 空気／公表する that remains.

An officer of distinguished 階級, another of Captain Cook's experienced
friends, について言及するd to me a ありふれた and just 観察 in the (n)艦隊／(a)素早い,
which was, that all the old twenty-gun ships were remarkably いっそう少なく sickly
than those of the same size of a modern construction. This, he said, was
a circumstance he could not さもなければ account for, than, by the former
having their _galley_* in the fore-part of the _orlop_**, the chimney
vented so ill, that it was sure to fill every part with smoke whenever
the 勝利，勝つd was a-厳しい. This was a nuisance for the time, but, as he
thought, abundantly 補償するd by the 驚くべき／特命の／臨時の good health of the
several 乗組員s. かもしれない those 解雇する／砲火／射撃-places were also 有益な, by 乾燥した，日照りのing
and ventilating the lower decks, more when they were below, than they can
do now that they are placed under the fore-城 upon the upper deck.

[* Their 解雇する／砲火／射撃-place or kitchen.]

[** The deck すぐに above the 持つ／拘留する.]

But the most obvious use of the portable 解雇する／砲火／射撃s was their 乾燥した，日照りのing up the
moisture, and 特に in those places where there was the least
循環／発行部数 of 空気／公表する. This 湿度, composed of the perspirable 事柄 of
a multitude of men, and often of animals (kept for a live-flock) and of
the steams of the bilge water from the 井戸／弁護士席, where the 汚職 is the
greatest; this putrid moisture, I say, 存在 one of the main sources of
the scurvy, was therefore more 特に …に出席するd to, ーするために its
除去. The 解雇する／砲火／射撃s were the powerful 器具 for that 目的, and
whilst they 燃やすd, some men were 雇うd in rubbing hard, with canvass
or oakum, every part of the inside of the ship that was damp and
accessible. But the advantage of 解雇する／砲火／射撃 appears no where so manifest as in
洗浄するing the 井戸／弁護士席; for this 存在 in the lowest part of the 持つ／拘留する, the
whole 漏れ runs into it, whether of the ship itself, or of the 樽s
of spoilt meats or corrupted water. The mephitic vapours, from this 沈む
alone, have often been the 原因（となる） of instantaneous death to those who have
unwarily approached to clean it; and not to one only, but to several
successively, when they have gone 負かす／撃墜する to succour their unfortunate
companions: yet this very place has not only been （判決などを）下すd 安全な but
甘い, by means of an アイロンをかける マリファナ filled with 解雇する／砲火／射撃 and let 負かす／撃墜する to 燃やす in
it.

When, from the circumstances of the 天候, this salutary 操作／手術
could not take place, the ship was fumigated with gun-砕く, as
述べるd in the Paper; though that smoke could have no 影響 in 乾燥した，日照りのing,
but only in 治療（薬）ing the 汚職 of the 空気／公表する, by means of the 酸性の
spirits from the sulphur and nitre, 補佐官d perhaps by some 種類 of an
空中の fluid, then 解放する／撤去させるd from the 燃料, to 中和する／阻止する putrefaction.
But as these purifications by gun-砕く, 同様に as by 燃やすing tar and
other resinous 実体s, are 十分に known, I shall not 主張する
longer on them here.

の中で the several means of sweetening or 新たにするing the 空気／公表する, we should
推定する／予想する to hear of Dr. Hales's _Ventilator_. I must 自白する it was my
期待, and therefore, 説得するd as I was of the excellence of the
発明, it was not without much 悔いる that I saw so good an
適切な時期 lost, of giving the same favourable impression of it to the
Public. If a degree of success, 越えるing our most sanguine hopes, is not
十分な for 正当化するing the omission of a 手段, みなすd one of the
most 必須の for 達成するing an end, I would 嘆願d in favour of our
worthy brother, that by a humiliating fatality, so often …を伴ってing the
most useful 発見s, the credit of this ventilator is yet far from
存在 堅固に 設立するd in the 海軍. What wonder then, if Captain Cook
存在 so much さもなければ taken up, should not have had time to 診察する it,
and therefore 避けるd the encumbering his ship with an apparatus, he had
かもしれない never seen used, and of which he had at best received but a
doubtful character? Nor was he altogether unprovided with a machine for
ventilation. He had the _Wind-Sails_, though he hath not について言及するd them
in his Paper, and he told me that he had 設立する them at times very
serviceable, and 特に between the Tropics. They have the 長所 of
taking up little room, they 要求する no 労働 in working, and the
contrivance is so simple that they can sail in no 手渡すs. But their 力／強力にするs
are small in comparison with those of the ventilator; they cannot be put
up in hard 強風s of 勝利，勝つd, and they are of no efficacy in dead 静めるs, when
a refreshment of the 空気／公表する is most 手配中の，お尋ね者. Should there be any 反対 to
the 雇うing both?

Such were the 対策 taken by our sagacious 航海士 for procuring a
潔白 of 空気／公表する. It remains only to see in what manner he 供給（する）d pure
water; another article of so 広大な／多数の／重要な moment, that the thirsty voyager, upon
his salt and putrid diet, with a short allowance of this element, and
that in a corrupted 率, must account a plentiful 準備／条項 of fresh
water to be indeed the _best of things_.

Captain Cook was not without an apparatus for distilling sea-water, and
though he could not 得る nearly so much as was 推定する／予想するd from the
発明, yet he いつかs availed himself of it; but for the most of
his voyage he was さもなければ 供給するd. Within the Southern Tropic, in the
太平洋の Ocean, he 設立する so many islands, and those so 井戸／弁護士席 蓄える／店d with
springs, that, as I have hinted before, he seldom was without a
十分なこと of fresh water for every useful 目的. But not 満足させるd
with plenty, he would have the purest; and therefore whenever an
適切な時期 申し込む／申し出d, he emptied what he had taken in but a few days
before, and filled his 樽s もう一度. But was he not above four months in
his passage from the Cape of Good Hope to New Zeeland, in the frozen zone
of the South, without once seeing land? and did he not 現実に 完全にする
his circumnavigation, in that high latitude, without the 利益 of a
選び出す／独身 fountain? Here was indeed a _wonder of the Deep_! I may call it
the _Romance of his Voyage_! Those very shoals, fields, and floating
mountains of ice, の中で which he steered his perilous course, and which
現在のd such terrifying prospects of 破壊; those, I say, were
the very means of his support, by 供給（する）ing him abundantly with what he
most 手配中の，お尋ね者. It had been said that those stupendous 集まりs of ice, called
_islands_ or _mountains_, melted into fresh water, though Crantz, the
relator of that paradox, did not imagine they 起こる／始まるd from the sea,
but that they were first formed in the 広大な／多数の／重要な rivers of the North, and
存在 carried 負かす／撃墜する into the ocean, were afterwards 増加するd to that
amazing 高さ by the snow that fell upon them*. But that all frozen
sea-water would 雪解け into fresh, had either never been 主張するd, or had
met with little credit. This is 確かな  that Captain Cook 推定する／予想するd no
such transmutation, and therefore was agreeably surprised to find he had
one difficulty いっそう少なく to 遭遇（する）, that of 保存するing the health of his
men so long on salt-準備／条項s, with a scanty allowance of corrupted
water, or what he could procure by distillation The melted ice of the sea
was not only fresh but soft, and so wholesome, as to show the fallacy of
human 推論する／理由 unsupported by 実験s. An 古代の of 広大な／多数の／重要な 当局
had 割り当てるd, from theory, bad 質s to melted snow; and from that
period to the 現在の times, this prejudice 延長するd to ice had not been
やめる 除去するd.

[* Hist. of Greenland, b. I. ch, ii. para 11, 12.]

In this circumnavigation, まっただ中に sleets and 落ちるs of snow, 霧s, and much
moist 天候, the _Resolution_ enjoyed nearly the same good 明言する／公表する of
health she had done in the temperate and torrid zones. It appears only
from the 定期刊行物 of the 外科医, that に向かって the end of the first
course* some of the 乗組員 began to complain of the scurvy; but the 病気
made little 進歩, except in one who had become 早期に an 無効の from
another 原因（となる）. The other disorders were likewise inconsiderable, such as
ありふれた 冷淡なs, slight diarrhoeas, and intermittents that readily 産する／生じるd
to the Bark: there were also some fevers of a continued form, but which
by timely care never rose to an alarming 高さ. Much commendation is
therefore 予定 to the attention and abilities of Mr. PATTEN, the 外科医
of the _Resolution_, for having so 井戸／弁護士席 seconded his Captain in the
発射する／解雇する of his 義務. For it must be 許すd, that in にもかかわらず of the
best 規則s and the best 準備／条項s, there will always be の中で a
非常に／多数の 乗組員, during a long voyage, some 死傷者s more or いっそう少なく
生産力のある of sickness; and that unless there be an intelligent 医療の
assistant on board, many under the wisest 指揮官 will 死なせる／死ぬ, that
さもなければ might have been saved.

[* Viz. The voyage between the Cape of Good Hope and New Zealand.]


These, Gentlemen, are the reflections I had to lay before you on this
利益／興味ing 支配する; and if I have encroached on your time, you will
recollect that much of my discourse hath been 雇うd in explaining some
things but just について言及するd by Captain Cook, and in 追加するing other 構成要素s,
which I had procured partly from himself, and partly, after his
出発, from those intelligent friends he alludes to in his Paper.
This was my 計画（する）; which, as I have now 遂行する／発効させるd, you will please to
return your thanks to those gentlemen, who, on your account, so
cheerfully communicated to me their 観察s.

As to your acknowledgments to Captain Cook, and your high opinion of his
砂漠s, you will best 証言する them by the honourable distinction
示唆するd by your 会議, in 現在のing him with this メダル: for I need
not gather your 選挙権／賛成s, since the attention with which you have
favoured me hath abundantly 表明するd your approbation. My satisfaction
therefore had been 完全にする, had he himself been 現在の to receive the
honours you now 会談する upon him. But you are apprized that our 勇敢に立ち向かう and
indefatigable Brother is at this instant far 除去するd from us,
心配するing, I may say, your wonted request on these occasions, by
continuing his 労働s for the 進歩 of Natural Knowledge, and for
the honour of this Society: as you may be 保証するd, that the 反対する of his
new enterprize is not いっそう少なく 広大な／多数の／重要な, perhaps still greater than either of
the former.

許す me then, GENTLEMEN, to 配達する this メダル, with his unperishing
指名する engraven upon it, into the 手渡すs of one who will be happy to receive
that 信用, and to know that this respectable 団体／死体 never more cordially
nor more meritoriously bestowed that faithful symbol of their esteem and
affection. For if Rome 法令d the _Civic Crown_ to him who saved the
life of a 選び出す／独身 国民, what 花冠s are 予定 to that Man, who, having
himself saved many, perpetuates in your 処理／取引s the means by which
Britain may now, on the most distant voyages, 保存する numbers of her
intrepid sons, her 水夫s; who, 勇敢に立ち向かうing every danger, have so liberally
与える／捧げるd to the fame, to the opulence, and to the 海上の empire, of
their Country*.

[* Here followed Captain Cook's Paper, which was 現在のd to the
Society, and is 挿入するd in part 2. vol. 1xvi. of the Philosophical
処理／取引s; but as the 実体 of that 出版（物） is now 含む／封じ込めるd
in the last pages of Captain Cook's Voyage, it was 裁判官d unnecessary to
repeat it here. The only 構成要素 circumstance of Captain Cook's
communication to the Society, omitted in his 定期刊行物, is the に引き続いて
抽出する of a Letter which he wrote to the 大統領, just before his late
embarkation, 時代遅れの _Plymouth Sound_, July 7, 1776; and is as follows:

"I 完全に agree with you, that the dearness of the 略奪する of lemons, and
of oranges, will 妨げる them from 存在 furnished in large 量s;
but I do not think this so necessary, for though they may 補助装置 other
things, I have no 広大な／多数の／重要な opinion of them alone. Nor have I a higher
opinion of vinegar: my people had it very sparingly during the late
voyage; and に向かって the latter part, 非，不，無 at all; and yet we experienced
no ill 影響s from the want of it. The custom of washing the inside of
the ship with vinegar I seldom 観察するd, thinking that 解雇する／砲火／射撃 and smoke
answered the 目的 much better."]


END OF VOLUME II.

This 場所／位置 is 十分な of FREE ebooks - 事業／計画（する） Gutenberg Australia